Control Previous Year-merged

GATE-2023
Electronics Engineering
Control Systems
Chapterwise & Topicwise
Contents
S.No. Topic Page No.
1. Basics of Control Systems, Block Diagram and SFG’s .............................................................. 1-19
2. Compensators and Controllers .................................................................................................... 20-31
3. Time Response Analysis ................................................................................................................ 32-60
4. Stability Analysis ............................................................................................................................... 61-81
5. Root Locus .......................................................................................................................................... 82-98
6. Frequency Response Analysis .................................................................................................. 99-134
7. State Space Analysis ................................................................................................................... 135-164

1 Basics of Control Systems,
Block Diagram and SFG’s
ELECTRO NICS EN GINEERIN G G1G2 G3G4
(c)
(GATE Previous Years Solved Papers) (1 + G1 + G2 ) (1 + G3 + G4 )
G1G2 G3G4
Q.1 In the signal flow graph shown in figure (d)
(1 + G1 + G2 + G3 + G4 )
X2 = TX1 where T, is equal to
[EC-1989 : 2 Marks]
0.5
Q.4 In the signal flow graph of figure the gain c/r
will be
5 5
X1 X2
(a) 2.5 (b) 5 1 2 3 4

c
r
(c) 5.5 (d) 10
[EC-1987 : 2 Marks] –1 –1 –1
Q.2 For the system shown in figure the transfer 11 22

function C(s)/R(s) is equal to (a) (b)
9 15
10 24 44
R(s) +
–
+
– s (s + 1)
C(s ) (c) (d)
23 23
[EC-1991 : 2 Marks]
s
Q.5 Signal flow graph is used to find
(a) stability of the system
10 10 (b) controllability of the system

(a) (b)
s 2 + s + 10 s 2 + 11 s + 10 (c) transfer function of the system
(d) poles of the system
10 10
(c) (d) [EC-1995 : 1 Mark]
s 2 + 9 s + 10 s 2 + 2 s + 10
[EC-1987 : 2 Marks] Q.6 The transfer function of a linear system is the
(a) ratio of the output, vo(t) and input vi(t).
Q.3 The C/R for the signal flow graph in figure is
(b) ratio of the derivatives of the output and
1 G1 G2 1 G3 G4 1
the input.
R C
(c) ratio of the Laplace transform of the output
–1 –1 –1 –1
and that of the input with all initial
G1G2 G3G4 conditions zeros.
(a)
(1 + G1G2 ) (1 + G3G4 )
(d) none of these.
G1G2 G3G4 [EC-1995 : 1 Mark]
(b)
(1 + G1 + G2 + G1G2 ) (1 + G3 + G4 + G3G4 )
2 Electronics Engineering Control Systems
Q.7 In the signal flow graph of figure, y/x equals

5 2 1 Z1(s) Z2(s)
x y Vo(s )
–2 I1(s) I2(s )
Vi(s) Z 3 (s ) Z4(s)
5
(a) 3 (b)
2
(c) 2 (d) None of the above
Fig. (a)
[EC-1997 : 2 Marks]
Q.8 The equivalent of the block diagram in the figure G1 I1(s ) G2 I2(s) G3
is given as, Vi(s ) Vo(s )
E G1 G2 C H
Fig. (b)
Z3 (s) Z3 (s)
(a) ,
F H Z2 (s) + Z3 (s) + Z4 (s) Z1 (s) + Z3 ( s)
Z3 (s) Z3 (s)
(b) ,
E G1 C Z2 (s) Z3 (s) + Z4 (s ) Z1 (s) + Z3 (s)
Z3 (s) Z3 (s)
(a) (c) ,
Z2 (s) + Z3 (s) + Z4 (s) Z1 (s) + Z3 ( s)
F H/G2
Z3 (s) Z3 (s)
(d) ,
Z2 (s) Z3 (s) + Z4 (s ) Z1 (s) + Z3 (s)
E G1G2 C [EC-2001 : 2 Marks]
(b) Q.10 The signal flow graph of a system is shown in
HG2 the figure. The transfer function C(s)/R(s) of the
F
system is
1 1/s 6 1/s
E G1 C R(s)
–3
(c) 1 –2
–4
F HG2
C(s )
6 6s
E G1G2 C (a) 2 (b) 2
s + 29s + 6 s + 29s + 6
(d) s (s + 2) s (s + 27)
(c) 2 (d) 2
s + 29s + 6 s + 29s + 6
F H/G2
[EC-2003 : 2 Marks]
[EC-2001 : 1 Mark] Q.11 Consider the signal flow graph shown in the
Q.9 An electrical system and its signal flow graph figure. The gain x5/x1 is
representation are shown in the Fig. (a) and (b) a x2 b x3 c x4 d x5
x1
respectively. The values of G2 and H, repectively,
are:
e f g
GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 3
1 ( be + cf + dg ) –100
(a)
abc
1/s 1/s 1/s 100
(b) u y
bedg
(b)
1 (be + cf + dg )
–20
abcd
(c) –100
1 (be + cf + dg ) + bedg
1/s 1/s 1/s 100
1 ( be + cf + dg ) + bedg (c) u y
(d)
abcd
–20
[EC-2004 : 2 Marks]
–100
Q.12 The transfer function Y(s)/R(s) of the system
shown is (d) u
1/s 1/s 1/s 100 y
+ 1 [EC-2011 : 2 Marks]
R(s ) Y(s )
s+1
– Q.14 The signal flow graph for a system is given
+ below. The transfer function Y(s)/U(s) for this
1
s+1 – system is
1
1 s–1 s–1 1
1
(a) 0 (b) U(s ) Y(s )
s+1
2 2 –4
(c) (d)
s+1 s+3
–2
[EC-2010 : 1 Mark]
s+1 s+1
Q.13 The input-output transfer function of a plant (a) 2 (b) 2
5s + 6 s + 2 s + 6s + 2
100 s+1 1
H (s) = . The plant is placed in a unity (c) (d)
s (s + 10) 2 s 2 + 4s + 2 5s 2 + 6 s + 2
[EC-2013 : 2 Marks]
negative feedback configuration as shown in
the figure below. Q.15 For the following system,
X2 ( s )
+ u 100
r H (s ) = y
s (s + 10)2 X1(s ) +
s
+
+ 1
Y(s )
– – s+1 – s
Plant
where X 1 (s) = 0, the transfer function is

The signal flow graph that does not model the Y(s)/X2(s) is
plant transfer function H(s) is s+1 1
(a) 2
(b)
1 1/s 1/s 1/s 100 s s+1
(a) u y s+2 s+1
(c) (d)
s ( s + 1) s ( s + 2)
–10 –10
[EC-2014 : 1 Mark]
Q.16 Consider the following block diagram in the 1

figure. (c) G1 (s ) + G2 (s )
G1 (s )
R(s ) G1 + G2 + C(s )
+ + 1
(d) G1 (s ) G2 (s )
G1 (s )
The transfer function C(s)/R(s) is [EC-2015 : 1 Mark]
G1G2 Q.20 The position control of a dc servo-motor is given

(a) (b) G1G2 + G1 + 1
1 + G1G2 in the figure. The values of the parameters are
G1 KT = 1 N-m A, Ra = 1 , La = 0.1 H. J = 5 kg-m2,
(c) G1G2 + G2 + 1 (d) B = 1 N-m (rad/sec) and Kb = 1 V/(rad/sec).
1 + G1G2
The steady-state position response (in radians)
[EC-2014 : 1 Mark]
due to unit impulse disturbance torque Td is __.
Q.17 Negative feedback in closed-loop control system Td(s)
does not
(a) reduce the overall gain KT – 1
+ + 1/s
(b) reduce bandwidth Va(s ) – Ra + L a s Js + B (s)
(c) improve disturbance rejection

Kb
(d) reduce sensitive to parameter variation
[EC-2015 : 1 Mark] [EC-2015 : 2 Marks]
Q.18 For the signal flow graph shown in the figure, Q.21 The block diagram of a feedback control system
the value of C(s)/R(s) is is shown in the figure. The overall closed-loop
–H 3 gain G of the system is
X + G2 + G1 Y
– –
1 X1 X3 1 X4
R(s) G1 X2 G2 G3 X5 G4 C(s ) H1
–H1 –H2 G1G2

(a) G =
G1G2 G3 G4 1 + G1 H 1
(a) 1 G G H G G H G G H + G G G G H H
1 2 1 3 4 2 2 3 3 1 2 3 4 1 2 G1G2
G1G2 G3 G4
(b) G =
(b) 1 + G1G2 + G1 H 1
1 + G1G2 H 1 + G3G4 H 2 + G2 G3 H 3 + G1G2 G3G4 H 1 H 2
G1G2
(c)
1 (c) G =
1 + G1G2 H 1 + G3G4 H 2 + G2 G3 H 3 + G1G2 G3G4 H 1 H 2 1 + G1G2 H 1
1 G1G2
(d) (d) G =
1 G1G2 H 1 G3G4 H 2 G2 G3 H 3 + G1G2 G3G4 H 1 H 2
1 + G1G2 + G1G2 H 1
[EC-2015 : 1 Mark]
[EC-2016 : 1 Mark]
Q.19 By performing cascading and/or summing/
Q.22 For the system shown in the figure, Y(s)/X(s) =
differencing operates using transfer function
_______ .
blocks G1(s) and G2(s), on cannot realize a
transfer function of the form
–
(a) G1(s) G2(s) X(s ) + G(s ) = 2 +
+
Y (s )
G1 (s)
(b)
G2 (s) [EC-2017 : 1 Mark]
Q.23 The block diagram of a system is illustrated in ELECTRICAL EN GINEERIN G

the figure shown, where X(s) is the input and
(GATE Previous Years Solved Papers)
Y(s) is the output. The transfer function
Q.1 The signal flow graph of figure shown below,
Y (s )
H (s) = is has ____ forward paths and ___ feedback loops.
X( s )
c
s b d e
– +
+
X(s) 1/s Y(s ) a h
x
– +
1/s
k I f
m
y
2 g
s +1
(a) H (s ) =
2s2 + 1 n
2
s +1 [EE-1991 : 2 Marks]
(b) H (s ) =
s + 2s 2 + s + 1
3
Q.2 The overall transfer function of the system
s+1
(c) H (s ) = shown in figure is
s2 + s + 1
+
s2 + 1 G
(d) H (s ) = 3 2 +
s +s +s+1
[EC-2019 : 2 Marks] H +
w y
Q.24 The block diagram of a feedback control system H +
is shown in the figure.

+
+
G
G2
X(s) +– G1 +
+ Y(s ) G 2G
(a) (b)
1 GH 1 GH
H GH GH
(c) (d)
1 GH 1 H
Y (s ) [EE-1992 : 1 Mark]
The transfer function of the system is
X( s )
Q.3 Signal flow graph is used to obtain the
G1 + G2
(a) (a) stability of a system.
1 + G1 H
(b) transfer function of a system.
G1 + G2 + G1G2 H (c) controllability of a system.
(b)
1 + G1 H
(d) observability of a system.
G1 + G2 + G1G2 H [EE-1993 : 1 Mark]
(c)
1 + G1 H + G2 H
Q.4 The closed loop transfer function of a control
G1 + G2
(d) system is given by
1 + G1 H + G2 H
C (s) 2 (s 1)
[EC-2021 : 1 Mark] =
R(s ) ( s + 2) (s + 1)
For a unit step input the output is Q.8 A control system is defined by the following
(a) –3e–2t + 4e–t – 1 (b) –3e–2t – 4e–t + 1 mathematical relationship
(c) zero (d) infinity d2 x dx
2
+6 + 5x = 12 (1 e 2t )
[EE-1995 : 1 Mark] dt dt
The response of the system as t is,
Q.5 For block diagram shown in figure C(s)/R(s) is
given by (a) x = 6 (b) x = 2
(c) x = 2.4 (d) x = –2
H2
[EE-2003 : 1 Mark]
–
R(s) +
–
G1 + G2 G3 C(s ) Q.9 A control system with certain excitation is
governed by the following mathematical
H1 equation,
G1G2 G3 d2 x 1 dx 1
(a) 2
+ + x = 10 + 5 e 4t + 2 e 5t
1 + H 2 G2 G3 + H1G1G2 dt 2 dt 18
The nature time constants of the response of the
G1G2 G3
(b) system are
1 + G1G2 G3 H 1 H 2
(a) 2s and 5s (b) 3s and 6s
G1G2 G3 (c) 4s and 5s (d) 1/3 and 1/6s
(c)
1 + G1G2 G3 H 1 + G1G2 G3 H 2
[EE-2003 : 2 Marks]
G1G2 G3
(d) Q.10 The block diagram of a control system is shown
1 + G1G2 G3 H 1
in figure. The transfer function G(s) = Y(s)/U(s)
[EE-1998 : 2 Marks]
of the system is
Q.6 A linear time invariant system initially at rest, 9
when subjected to a unit step input, gives a
response y(t) = te–t, t > 0. The transfer function of – for for y(t)
+– 2 +–
integrator integrator
the system is
1 1
(a) (b) 3 12
(s + 1) 2 s(s + 1)2
1
s s (a)
(c) (d) s s
(s + 1)2 s ( s + 1) 18 1 + 1+
12 3
[EE-2000 : 1 Mark]
1
(b)
Q.7 The transfer function of the system described s s
27 1 + 1+
6 9
d2 y
dy du
by +
= + 2u with ‘u’ as input and ‘y’
2 dt dt 1
dt (c)
as output is s s
27 1 + 1+
(s + 1) 12 9
(s + 2)
(a) (b)
2
(s + s) (s2 + s) 1
(d)
2 2s s s
27 1 + 1+
(c) 2 (d) 2 9 3
(s + s) (s + s)
[EE-2002 : 2 Marks] [EE-2003 : 2 Marks]
Q.11 For a tachometer, if (t) is the rotor displacement Q.15 The system shown in figure below:
in radians, e(t) is the output voltage and Kt is
the tachometer constant (in V/rad/sec), then
the transfer function, E(s)/Q(s) will be b0 c0 b1 c1
(a) Kt s2 (b) Kt/s +

(c) Kt s (d) Kt +
+ +
[EE-2004 : 1 Mark] +
1/s
+
1/s P
– –
Q.12 For the block diagram shown in figure, the
a0 a1
transfer function C(s)/R(s) is equals to
R(s) 1/s + 1/s + C(s )

+ +
can be reduced to the form
+
X Y P
+
s2 + 1 s2 + s + 1 Z
(a) (b)
s2 s2
with
s2 + s + 1 1 1
(c) (d) (a) X = c0 s + c1 , Y = , Z = b0 s + b1
s s2 + s + 1 (s 2 + a0 s + a1 )
[EE-2004 : 2 Marks] (c 0 s + c 1 )
(b) X = 1, Y = 2
, Z = b0 s + b1
Q.13 The unit impulse response of a second order (s + a0 s + a1 )
under damped system starting from rest is given (b1 s + b0 )
(c) X = c1 s + c0 , Y = ,Z=1
by 2
(s + a1s + a1 )
c(t) = 12.5 e–6t sin8t, t 0 1
(d) X = c1s + c0 , Y = 2
, Z = b1s + b0
The steady-state value of the unit step response (s + a1s + a0 )
of the system is equal to [EE-2007 : 2 Marks]
(a) 0 (b) 0.25
Q.16 A function y(t) satisfies the following differential
(c) 0.5 (d) 1.0
equation,
[EE-2004 : 2 Marks]
dy(t )
+ y (t ) = ( t )
Q.14 When subjected to a unit step input, the closed dt
loop control system shown in the figure will where, (t) is the delta function.
have a steady-state error of Assuming zero initial condition, and denoting
the unit step function by u(t), y(t) can be of the
X(s) form
– 2
R(s) + 3/s + Y(s )
– s+2 (a) et (b) e–t
(c) et u(t) (d) e–t u(t)
[EE-2008 : 1 Mark]
(a) –1.0 (b) –0.5
Q.17 The response h(t) of a linear time invariant
(c) 0 (d) 0.5
system to an impulse (t), under initially relaxed
[EE-2004 : 2 Marks]
condition is h(t) = e–t + e–2t. The response of this
system for a unit step input u(t) is
(a) u(t) + e–t + e–2t Assuming, h1 = b1 and h0 = b0 – b1a1, the input-

(b) (e–t + e–2t) u(t)
C(s)
(c) (1.5 – e–t – 0.5 e–2t) u(t) output transfer function, G(s) = of the
U(s )
(d) e–t (t) + e–2t u(t) [EE-2011 : 2 Marks]
system is given by
Q.18 The transfer function V2(s)/V1(s) on the circuit b0 s + b1
(a) G(s ) =
shown below is 2
s + a0 s + a1
100 µF a1 s + a0
(b) G(s ) =
+ + 2
s + b1s + b0
10 k
V1(s) V2(s) b1 s + b0
(c) G(s ) =
2
s + a1s + a0
100 µF
– –
a s + a1
(d) G(s ) = 2 0 [EE-2014 : 1 Mark]
0.5s + 1 3s + 6 s + b0 s + b1
(a) (b)
s+1 s+2
Q.21 For the signal flow graph shown in the figure,
s+2 s+1
(c) (d) which one of the following expressions is equal
s+1 s+2
[EE-2013 : 1 Mark] Y (s )
to the transfer function ?
Q.19 The signal flow graph for a system is given X2 (s ) X
1 (s) = 0
below. The transfer function Y(s)/U(s) for this
system is X1(s) X2(s)
1
1 G1 G2
Y(s )
1 s–1 s–1 1
U(s ) Y(s )
–4
–1 –1
–2
G1 G2
s+1 s+1 (a) (b)
(a) (b) 1 + G2 (1 + G1 ) 1 + G1 (1 + G2 )
5s 2 + 6 s + 2 s 2 + 6s + 2
s+1 1 G1 G2
(c) (d) (c) (d)
5s 2 + 6 s + 2 1 + G1 G2 1 + G1 G2
s 2 + 4s + 2
[EE-2013 : 2 Marks] [EE-2015 : 1 Mark]
Q.20 The signal flow graph of a system is shown Q.22 Find the transfer function Y(s)/X(s) on the
below. U(s) is the input and C(s) is the output. system given below.
h1 +– G1
h0 1 1/s 1 1/s 1
U(s) C(s ) X(s) + Y(s )
H
Y(s ) +
–a1
–
+ G2
–a0
G1 G2 Q.25 For a system having transfer function,

(a) +
1 HG1 1 HG2 s+1
G(s ) = , a unit step input is applied time
G1 G2 s+1
(b) +
1 + HG1 1 + HG2 t = 0. The value of the response of the system at
G1 + G2 t = 1.5 sec (Rounded off to 3 decimal places), is
(c) _________ . [EE-2017 : 2 Marks]
1 + H (G1 + G2 )
G1 + G2 Q.26 Let a causal LTI system be characterized by the
(d) [EE-2015 : 2 Marks]
1 H (G1 + G2 ) following differential equation, with initial rest
condition,
Q.23 For the system governed by the set of equations:
dx1 d2 y dy dx(t )
= 2 x1 + x 2 + u 2
+7 + 10 y(t ) = 4x(t ) + 5
dt dt dt dt
dx2 where, x(t) and y(t) are the input and output
= 2 x1 + u
dt respectively. The impulse response of the system
y = 3x1 is (u(t) is the unit step function)
The transfer function Y(s)/U(s) is given by (a) 2e–2t u(t) – 7e–5t u(t)
3( s + 1) 3(2 s + 1) (b) –2e–2t u(t) + 7e–5t u(t)
(a) (b) (c) 7e–2t u(t) – 2e–5t u(t)
(s2 2 s + 2) (s2 2 s + 1)
(d) –7e–2t u(t) + 2e–5t u(t) [EE-2017 : 2 Marks]
(s + 1) 3(2 s + 1)
(c) (d)
(s2 2s + 1) (s2 2 s + 2) Q.27 Which of the options is an equivalent
[EE-2015 : 2 Marks] representation of the signal flow graph shown
here?
Q.24 In the system whose signal flow graph is shown
c
in figure, U1(s) and U2(s) are inputs. The transfer 1 a 1
function Y(s)/U1(s) is d
–R U2 e
–1
1 (a + c) d 1
1 1 (a)
U1 1/L 1/s k1 1/J 1/s Y
e
1 a( d + c) 1
(b)
–k2
k1 e
(a)
JLs 2 + JRs + k1 k2 a
c
1 1 cd 1
k1 (c)
(b)
JLs 2 JRs k1 k2
e
k1 U 2 ( R + sL )
(c) 2 d
JLs + ( JR U 2 L ) s + k1 k2 U 2 R a
1 cd
1 1
(d)
k1 U 2 (sL R )
(d) 2
JLs ( JR + U 2 L ) s k1 k2 + U 2 R
e
[EE-2017 : 2 Marks] [EE-2020 : 2 Marks]
Electronics & Electrical Engineering

GATE Previous Years Solved Paper
A n swe rs & Expl a n a t i o n s
Answers
EC Basics of Control Systems, Block Diagram and SFG’s
1. (d) 2. (b) 3. (c) 4. (d) 5. (c) 6. (c) 7. (c) 8. (d)
9. (c) 10. (d) 11. (c) 12. (b) 13. (d) 14. (a) 15. (d) 16. (c)
17. (b) 18. (b) 19. (b) 20. (–0.5) 21. (b) 22. (1) 23. (b) 24. (a)
Solutions
EC Basics of Control Systems, Block Diagram and SFG’s
1. Sol. C G1G2 G3 G4
=
X2 5 5 5 R 1 [G1 G2 G3 G4 ]
= = = = 10
X1 1 (0.5) 0.5 + [G1G3 + G1G4 + G2 G3 + G2 G4 ]
2. (b) C G1G2 G3G4

=
R 1 + G1 + G2 + G3 + G4 + G1G3
10 + G1G4 + G2 G3 + G2 G4
C (s) s (s + 1)
= G1G2 G3G4
R( s ) 10 =
1+ ×s (1 + G1 + G2 ) (1 + G3 + G4 )
s (s + 1)
10
4. (d)
s (s + 1)
1+ ×1 By using Masson’s gain formulae,
10
1+ ×s
s (s + 1) C PK K
=
R
10
C (s) s(s + 1) + 10s 10 C (1 × 2 × 3 × 4 × 1) + (1 × 5 × 1) × (1 + 3)
= = 2 =
R( s ) 10 s + s + 10s + 10 R 1 ( 2 3 4 5) + ( 2) × ( 4)
1+
s(s + 1) + 10s
C 24 + 20 44
= =
C (s) 10 R 1 + 14 + 8 23
= 2
R( s ) s + 11s + 10
5. (c)
3. (c) The signal flow graph can not be used to
By using Masson’s gain formulae, comment on stability, controllability
C PK K absorbability or pole zero locations. It only gives
= transfer function.
R
6. (c) L1 and L3 are non-touching,

The transfer function of a linear time invariant (s + 27)
system is defined as the ratio of the Laplace s
G(s) =
transform of the output and that of the input 3 24 2 2 3
1 + ×
with all initial conditions zero. s s s s s
7. (c) (s + 27)
s
C PK K =
= 29 6
1+ +
R s s2
C 5× 2× 1 10 10
= = = =2 C (s) s (s + 27)
R 1 ( 4) 1 + 4 5 = 2
R(s ) s + 29s + 6
8. (d)
11. (c)
Take off point is moved after G2 so H/G2.
P1 = abcd, 1 = 1
9. (c) L1 = be, L2 = cf, L3 = dg
From KVL in both loops: Non-touching loops are L1 and L3 = bedg
In first loop, X5 abcd
=
Vi(s) = I1(s) Z1(s) + [I1(s) – I2(s)] Z3(s) X1 1 (be + cf + dg ) + bedg
Vi(s) = I1(s) [Z1(s) + Z3(s)] – I2(s) Z3(s)
12. (b)
Vi (s) I 2 (s) Z3 (s)
= I1 (s) ...(i)
Z1 (s) + Z3 (s) Z1 (s) + Z3 (s) + P(s ) 1
R(s ) Y(s )
In second loop, s+1
–
[I2(s) – I1(s)] Z3(s) + I2(s) Z2(s) + I2(s) Z4(s) = 0
+
I2(s) (Z2(s) + Z3(s) + Z4(s)) = I1(s) × Z3(s) 1
s+1 –
I 2 (s) Z3 (s)
G2 = =
I 1 (s) Z2 (s) + Z3 (s) + Z4 (s)
Q(s )
From SFG,
I1(s) = ViG1(s) + I2(s) H(s) 1 1
Q(s) = P(s) =0
1 Z3 (s ) s+1 s+1
I1(s) = Vi (s) + I 2 (s)
Z1 (s ) + Z3 (s ) Z1 (s ) + Z3 (s ) So, P(s) = R(s) – 0 = R(s)
...[(From equation (i)] P(s ) R(s )
Y(s) = =
Z3 (s) s+1 s+1
H(s) =
Z1 (s) + Z3 (s) Y (s) 1
Therefore, =
...(Comparing above two equations) U (s) s+1
10. (d) 13. (d)

P1 = 1 For option (d),
3 24 s + 27
1 = 1+ + = Y (s) 100 / s 3
s s s =
U (s) 100
P1 1 1+ 2
G(s) = 1 (loop gain) + pair of non-touching loops s
3 24 2 Which is not transfer function of H(s).
L1 = , L2 = , L3 =
s s s
14. (a) G1 G2
R(s ) C(s )
Using Mason’s gain formula,
= 1 – [–2s–1 – 2s–2 – 4 – 4s–1]
1 1
2 2 4
= 1+ + 2 + 4+
s s s Forward paths,
P1 = G1G2, P2 = G2 1
5s 2 + 6 s + 2
= P3 = 1 1 = 1
s2
So, the transfer function is,
2 1
P1 = s = C (s)
s2 = G1G2 + G2 + 1
R(s )
1
P2 = s 1 =
s 18. (b)
1 = 1; 2=1 Transfer function,
1 1 C (s) PK
×1+ ×1 K
Y (s) PK 2 s =
=s 2
K
= R(s )
U (s) 5s + 6s + 2 G1G2 G3G4
=
s2 1 (G1G2 H 1 G2 G4 H 2 G2 G3 H 3 ) + G1G2 H1 G3G4 H 2
Y (s) s+1 C (s) G1G2 G3G4

= = 1 + G1G2 H 1 + G2 G4 H 2 + G2 G3 H 3 + G1G2 H1 G3G4 H 2
U (s) 2
5s + 6 s + 2 R(s )
15. (d) 19. (b)

Redrawing the block diagram with X1(s) = 0 Given blocks has transfer function G1(s) and
G2(s).
X2(s) + 1/s C(s ) In cascade connection: G1(s) G2(s)
–
In parallel connection: G1(s) + G2(s)
s From the given options:
(s + 1) (For cascading/summing/differencing)
(a) G1(s) G2(s) Realization is possible.
The transfer function,
Y (s) G(s ) G1 (s)
T(s) = = ...(i) (b) Realization is not possible
X2 (s) 1 + G(s) H (s) G2 (s)
1 s because the gain of blocks given as G1(s)
Here, G(s) = and H (s ) =
s s+1 and G2(s).
Y (s ) 1/ s (s + 1) 1
= = (c) G1 (s ) + G 2 ( s ) = 1 + G1 ( s ) G 2 ( s )
X2 (s ) 1 s s(s + 2)
1+ × G1 (s )
s s+1
Realization is possible.
16. (c)
1
(d) G1 (s ) G2 (s ) = 1 G1 (s ) G2 (s )
R(s ) G1 + G2 + C(s ) G1 (s )
+ +
Realization is possible.
20. Sol.
Converting the block diagram into signal flow
The transfer function due to the disturbance
graph on,
torque Ta(s) is
1 1 22. Sol.
×
(s ) ( Js + B) s
=
Td (s) 1 Kb KT
1+
Js + B Ra + L a s X(s ) +
–
G(s ) = 2 + Y(s )
X(s) – Y(s) +
1
( Ra + L a s )
s
=
( Ra + La s) ( Js + B) + Kb KT Y(s) = [X(s) – Y(s)] G(s) + X(s)
The steady value of response for unit impulse [1 + G(s)] Y(s) = [G(s) + 1] X(s)
input, Y (s )
=1
1 X( s )
s ( Ra + L a s )
s
(0) = lim Td 23. (b)
s 0 ( Ra + La s ) ( Js + B) + K b KT
Using block diagram reduction, we get
Ra
= 1
Ra B + Kb KT
–
Given, + 1
X(s) s+ 1/s Y(s )
s
K T = 1 N-m/A, Ra = 1 –
B = 1 N-m/rad/sec
and Kb = 1 V/rad/sec
+ s2 + 1
Substituting the given values into above X(s)
2
1/s Y(s )
s +s+1
equation, we get –
1
(0) = = 0.5 rad
2 Y (s ) s2 + 1
= H (s) = 3
21. (b) X( s ) s + 2s 2 + s + 1
G1 24. (a)
X + G2 Y
– 1 + G1 H 1
Y (s ) G + G2
= 1
X( s ) 1 + G1 H
[By using Mason’s gain formula]
G2 G1
Y (s ) 1 + G1 H 1 G2 G1
= =
X( s ) G2 G1 1 + G1G2 + G1 H 1
1+
1 + G1 H 1
Answers
EE Basics of Control Systems, Block Diagram and SFG’s
1. (4, 4) 2. (b) 3. (b) 4. (a) 5. (a) 6. (c) 7. (a) 8. (c)
9. (b) 10. (b) 11. (c) 12. (b) 13. (d) 14. (c) 15. (d) 16. (d)
17. (c) 18. (d) 19. (a) 20. (c) 21. (b) 22. (c) 23. (a) 24. (a)
25. (0.554) 26. (b) 27. (d)

Solutions
EE Basics of Control Systems, Block Diagram and SFG’s
1. Sol. t 1
Y(s) = L te =
Number of forward paths (s + 1)2
= 4 (abdfg, ahfg, aklfg, akmg)
Y (s ) s
Number of loops = 4 (c, de, lfn, mn) T.F. = =
X(s ) (s + 1)2
2. (b)
SFG : 7. (a)
G d2 y dy du
2
+ = + 2u
dt dt dt
1 H 1
w(s ) y(s) s2Y(s) + sY(s) = sU(s) + 2U(s)
H
Y (s) s+2
= 2
G U (s) (s + s)
G + GHG + G + GHG
T.F. = 8. (c)
1 [GH GH ]
Taking (LT) on both sides,
(4 forward paths are 3)
1 1 24
2G (s2 + 6s + 5) X(s) = 12 =
= s s+2 s (s + 2)
1 GH
24
X(s) =
3. (b) s(s + 2) (s + 1) (s + 5)
Signal flow graph is used to find the transfer Response at t
function between the output and input node. Using final value theorem,
Lt x(t ) Lt sX(s)
4. (a) t = s 0
C (s) 2(s 1) s × 24
= = Lt
1 /s (s + 2) (s + 1) s 0 s(s + 1) (s + 2) (s + 5)
= 2.4
1 3 4
C(s) = + +
s s+2 s+1 9. (b)
C(t) = –1 – 3e–2t + 4e–t Natural ratio constant of the response depends
only on poles of the system,
5. (a)
Number of foward paths = 1 (G1G2G3) C (s) 1
T(s) = =
Number of loops = 2 (–G1G2H1, –G2G3H2) R(s ) s 2 + s + 1
Number of non-touching loops = 0 2 18
C (s) G1G2 G3 18 1
T.F. = = = 2
=
R(s) 1 + G1G2 H 1 + G2 G3 H 2 18s + 9s + 1 (6s + 1) (3s + 1)
1
6. (c) This is in the form
(1 + sT1 ) (1 + sT2 )
1
X(s) = L u(t ) = T1, T2 = 6 sec, 3 sec.
s
10. (b) 11. (c)

Integrator are represented as 1/s in s-domain.
(s ) T.F. E(s )
9
(t) = rotor displacement in radians
– y ( t) d
u(t) +
–
1/s 2 +
–
1/s (t ) = = angular speed in rad/sec.
dt
Output voltage,
3 12
d
As per the block diagram, the corresponding e(t) = Kt (t ) = Kt
dt
singal flow graph is drawn.
Taking Laplace transform on both sides,
–9 E(s) = Kt s (s)
E(s)
= Kt s
1 1/s 2 1/s 1 ( s)
u(s) y (s )
12. (b)
–3 –12 Using signal flow graph,
2 1/s 1/s
One forward path, P1 = 1
s2 R(s) C(s )
The individual loos pare,

1
3 12
L1 = , L2 =
s 3 1
18 Three forward paths:
and L3 =
s2
11 1
L1 and L2 are non-touching loops, P1 = =
s s s2
36
L1L2 = 1 1
s2 P2 = 1 = and P3 = 1
s s
The loops touches the forward path 1= 1.
The numbmer of individual loop = 0
The graph determinant is,
So, graph determinant = = 1
= 1 – (L1 + L2 + L3) + L1L2
and 1 = 2= 3=1
3 12 18 36 Applying Mason’s gain formula,
= 1+ + + +
s s s2 s2
C (s)
G(s) =
Applying Mason’s gain formula, R(s )
Y (s) P1 1 P1 1 + P2 2 + P3 3
G(s) = = =
U (s)
2 / s2 1
1+
1
1+1+1
= 3 12 18 36 2 s2 + s + 1
s s
1+ + + + = =
s s s2 s2 1 s2
2 2
= 2
= 13. (d)
s + 15s + 54 (s + 9) (s + 6)
Transfer function of a system is the unit impulse
1 response of the system.
=
s s
27 1 + 1+
9 6
C(s) Using Mason’s gain formula,

Transfer function = = L (12.5e 6t sin 8t )
R(s) Y (s ) P1 1 + P2 2
=
8 R(s )
= 12.5 ×
( s + 6)2 + 82 2 6
×1+ ×1
100 s+2 s(s + 2)
=
= s(s + 2) + 6
(s + 6)2 + 82
s(s + 2)
when input is unit step,
1 Y (s ) 6 2s
R(s) = =
s R(s ) s2 + 2 s + 6
1 100 For unit step unit,
C(s) =
s (s + 6)2 + 82 1
R(s) =
Steady-state value of response, using final value s
theorem, 6 2s
Csteady-state = Lt C (t ) = Lt sC(s) Y(s) = R(s ) 2
f s 0 s + 2s + 6
= Error = E(s) = R(s) – Y(s)
1 100 6 2s
Lt s =1 = R(s ) R(s ) 2
s 0 s (s + 6)2 + 82 s + 2s + 6
6 2s
14. (c) = R(s ) 1 2
s + 2s + 6
Using signal flow graph,
1 s 2 + 4s
–1 E(s) =
s s2 + 2s + 6
2
1 1 3/s s+2 1
Steady state value of error, using final value
Y(s )
theorem,
R(s)
ess = Lt sE(s)
s 0
–1
Forward path gains, 1 s 2 + 4s
= Lt s
s 0 s s2 + 2s + 6
2 2
P1 = ( 1) × =
s+2 s+2 s 2 + 4s
= Lt =0
3 2
=
6 s 0 s 2 + 2s + 6
and P2 =
s s + 1 s (s + 2)
Individual loop, 15. (d)
The block-diagram can be redrawn as,
3 2 6
L1 = 1× × =
s s + 2 s(s + 2) 2
+ +
c1 b1
Loop touches forward paths, therefore,
1 = 1 and 2 = 1
3 4
D = 1 – L1 1 + +
5 6
R(s) c1 1/s 1/s P
+ –
6 s (s + 2) + 6 1 C(s )
= 1+ =
s (s + 2) s(s + 2) b0 a0 a1
Signal flow graph of the block-diagram, +

X Y P C(s )
+
2
c1 b1
1 Z
1 3 4 1/s 5 1
C (s) xyP
R(s ) c0 1/s P C(s ) = 1 yzP ...(ii)
R(s )
–a1
Comparing equation (i) and (ii), we get
–a0 c0 + c1s
xy = 2
b0
s + a1s + a0
b0 + b1 s
There are two forward paths: yz = 2
s + a1s + a0
1 1 c0 P
P1 = 1 + c0 × × × P = 2 Hence option (d) is correct.
s s s
1 c P 16. (d)
P2 = 1 × c1 × 1 × × P = 1
s s Taking (L.T.) on both sides,
These are four individual loops, Y(s) (s + 1) = 1
1 a1 1
L1 = a1 × = Y(s) =
s s s+1
1 1 a0 Taking inverse Laplace transform,
L2 = × × a0 =
s s s2 y(t) = e–t u(t)
1 1 b P
L3 = × × P × b0 = 02 17. (c)
s s s
Transfer function of system is impulse response
1 b P of the system with zero initial conditions.
L4 = b1 × P × = 1
s s Transfer function,
All the loops touch forwad paths, H(s) = L(e–t + e–2t)
1 = 2=1 1 1
= 1 – (L1 + L2 + L3 + L4) = +
s+1 s+2
a0 a1 b0 P b1 P
= 1+ 2
+ 2 C(s) 1 1
s s s s H(s) = = +
R(s ) s+1 s+2
Using Mason’s gain formula,
C (s) P1 + P2 1
=
1 2 R(s) = (step input)
R(s ) s s
c0 P c1 P 1 1 1
+ C(s) = R(s) H (s) = +
s s+1 s+2
s2 s
=
a a b0 P b1 P 1 1
1 + 1 + 20 2 = +
s s s s s(s + 1) s(s + 2)
C (s) c0 P + c1 Ps
= 2 1 1 1 1 1
R(s ) s + ( a0 b1 ) s + ( a0 b0 P ) C(s) = +
s s+1 2 s s+2
C (s) P(c0 + c1s )/(s 2 + a1s + a0 ) 1.5 1 0.5
= ...(i) =
R(s ) 1 (b0 + b1 s )P /(s 2 + a1s + a0 ) s s+1 s+2
Response = C(t) = L–1[C(s)] Forward paths are,
1 1.5 1 0.5 h0 h1
= L P1 = 2
, P2 =
s s+1 s+2 s s
C(t) = (1.5 – e–t – 0.5e–2t) u(t) Individual loops are:
a1 a0
18. (d) L1 = , L2
s s2
100 µF Non-touching loops = zero
+ + 1 = 1
10 k a1 a s + a1
V1(s) V2(s) 2 = 1 = 1+ 1 =
s s s
100 µF
– – a1 a0 s2 + a1s + a0
= 1 =
s s2 s2
1
R+ C(s) P1 + P2
V2 (s) 1 + RCs
Cs 1 2
= = G(s) = =
V1 (s) 1 1 2 + RCs U (s)
+R+
Cs Cs
h0 h1 s + a1
×1+ ×
1 + 10 × 10 3 × 100 × 10 6 s
1+s s 2 s s
= 3 6
= =
2 + 10 × 10 × 100 × 10 s 2 + s s 2 + a1s + a0
19. (a) s2
Using Mason’s gain formulae,

h0 + h1 (s + a1 )
= 1 – [–2s–1 – 2s–2 – 4 – 4s–1] =
s2 + a1s + a0
2 2 4
= 1+ + +4+ Given, h 1 = b1 and h0 = b0 – b1a1
s s2 s
(b0 b1 a1 ) + b1 (s + a1 )
5s 2 + 6 s + 2 Thus, G(s) =
= (s 2 + a1s + a0 )
s2
2 1 b1s + b0
P1 = s = 2 = 2
s s + a1s + a0
1 1
P2 = s = 21. (b)
s
1 = 1, 2=2 X1(s) X2(s)
1
1
×1+ ×1
Y (s) Pk k s 2 s 1 G1 G2
= = 2 Y(s )
U (s) 5s + 6s + 2
s2
Y (s) s+1
= 2
U (s) 5s + 6 s + 2 –1 –1
20. (c) Y (s) G2

=
Using Mason gain formula: X 2 (s ) x 1 ( G1G2 + G1 )
1 (s ) = 0
Transfer function,
G2
C(s) Pk =
G(s) = =
k 1 + G1 (G2 + 1)
U (s)
22. (c) 25. Sol.

G1 s+1
G(s) =
s+1
–H
System output,
X(s) Y(s )
G2 1 s+1 1
Y(s) = G(s ) =
s s+1 s
–H
1 2
Y (s ) G1 + G2 G1 + G2 =
s s+1
= =
X( s ) 1 ( G1 H G2 H 1 ) 1 + G1 H + G2 H y(t) = u(t) – 2e–t u(t)
y(1.5) = 1 – 2e–1.5
23. (a)
= 1 – 0.446 = 0.554
dx1
= 2x1 + x2 + u ...(i) 26. (b)
dt
dx2 d2 y dy dx
= –2x1 + 4 ...(ii) +7 + 10 y = 4x + 5
dt 2 dt dt
dt
From equation (i),
(s2 + 7s + 10) Y(s) = (4 + 5s) X(s)
sX1 = 2X1 + X2 + u
Y (s ) 5s + 4
sX2 = –2X1 + u = 2
X( s ) s + 7 s + 10
2X1 + u
X2 = Impulse response = L –1 (Transfer function)
s
1 5s + 4
2 X1 + u = L
sX1 = 2 X1 + +4 (s + 2) (s + 5)
s
2 X1 4 1 2 7
sX1 2 X1 + = +4 = L +
s 5 s+2 s+5
2 1 = –2e–2t u(t) + 7e–5t u(t)
X1 s 2 + = u 1+
s s
27. (d)
1 Simplying given signal flow graph:
1+
X1 s Step-1:
=
4 2
s 2+ d
s
1 a 1 cd 1
1
3 1+
y 3 X1 s
= = e
u u 2
s 2+
s Step-2:
y 3( s + 1)
= 2 d
u a
( s 2 s + 2) 1 1 cd 1
24. (a)
Transfer function, e
K1
[1]
Y (s) LJs 2 K1
= = 2
U1 ( s) R K1K 2 LJs + RJs + K 1K 2
1 2
Ls LJs
2 Compensators and
Controllers
ELECTRO NICS EN GINEERIN G Q.5 The transfer function of a phase lead controller
(GATE Previous Years Solved Papers) 1+ 3Ts

is . The maximum value of phase
1 + Ts
Q.1 The transfer function of a simple RC network
provided by this controller is
functioning as a controller is
(a) 90° (b) 60°
s + z1
Gc (s) = (c) 45° (d) 30°
s + p1
[EC-1998 : 1 Mark]
The condition for the RC network to act as a
phase lead controller is Q.6 A PD controller is used to compensate a system.
Compared to the uncompensated system, the
(a) p1 < z1 (b) p1 = 0
compensated system has
(c) p1 = z1 (d) p1 > 0
(a) a higher type number
[EC-1990 : 2 Marks]
(b) reduced damping
Q.2 A process with open-loop mode of (c) higher noise amplification
(d) larger transient overshoot
Ke sTD
G(s ) = is controlled by a PID controller. [EC-2003 : 1 Mark]
s+1
For this process
K
(a) the integral mode improves transient Q.7 A double integrator plant, G(s ) = , H(s) = 1 is
s2
performance. to be compensated to achieve the damping ratio
(b) the integral mode improves steady-state = 0.5 and an undamped natural frequency,
performance.
n = 5 rad/s. Which one of the following
(c) the derivative mode improve transient compensator Ge(s) will be suitable?
performance. s+3 s + 9.9
(d) the derivative mode improves steady-state (a) (b)
s + 9.9 s+3
performance.
s 6 s+6
[EC-1992 : 2 Marks] (c) (d)
s + 8.33 s
Q.3 Tachometer feedback in a dc position control [EC-2005 : 2 Marks]
system enhances stability (T/F). Q.8 The tranfser function of a phase-lead
[EC-1994 : 1 Mark] compensator is given by
Q.4 The transfer function of a tachometer is of the 1 + 3Ts
Ge ( s ) = where, T > 0
form 1 + Ts
K The maximum phase-shift provided by such a

(a) Ks (b) compensator is
s
K K (a) (b)
(c) (d) 2 3
(s + 1) s ( s + 1)
(c) (d)
[EC-1998 : 1 Mark] 4 6
[EC-2006 : 2 Marks]
Q.9 A control system with a PD controller is shown C2

in the figure. If the velocity error constant
KV = 1000 and the damping ratio = 0.5, then R.
the values of KP and KD are
R2
+ 100
r KP + KDS y
s ( s + 10) Group-II
–
1. PID controller
2. Lead compensator
3. Lag compensator
(a) KP = 100, KD = 0.09
(a) Q-1, R-2 (b) Q-1, R-3
(b) KP = 100, KD = 0.9
(c) Q-2, R-3 (d) Q-3, R-2
(c) KP = 10, KD = 0.09
[EC-2008 : 2 Marks]
(d) KP = 10, KD = 0.9
[EC-2007 : 2 Marks] Q.12 The magnitude plot of a rational transfer
function G(s) with real coefficients is shown
Q.10 The open-loop transfer function of a plant is
below. Which of the following compensators
1 has such a magnitude plot?
given as G(s ) = . If the plant is operated
2
s 1
G( j )
in a unity feedback configuration, then the lead
compensator that can stabilize this control 20 dB
system is
10( s 1) 10( s + 4) log
(a) (b)
(s + 2) (s + 2)
10( s + 2) 2(s + 2)
(c) (d) –40 dB
(s + 10) (s + 10)
[EC-2007 : 2 Marks] (a) Lead compensator
Q.11 Group I gives two possible choice for the (b) Lag compensator
impedance Z in the diagram. The circuit (c) PID compensator
elements in Z satisfy the condition R2C2 > R1C1. (d) Lead-Lag compensator
The transfer function Vo/Vi represents a kind of [EC-2009 : 1 Mark]
controller. Match the impedance in Group I with
Q.13 A unity negative feedback closed-loop system
the types of controllers in Group II:
has a plant with the transfer function
C1 Z
1
G(s ) = 2
and a controller G2(s) in the
s + 2s + 2
Vi –
R1 Vo feed forward path. For a unit step input, the
+
transfer function of the controller that gives
minimum steady state error is
s+1
Group-I (a) Gc (s ) =
s+2
R2 C2
Q. s+2
(b) Gc (s ) =
s+1
(s + 1) (s + 4) Q.18 The transfer function of a first order controller

(c) Gc (s ) =
(s + 2) (s + 3) is given as,
K (s + a)
2 Gc (s ) =
(d) Gc (s ) = 1 + + 3s s+b
s
where, K is a and b are positive real numbers.
[EC-2010 : 2 Marks]
The condition for this controller to act as a phase
Linked Answer Questions (14 and 15): lead compensator is
The transfer function of a compensator is given as, (a) a b
s+a (c) K < ab (d) K > ab
Gc (s ) =
s+b [EC-2015 : 1 Mark]
Q.14 Gc(s) is a lead compensator if Q.19 Which of the following can be the pole-zero
(a) a = 1, b = 2 (b) a = 3, b = 2 configuration of a phase lag controller (lag
(c) a = –3, b = –1 (d) a = 3, b = 1 compensator)?
[EC-2012 : 2 Marks] j
Q.15 The phase of the above lead compensator is s-plane Pole

maximum at Zero
(a)
(a) 2 rad/s (b) 3 rad/s
1
(c) 6 rad/s (d) rad/s
3
[EC-2012 : 2 Marks]
j
Q.16 For the following feedback system,
s-plane Pole
1
G(s) = Zero
(s + 1) (s + 2) (b)
The 2% settling time of the step response is
required to be less than 2 seconds.
r + C(s ) G(s ) y
–
j
Which one of the following compensators C(s) s-plane Pole

achieves this? Zero
(c)
1 0.03
(a) 3 (b) 5 +1
s+5 s
s+8
(c) 2(s + 4) (d) 4
s+3
j
[EC-2014 : 2 Marks]
s-plane Pole
Q.17 A lead compensator network includes a parallel Zero
combination of R and C in the feed forward path. (d)
If the transfer function of the compensator is
s+2
Gc (s ) =
s+4
The value of RC is ______ . [EC-2017 : 1 Mark]
[EC-2015 : 2 Marks]
Q.20 Which of the following statements is incorrect? j

(a) Lead compensator is used to reduce the
settling time.
(b) Lag compensator is used to reduce the (c)
steady-state error.
(c) Lead compensator may increase the order
of a system.
(d) Lag compensator always stabilizes an j
unstable system.
[EC-2017 : 1 Mark]
(d)
Q.21 A unity feedback system that, uses proportional
integral (PI) control is shown in the figure.
KI 2
X(s) + KP + Y(s )
– s s 3 + 4s 2 + 5s + 2
[EE-1994 : 1 Mark]
Q.2 Introduction of integral action in the forward

The stability of the overall system is controlled
path of a unity feedback system results in a
by tuning the PI control parameters KP and KI.
(a) marginally stability
The maximum value of KI that can be chosen so
as to keep the overall system stable or, in the (b) system with no steady-state error
worst case, marginally stable (Rounded off to (c) system with increased stability margin
three decimal places) is ______ . (d) system with better speed of response
[EC-2021 : 2 Marks] [EE-1997 : 1 Mark]
Q.3 A differentiator has transfer function whose

ELECTRICAL EN GINEERIN G
(a) phase increases linearly with frequency
(b) amplitude remains constant
Q.1 The pole zero configuration of a phase lead (c) amplitude increases linearly with
compensator is given by frequency
j (d) amplitude decreases linearly with
frequency
[EE-1997 : 1 Mark]
(a)
Q.4 The phase lead configurations used to
(a) increase rise time and decrease overshoot.
(b) decrease both rise time and overshoot.
j
(c) increase both rise time and overshoot.
(d) decrease rise time and increase overshoot.
[EE-1998 : 1 Mark]
(b)
(0.5s + 1)
Q.5 G(s) = maximum phase lead of the
(0.05s + 1)
compensator is
(a) 52 deg at 4 rad/sec (b) C1 is lag compensator and C2 is a lead

(b) 52 deg at 10 rad/sec compensator.
(c) 55 deg at 12 rad/sec. (c) Both C1 and C2 are lead compensator.
(d) None of these (d) Both C1 and C2 are lag compensator.
[EE-2000 : 2 Marks] [EE-2008 : 2 Marks]
Q.6 A lead compensator used for a closed-loop Statement for Linked Answer Questions (9 and 10):
controller has the following transfer function, The transfer function of a compensator is given as,
s+a
Gc (s ) =
s s+b
K 1+
a
. For such a lead compensator Q.9 Gc(s) is a lead compensator if
s
1+
b (a) a = 1, b = 2 (b) a = 3, b = 2
(c) a = –3, b = –1 (d) a = 3, b = 1
(a) a Kb (d) a < Kb
Q.10 The phase of the above lead compensator is
[EE-2003 : 1 Mark]
maximum at
900 (a) 2 rad/sec. (b) 3 rad/sec.
Q.7 The system is to be such that its
s (s + 1) (s + 9) 1
(c) 6 rad/sec. (d) rad/sec.
gain crossover frequency becomes same as its 3
uncompensated phase crossover frequency and [EE-2012 : 2 Marks]
provides a 45° phase margin. To achieve this,
one may use Q.11 For the network shown in the figure below, the
(a) a lag compensator that provides an frequency (in rad/sec) at which the maximum
attenuation of 20 dB and a phase lag of 45° phase lag occurs is ________ .
at the frequency of 3 3 rad/sec.

9
(b) a lead compensator that provides an 1
attenuation of 20 dB and a phase lag of 45° Vin Vo
at the frequency of 3 rad/sec. 1F

(c) a lag-lead compensator that provides an
attenuation of 20 dB and a phase lag of 45° [EE-2016 : 1 Mark]
at the frequency of 3 rad/sec.
Q.12 The transfer function C(s) of a compensator is
(d) a lag-lead compensator that provides an
given below,
attenuation of 20 dB and a phase lead of
s s
45° at the frequency of 3 rad/sec. 1+ 1+
0.1 100
C (s) =
Q.8 The transfer function of two compensators are s
(1 + s ) 1 +
given below, 10
10(s + 1) s + 10 The frequency range in which the phase (lead)
C1 = , C2 =
(s + 10) 10( s + 1) introduced by the compensator reaches the
Which one of the following statements is maximum is
correct? (a) 0.1 < <1 (b) 1 < < 10
(a) C1 is lead compensator and C2 is a lag (c) 1.0 < < 100 (d) > 100
compensator. [EE-2017 : 1 Mark]
Q.13 The transfer function of a phase lead 3

compensator is given by (a) (b) 3T
T2
1 1
3 s+
3T (c) (d) 3T 2
D(s ) = 3T 2
1
s+ [EE-2019 : 2 Marks]
T
The frequency (in rad/sec), at which D(j ) is
maximum, is

Answers
EC Compensators and Controllers
1. (d) 2. (b, c) 3. (True) 4. (a) 5. (d) 6. (c) 7. (a) 8. (d)
9. (b) 10. (c) 11. (b) 12. (d) 13. (d) 14. (a) 15. (a) 16. (c)
17. (0.5) 18. (a) 19. (a) 20. (d) 21. (3.125)
Solutions Compensators and Controllers

EC
1. (d) 3. Sol.
(True)
1 1
= tan tan The tachometer feedback is derivative feedback.
z1 p1
So, tachometer adds zero at origin.
For phase lead controller,
Hence, type decreases and stability is improved
>0
(True).
1 1
tan tan >0 4. (a)
z1 p1
Tachometer is basically a differentiator. So, the
1 1 transfer function of a tachometer is of the
tan > tan
z1 p1 form Ks.
p 1 > z1
5. (d)
2. (b, c) For lead compensator,
The integral mode improves steady-state (1 + T s ) 1 + 3Ts
performance and the derivative mode improves T.F. = =
1+ T s 1 + Ts
the transient performance.
So, T = 3T
T =T 8. (d)
3T = T Maximum phase shift,
1 m = Ge(s)
=
3 = tan–1 3 T – tan–1 t
For maximum phase shift,
1 1 1 1 1/3
= sin = sin d
max 1+ 1 + 1/3 =0
d
1 2 /3 1 3T T
max = sin = sin 1 = 30° =
4 /3 2 1 + (3T ) 2
1 + (T )2
3[1 + (T )2] = 1 + (3T )2
6. (c)
3 + 3T2 2 = 1 + 9T2 2
• A PD controller does not effect the type of 2 = 6( T)2
the system. 1
( T)2 =
• It reduces the overshoot and increases the 3
damping. 1
T=
• It increases the bandwidth therefore SNR 3
decreases. 1 1 1 1
max = tan 3× tan
• System become more prone to noise. 3 3
7. (a) = =
3 6 6
(–2.5, 4.33j)
9. (b)
K v = lim sG(s) H (s )
5 s 0
(K P + KD s )100
60° 1000 = lim s ×
s 0 s (s + 10)
= 0.5 K P = 100
cos–1 0.5 = 60° Now characteristic equation (1 + G(s) H(s)) = 0
= 60°
(K P + KD s )100
1+ =0
K s (s + 10)
G(s) =
s 2 s = 2.5 + 4.33 j Putting, K P = 100
s2 + 10s + 104 + 100KDs = 0
1 4.33
= 2 tan ; 120° s2 + (10 + 100KD) s + 104 = 0
2.5
Comparing with standard second order
For compensated system =180 – 120; 60°
equation.
(b) and (d) are lag network and for
compensating lag network K/s2, a lead network i.e., s2 + 2 n + 2
n =0
is required.
So, = n 100
Putting, s = –2.5 + 4.33j in (a) gives, 2 n= 10 + 100KD
K (s + 3) 0.5 + j 4.33 Given, = 0.5
2 = = 53°; 60°
s (s + 9.9) 7.4 + j 4.33 2 × 0.5 × 100 = 10 + 100KD
Option (a) is the correct answer. KD = 0.9
10. (c) s+2 1

Taking, Gc(s) = , ess =
Lead compensator is required for stability. s+1 3
Controllers given in option (a) and (b) are not (s + 1) (s + 4) 3
Taking, Gc(s) = , ess =
lead compensator. From option (c) and (d), with (s + 2) (s + 3) 5
option (d) system becomes unstable hence option 2
Taking, Gc(s) = 1 + + 3s , ess = 0
(c) is correct. s
11. (b) 14. (a)

Vi ( R1C 1s + 1)1 Vo s+a
= Gc(s) =
R1 Z s+b
Vo Z( R1C1s + 1) 1 1
= Phase, P = tan tan
Vi R1 a b
R2C2 s + 1 For lead comparators phase must be +ve.

In case of Q, Z=
C2 s For this > a<b
a b
R2
In case of R, Z= So, a = 1, b = 2
R2C2 s + 1
Considering Q, 15. (a)
Vo ( R1C1s + 1) ( R2C 2 s + 1) For phase to be maximum,

= P
Vi R1 C2 s =0
Considering R,
1/a 1 /b
Vo ( R1C1s + 1) R2 =0
= 2 2
Vi R1 ( R2C 2 s + 1) 1+ 2 1+ 2
a b
Q Given that, R2C2 > R1C1
Considering R, controller is lag 1 1/ b
2 2 =0
compensator and Considering Q, Controller is 1+
1+
PID controller. 4
1 2
13. (d) =0
2 2
1+ +4
Steady state error, 4+4–2–2 2 = 0
s R(s ) 2 = 4
ess = lim
s 0 1 + G(s ) Gc (s)
= 2 rad/sec
r(t) = u(t)
1 16. (c)
R(s) =
s
Given open-loop transfer function is
1
s 1
ess = lim s G(s) =
(s + 1) (s + 2)
s 0 1 + G( s ) Gc ( s )
T(s) =
1
ess = lim G(s) 1
s 0 1 + G(s ) Gc (s ) =
1 + G(s) (s + 1) (s + 2) + 1
s+1 2
Taking, Gc(s) = , ess = 1
s+2 3 T(s) = 2 ...(i)
s + 3s + 3
Comparing equation (i) with standard transfer 18. (a)

function, For phase lead compensator,
3 (1 + s )
n =
= 1.5 Gc(s) = ; <1
2 (1 + s )
2% settling time,
1
4 4 Here, =
= = = 2.67 > 2 sec a
s
n 1.5
1
Thus, in order to make settling time ( s) less than and =
b
2 sec, PD controller should be used. Hence, a
option (c) is the correct choice. or, = < 1 or a P
2 (s + 4) s+P
= 2 j
s + 3s + 2 + 2 s + 8
2 (s + 4)
or, T (s) = 2
s + 5s + 10
4 4 4
s = = = = 1.6
n 5/2 2.5 –Z –P
17. Sol. 20. (d)

s+2 In case of high type systems lag compensator
Gc(s) = ...(i)
s+4 fails to give stability.
For lead compensator,
21. (3.125)
C1
SK P + K I 2
G(s) = 3 2
S S + 4S + 5S + 2
R1 2(SK P + K I )
=
R2 S(S + 4S 2 + 5S + 2)
3
CE
1 + G(S ) = 0
CE
1+s S 4 + 4S 3 + 5S 2 + S(2 + 2 K P ) + 2 K I = 0
T.F. = ...(ii)
1+ s From necessary condition KP > –1, KI > 0
where, = lead time constant = R1C
R2 S4 1 5 2K I
and = S 3
4 2 + 2K P
R1 + R2
Comparing equation (i) and (ii), we get [20 (2 + 2K P )]
S2 2K I
4
1 1 [(18 2 K P ) (2 + 2 K P )]
=
and = S1 8K I
2 4 (18 2 K P )
1
or, = S0 2K I
2
RC time constant = 0.5
20 2 2 K P 36 + 32 K P 4K 22
For stability, >0 KP < 9 0 < KI <
4 32
–1 < KP < 9
For stability: dK I
To get maximum value of K I =0
dK P
(18 2K P ) (2 + 2 K P )
8K I > 0 dK I
4 = 0 = [0 + 32 – 8KP] = 0
dK P
(18 – 2KP) [2 + 2KP] – 32KI > 0
KP = 4
36 + 36K P 4K P 4K P2 32 K I > 0
36 + 32(4) 4(4)2
For KP = 4, KI =
(36 + 36K P 4K P2 ) > 32 K I 32
= 3.125
36 + 32 K P 4K22 KImax = 3.125
KI <
32
Answers
EE Compensators and Controllers
1. (b) 2. (b) 3. (c) 4. (b) 5. (d) 6. (a) 7. (d) 8. (a)
9. (a) 10. (a) 11. (0.316) 12. (a) 13. (c)
Solutions
EE Compensators and Controllers
1. (b) 5. (d)
In phase lead compensator P > Z . 0.5s + 1

G(s) =
0.05s + 1
2. (b) On comparing with,
Integral controller is widely used to eliminate 1 + aTs
G(s) =
steady-state error. 1 + Ts
we get, T = 0.05 and a = 10
3. (c)
1 a 1
= sin = 55°
X(s) Differentiator Y(s ) = sX(s ) n a+1
Y (s ) 1
H(s) = =s and m = = 6.32 rad/sec.
X(s ) T a
Frequency response, H (j ) = j
6. (a)
Hence, phase is constant at 90° for all but
amplitude increases linearly with frequency. s
k 1+
a
Transfer function =
4. (b) s
1+
Lead compensator increases bandwidth, hence b
decreases rise time. As it improve damping, so Zero of TF = –a
overshoot also decreases. Poles of TF = –b
For a lead compensator, the zero is nearer to Phase margin = 180° + T ( j ) = ( gc )2

origin as compared to pole, hence the effect of
the zero is dominant, therefore, the lead 45° = 180° + T ( j ) = ( pc )2
compensator when introduced in series with
At ( gc)2 = 3 rad/sec.
forward path of the transfer function the phase
Phase angle of T(j ) is –135° and phase of
shift is increased.
uncompensated system is –180° at 3 rad/sec.
Therefore, the compensator provides phase lead
of 45° at the frequency of 3 rad/sec.
–b –a Let X dB is the gain provided by the
Pole Zero compensator, so at gain cross frequency,
T ( j ) com = 1 or 0 dB.
So, from pole-zero configuration of the Gain of uncompensated system = T ( j ) un-com

compensator a < b. 100
=
2
7. (d) 2
1+ 1+
Let uncompensated system, 9
900 T ( j ) un-com in dB
T(s) =
s (s + 1) (s + 9)
2
Phase crossover frequency of uncompensated = 40 20 log 20 log 1 +
system = ( pc), at this frequency phase of T(j ) 2
is –180°. 20 log 1 +
9
Put, s = j in T(s)
Gain of compensated system,
900
T(j ) = T ( j ) com = X + T ( j )un-com
j ( + 1) ( + 9)
T(j ) = 90° tan 1

tan 1 T ( j ) com must be zero at gain cross frequency
9
( gc)2.
At ( pc)1,
T(j ) = –180° T ( j gc )2
com
1 1
( pc )1
–180° = 90° tan ( pc )1 tan = X + 40 – 20 log( 20 log 1 + ( 2
gc )2
9 gc)2
( pc )1 ( 2
( + gc )
pc )1 20 log 1 + =0
1 9 2
+90° = tan 2 g
( pc )1
1 2
9 3
X + 40 20 log 3 20 log 1 + 32 20 log 1 +
2 9
( pc )1
1 =0 =0
9 X = –20 dB
( pc)1 = 3 rad/sec. So, the compensator provides an attenuation of
Gain cross frequency of compensated system, 20 dB. Hence option (d) is correct.
( gc ) 2 = phase cross frequency of
uncompensated system, ( pc)1. 8. (a)
( gc)2 = ( gc)1 = 3 rad/sec. 10( s + 1)
C1 =
(s + 10)
Zero at s = –1 11. Sol.

Pole at s = –10 Assuming, R1 = 9 , R2 = 1
we can write,
1
Vo (s) R2 + 1 + R2 Cs
= sC =
Vi (s) 1 1 + ( R1 + R2 ) Cs
–10 –1 R1 + R2 +
sC
s-plane
1 + R2 Cs
=
As zero is closer origin, zero dominates pole. R1 + R2
1+ R2 Cs
Hence, C1 is lead compensator, R2
Let, R2 C = T
s + 10
C2 = R1 + R2
10( s + 1) =
R2
Zero at s = –10
Pole at s = –1 Vo (s) 1 + Ts
Hence, =
Vi (s) (1 + Ts )
which represent a lag compensator.
Q Here, T = R2C = 1 sec.
1+9
–10 –1 = 10 =
1
Maximum phase lag occurs at frequency,
As pole is closer to origin, pole dominates zero. 1 1
Hence, C2 is lag compensator. n = = = 0.316 rad/sec.
T 1 10
9. (a)
12. (a)
s+a Pole zero diagram of compensator transfer
Gc(s) =
s+b
function is shown below.
j +a
Gc(j ) =
j +b
1 1
Gc(j ) = tan tan
–100 –10 –1 –0.1
a b
Maximum phase lead is between 0.1 and 1,
1 a b 0.1 < < 1
= tan 2
1+ 13. (c)
ab
For Gc(s) to be a lead compensator, 1 + 3Ts
T(s) =
Gc(j ) > 0 1 + Ts
Frequency at which T(j ) is maximum,
> 1
a b ( m) =
b>a T
Option (a) satisfies the above equation. 1
= =3
1 /3
10. (a)
1 1
= =
m = c1 × c2 = 1 × 2 = 2 rad/sec.
m
T 3 3T 2
3 Time Response Analysis
ELECTRO NICS EN GINEERIN G If the input to the system is a unit ramp, the
steady-state error will be
(a) 0 (b) 0.5
Q.1 The unity feedback system shown in figure has (c) 2 (d) Infinity
[EC-1991 : 2 Marks]
K
R(s ) + C(s ) Q.5 The poles of a continuous time oscillator are
– s (s + 10)
________ .
[EC-1994 : 1 Mark]
Q.6 The response of an LCR circuit to a step input is

(a) zero steady-state position error.
(a) over damped
(b) zero steady-state velocity error.
(b) critically damped
(c) steady-state position error K/10 units.
(c) oscillatory
(d) steady-state velocity error K/10 units.
If the transfer function has
[EC-1987 : 2 Marks] 1. poles on the negative real axis
Q.2 The steady-state error of a stable ‘type 0’ unity 2. poles on the imaginary axis
feedback systm for a unit step function is 3. multiple poles on the positive real axis
1 4. Multiple poles on the negative real axis
(a) 0 (b) [EC-1994 : 2 Marks]
1 + KP
1 Q.7 Match the following codes with List-I with
(c) (d)
KP List-II:
[EC-1990 : 2 Marks] List-I
(a) Very low response at very high frequencies
Q.3 A second order system has a transfer function
(b) Very shoot
given by
(c) Synchro-control transformer output
25 List-II
G( s ) =
s 2 + 8s + 25 (1) Low pass systems
If the system, initially at rest, is subjected to a (2) Velocity damping
unit step iinput at t = 0, the second peak in the (3) Natural frequency
response will occur at (4) Phase sensitive modulation
(a) sec. (b) sec. (5) Damping ratio [EC-1994 : 2 Marks]
3
2 Q.8 For a second order system, damping ratio ( ), is
(c) sec. (d) sec. 0 < < 1, the the roots of the characteristic
3 2
polynomial are
[EC-1991 : 2 Marks]
(a) real but not real
Q.4 A unit feedback control system has the open- (b) real and equal
loop transfer function, (c) complex conjugates
4 (1 + 2 s ) (d) imaginary
G( s ) = 2
s + (s + 2) [EC-1995 : 1 Mark]
Q.14 Consider a unity feedback control system with

2 (s + 1)
Q.9 If L[ f (t )] = then f(0+) and f( ) are
s2 + 2s + 5 K
open-loop transfer function G(s) = the
given by s (s + 1)
steady-state error of the system due to a unit
(a) 0, 2 respective (b) 2, 0 respectively
step input is
(c) 0, 1 respectively (d) 2/5, 0 respectively
(a) zero (b) K
[Note: ‘L’ stands for ‘Laplace transform of’] (c) 1/K (d) infinite
[EC-1995 : 1 Mark] [EC-1998 : 1 Mark]
Q.10 The step error coefficient of a system Q.15 Tht unit impulse response of a linear time
1 invariant system is the unit step function u(t).
G(s) =
(s + 6) (s + 1) For t > 0, the response of the system to an
with unity feedback is excitation e–at u(t), a > 0 will be
1 (a) ae–at (b) (1/a) (1 – e–at)
(a) (b) (c) a(1 – e–at) (d) 1 – e–at
6
[EC-1998 : 2 Marks]
(c) 0 (d) 1
[EC-1995 : 1 Mark] Q.16 For a second order system with the closed-loop
transfer function,
Q.11 The final value theorem is used to find the
9
(a) steady-state value of the system output. T (s) = 2
s + 4s + 9
(b) intial value of the system output.
the settling time for 2 percent band (in seconds),
(c) transient behaviour of the system output.
is
(d) none of these.
(a) 1.5 (b) 2.0
[EC-1995 : 1 Mark] (c) 3.0 (d) 4.0
[EC-1999 : 1 Mark]
Q.12 If F(s ) = , then the value of lim f (t ),
s2 + 2 t Q.17 If the closed-loop transfer function T(s) of a unity
negative feedback system is given by
{where F(s) is the L[ f(t)}
(a) cannot be determined
an 1 s + an
T (s ) =
(b) is zero s n + a1s n 1
+ ... + an 1 s + an
(c) is unity then the steady-state error for a unit ramp input
(d) is infinite is
[EC-1998 : 1 Mark] an an
(a) (b)
an 1 an 2
Q.13 Consider a feedback control system with loop
transfer function, an 2
(c) (d) zero
K (1 + 0.5s) an 1
G(s ) H (s ) =
s (1 + s ) (1 + 2 s) [EC-1999 : 2 Marks]
The type of the closed-loop system is
Q.18 If the characteristic equation of a closed-loop
(a) zero (b) one system is s2 + 2s + 2 = 0, then the system is
(c) two (d) three (a) overdamped (b) critically damped
[EC-1998 : 1 Mark] (c) underdamped (d) undamped
[EC-2001 : 1 Mark]
Q.19 The open-loop dc gain of a unity negative

Step response
feedback system with closed-loop transfer 1
s+4
function is
2
s + 7 s + 13
Amplitude
4 (b) 0.5
4
(a) (b)
13 9
(c) 4 (d) 13
[EC-2001 : 2 Marks] 0
0 2 4 6
Time (sec.)
Q.20 Consider a system with the transfer function,
s+6
G( s ) =
Ks 2 + s + 6 2
Step response
Its damping ratio will be 0.5 when the value of

K is 1.5
Amplitude
2
(a) (b) 3 1
6 (c)
1 0.5
(c) (d) 6
6
[EC-2002 : 1 Mark] 0
0 5 10 15 20 25
Q.21 The transfer function of a system is, Time (sec.)
100
G(s) =
(s + 1) (s + 100) Step response
1
For a unit step input to the system the
approximate sesttling time for 2% criterion is
Amplitude
(a) 100 sec. (b) 4 sec.

0.5
(c) 1 sec. (d) 0.01 sec. (d)
[EC-2002 : 2 Marks]
Q.22 A second order system has the transfer function,

0
C (s) 4 0 5 10
= 2 Time (sec.)
R(s) s + 4s + 4
With r(t) as the unit step function, the response [EC-2003 : 2 Marks]
c(t) of the system is represented by
Q.23 A causal system having the transfer function
Step response
1.5 1
H (s ) = is excited with 10 u(t). The time at
s+2
1
Amplitude
which the output reaches 99% of its steady-state

(a)
value is
0.5 (a) 2.7 sec. (b) 2.5 sec.
(c) 2.3 sec. (d) 2.1 sec.
0 [EC-2004 : 2 Marks]
0 2 4 6
Time (sec.)
Q.24 A system described by the following differential Q.28 The unit step response of a system starting from
rest is given by
d2 y dy c(t) = 1 – e–2t for t 0
equation 2
+3 + 2 y = x(t ) is initially at
dt dt The transfer function of the system is
rest. For input x(t) = 2u(t), the output y(t) is 1 2
(a) (b)
(a) (1 – 2e–t + e–2t) u(t) 1 + 2s 2+s
(b) (1 + 2e–t – 2e–2t) u(t)
1 2s
(c) (0.5 + e–t + 1.5e–2t) u(t) (c) (d)
2+s 1 + 2s
(d) (0.5 + 2e–t + 2e–2t) u(t)
[EC-2006 : 2 Marks]
[EC-2004 : 2 Marks]
Q.29 The unit impulse response of a system is
Q.25 Despite the presence of negative feedback,
h(t) = e–t, t 0
control systems still have problems of instability
because the For this system, the steady-state value of the
output for unit step input is equal to
(a) components used have non-linearities
(b) dynamic equations of the systems are not (a) –1 (b) 0
known exactly. (c) 1 (d)
(c) mathematical analysis involves [EC-2006 : 2 Marks]
approximations.
Q.30 The transfer function of a plant is
(d) system has large negative phase angle at
high frequencies. 5
T (s) =
[EC-2005 : 1 Mark] ( s + 5) ( s 2 + s + 1)
The second-order approximation of T(s) using

Q.26 In the derivation of expression for peak percent
dominant pole concept is
1 5
overshoot, M p = exp × 100 which (a) (b)
2 (s + 5) (s + 1) (s + 5) (s + 1)
1
5 1
one of the following conditions is not required? (c) 2 (d) 2
s +s+1 s +s+1
(a) System is linear and time invariant.
[EC-2007 : 2 Marks]
(b) The system transfer function has a pair of
complex conjugate poles and no zeroes. Q.31 Step response of a set of three-second order
(c) There is no transportation delay in the underdamped systems all have the same
system. percentage overshoot. Which of the following
(d) The system has zero initial conditions. diagrams represents the poles of three systems?
[EC-2005 : 2 Marks]
j
Q.27 A ramp input applied to an unity feedback
system results in 5% steady-state error. The type
number and zero frequency gain of the system
are respectivley (a)
(a) 1 and 20 (b) 0 and 20
1 1
(c) 0 and (d) 1 and
20 20
[EC-2005 : 2 Marks]
j Group-I
25 36
P= 2 ; Q= 2
s + 25 s + 20s + 36
36 36
(b) R= 2 ; S= 2
s + 12 s + 36 s + 7 s + 49
Group-II
y(t )
1
j 1.
(c) y(t)
1
2.
t
j
y(t )
3. 1
(d)
t
y(t )
1
[EC-2008 : 1 Mark]
4.
Q.32 A linear, time-invariant, causal continuous time
t
system has a rational transfer function with
simple poles at s = –2 and s = –4 and one simple (a) P-3, Q-1, R-4, S-2
zero at s = –1. A unit step u(t) is applied at the (b) P-3, Q-2, R-4, S-1
input of the system. At steady-state, the output
(c) P-2, Q-1, R-4, S-3
has constant value of 1. The impulse response
(d) P-3, Q-4, R-1, S-2
of this system is
[EC-2008 : 2 Marks]
(a) [exp(–2t) + exp(–4t)] u(t)
(b) [–4 exp(–2t) + 12 exp(–4t) – exp(–t)] u(t) Q.34 The unit step response of an under damped
(c) [–4 exp(–2t) + 12 exp(–4t)] u(t) second order system has steady-state value of
–2. Which one of the following transfer functions
(d) [–0.5 exp(–2t) + 1.5 exp(–4t)] u(t)
has these properties?
[EC-2008 : 2 Marks]
2.24 3.82
(a) (b)
Q.33 Group-I : Lists a set of four transfer function. s 2 + 2.59s + 1.12 s 2 + 1.91 s + 1.91
Group-II : Gives a list of possible step responses 2.24 3.82
y(t). Match the step responses with the (c) 2 (d) 2
s 2.59 s + 1.12 s 1.91 s + 1.91
corresponding transfer function:
[EC-2009 : 2 Marks]
Q.35 The differential equation,

(c) change the initial condtion to j 2 y(0) and
2
d y dy
100 2
20 + y = x(t ) the forcing function to j 2 x(t ).
dt dt
describes a system with an input x(t) and an (d) change the initial condtion to –2y(0) and
output y(t). The system, which is initially the forcing function to –2x(t).
relaxed, is excited by a unit step input. The [EC-2013 : 2 Marks]
output y(t) can be represented by the waveform
Q.37 The open-loop transfer function of a dc motor is
y(t) given as,
(s ) 10
(a) =
Va (s ) 1 + 10s
When connected in feedback as shown below,
t
the approximate value of Ka that will reduce the
time constant of the closed-loop system by one
y(t)
hundred times as compared to that of the open-
loop system is
(b)
Va(s) 10
R(s) + Ka
– 1 + 10s (s )
t
y(t)
(a) 1 (b) 5
(c)
(c) 10 (d) 100
[EC-2013 : 2 Marks]
t
Q.38 The natural frequency of an undamped second
y(t) order system is 40 rad/s. If the system is damped
with a damping ratio 0.3, the damped natural
(d) frequency (in radians), is _______ .
[EC-2014 : 1 Mark]
t
Q.39 The steady-state error of the system shown in
[EC-2011 : 1 Mark] the figure for a unit step input is ______ .
Q.36 A system described by a linear, constant R(s ) E(s) C(s )
1
coefficient, ordinary, first order differential + K=4
r (t ) – e(t) s+2 c(t)
equation has an exact solution given by y(t) for
t > 0, when the forcing function is x(t) and the
2
initial condition is y(0). If one wishes to modify
s+4
the system so that the solution becomes –2y(t)
for t > 0, we need to [EC-2014 : 2 Marks]
(a) change the initial condtion to –y(0) and the
Q.40 For the second order closed-loop system shown
forcing function to 2x(t).
in the figure, the natural frequency (in rad/sec),
(b) change the initial condtion to 2y(0) and the
is
forcing function to –x(t).
The transfer function of the system is

4
U(s) + Y(s )
– s ( s + 4) 2 1
(a) (b)
(s + 2) (s + 3) 2
s + 2s + 1
3 4
(a) 16 (b) 4 (c) 2
(d) 2
s + 2s + 3 s + 2s + 4
(c) 2 (d) 1
[EC-2015 : 2 Marks]
[EC-2014 : 1 Mark]
Q.44 The open-loop transfer function of unity
Q.41 The characteristic equation of a unity negative feedback control system is given by
feedback system is 1 + KG(s) = 0. The open-loop
K
transfer function G(s) has one pole at 0 and two G(s) =
s (s + 2)
poles at –1. The root locus of the system for
varying K is shown in the figure. For the peak overshoot of the closed-loop system
to a unit step input to be 10%, the value of K is
j
_______ .
[EC-2016 : 2 Marks]
= 0.5 Q.45 For the unity feedback control system shown in

A
the figure, the open-loop transfer function G(s)
is given as,
(0, 0)
2
–1 –1/3 Q G(s) =
s (s + 1)
The steady-state error ess due to a unit step input
is
e(t)
x(t ) + G(s ) y(t )
–
The constant damping ratio line, for = 0.5,

intersects the root locus at point A. The distance
(a) 0 (b) 0.5
from the region to point A is given as 0.5. The
(c) 1.0 (d)
value of K at point A is _____ .
[EC-2016 : 1 Mark]
[EC-2014 : 2 Marks]
Q.42 A unity negative feedback system has an open- s 2

Q.46 The response of the system, G(s) =
loop transfer function, (s + 1) (s + 3)
K
G(s) = to the unit step input u(t) is y(t). The value of
s (s + 10)
dy/dt at t = 0+ is ______ .
The gain K for the system to have a damping
[EC-2016 : 1 Mark]
ratio of 0.25 is ______ .
[EC-2015 : 1 Mark] Q.47 In the feedback system shown below,
1
Q.43 The output of a standard second-order system G(s ) = 2
(s + 2s )
for a unit step input is given as,
The step response of the closed-loop system
2 t should have minimum settling time and have
y (t ) = 1 e cos 3t
3 6 no overshoot.
r G(s ) y 1
+
–
K where, G(s) =
s ( s + 1)
s+1
and C(s) = K
s+3
The required value of gain K to achieve this is
If the steady-state error for a unit ramp input is
______ .
0.1, then the value of K is ______ .
[EC-2016 : 2 Marks]
[EC-2020 : 2 Marks]
Q.48 The open-loop transfer function,
Q.51 Two linear time invariant systems with transfer
( s + 1) function:
G( s ) = p
s (s + 2) (s + 3)
10 10
G1 ( s ) = and G2 (s ) =
where, p is an integer, is connected in unity 2
s +s+1 2
s + s 10 + 10
feedback configuration as shown in the figure.
have unit step responses y 1 (t) and y 2 (t),
+ G(s ) y respectively. Which of the following statements
–
is/are true?
(a) y1(t) and y2(t) have the same percentage
Given that the steady-state error is zero for unit peak overshoot.
step input and is 6 for unit ramp input, the value (b) y1(t) and y2(t) have the same steady-state
of the parameter p is ______ . value.
[EC-2017 : 1 Mark] (c) y 1(t) and y 2(t) have the same damped
frequency of oscillation.
Q.49 Consider a causal second-order system with the
(d) y1(t) and y2(t) have the same 2% settling
transfer function,
time.
1
G( s ) = [EC-2022]
1 + 2s + s 2
Q.52 The block diagram of a closed-loop control
1
with a unit step R(s ) = as an input. Let C(s) system is shown in the figure. R(s), Y(s), and
s
D(s) are the Laplace transforms of the time
be the corresponding output. The time taken by domain signals r(t), y(t) and d(t), respectively.
the system output c(t) to reach 94% of its steady- Let the error signal be defined as, e(t) = r(t) – y(t).
state value lim c(t ), (rounded off to two Assuming the reference input r(t) = 0 for all t,
t the steady-state error e( ), due to a unit step
decimal places), is disturbance d(t), is _______ (Rounded off to two
(a) 5.25 (b) 4.50 decimal places).
(c) 2.81 (d) 3.89 D(s)
[EC-2019 : 2 Marks]
+
+ + 1
R(s) 10 Y(s )
Q.50 Consider the following closed-loop control s(s + 10)
–
system,
R(s) + C(s ) G(s) Y(s )

– [EC-2022]
ELECTRICAL EN GINEERIN G When connected in feedback as shown below,

the approximate value of Ka that will reduce the
time constant of the closed-loop system by one
SECTIO N - A hundred times as compared to that of the open-
loop system is
Q.1 The unit impulse response of a unit feedback
Va(s) 10
control system is given by R(s) + Ka (s )
– 1 + 10s
c(t) = –te–1 + 2e–t, (t 0)
The open loop transfer function is equal to
s+1 2s + 1
(a) (b) (a) 1 (b) 5
(s + 2) 2
s2
(c) 10 (d) 100
s+1 s+1
(c) (d) [EE-2013 : 2 Marks]
(s + 1)2 s2
[EE-1996 : 1 Mark] Q.5 The closed-loop transfer function of a system is
4
Q.2 Feedback control systems are T (s ) = 2
(s + 0.4s + 4)
(a) insensitive to both forward and feedback
path parameter changes. The steady-state error due to unit step input is
(b) less sensitive to feedback path parameter ________ .
changes than to forward path parameter [EE-2014 : 1 Mark]
changes.
Q.6 The block diagram of a system is shown in the
(c) less sensitive to forward path parameter
figure.
changes than to feedback path parameter
changes.
(d) equally sensitive to forward and feedback
–
path parameter changes. + 1/s +– G(s) (s )
R(s ) – C(s )
[EE-2000 : 1 Mark]
Q.3 As shown in the figure, a negative feedback

system has an amplifier of gain 100 with ±10% If the desired transfer function of the system is
tolerance in the forward path, and an attenuator C (s) s
= 2
of value 9/100 in the feedback path. The overall R(s ) s + s + 1
system gain in approximately
then G(s) is
+ 100 ± 10% (a) 1 (b) s
–
1 s
(c) (d) 3 2
s s +s s 2
9/100
[EE-2014 : 2 Marks]
(a) 10 ± 1% (b) 10 ± 2%
SECTIO N -B
(c) 10 ± 5% (d) 10 ± 10%
[EE-2010 : 1 Mark] Q.1 A first order system and its response to a unit
step input are shown in figure below. The system
Q.4 The open-loop transfer function of a dc motor is
parameters are:
given as,
a = ________
(s) 10
= k = ________
Va ( a) 1 + 10s
Q.6 For the system shown in figure, with a damping

c(t )
ratio of 0.7 and an undamped natural
2.0
c(t)
frequency n of 4 rad/sec., the values of ‘K’ and
‘a’ are
K
R(s ) + C(s )
– s ( s + 2)
0 0.2 t(sec)
1 + as
K
r (t ) c(t)
s+a
(a) K = 4, a = 0.35 (b) K = 8, a = 0.455
[EE-1991 : 2 Marks] (c) K = 16, a = 0.225 (d) K = 64, a = 0.9
[EE-1996 : 2 Marks]
Q.2 For what values of ‘a’ does the system shown in
figure have a zero steady-state error Q.7 A unity feedback system has open loop transfer
function G(s). The steady-state error is zero for
[i.e., Lim E(t ) ] for a step input?
t (a) step input and type 1 G(s).
(b) ramp input and type 1 G(s).
s+1
u(t ) + (c) step input and type 0 G(s).
– (s 2 + 5s + a)
(d) ramp input and type 0 G(s).
[EE-2000 : 1 Mark]
1
s+4 Q.8 A unity feedback system has open loop transfer
function,
(a) a = 0 (b) a = 2
(c) a 4 (d) for no value of ‘a’ 25
G(s) =
[EE-1992 : 1 Mark] s(s + 6)
The peak overshoot in the step-input response
Q.3 The steady-state error due to a step input for
of the system is approximately equal to
type 1 system is ______ .
(a) 5% (b) 10%
[EE-1995 : 1 Mark]
(c) 15% (d) 20%
Q.4 Consider the unit step response of a unity [EE-2000 : 2 Marks]
feedback control system whose open loop
transfer function is Q.9 The block diagram shown in figure gives a unity
feedback closed-loop control system. The
1
G(s) = steady-state error in the response of the above
s (s + 1)
system to unit step input is
The maximum overshoot is equal to
(a) 0.143 (b) 0.153 3 15
u(t) + y(t)
– s + 15 s+1
(c) 0.163 (d) 0.173
[EE-1996 : 1 Mark]
Q.5 For a feedback control system of type 2, the (a) 25% (b) 0.75%
steady-state error for a ram input is (c) 6% (d) 33%
(a) infinite (b) constant [EE-2003 : 2 Marks]
(c) zero (d) indeterminate
[EE-1996 : 1 Mark]
Q.10 The block diagram of a closed-loop control Q.13 If the above step response is to be observed on a
system is given by the figure. The value of K and non-storage CRO, then it would be best have
P such that the system has a damping ratio of the ei as a
0.7 and an undamped natural frequency n of (a) step function
5 rad/sec, are respectively equal to
(b) square wave of 50 Hz
R(s )
K
C(s )
(c) square wave of 300 Hz
+
– s ( s + 2)
(d) square wave of 2.0 kHz
[EE-2007 : 2 Marks]
1 + sP
Q.14 The transfer function of a linear time invariant
(a) 20 and 0.3 (b) 20 and 0.2 system is given as,
(c) 25 and 0.3 (d) 25 and 0.2 1
G(s ) = 2
[EE-2004 : 2 Marks] s + 3s + 2
Q.11 Consider the feedback system shown below The steady-state value of the output of the
which is subjected to a unit step input. The system for a unit impulse input applied at time
system is stable and has following parameters instant t = 1 will be
kp = 4, ki = 10, = 500 and = 0.7. The steady- (a) 0 (b) 0.5
state value of Z is (c) 1 (d) 2
[EE-2008 : 2 Marks]
Ki/s Z(s )
1
Q.15 The transfer function of a system is given as,
+ 2
+
KP 100
+ s2 + 2 s+ 2
2 .
0 – s + 20s + 100
The system is
(a) 1 (b) 0.25
(a) an overdamped system.
(c) 0.1 (d) 0
(b) an underdamped system.
[EE-2007 : 2 Marks]
(c) a critically damped system.
Statement for Common Data Questions (12 and 13): (d) an unstable system.
R-L-C circuit shown in figure.
[EE-2008 : 2 Marks]
R = 10 L=1m
Q.16 The unit step response of a unity feedback
system with open-loop transfer function,
ei e0 C = 10 µF K
G(s) = is shown in the figure. The
(s + 1) (s + 2)
value of K is
Q.12 For a step input ei, the overshoot in the output eo 1
will be 0.75
Response
(a) 0, since the system is not under damped

0.5
(b) 5%
(c) 16%
(d) 48% 0 1 2 3 4
Time
[EE-2007 : 2 Marks]
(a) 0.5 (b) 2 Q.20 A open-loop control system results in a response

(c) 4 (d) 6 of e–2t (sin5t + cos5t) for a unit impulse input.
[EE-2009 : 2 Marks] The dc gain of the control system is ______ .
[EE-2015 : 1 Mark]
2
Q.17 For the system , the approximate time Q.21 The unit step response of a system with the
(s + 1)
1 2s
taken for a step response to reach 98% of its transfer function G(s ) = is given by
1+s
final value is
which one of the following waveforms?
(a) 1 s (b) 2 s
y
(c) 4 s (d) 8 s
1
[EE-2010 : 1 Mark]
(a) 0 t
Q.18 The steady-state error of a unity feedback linear 5
system for a unit step input is 0.1. The steady-
state error of the same system, for a pulse input –2
r(t) having a magnitude of 10 and a duration of
y
one second as shown in the figure is
2
r( t)
(b) 1
10
t
t 0 5
1s
(a) 0 (b) 0.1 y
(c) 1 (d) 10 2
[EE-2011 : 1 Mark] 1
(c)
Q.19 A two loop position control system in shown 0 t
5
below.
–0.75
Motor
1
R(s) + + Y(s ) y
– – s (s + 1)
1
ks
(d) 0 t
5
Tacho-generator
The gain of ‘k’ of the tacho-generator influences –2

mainly the
[EE-2015 : 2 Marks]
(a) peak overshoot
(b) natural frequency of oscillation Q.22 A second order real system has the following
(c) phase shift of the closed-loop transfer properties:
function at very low frequencies ( 0) (a) The damping ratio = 0.5 and undamped
(d) phase shift of the closed-loop transfer natural frequency n = 10 rad/sec.
function at very high frequencies ( ) (b) The steady-state value of the output, to a
[EE-2011 : 2 Marks] unit step input, is 1.02.
The transfer function of the system is Codes:

102 102 (a) P-I, Q-II, R-III (b) P-II, Q-I, R-III
(a) 2 (b) 2
s + 5s + 100 s + 10s + 100 (c) P-III, Q-II, R-I (d) P-III, Q-I, R-II
100 102 [EE-2018 : 1 Mark]
(c) 2 (d) 2
s + 10s + 100 s + 5s + 100 Q.26 Consider a unity feedback system with forward
[EE-2016 : 2 Marks] transfer function given by
Q.23 When a unit ramp input is applied to the unity 1
G(s) =
feedback system having closed-loop transfer (s + 1) (s + 2)
function, The steady-state error in the output of the
C (s) Ks + b system for a unit step input is _____ (upto two
= 2 , ( a > 0, b > 0, K > 0)
R(s) s + as + b decimal places).
The steady-state error will be [EE-2018 : 1 Mark]
a Q.27 The unit step response y(t) of a unity feedback

(a) 0 (b)
b system with open-loop transfer function,
a+K a K K
(c) (d) G( s ) H ( s ) = is shown in the
b b 2
( s + 1) ( s + 2)
[EE-2017 : 1 Mark]
figure.
Q.24 Which of the following system has maximum
The value of ‘K’ is _____ (upto two decimal
peak overshoot due to a unit step input?
places).
100 100
(a) 2 (b) 2
s + 10s + 100 s + 15s + 100 y
100 100 1.4

(c) (d) 1.2
s 2 + 5s + 100 s 2 + 20s + 100
1
[EE-2017 : 2 Marks] 0.8
0.6
Q.25 Match the transfer functions of the second order
0.4
systems with the nature of the system given
0.2
below: 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 t(sec)
Transfer function Nature of system
15 [EE-2018 : 2 Marks]
P. 2 I. Overdamped
s + 5s + 15
25
Q. 2 II. Critically damped
s + 10s + 25
35
R. 2 III. Underdamped
s + 18s + 35

Answers
EC Time Response Analysis
1. (a) 2. (b) 3. (a) 4. (a) 5. (Sol.) 6. (Sol.) 7. (Sol.) 8. (c)
9. (b) 10. (a) 11. (a) 12. (a) 13. (b) 14. (a) 15. (b) 16. (b)
17. (d) 18. (c) 19. (b) 20. (c) 21. (b) 22. (b) 23. (c) 24. (a)
25. (d) 26. (c) 27. (a) 28. (b) 29. (c) 30. (d) 31. (c) 32. (c)
33. (d) 34. (b) 35. (a) 36. (d) 37. (c) 38. (38.16) 39. (0) 40. (c)
41. (0.37) 42. (400) 43. (d) 44. (2.8) 45. (a) 46. (1) 47. (1) 48. (1)
49. (b) 50. (30) 51. (a) 52. (–0.1)
Solutions
EC Time Response Analysis
1. (a) 2 n =8
K p = lim G(s ) H (s) 8 4

s 0 = = = 0.8
2 n 5
K
= lim = = 1 2
s 0 s (s + 10) d n
A A = 5 1 (0.8)2 = 3
ess = = =0
1 + Kp 1 + For 2nd peak n = 3,
n 3
2. (b) tp = = = sec.
d 3
The steady-state error of a stable ‘type 0’ unity
feedback system for a unit step function is 4. (a)
1 s 4(1 + 2 s )
. K V = lim s G(s ) H (s ) = lim
1 + Kp s 0 s 0 s 2 (s + 2)
4(1 + 2s)
= lim =
3. (a) s 0 s (s + 2)
2 = 25 A A
n ess = = =0
KV
n =5
5. Sol. 11. (a)

The poles of a continuous time oscillator are The final value theorem is used to find the
pure imaginary. steady-state value of the system.
6. Sol. 12. (a)

(a) - 1, (b) - 5, (c) - 2 s = ±j
(a) Overdamped (1) poles on the negative So, poles are pure imaginary, hence final value
real axis > 1, can not be determined.
2 13. (b)
s= n ± n +1
(b) Critically damped (5), multiple poles on Number of poles at origin of open-loop transfer
the negative real axis, function gives the type of the system.
= 1 14. (a)
s= – n, – n K
(c) Oscillatory (2) poles on the imaginary K p = lim G(s) H (s) = lim =
s 0 s 0 s (s + 1)
axis,
A A
= 0 ess = = =0
1 + Kp 1 +
s = ±j n
15. (b)
7. Sol.
1
(a) - 1, (b) - 5, (c) - 4 H(s) =
s
(a) Very low response at very high frequencies
1
Low pass system. R(s) =
s+a
(b) Overshoot Damping ratio
1 1 1 1
(c) Synchro-control transformer output C(s) = R(s ) H (s ) = =
s (s + a ) a s s+a
Phase-sensitive modulation
1 at
C(t) = [1 e ]
8. (c) a
<1
16. (b)
For underdamped system, roots or poles are:
4
2 ts =
s= n±j n 1 n
2 n =4 n=2
10. (b)
4
ts = =2
2 s2 + 2s 2
f = lim sF(s ) = =2
(0 + ) s s 2 + 2s + 5
17. (d)
2
2 s + 2s
f ( ) = lim sF(s ) = 2 =0 an 1 s + an
s s + 2s + 5
sn + a1 s n 1
+ ...an 2 s 2
T(s) =
10. (a) an 1 s + an
1+ n
K p = lim G(s) H (s) s + a1 s n 1 + ...an 2 s 2
s 0
an 1 s + an
1 1 G(s) =
= lim = sn + a1 s n 1
+ ...an 2 s2
s 0 ( s + 6) ( s + 1) 6
For type 2, ramp input 1

2 n =
K V = lim sG(s) K
s 0
6 1
KV = 2 × 0.5 × =
K K
1
ess = =0 6 1
KV = 2
K K
18. (c) 1
K=
6
s2 + 2 n + 2
n =0
21. (b)
1
2 = 2, =
n
n
100
G(s) =
(s + 1) (s + 100)
n = 2
Taking dominant pole consideration,
1
= s = –100 pole is not taken
2
100
Q < 1, hence response will be underdamped. G(s) =
s+1
19. (b) Now it is 1st order system
CLTF = ts = 4T = 4 × 1 = 4s
G(s) s+4
= 22. (b)
1 + G(s) H (s ) s 2 + 7 s + 13
C (s) 4
1 + G(s) H (s) s 2 + 7 s + 13 = 2
= R(s ) s + 4s + 4
G(s ) s+4
2 n = 4, n = 2
H(s) = 1 for unity feedback
= 1 (Critical damping)
1 s 2 + 7 s + 13 4 4
= 1 ts = = =2
G(s ) s+4 1× 2
n
2
1 s + 6s + 9
= 23. (c)
G(s ) s+4
1
s+4 H(s) =
G(s) = s+2
s 2 + 6s + 9
r(t) = 10 u(t)
For D.C. : s=0
G(s) = open-loop gain 10
R(s) =
s
4
= 1 10
9 C(s) = H (s ) R(s ) =
s+2 s
20. (c) 10 A B
= +
s+6 s(s + 2) s s+2
s 6 5 5
K s2 + + C(s) =
K K s s+2
c(t) = 5[1 – e–2t] u(t)
Comparing with s 2 + 2 n + 2
n Steady-state value when t = 0 is 5.99% of steady-
6 state value reaches at,
n = 5[1 – e–2t] = 0.99 × 5
K
1 – e–2t = 0.99 29. (c)

e–2t = 0.01 h(t) = e–t
–2t = ln 0.01 1
t = 2.3 sec. H(s) =
s+1
24. (a) 1
R(s) =
s
d2 y 3 dy 1 1
2
+ + 2 y = X(t) Output = H (s) R(s) =
dt dt (s + 1) s
s2Y(s) + 3sY(s) + 2Y(s) = X(s)
1 1
x(t) = 2u(t) Output = = (1 e t ) u(t )
s s+1
2 When t = at steady-state,
X(s) =
s Output = 1
2
(s2 + 3s + 2) Y(s) = 30. (d)
s
In dominant pole concept, the factor that has to
2
Y(s) = be eliminated should be in time constant for,
s(s + 2) (s + 1)
5 5
2 A B C 2 =
= + + ( s + 5) ( s + s + 1) s
s(s + 2) (s + 1) s s+2 s+1 5 1+ (s2 + s + 1)
5
1 1 2
Y(s) = + 1
s s+2 s+1 = 2
s +s+1
y(t) = [1 + e–2t – 2e–t] u(t)
31. (c)
27. (a)
Peak overshoot depends on as,
1
ess = lim sE(s), R(s) = 2
s 0 s2 Mp = e
/ 1
R(s) where, = cos–1

= lim s
s 0 1 + G(s) where is the angle made by pole from negative
1 real axis.
= lim = finite (given)
s 0 s + sG(s ) To make Mp same, should be the same.
K V = lim sG(s )
s 0 32. (c)
1 1 Transfer function can be written as,
ess = lim = finite = 5% =
s 0 sG(s ) 20 K (s + 1)
H(s) =
K = 20 (s + 2) (s + 4)
KV is finite for type 1 system having ramp input. 1
Input, R(s) =
s
28. (b)
Output, C(s) = R(s) H(s)
1 1 2 lim sC (s ) = 1
C(s) = = Given,
s s + 2 s(s + 2) s 0
1 s K (s + 1)
R(s) = or, lim =1
s s 0 s(s + 2) (s + 4)
C (s) 2 K
H(s) = = or, =1
R(s ) s + 2 8
K=8 35. (a)

8(s + 1)
H(s) = d2 y dy
(s + 2) (s + 4) 100 2
20 + y = x(t )
dt dt
4 12 Taking Laplace transform of both sides,
= +
s+2 s+4
X (s)
h(t) = (–4e–2t + 12e–4t) u(t) 100 s 2 Y (s) 20 sY (s) + Y (s) =
s
Which is also the required impulse response of
Y (s ) 1/ s
the system. =
X( s ) 2
(100s 20s + 1)
33. (d)
1
Comparing the given transfer function with =
s (10 s 1)2
2 1 1
n , ,0
2 ,
Poles are at, s=
s2 + 2 ns + n
10 10
At poles are on the right-hand side of s-plane so
25 given system is unstable system.
P= =0
s 2 + 25 Only option (a) represents unstable system.
So, P is undamped,
36. (d)
36
Q=
s 2 + 20s + 36 dy(t )
+ ky(t ) = x(t)
20 dt
= = 1.67 Taking Laplace transform of both sides, we have
2×6
So, Q is overdamped, sY(s) – y(0) + kY(s) = X(s)
Y(s) [s + K] = X(s) + y(0)
36
R= 2 X( s ) y(0)
s + 12 s + 36 Y(s) = +
s+k s+k
12
= =1 Taking inverse Laplace transform, we have
2×6
y(t) = e–kt x(t) + y(0) e–kt
So, R is critically damped,
So, if we want –2y(t) as a solution both x(t) and
49
S= 2
y(0) has to be multiplied by –2; hence change
s + 7 s + 49
x(t) by –2x(t) and y(0) by –2y(0).
7
= = 0.5 37. (c)
2×7
So, S is underdamped. (s ) 10
=
Va (s) 1 + 10s
34. (b)
1 + Ts = 1 + 10s
Steady-state value = –2
Ts = 10
Denominator,
T = 10
2 n = 1.91, n2 = 1.91 T 10 1
T = = =
n 1.4 100 100 10
1.91 1.91 10
= = <1 Ka ×
2 n 2.8 ( s) 1 + 10 s
= 10
...(underdamped) R(s ) 1 + Ka
1 + 10s
( s) 10 K a 10 K a 41. Sol.
= =
R(s ) 1 + 10 s + 10 K a (1 + 10 K a ) + 10s According the question,
( s) 10 K a K
= G(s) H(s) = ...(i)
R(s ) 10s s(s + 1)2
(1 + 10K a ) 1 +
1 + 10K a
j
10 1
T = =
1 + 10K a 10
1 + 10Ka = 100
10Ka = 99 A jb
Ka = 9.9 10
39. Sol. B O
–1 –1/3
Given, n = 40 rad/sec.
= 0.3
2
d = n 1
= 38.16 rad/sec.
39. Sol.
After converting the system into equivalent The damping ratio is given as = 0.5.
unity feedback system. = cos–1 = 60°
Let the co-ordinates of point ‘A’ is (–a + jb)
4(s + 4)
R(s ) +
–
C(s ) OB
s (s + 2) where, cos60° = ...(ii)
OA
Also, 0 A = 0.5 (Given)
4(s + 4) BA
Similarly, sin60° = ...(iii)
OLTF = OA
s(s + 2)
BA = jb = 0.433j
Type = 1
Hence, co-ordinates of A = –0.25 + 0.43j
ess for step input = 0
The value of system gain K can be obtained
40. (c) as,
The closed-loop transfer function of the given G(s) H (s) = 1 ...(iv)
system is, From equation (i) and (iv) we get,
C (s) 4 4 s = –0.25 + j4.33
= = 2
R(s ) s (s + 4) + 4 s + 4s + 4 K = 0.37
Comparing with standard second order transfer
42. Sol.
K n2 G(s) K
function 2 , we get, T(s) = =
s + 2 n + n2 1 + G(s) H (s) s 2 + 10s + K
Comparing with standard second order transfer
2 =4
n function,
2
or, n = 4 = 2 rad/sec. n
T(s) =
s2 + 2 ns +
2
n
2 2 = (2.3)2 (1 – 2)
we have, 2 =K
n 2
15.16 = (2.3)2
and 2 n = 10 = 0.59
Q = 0.25 (Given)
1
Also, K= = 2.8
10 2
= = 20
n
2 × 0.25
2 45. (a)
and K= n = (20)2 = 400
R(s)
E(s) =
43. (d) 1 + G(s) H (s)
The output of a second order system for unit 1 2
R(s) = , G(s) = , H(s) = 1
step input, s s (s + 1)
e nt
1/ s s+1
y(t) = 1 sin( ot ) ...(i) E(s) = = 2
1 2 2 s +s+2
1+
s (s + 1)
From given data,
2 s (s + 1)
y(t) = 1 e t
cos 3t ess = lim sE(s) = lim 2 =0
s 0 s 0 s +s+2
3 6
= n=1 46. Sol.
and = 3
d dy
L = (sY(s) – y(0))
= 2 2 dt
n + d =2
1 s 2
1 Y(s) = G(s) × =
= s s (s + 1) (s + 3)
2
Therefore, the transfer function. y(0) = lim sY (s )
s
2 (Applying initial value theorem)
n 4
T(s) = =
s2 + 2 ns +
2
n s 2 + 2s + 4 2
1
s 2 s
= lim =
44. Sol. s (s + 1) (s + 3) 1 3
s 1+ 1+
s s
K
G(s) = ; H (s) = 1 y(0) = 0
s (s + 2)
dy s × (s 2) s 2
Characteristic equation = 1 + G(s) H(s) = 0 L = sY (s) = =
dt s (s + 1) (s + 3) (s + 1) (s + 3)
K
1+ =0 dy dy
s (s + 2) = lim sL
dt t = 0 s dt
s2 + 2s + K = 0
n = K 1
2
s × (s 2) s
1 = lim = =1
2 = 2; = s (s + 1) (s + 3) 1 3
n 1+ 1+
K s s
/ 1 2
Mp = e = 0.1 47. Sol.
1
= ln (0.1) G(s) = 2
1 2 s + 2s
K Since the system is type-1 so far a given unit

Y (s ) s 2 + 2s = K ramp input steady-state,
= K 2
R(s ) s + 2s + K 1
1+ 2 ess =
s + 2s Kv
Minimum settling time and no overshoot K K
where, K v = lim s × =
implies critical damping i.e., s 0 s(s + 3) 3
=1 1 3
So, ess = =
n = K K /3 K
2× n =2 Given that,
n =1 ess = 0.1
K = 1 or K = 1 3
So, 0.1 = K = 30
K
48. Sol.
51. (a)
Steady-state error of type 1 system, for step input
is zero, for ramp input is 1/Kv and for parabolic 10
For system: G1(s) = 2
input is infinity. s +s+1
So, the given system must be of type-1 and p = 1. Characteristic equation,
s2 + s + 1 = 0
49. (b) The standard characteristics equation is,
2 1
G(s) = 2
= s2 + 2 ns +
2
n =0
s + 2s + 1 (s + 1)2
On comparing,
1
R(s) = 1
s n = 1, = = 0.5
2
1
C(s) = G(s ) R(s ) = 1 2
s(s + 1)2 d = n
Using partial fraction expansion, we get, = 1 1 (0.5)2 = 0.866

A B C
C(s) = + + 4
s (s + 1) (s + 1)2 Settling time, ts = = 8 sec
n
1 1 1 1
C(s) = 10 s
s (s + 1) (s + 1)2 s
Steady-state, ess = lim = 10
and c(t) = (1 – e–t – te–t) u(t) s 0 s2 + s + 1
lim c(t ) = 1 10
t For system: G2(s) = 2
s + 10s + 10
In order to reach 94% of its steady-state value,
Characteristic equation,
(1 – e–t – te–t) = 0.94
By trial and error, we get, s2 + 2 ns +
2
n =0
t 4.50 sec. On comparing,
2
50. Sol. n = 10 n = 10
Open-loop transfer function for the system 2 n = 10 = 0.5

K (s + 1) 1 = = 1 2
= C (s) × G(s) = × d n
(s + 3) s(s + 1)
= 10 1 (0.5)2 = 2.739
4 4 1
Settling time, ts = = G1(s) = 10, G2 (s) =
n 0.5 10 s(s + 10)
8 E(s) G2 (s)
= = 2.535 =
10 D(s) 1 + G1 (s) G2 (s)
Steady-state error, 1
s(s + 10) 1
1 = = 2
10 s 1 s + 10s + 10
s 1 + 10 ×
ess = lim =1 s(s + 10)
s 0 s 2 + 10 s + 10
ess = lim e(t ) = lim sE(s)
Since ‘ ’ value for both the system is same. So t s 0
percentage peak overshoot for both system is
s(1/ s)( 1)
same. ess = lim 2
s 0 s + 10s + 10
52. (–0.1) 1
= = 0.1
D(s )
10
R(s ) = 0 1
+– 10 ++ Y(s )
s(s + 10)
Answers
EE Time Response Analysis (Section-A)
1. (b) 2. (c) 3. (a) 4. (c) 5. (0) 6. (b)
Solutions
EE Time Response Analysis (Section-A)
1. (b) 2. (c)
Close loop T.F. = L (Impulse response) 1
T .F . =
2s + 1 Q SG
1 + GH
C.L.T.F. =
(s + 1)2
GH
O.L.T.F. STH.F. =
Q C.L.T.F. = 1 + GH
1 + O.L.T.F.
Less sensitive to ‘change in G’ then ‘change
(For unity feedback)
in H’
G(s )
i.e., C.L.T.F. = 3. (a)
1 + G(s ) H ( s ) = 1
G = 100 ± 10%
C.L.T.F.
G(s) = G
1 C.L.T.F. H ( s ) = 1 = 10% or 0.1
G
On putting the value of C.L.T.F.
9
2s + 1 H=
We get, G(s) = 100
s2
Overall gain, 5. Sol.

G Closed-loop transfer function,
T= ...(i)
1 + GH 4
T(s) = 2
100 (s + 0.4s + 4)
T= = 10
9 G(s)
1 + 100 × 4
100 or, = [H(s) = 1]
1 + G(s) s 2 + 0.4s + 4
Sensitivity w.r.t.,
or, (s2 + 0.4s + 4) = 4 + 4 G(s)
1 4
‘G’ = × 10%
1 + GH or, G(s) =
s (s + 0.4)
1 10 Open loop transfer function (for unity feedback
= × 10% = 1%
1 + 10 × 1 11 system)
Given, Input = u(t) = r(t)
4. (c)
1
(s) 10 10 R(s) =
= = s
Va (s ) 1 + 10s 1 + s Steady-state error,
= 10
sR(s ) sR(s )
Closed loop system, ess = lim = lim
s 0 1 + G(s) H (s ) s 0 1 + G( s )
10 K a
(For H(s) = 1)
(s) 1 + 10s = 10 K a
= 10 K a
R(s ) 1+ 1 + 10 K a + 10s 1
s×
1 + 10s s s (s + 0.4)
= lim = lim 2
s 0 4 s 0 s + 0.4s + 4
1+
10 K a s (s + 0.4)
1 + 10 K a
= s (s + 0.4)
10 = lim =0
1+ s s 0 2
s + 0.4s + 4
1 + 10 K a
Steady-state error for step input, ess = 0.
According to question,
10 1 6. (b)
= × 10
1 + 10 K a 100 For all the given values of G(s) in options, G(s)
1 + 10 Ka = 100 does not satisfy the desired condition. But
Ka = 9.9 option (b) is official answer given by IIT.
Answers
EE Time Response Analysis (Section-B)
1. (5, 10) 2. (a) 3. (0) 4. (c) 5. (c) 6. (c) 7. (a) 8. (b)
9. (a) 10. (d) 11. (a) 12. (c) 13. (c) 14. (a) 15. (c) 16. (d)
17. (c) 18. (a) 19. (a) 20. (0.241) 21. (a) 22. (b) 23. (d) 24. (c)
25. (c) 26. (0.66) 27. (8)

Solutions
EE Time Response Analysis (Section-B)
1. Sol. 4. (c)
Q Time constant = 0.2 sec. (from figure) 1
G(s) =
s ( s + 1)
1 K Characteristic equation = 1 + G(s)
= From G(s) =
a s = s2 + s + 1
a 1+
a
On comparing with s 2 + 2 ns +
2
n
1
= 0.2 we have, = 0.5
a
a=5
1 2
Q Final value = lim sC (s) Mp = e = 0.1630
s 0
5. (c)
K 1 K
= slim0 s s + a a = a = 2 1
s
(From figure) lim sE( s ) = lim s2 =0
s 0 s 0 G ( s ) H (s)
K 1+
=2 s
a
K = 2 × 5 = 10 6. (c)
Characteristic equation:
2. (a) 1 + G(s) H(s) = 0
R(s) K
E(s) = = 1+ (1 + as) = 0
1 + G(s) H (s) s (s + 2)
lim E(t ) = lim sE(s) s2 + (Ka + 2) s + K = 0 ...(i)
t s 0
Q Characteristic equation is in the form of
s
1 s2 + 2 ns +
2
n =0
= lim s
( s + 1) 1 For = 0.7 and n = 4
s 0
1+ 2
(s + 5s + a) (s + 4) Characteristic equation will be
s2 + 5.6s + 16 = 0 ...(ii)
1 On comparing equation (i) and (ii), we get,
=0
1 K = 16 and a = 0.225
1+
4a
7. (a)
4a
=0 Steady-state error is zero for step input with
4a + 1
type-1 G(s).
Hence, a=0
8. (b)
3. Sol.
25
1 G(s) =
s s ( s + 6)
lim sE(s) = lim s =0
s 0 s 0 G (s ) H ( s) Characteristic equation,
1+
s 1 + G(s) = 0
25 So, characteristic equation

1+
s (s + 6) = 0 = s2 + (2 + kP) s + P
s2 + 6s + 25 = 0 Comparing with standard equation
On comparing with, 2 2
= s +2 ns + n
s2 + 2 ns +
2
n =0 k=
2
n = 52 = 25
we get, n = 5 and = 0.6 (where, n = undamped natural frequency)
2 n = 2 + kP
1 2 2 × 0.7 × 5 = 2 + 25 P
Mp = e = 0.0948 10%
(where = damping ratio)
9. (a) P = 0.2
3 15 45 11. (a)
G(s) = × =
s + 15 s+1 (s + 1) (s + 15) 1
Step input R(s ) =
and H(s) = 1 s
Open loop transfer function Ki/s Z(s )
45
= G(s) H (s ) = +
(s + 1) (s + 15) +
KP
2
R(s) 2 2 C (s )
E(s ) + s +2 s+
The system is type-0. –
Steady-state error to unit step input,
1 ki 2
ess = G(s) = kp +
1 + Kp
s s2 + 2 s+ 2
where, and H(s) = 1

kp = Position error constant = lim G(s) H (s) C (s) G(s) G(s)
s 0 =
=
R(s ) 1 + G(s) H (s ) 1 + G(s)
45
k p = lim =3 E(s) = R(s) – C(s)
s 0 (s + 1) (s + 15)
1 1 C (s)
= = R(s ) 1
ess = R(s )
1 + kp 1 + 3
= 0.25 or 25% G(s ) R(s )
= R(s ) 1 =
1 + G(s) 1 + G(s)
10. (d)
ki
k R(s)
ki
G(s) = and H(s) = 1 + sP Z(s) = E(s) = s
s(s + 2) s 1 + G(s)
Closed-loop transfer function, Steady-state value of Z,
k Zss = lim sZ( s)
s 0
G(s) s ( s + 2)
T(s) = = k ki 1
1 + G(s) H (s) 1 + (1 + sP ) s
s ( s + 2) s s
= lim 2
k
s 0 ki
= 1 + kp +
s(s + 2) + k (1 + sP ) s s2 + 2 s+ 2
k ki
T(s) = = 2
=1
s 2 + (2 + kP ) s + k ki 2
12. (c) / 1 2
Overshoot = PP = e
R = 10 L = 1 mH
× 0.5 / 1 0.5 2
= e
= 0.163 or 16.3%
ei i C = 10 µF
13. (c)
1
=
n LC
di 1
ei = Ri + L + i dt 1
dt c =
1 × 10 × 10 × 10 6
3
Taking Laplace transform,
= 104 rad/sec.
1
Ei(s) = R + Ls + I (s ) 4 4
Cs Settling time (ts) = = 4
n 10 × 0.5
Ei (s )
I(s) = = 0.8 msec.
1
R + Ls +
Cs
1
Square wave
e0 = i dt
c
1 1 Ei (s )
E0(s) = I (s) =
Cs Cs R + Ls + 1 T
Cs
T/2
Ei (s )
E0(s) = For a square wave T/2 should be greater than ts.
RCs + LCs 2 + 1
E0 (s) 1 For, f1 = 50 Hz
= T1 1
Ei (s) R2 1 = 10 ms >> ts
LC s + s + =
L LC 2 2 × 50
Characteristic equation, For, f2 = 300 Hz
R 1 T2 1
s2 +
s+ = = 1.67 ms > ts
=0 2 2 × 300
L LC
For, f3 = 2 kHz
Comparing with,
T3 1
s2 + 2 2 = = 0.25 ms < ts
ns + n 2 2 × 2 × 10 3
1 Therefore, it would be best to have ei as a square
=
LC wave of 300 Hz.
R 14. (a)
2 n =
L
r(t) = unit impulse applied at t = 1
R 1
= × = (t – 1)
L 2 n
R(s) = 1[r(t)] = e–s
R LC R C C (s) 1
= × = G(s) = =
L 2 2 L R(s) s 2 + 3s + 2
10 10 × 10 6 e s
= = 0.5 C(s) = R(s ) G(s ) =
2 1 × 10 3 s 2 + 3s + 2
Steady-state value of output, using final value 17. (c)

theorem,
C (s) 2
Css = lim sC (s) =
R( s ) s+1
s 0
s 1
se R(s) = (step-input)
= lim 2 =0 s
s 0 s + 3s + 2
2 2
C(s) = R(s ) =
15. (c) s+1 s (s + 1)
100 1 1
M(s) = 2 = 2
s + 20s + 100 s s+1
Comparing with standard form,
C(t) = L –1 [C(s)] = 2[1 – e–t]
2
n Final value of C(t) = Css = 2
M(s) =
s2 + 2 ns +
2
n 98% of Css = 0.98 × 2 = 1.96
2 = 20 Let, t = T, the response reaches 98% of its final
n
values,
n = 100
=1 1.96 = 2[1 – e–T]
T 4 sec.
n = 10
The system is critically damped.
18. (a)
16. (d) Let the system is represented as,
Steady-state value of response = 0.75 X(s ) + G(s ) Y(s )
–
Input is unit-step.
So steady-state error,
ess = 1 – 0.75 = 0.25 y( s ) G(s)
=
R(s) x(s) 1 + G(s) H (s)
Error = E(s) =
1 + G(s) H (s) H(s) = 1 (unity feedback)
k x(s)
where, G(s) = Error = E(s) =
(s + 1) (s + 2) 1 + G(s)
1 1
H(s) = 1 and R = Steady-state error for x(s ) = , e = 0.1
s s ss
Steady-state error using find value theorem, sx(s)
ess = lim sE(s) = lim
ess = lim sE(s) s 0 s 0 1 + G( s)
s 0
1
sR(s ) sx
= lim 0.1 = lim s
s 0 1 + G( s ) H ( s )
s 0 1 + G( s )
1 1
s lim
s 1 = 0.1
= lim = s 0 1 + G(s)
s 0 k k
1+ 1+ When input,
(s + 1) (s + 2) 2
1
0.25 = k 10
1+
2
k
1+ =4 k=6 t
2 1s
x(t) = 10[u(t) – u(t – 1)] Since mp depnds on which depends on K.

s Hence peak overshoot is influenced by gain (K)
1 e 10
x(s) = 10 = [1 e s ] of the techo-generator.
s s s
sx(s) 20. Sol.
ess = lim sE(s) = lim
s 0 s 0 1 + G( s) 5 (s + 2)
2 2
+
10 (s + 2) + 5 ( s + 2)2 + 5 2
s× [1 e s ]
= lim s Putting s = 0,
s 0 1 + G(s)
5 2
= +
10(1 e s ) 2
2 +5 2
2 + 52
2
ess = lim =0
s 0 1 + G( s )
5 2 7
= + = = 0.241
29 29 29
19. (a)
21. (a)
1
R(s) + + Y(s )
– – s ( s + 1) 1 2s
T.F. =
1+s
ks
1 2s 1 A B
C(s) = = +
1+s s 1+s s
1 3
1 C(s) =
R(s ) + Y(s ) s 1+s
– s (s + 1 + K )
C(t) = (1 – 3e–t) u(t)
22. (b)
1 Damping ratio,
G(s) = and H(s) = 1
s(s + 1 + K ) = 0.5
Characteristic equation, Undamped natural frequency,
1 + G(s) H(s) = 0 n = 10 rad/sec.
1 Steady-state output to a unit step input,

1+ =0
s(s + 1 + K ) Css = 1.02
Hence steady-state error = 1.02 – 1.00
s(s + 1 + K) + 1 = 0
ess = 0.02
s2
+ (K + 1) s + 1 = 0
Characteristic equation is,
Comparing with,
s2 + 2 ns +
2 =0
s2 + 2 ns +
2
n =0 n
s2
+ 2 × 0.5 × 10s + 100 = 0
Natural frequency,
s2 + 10s + 100 = 0
n = 1 From options, if we take option (b).
Remains constant and does not depend on K,
Then, Css = lim sC (s)
2 n = K+1 s 0
K+1
= 1 102
2 = lim s × × 2
s 0 s s + 10s + 100
Damping ratio depends on k,
Css = 1.02
/ 1 2
Peak overshoot = mp = e Hence option (b) is correct answer.
23. (d) 25
Q= 2
Ks + b s + 10s + 25
Close-loop transfer function = 2
s + as + b =
25 = 5 rad/sec.
n
Open-loop transfer function 2 × 5 = 10
Ks + b =1 (Critically damped)
= G( s ) = 2
s + as + b Ks b Observing all the options, option (c) is correct.
Ks + b Ks + b 26. Sol.
G(s) = 2
=
s + as Ks s(s + a K )
Steady-state error for type-0 and step input,
Steady-state error for ramp input given to type-1 1
system = 1/Kv. ess =
1 + kp
Where, velocity error coefficient,
1 1
Ks + b b k p = lim =
K v = lim s = s 0 (s + 1) (s + 2) 2
s 0 s (s + a K ) a K
1 2
Steady-state error, ess = = = 0.66 units
1 3
a K 1+
ess = 2
b
27. Sol.
24. (c)
Closed-loop transfer function,
For maximum peak over shoot,
K
1 2
Mp C (s) (s + 1) (s + 2)
=
R(s ) K
1+ 2
= 0.25 for option (c), which is least among all (s + 1) (s + 2)
options. Therefore correct option is (c).
C (s) K
= 2
25. (c) R(s ) (s + 1) (s + 2) + K
15 1
P= Given, R(s) =
2 s
s + 5s + 15
K
n = 15 = 3.872 rad/sec. C(s) = 2
s [(s + 1) ( s + 2) + K ]
2 × 3.872 = 5
lim sC (s ) = 0.8 (Given)
5 s 0
= = 0.64
2 × 3.872
K
(Underdamped) = 0.8 K=8
2+K
4 Stability Analysis
ELECTRO NICS EN GINEERIN G Q.6 The number of roots of s3 + 5s2 + 7s + 3 = 0 in the

left half of the s-plane is
(a) zero (b) one
Q.1 Consider a characteristic equation given by (c) two (d) three
s4 + 3s3 + 5s2 + 6s + K + 10 [EC-1998 : 1 Mark]
The condition for stability is Q.7 The open-loop transfer function of an unity
(a) K > 5 (b) –10 < K feedback open-loop system is
(c) K > –4 (d) –10 < K < –4
2 s2 + 6s + 5
[EC-1988 : 2 Marks]
(s + 1)2 (s + 2)
Q.2 In order to stabilize the system shown in figure
The characteristic equation of the closed-loop
Ti should satisfy,
system is
1 + sTi 1 (a) 2s2 + 6s + 5 = 0
r( t) +
– s s (1 + sT ) c(t)
(b) (s + 1)2 (s + 2) = 0
(c) 2s2 + 6s + 5 + (s + 1)2 (s + 2) = 0
(d) 2s2 + 6s + 5 – (s + 1)2 (s + 2) = 0
(a) Ti = –T (b) Ti = T
[EC-1998 : 1 Mark]
(c) Ti < T (d) Ti > T
[EC-1989 : 2 Marks] Q.8 An amplifier with resistive negative feedback
has two left half plane poles in its open-loop
Q.3 An electromechanical closed-loop control
transfer function. The amplifier
system has the following characteristic equation:
(a) will always be unstable at high frequency.
s3 + 6Ks2 + (K + 2)s + 8 = 0
(b) will be stable for all frequency.
where K is the forward gain of the system. The
(c) may be unstable, depending on the
condition for closed-loop stability is,
feedback factor.
(a) K = 0.528 (b) K = 2
(d) will oscillate at low frequency.
(c) K = 0 (d) K = –2.258
[EC-2000 : 1 Mark]
[EC-1990 : 2 Marks]
Q.9 A system described by the transfer function,
Q.4 If s3 + 3s2 + 4s + A = 0, then all the roots of this
equation are in the left half plane provided that 1
H (s) = 3 2 is stable.
(a) A > 12 (b) –3 < A < 4 s + s + Ks + 3
(c) 0 < A < 12 (d) 5 < A < 12 The constraints on and K are
[EC-1993 : 2 Marks] (a) > 0, K < 3 (b) > 0, K > 3
Q.5 If G(s) is a stable transfer function, then (c) < 0, K > 3 (d) < 0, K < 3
[EC-2000 : 2 Marks]
1
F(s) = is always a stable transfer function.
G( s) Q.10 The feedback control system in the figure is
stable.
(T/F).
[EC-1994 : 2 Marks]
s 2
Q.15 For the polynomial
R(s) + K 0 C(s )
– (s + 2)2 P(s) = s5 + s4 + 2s3 + 2s2 + 3s + 15
The number of roots which lie in the right half
of the s-plane is
s–2
(a) 4 (b) 2
(a) for all K 0 (b) only if K 0 (c) 3 (d) 1
(c) only if 0 K < 1 (d) only if 0 K 2 [EC-2004 : 2 Marks]
[EC-2001 : 2 Marks]
Q.16 The positive values of ‘K’ and ‘a’ so that the
Q.11 The system shown in the figure remains stable system shown in the figure below oscillates at a
when frequency of 2 rad/sec respectively are
1 K s–1 1 K (s + 1)
R(s ) Y(s ) R(s ) + C(s )
– ( s + as 2 + 2s + 1)
3
1
(a) 1, 0.75 (b) 2, 0.75
(c) 1, 1 (d) 2, 2
(a) K < –1 (b) –1 < K < 1
[EC-2006 : 2 Marks]
(c) 1 < K < 3 (d) K < –3
[EC-2002 : 2 Marks] Common Data Questions (17 and 18):
Consider a unity gain feedback control system whose
Q.12 The characteristic polynomial of a system is
q(s) = 2s5 + s4 + 4s3 + 2s2 + 2s + 1 as + 1
open-loop transfer function is G(s ) = .
The system is s2
(a) stable (b) marginally stable
Q.17 The value of ‘a’ so that the system has a phase
(c) unstable (d) oscillatory
margin equal to /4 approximately equal to
[EC-2002 : 2 Marks]
(a) 2.40 (b) 1.40
Q.13 The gain margin for the system with open-loop (c) 0.84 (d) 0.74
[EC-2006 : 2 Marks]
2 (1 + s)
transfer function G(s) H (s ) = , is
s2 Q.18 With the value of ‘a’ set for phase margin of /4,
the value of unit impulse response of the open-
(a) (b) 0
loop system at t = 1 second is equal to
(c) 1 (d) –
(a) 3.40 (b) 2.40
[EC-2004 : 1 Mark]
(c) 1.84 (d) 1.74
Q.14 The open-loop transfer function of a unity [EC-2006 : 2 Marks]
feedback system is
Q.19 If the closed-loop transfer function of a control
K
G( s ) = s 5
s (s 2 + s + 2) (s + 3) system is given as, T (s) = .
(s + 2) (s + 3)
The range of K for which the system is stable is Then it is
21 (a) an unstable system.
(a) >K >0 (b) 13 > K > 0
4 (b) an uncontrollable system.
21 (c) a minimum phase system.
(c) <K < (d) –6 < K <
4 (d) a non-minimum phase system.
[EC-2004 : 2 Marks] [EC-2007 : 1 Mark]
Q.20 A certain system has transfer function, The value of K which will place both the poles
s+8 of the closed-loop system at the same location,
G( s ) = 2
s + s 4 is ______.
where is a parameter. [EC-2014 : 1 Mark]
Consider the standard negative unity feedback Q.24 Consider a transfer function,
configuration as shown below.
ps2 + 3 ps 2
+ G(s ) Gp ( s ) =
– s 2 + (3 + p ) s + (2 p )
with ‘p’ a positive real parameter. The maximum
Which of the following statements is true? value of ‘p’ until which Gp remains stable is
______ .
(a) The closed-loop system is never stable for
any value of . [EC-2014 : 2 Marks]
(b) For some positive values of , the closed- Q.25 A plant tranfer function is given as,
loop system is stable, but not for all positive
KI 1
values. G(s ) = K P +
s s (s + 2)
(c) For all positive values of , the closed-loop
when the plant operates in a unity feedback
system is stable.
configuration, the condition for the stability of
(d) The closed-loop system is stable for all
the closed-loop system is
values of , both positive and negative
KI
[EC-2008 : 2 Marks] (a) K P > >0 (b) 2KI > KP > 0
2
Q.21 The number of open right half plane poles of (c) 2KI < KP (d) 2KI > KP
10 [EC-2015 : 2 Marks]
G( s ) = 5 4 3 2
is
s + 2 s + 3s + 6 s + 5s + 3 Q.26 The characteristic equation of an LTI system is
(a) 0 (b) 1 given by
(c) 2 (d) 3 F(s) = s5 + 2s4 + 3s3 + 6s2 – 4s – 8 = 0
[EC-2008 : 2 Marks] The number of roots that lie strictly in the left
Q.22 The feedback system shown below oscillates at half s-plane is _____ .
2 rad/sec when, [EC-2015 : 2 Marks]
K (s + 1) Q.27 Match the inference X, Y and Z about a system,

R(s ) + 3 2 Y(s )
– (s + as + 2s + 1) to the corresponding properties of the elements
of first column in Routh’s table of the system
characteristic equation:
(a) K = 2 and a = 0.75 List-I
(b) K = 3 and a = 0.75 X. The system is stable.
(c) K = 4 and a = 0.5 Y. The system is unstable.
(d) K = 2 and a = 0.5 Z. The test breaks down.
[EC-2012 : 2 Marks]
List-II
Q.23 The forward path transfer function of a unity P. ....when all elements are positive.
negative feedback system is given by Q. ....when any one element is zero.
K R. ....when there is a change in sign of
G(s) =
(s + 2) (s 1) coefficients.
Codes: 1
G(s ) =
(a) X-P, Y-Q, Z-R (b) X-Q, Y-P, Z-R 2
s + 3s + 2
(c) X-R, Y-Q, Z-P (d) X-P, Y-R, Z-Q where K > 0. The positive value of K for which
[EC-2016 : 1 Mark] there are exactly two poles of the unity feedback
Q.28 The transfer function of a linear time invariant system of the j -axis is equal to ______ (rounded
system is given by off to two decimal places).
H(s) = 2s4 – 5s3 + 5s – 2 X(s)

+
K/s G(s ) Y(s )
The number of zeroes in the right half of the –
s-plane is ______ .
[EC-2016 : 2 Marks]
[EC-2019 : 2 Marks]
Q.29 The first two rows in the Routh table for the
characteristic equation of a certain closed-loop Q.33 The loop transfer function of a negative feedback
control system are given as, system is
3 K (s + 11)
s 1 (2K + 3) G(s ) H (s ) =
s (s + 2) (s + 8)
2
s K 4
The value of K, for which the system is
The range of K for which the system is stable is marginally stable, is ______ .
(a) –2.0 < K < 0.5 (b) 0 < K < 0.5 [EC-2020 : 1 Mark]
(c) 0 < K < (d) 0.5 < K < Q.34 The characteristic equation of a system is
[EC-2016 : 2 Marks] s3 + 3s2 + (K + 2)s + 3K = 0
Q.30 Which one of the following options correctly In the root locus plot for the given system, as K
describes the locations of the roots of the varies from 0 to , the break-away or break-in
equation s4 + s2 + 1 = 0 on the complex plane? point(s) lie within
(a) Four left half plane (LHP) roots. (a) (–2, –1) (b) (–1, 0)
(b) One right half plane (RHP) root, one LHP (c) (–3, –2) (d) (– , –3)
root and two roots on the imaginary axis. [EC-2020 : 2 Marks]
(c) Two RHP roots and two LHP roots.
Q.35 Consider an even polynomial p(s) given by:
(d) All four roots are on the imaginary axis.
p(s) = s4 + 5s2 + 4 + K
[EC-2017 : 2 Marks]
where ‘K’ is an unknown real parameter. The
Q.31 A unity feedback control system is characterized complete range of ‘K’ for which p(s) has all its
by the open-loop transfer function, roots on the imaginary axis is ______ .
2(s + 1) 9
G(s) = (a) 4 K
s3 + Ks2 + 2s + 1 4
The value of K for which the system oscillates at 9
(b) 3 K
2 rad/sec is ______ . 2
[EC-2017 : 2 Marks] 5
(c) 6 K
4
Q.32 Consider a unity feedback system, as in the
(d) –5 K 0
figure shown, with an integral compensator K/s
[EC-2022]
and open-loop transfer function,
ELECTRICAL EN GINEERIN G that in lie in the right half of s-plane is
(GATE Previous Years Solved Papers) (a) zero (b) one

(c) two (d) three
Q.1 The closed-loop system of figure is stable if the [EE-1998 : 2 Marks]
C (s) Q.8 The roots of the closed-loop characteristic
transfer function T (s) = is stable.
R(s) equation of the system shown above.
(True/False)
3 15
u(t) + y(t)
R(s) G(s ) – s + 15 s+1
+ C(s )
–
(a) –1 and –15 (b) 6 and 10

H(s )
(c) –4 and –15 (d) –6 and –10
[EE-1994 : 1 Mark] [EE-2003 : 2 Marks]
Q.2 The number of positive real roots of the equation Q.9 The loop gain GH of a closed-loop system is
s3 – 2s + 2 = 0, is ________ .
K
[EE-1994 : 1 Mark] given the following expression .
s (s + 2) (s + 4)
Q.3 Closed-loop stability implies that, [1 + G(s) H(s)] The value of ‘K’ for which the system just
has all the ______ in the left half of the s-plane. becomes unstable is
[EE-1995 : 1 Mark] (a) K = 6 (b) K = 8
Q.4 Determine whether the system given by the block (c) K = 48 (d) K = 96
diagram of figure is stable. [EE-2003 : 2 Marks]
Q.10 For the equation, s3 – 4s2 + s + 6 = 0 the number

1 – 1 1
R(s)
(s + 1)
+
–
4 +
( s 4)
3 +
– (s + 3)
C(s)
of roots in the left-half of s-plane will be
(a) zero (b) one
4 8
(c) two (d) three
[EE-1997 : 2 Marks]
[EE-2004 : 2 Marks]
Q.5 The system represented by the transfer function
Q.11 A unity feedback system, having an open-loop
s 2 + 10s + s 24
G( s ) = 4 k(1 s)
s + 6s 3 39s 2 + 19s + 84 gain G(s) H (s) = , becomes stable when
(1 + s)
has _____ pole(s) in the right-half of s-plane.
[EE-1997 : 2 Marks] (a) k >1 (b) k > 1
Q.6 None of the poles of a linear control system lie (c) k <1 (d) k < –1
in the right half of s-plane. For a bounded input,
[EE-2005 : 2 Marks]
the output of this system
(a) is always bounded. Q.12 The system shown in the figure is
(b) could be unbounded. + s 1
u1
(c) always tends to zero. s+2
–
(d) none of the above [EE-1998 : 1 Mark]
+
Q.7 The number of roots on the equation, 1
u2
s 1 +
2s4 + s3 + 3s2 + 5s + 7 = 0
(a) stable (d) two roots at s = ±j and one root in left half
(b) unstable s-plane.
(c) conditional stable [EE-2009 : 1 Mark]
(d) stable for input u1, but unstable for input u2 Q.16 An open-loop system represented by the transfer
[EE-2007 : 1 Mark] function is
Q.13 If the loop gain ‘k’ of a negative feedback system (s 1)
G(s) =
(s + 2) (s + 3)
k(s + 3)
having a loop transfer function is to be (a) stable and of the minimum phase type
(s + 8)2
(b) stable and of the non-minimum phase type
adjusted to induce a sustained oscillation then (c) unstable and of the minimum phase type
(a) the frequency of this oscillation must be (d) unstable and of the non-minimum phase
4 / 3 rad/sec. type
[EE-2011 : 1 Mark]
(b) the frequency of this oscillation must be
4 rad/sec. Q.17 The feedback system shown below oscillates at
(c) the frequency of this oscillation must be 2 rad/sec when
4 or 4 / 3 rad/sec. k(s + 1)
R(s ) +– Y(s )
s + as 2 + 2s + 1
3
(d) such a ‘k’ does not exist.
[EE-2007 : 2 Marks]
Q.14 Figures shows a feedback system where k > 0. (a) k = 2 and a = 0.75
The range of ‘k’ for which is stable will be (b) k = 3 and a = 0.75
given by (c) k = 4 and a = 0.5
k
(d) k = 2 and a = 0.5
+
s (s + 3) ( s + 10) [EE-2012 : 2 Marks]
–
Q.18 In the formation of Routh-Hurwitz array for a
polynomial, all the elements of a row have zero
(a) 0 < k < 30 (b) 0 < k < 39 values. This premature termination of the array
(c) 0 < k < 390 (d) k > 390 indicates the presence of
[EE-2008 : 2 Marks] (a) only one root in the origin
Q.15 The first two rows of Routh’s tabulation of a 3rd (b) imaginary roots
order equation are as follows: (c) only positive real roots
(d) only negative real roots
s3 2 2
[EE-2014 : 1 Mark]
s2 4 4
This means three are: Q.19 For the given system, it is desired that the system
(a) two roots at s = ±j and one root in right half be stable. The minimum value of for this
s-plane. condition is _______ .
(b) two roots at s = ±j2 and one root in left half (s + )
R(s ) +– C(s )
s-plane. s 3 + (1 + ) s 2 + ( 1) s + (1 )
(c) two roots at s = ±j2 and one root in right

half s-plane.
[EE-2014 : 2 Marks]
Q.20 A system with the open-loop transfer function, The closed-loop system will be stable if,
K 4(K + 1)
G( s ) = (a) 0 < T <
s(s + 2) ( s 2 + 2 s + 2) K 1
is connected in a negative feedback
4(T + 2)
configuration with a feedback gain of unity. For (b) 0 < K <
T 2
the closed-loop system to be marginally stable,
the value of ‘K’ is _______ . T +2
(c) 0 < K <
[EE-2014 : 2 Marks] T 2
Q.21 A single-input single-output feedback system 8( k + 1)

(d) 0 < T <
has forward transfer function G(s) and feedback K 1
transfer function H(s). It is given that, [EE-2016 : 2 Marks]
G(s) H (s) < 1. Q.25 A closed-loop system has the characteristic
Which of the following is true about the stability equation given by,
of the system? s3 + Ks2 + (K + 2) s + 3 = 0
(a) The system is always stable. For this system to be stable, which one of the
(b) The system is stable if all zeros of G(s) H(s) following conditions should be satisfied?
are in left half of the s-plane. (a) 0 < K < 0.5 (b) 0.5 < K < 1
(c) The system is stable if all poles of G(s) H(s) (c) 0 < K < 1 (d) K > 1
are in left half of the s-plane. [EE-2017 : 1 Mark]
(d) It is to possible to say whether or not the Q.26 The range of ‘K’ for which all the roots of the
system is stable from the information given. equation s3 + 3s2 + 2s + K are in the left half of
[EE-2014 : 1 Mark] the complex s-plane is
Q.22 The transfer function of a second order real (a) 0 < K < 6 (b) 0 < K < 16
system with a perfectly flat magnitude response (c) 6 < K < 36 (d) 6 < K < 16
of unity has a pole at (2 – j3). List all the poles [EE-2017 : 2 Marks]
and zeros
Q.27 The number of roots of polynomial,
(a) Poles at (2 ± j3), no zeros
s7 + s6 + 7s5 + 14s4 + 31s3 + 73s2 + 25s + 200,
(b) Poles at (±2 – j3), one zero at origin
in the left half of the complex plane is
(c) Poles at (2 – j3), (–2 + j3), zeros at (–2 – j3),
(a) 3 (b) 4
(2 + j3)
(c) 5 (d) 6
(d) Poles at (2 ± j3), zeros at (–2 ± j3)
[EE-2018 : 2 Marks]
[EE-2015 : 2 Marks]
Q.28 The characteristic equation of a linear time-
Q.23 Given the following polynomial equation,
invariant (LTI) system is given,
s3 + 5.5s2 + 8.5s + 3 = 0
(s) = s4 + 3s3 + 3s2 + s + k = 0
The number of roots of the polynomial, which
The system is BIBO stable is
have real parts strictly less than –1, is _____ .
12
[EE-2016 : 2 Marks] (a) 0 < k < (b) k > 3
9
Q.24 The open-loop transfer function of a unity 8
(c) 0 < k < (d) k > 6
feedback control system is given by 9
K (s + 1) [EE-2019 : 1 Mark]
G(s) = , K > 0, T > 0
s(1 + Ts) (1 + 2s)
Q.29 Which of the following option is correct for the Q.30 Consider a negative unity feedback system with
system shown below? the forward path transfer function
R(s ) +
1 1
Y(s ) s2 + s + 1
– s+1 s2 , where ‘K’ is a positive real
s3 + 2 s2 + 2s + K
20 number. The value of ‘K’ for which the system

s + 20 will have some of its poles on the imaginary
axis is _________ .
(a) 3rd order and stable
(a) 8 (b) 9
(b) 4th order and unstable
(c) 6 (d) 7
(c) 4th order and stable
[EE-2020 : 2 Marks]
(d) 3rd order and unstable
[EE-2020 : 2 Marks]

Answers
EC Stability Analysis
1. (d) 2. (d) 3. (b) 4. (c) 5. (False) 6. (d) 7. (c) 8. (b)

9. (b) 10. (c) 11. (d) 12. (c) 13. (a) 14. (a) 15. (b) 16. (b)
17. (c) 18. (c) 19. (d) 20. (c) 21. (c) 22. (a) 23. (2.25) 24. (1.99)
25. (a) 26. (0) 27. (d) 28. (3) 29. (d) 30. (c) 31. (0.75) 32. (6)
33. (160) 34. (b) 35. (a)
Solutions
EC Stability Analysis
1. (d) For stable system, all the coefficient of 1st column

Using R-H criterion: should be positive.
12 3K
s4 1 5 K + 10 So, >0
3
s3 3 6 0 –12 – 3 K > 0
2
s 3 K + 10 0 –12 > +3 K
12 3 K –4 > K and K + 10 > 0
s1 0 0
3 K > –10
s0 K + 10 So, the range of K
–10 < K < –4
2. (d) 4. (c)
Characteristic equation, s3 + 3s2 + 4s + A = 0
1 + GH = 0 Using R-H criteria:
(1 + sTi ) 1
1+ × ×1 = 0 s3 1 4
s s (1 + sT )
2
s 3 A
s2(1 + sT) + (1 + sTi) = 0
12 A
s3T + s2 + sTi + 1 = 0 s1 0
3
Using R-H method:
s0 A
s3 T Ti
For stable system,
s2 1 1 A>0
s1 Ti T 12 A
0 and >0
s 1 3
12 – A > 0
For stability, 1st column should be positive.
12 > A
So, Ti – T > 0
0 < A < 12
Ti > T
5. Sol.
3. (b)
(False)
s3 + 6Ks2 + (K + 2)s + 8 = 0
Using R-H criteria: ( s + Z1 ) (s + Z2 )
T.F. of G(s) =
(s + P1 ) (s + P2 )
s3 1 K+2
( s + P1 ) (s + P2 )
s 2
6K 8 T.F. of F(s) =
(s + Z1 ) (s + Z2 )
6K 2 + 12 K 8 The condition for stability is that none of the
s1 0
6K pole of G(s) should be on the right half of s-plane,
s0 8 but G(s) may have zeros in the right half of
s-plane. These zeros become pole of F(s).
For stable system, 1st column element should be
Therefore the F(s) need not be stable (False).
positive.
6K 2 + 12K 8 6. (d)
>0 Using R-H criterion:
6K
6K2 + 12K – 8 > 0
s3 1 7
3K2 + 6K – 4 > 0
s2 5 3
6 ± 36 + 48 1
K= s 6.4 0
6
s0 3
K = –2.528, +0.528
K > 0.528 There is no sign change in the first column of
K > –2.528 R-H array. So, there is no roots lie in R.H.S. of
So, K > 0.528 s-plane. So, all the 3 roots will lie in the left half
So, from given option for K = 2 system will be of s-plane.
stable.
7. (c) For third row,

2s2 + 6s + 5 + (s + 1)2 (s + 2) = 0 K > –1
Characteristic equation, 0 K<1
1 + GH = 0
11. (d)
2
2 s + 6s + 5
1+ =0 Y (s ) K /s K
(s + 1)2 ( s + 2) = =
R(s ) 3 K s (3 + K )
1 +
2s2 + 6s + 5 + (s + 1)2 (s + 2) = 0 s s
8. (b) For system to be stable,

3+K < 0
Second-order system is stable.
K < –3
9. (b)
12. (c)
The characteristic equation is,
Routh table is,
s3 + s2 + Ks + 3 = 0
Routh table is,
s5 2(1) 4(2) 2(1)
3
s 1 K
s4 1 2 1
2
s 3 3
s 0 0 0
1 K 3
s 0 s2
s0 3 0 s1
For system to be stable, s0
K 3
> 0, >0 d 4
(s + 2 s 2 + 1) = 0
ds
K>3
4s3 + 4s = 0
10. (c) s = ±j, s = ±j
K(s 2) d 2
(s + 1) = 0
G1G2 (s + 2) 2 ds
T.F. = = 2s = 0
1 + G1G2 H K (s 2) (s 2)
1+
(s + 2)2 s=0
K (s 2) Double roots on imaginary axis so system is
= unstable.
(s + 2)2 + K (s 2)2
Characteristic equation, 13. (a)
= s2 + 4 + 4s + Ks2 – 4Ks + 4K G(s) H(s) = –180° + tan–1
(1 + K)s2 + K(4 – 4K)s + 4K + 4 = 0 For = –180° + tan–1 = –180°
Routh table is, =0
s2 (1 + K ) (4K + 4) 2
2 1+
1 G(s) H (s) = =
s K (4 4K ) 0 2
s0 4(K + 1) 1
G.M. = =0
For system to be stable,
1–K > 0 In dB G.M. =
1 > K and K 0 (Given in question)
14. (a) 16. (b)

K K (s + 1)
G(s) = 2 1 + G( s ) H ( s ) = 1 + =0
s(s + s + 2) (s + 3) s + as 2 + 2 s + 1
3
H(s) = 1
s 3 + as 2 + 2 s + 1 + Ks + K
K =0
1 + G(s) H(s) = 1 + 3 2 2 s 3 + as 2 + 2 s + 1
s(s + 3s + s + 3s + 2s + 6)
s3 + as2 + (2 + K)s + K + 1 = 0
4 3 2
s + 4s + 5s + 6 s + K
= s3 1 2+K
s(s 3 + 4s 2 + 5s + 6)
s2 a K +1
1 + G(s) H(s) = 0
s + 4s3 + 5s2 + 6s + K = 0
4 a (2 + K ) (K + 1)
s
a
s4 1 5 K For oscillation,
3 a (2 + K ) ( K + 1)
s 4 6
=0
7 a
s2 K
2 K +1
7 a=
× 6 4K K+2
s 2 0 as2 + K + 1 = 0
7 /2 s=j ; s2 = – 2 = –4
s0 K –4a + K + 1 = 0
For system to be stable, K > 0 K+1
a=
4
2
(21 4K ) >0 K+1 K +1
7 = K=2
4 K+2
21 21
> K K< a = 0.75
4 4
21 17. (c)
> K>0
4
P.M. =
15. (b) 4
P(s) = s5 + s4 + 2s3 + 2s2 + 3s + 15 180 + tan–1 a – 180° =
4
s5 1 2 3
tan
=a a =1
s4 1 2 15 4
Now for gain crossover frequency,
s3 0( ) 12 0
2 +12 G(s) = 1
s2 15 0
12 (2 +12)
15
1 + a2 2
2 =1
s1
2 +12
2
1+1 = (as a = 1)
0 2
s 15 = 2
= (2)1/4
• Coefficient of s2 tend to + .
1
• Coefficient of s1 tend to –12. a= 1/4
= 0.84
2
Two sign change from s2 to s and s to s0.
Two roots on RHS of s-plane.
18. (c) 22. (a)

0.84 s + 1 Characteristic equation is,
G(s) = 2 1 + G(s) H(s) = 0
s
H(s) = 1, R(s) = 1 K (s + 1)
1+ =0
C(s) = G(s) R(s) s 3 + as 2 + 2 s + 1
0.84 s + 1 s3 + as2 + (2 + K)s + (1 + K) = 0
C(s) =
s2 Routh array for this is,
1 1 + 0.84 s 1 1 0.84 s3 1 (2 + K )
c(t) = L 2
=L 2
+
s s s 2
s a (1 + K )
c(t) = [t + 0.84] U(t)
a (2 + K ) (1 + K )
At t = 1, c(t) = 1 + 0.84 = 1.84 s1
a
19. (d) s0 (1 + K )
As there is a right half zero, the system is a non- For oscillation,
minimum phase system. a (2 + K ) (1 + K )
=0
20. (c) a
Closed-loop gain is, 1+K

a=
s+8 2+K
G(s)
= 2 Now, as2 + (1 + K) = 0
1 + G(s) s + s 4+s+8
Characteristic equation, –a 2 + (1 + K) = 0
q(s) = s2 + ( + 1)s + 4 Given, = 2 rad/sec
Closed-loop system is stable only for > –1. –4a + (1 + K) = 0
Therefore, for all positive of , the closed-loop (1 + K )
4 + (1 + K ) = 0
system is stable. (2 + K )
–4(1 + K) + (2 + K) (1 + K) = 0
21. (c)
So, K=2
1+K 3
q(s) = s5 + 2s4 + 3s3 + 6s2 + 5s + 3 a= = = 0.75
2+K 4
1
Putting, s= 23. Sol.
z
a (z) = 3z5 + 5z4 + 6z3 + 3z2 + 2z + 1 K
Given that, G(s) =
Routh array is, (s + 2) (s 1)
z5 3 6 2 Using root locus method, the break point can be
obtain as,
z4 5 3 1
21 7 Img
z3
5 5
63 35 = 0.5
z2 5 5 =4 1 Re
21 3 –2 0.5
28 21
z1 15 5 = 35 /15 = 7
4 /3 4 /3 4
z0 1 1 + G(s) = 0
Since sign changes twice in Routh-array,
therefore, there are two poles on right half plane.
K For system to be stable,

1+ =0
(s + 2) (s 1) KP > 0
or, K = –(s + 2) (s – 1) 2 Kp KI
and >0
dK 2
= –2s – 1 = 0 or, 2Kp – KI > 0
ds
or, s = –0.5 KI
or, Kp > >0
To have, both the poles at the same directions, 2
G(s) s = 0.5 = 1 26. Sol.
K = 2.25 Using Routh’s tabular form:
24. Sol. s5 1 3 4
4
Given transfer function, s 2 6 8
ps2 + 3 ps 2 s3 0(8) 0(12) 0

Gp(s) = ...(i) 2
s2 + (3 + p) s + (2 p ) s 3 8 0
The characteristic equation is 100
s1 0 0
= s2 + (3 + p) s + (2 – p) ...(ii) 3
Using Routh Hurwitz criterion, s0 8
s2 1 (2 p) Auxiliary equation,
A = 2s4 + 6s2 – 8 = 0
s1 (3 + p) 0
dA
s 0
(2 p) 0 = 8s3 + 12s = 0
ds
For system to be remain stable, As one time row of zero occur in Routh’s table
2–p 0 therefore a pair of imaginary pole exists, also
pmax = 1.99 number of sign change in Routh’s table is one.
Hence, two poles lie strictly in the left half of
25. (a) s-plane.
KI 1 27. (d)
G(s) = Kp +
s s (s + 2)
When all elements are positive, the system is
The closed-loop transfer function for unity stable. When any element is zero, the test breaks
feedback, down. When there is change in sign of
G(s) (K p s + K I ) coefficients the system is unstable.
= 2
1 + G(s) s (s + 2) + (K p s + K I ) 28. Sol.
Kps + KI 2s4 – 5s3 + 5s – 2 = 0
= By Routh array,
s3 + 2s2 + K p s + K I
Using Routh’s tabular form: s4 2 0 2
3
s 5 5
s3 1 Kp
s2 2 2
s2 2 KI
1
2 Kp KI s 0(2)
s1 0 0
2 s 2
0
s Kp Number of sign changes = number of roots
(zeros) in right half of s-plane = 3.
29. (d) 32. Sol.
s3 1 (2K + 3) Y (s ) K
= 3
X( s ) s + 3s 2 + 2 s + K
s2 2K 4
2 The poles of this system lie on the j -axis when
4K + 6 K 4
s 0 the system is marginally stable,
2K
kmar = 3 × 2 = 6
s0 4
For stability, K > 0 ...(i) 33. Sol.
4K2 + 6K – 4 > 0 Characteristic equation q(s) for the given open-
2K2 + 3K – 2 > 0 loop system will be
(2K – 1) (K + 2) > 0 q(s) = s3 + 10s2 + 16s + Ks + 11K = 0
1 Using R-H criteria:
K= or K < –2 ...(ii)
2
s3 1 16 + K
Hence, 0.5 < K <
2
s 10 11 K
30. (c) 10 (16 + K ) 11 K
s1 0
q(s) = s4 + s2 + 1 = 0 10
s0 11 K 0
s4 1 1 1
For system to be marginally stabled,
s3 4 2 0
10(16 + K ) 11 K
s2 0.5 1 0 dA(s ) =0
= 4s 3 + 2 s1 10
ds
s1 6 0 0 160 + 10K – 11K = 0
s 0
1 0 0 K = 160
There are two sign changes in the first column 34. (b)
of the R-H table and the order of auxiliary Q(s) = 1 + G(s) H(s) = 0
equation is 4. So, 4-poles are symmetric about s3 + 3s2 + 2s + Ks + 3K = 0
origin.
s 3 + 3s 2 + 2s
2 RHP roots and 2 LHP roots. –K =
s+3
j
dK ( s + 3) (3s 2 + 6s + 2) ( s 3 + 3s 2 + 2 s )
= =0
ds (s + 3)2
0 3s3 + 6s2 + 2s + 9s2 + 18s + 6 – s3 – 3s2 – 2s = 0
2s3 + 12s2 + 18s + 6 = 0
31. Sol. s = –0.46, –3.87, –1.65
The given open-loop transfer function is, Img
2(s + 1)
G(s) =
s + Ks 2 + 2s + 1
3
The closed-loop transfer function is,

G(s ) 2 (s + 1) Re
T(s) = = 3 –2 –1 0
1 + G(s) s + Ks 2 + 4s + 3
When system oscillates, i.e., when system is
marginally stable,
(1) (3) = K(4) Break-away point lies between (0, –1),
So, K = 0.75 i.e. (–1, 0).
35. (a) 1st column of R-H table must be all positive.

Given, p(s) = s4 + 5s2 + (4 + K) 25 4(4 + K ) 9
Routh’s table: i.e., >0 K<
5 /2 4
s4 1 5 (4 + K ) 4+K > 0 K > –4
s 3
0 0 Range of K :
9
s2 –4 < K <
4
s1
s0
As all row of s3 are zero,
A(s) = s4 + 5s2 + (4 + K)
dA(s )
= 4s3 + 10s + 0
ds
s4 1 5 (4 + K )
s3 4 10 0
10 5
s2 (4 + K )
4 2
25 4(4 + K )
s1
5 /2
s0 4+K
Answers
EE Stability Analysis
6. (d) 7. (c) 8. (d) 9. (c) 10. (b) 11. (c) 12. (d) 13. (b)
14. (c) 15. (d) 16. (b) 17. (a) 18. (b) 19. (0.618) 20. (5) 21. (d)
22. (d) 23. (2) 24. (c) 25. (d) 26. (a) 27. (a) 28. (c) 29. (b)
30. (a)
Solutions
EE Stability Analysis
1. Sol. 3. Sol.
All the close-loop poles must lie in left half of Because zeros of the 1 + G(s) H(s) represents
the s-plane. closed-loop transfer function poles which must
lie in the left half of the s-plane.
2. Sol.
Q s3 – 2s + 2 = 0
s = –1.77, 0.88 ± j0.59
Hence, no positive real root exists.
4. Sol. 7. (c)
SFG : 2s4 + s3 + 3s2 + 5s + 7 = 0
–1 s4 2 3 7
1 1 1
s3 1 5 0
(s + 1) (s 4) (s + 3) 2
R(s )
4 3 1
C(s )
s 7 7
s1 6
–8 0
s 7
–4
Q Two sign changes in first column.
1 1 1
s+1
× 4×
s 4
× 3×
s+3
× [1] Two poles in the right half of s-plane.
T.F. = 16 8 3 16 8
1 + ×
s 4 s + 3 ( s + 3) ( s 4) s 4 s+3 8. (d)
On solving, 1 + GH = 0 (characteristic equation),
12 45
1+
T.F. =
s 3 + 24s 2 + 158s + 135 (s + 15) (s + 1) = 0
s2 + 16s + 60 = 0
s3 1 158
(s + 10) (s + 6) = 0
s2 24 135 Roots are (–6, –10)
s1 +ve
9. (c)
0
s +ve
Characteristic equation = 1 + GH = 0
Q No sign change in first column K
1+ =0
System is stable. s (s + 2) (s + 4)
5. Sol. Characteristic equation,

s3 + 6s2 + 8s + K = 0
The Routh-array is formed as follows:
s4 + 6s3 – 39s2 + 19s + 84 = 0
Routh Hurwitz criteria:
s3 1 8
4 2
s 1 39 84 s 6 K
s3 6 19 48 K
s1
6
s2 42 84
s0 K
1
s 31
s0 84 According to Routh-Hurwitz criterion, for a
stable system there should be no change of sign
Q Two sign chanegs in first column. in the first column of Routh-array.
Two poles in the right-half of s-plane. 48 K
So, > 0 and K > 0
6. (d) 6
0 < K < 48
If the poles lie on imaginary axis and at the
Hence for K = 48, the system just becomes
origin then output may be bounded or
unstable.
unbounded for a bounded input.
10. (b) 12. (d)

– s3 4s2
+s+6=0
s 1 y1(s )
The Routh-array is formed as follows: u1(s ) +
– s+2
s3 1 1
2 1
s 4 6
s 1
4×1 6×1
s1 = 2.5
4
(s 1)
s0 6 (s 1)
s+2 =
(T/F)1 = (s 1) 1
Number of sign changes in first column of 1+ × (s + 3)
Routh-array = 2. (s + 2) (s 1)
Accroding to Routh-Hurwitz criterion, the Poles is in LHS of s-plane, hence stable.
number of changes of sign in the first column
1 y2(s )
gives the number of positive real part roots of u2(s ) +
– s 1
the polynomial. So, number of roots in RHS of
s-plane = 2.
s 1
Total number of roots = 3
s+2
Hence, number of roots in LHS of s-plane =
3 – 2 = 1. 1
( s 1) s+2
11. (c) (T/F)2 = =
1 (s 1) ( s 1) (s + 3)
1+ ×
Characteristic equation, (s 1) (s + 2)
1 + G(s) H(s) = 0
Hence, unstable as it has pole at right hand side
k(1 s ) of s-plane.
1+ =0
1+s
s + 1 + k(1 – s) = 0 13. (b)
s(1 – k) + 1 + k = 0 Open-loop transfer function,
k+1 (s + 3)
s= G(s) H(s) = k
k 1 (s + 8)2
For a stable system pole lies in left hand side of Characteristic equation,
s-plane, it means and must be negative for stable 1 + G(s) H(s) = 0
system, (s + 3)
1+ k =0
s<0 (s + 8)2
k+1 s2 + 16s + 64 + (s + 3) = 0
<0
k 1 s2 + (16 + k) s + (64 + 3k) = 0
Case-I: Routh array,
k + 1 < 0 and k – 1 > 0
k < –1 and k > 1 s2 1 64 + 3 k
which is not possible. s1 16 + k
Case-II: 0
s 64 + 3 k
k + 1 > 0 and k – 1 < 0
For sustained oscillation,
k > –1 and k < 1
16 + k = 0
–1 < k < 1
k = –16
k <1
Auxiliary equation, The derivative of this auxiliary equation is taken

s2 + 64 + 3k = 0 w.r.t. ‘s’ and the coefficients of the differentiated
s2 + 64 + 3(–16) = 0 equation are taken as the elements of 3rd row,
s2 + 16 = 0 dA(s )
s = ±j4 = 8s
ds
So, frequency of oscillation is 4 rad/sec. Routh-array,
14. (c) s3 2 2
k s2 4 4
G(s) =
s (s + 3) (s + 10) s 1
8
and H(s) = 1 s0 4
There is no root in RHS of s-plane.
1 + G(s) H(s) = 0
Two roots of s = ±j, so one root in LHS of s-plane.
k
1+
s (s + 3) (s + 10) = 0 16. (b)
s(s + 3) (s + 10) + k = 0 s 1
1+ =0
s3 + 13s2 + 30s + k = 0 (s + 2) (s + 3)
Routh-array s2 + 6s + 5 = 0
s3 1 30 s2 1 5
s2 13 k s1 6 0
13 × 30 k 0
s 5 0
s1
13 There is not root in RHS of s-plane.
s0 k
17. (a)
According to Routh-Hurwitz criterion.
The characteristic equation,
For a stable system, signs of first column do not
1 + G(s) H(s) = 0
chane,
s + as2 + (k + 2) s + (k + 1) = 0
3
k>0
Routh array for above equation,
13 × 30 k
and
13
>0 s3 1 ( k + 2)
2
Therefore sytem to be stable 0 < k < 390. s a ( k + 1)
a ( k + 2) ( k + 1)
15. (d) s1 0
a
Routh-array: s0 ( k + 1) 0
3
s 2 2 as2 + (k + 1) = 0
2 For s = j and =2
s 4 4
2× 4 4×2 –a 2 + (k + 1) = 0
s1 =0
4 k = 4a – 1
The third row vanishes. k+1
and a=
An auxiliary equation is formed using elements k+2
of 2nd row. a = 0.75 and k = 2
Auxiliary equation, A(s) = 4s2 + 4 = 0 s = ± j.
18. (b) 20. Sol.

When all the elements of a row in Routh-Hurwitz K
Given, G(s) =
array ends abruptly i.e. all elements of that row s(s + 2) ( s 2 + 2 s + 2)
have a zero values then, the system will be either
R(s) + G(s ) Y(s )
unstable or marginally stable. Marginally stable –
means it will have imaginary roots (two equal
and opposite complex roots on imaginary axis 1
of s-plane). The characteristic equation of the given unity-
19. Sol. negative feedback control system is given by
1 + G(s) H(s) = 0
(s + )
Given, G(s) = K
3
s + (a + ) s + ( 2
1) s + (1 ) or, 1+ =0
s(s + 2) ( s 2 + 2 s + 2)
and H(s) = 1 or, s(s + 2) (s2 + 2s + 2) + K = 0
Characteristic equation of given control system
or, s4 + 4s3 + 6s2 + 4s + K = 0
is given by
Forming Routh’s array as shown below,
1 + G(s) H(s) = 0
s+ s4 1 6 K
or, 1 + =0 3
s 3 + (1 + ) s 2 + ( 1) s + (1 ) s 4 4 0
2
or, s3 + (1 + ) s2 + ( – 1) s + (1 – ) + s + =0 s 5 K 0
or, s3 + (1 + ) s2 + s + 1 = 0 20 4 K
s1 0 0
Routh’s array is, 5
s0 K 0 0
3
s 1
s2 (1 + ) 1 For stability of the system, K > 0 and
2
+ 1 20 4 K
s1 0 > 0 or K < 5
1+ 5
s0 1 0 For stable, 0 < K<5

For the given system to be marginally stable,
For the given system to be stable, there should K=5
not be any sign change in the first column of
Routh’s array. 22. (d)
1 + > 0 or > –1 ...(i) Response of transfer function is unit for all .
2 M = 1, P1 = 2 – j3
+ 1
Also, > 0 or 2 + – 1 > 0 Second order system, hence number of poles = 2
1+
Therefore, second pole, P2 = 2 + j3.
or, ( + 1.618) ( – 0.618) > 0
Now for M = 1, and due to x-axis symmetry of
or, < – 1.618 or > 0.618
root locus of transfer function, position of zeroes
As, > –1 [(using equation (i)]
must be Z1 = –2 – j3 and Z2 = –2 + j3.
> 0.618 ...(ii)
Combining conditions (i) and (ii), 23. Sol.
–1 < < 0.618 s3 + 5.5s2 + 8.5s + 3 = 0
Thus, for the system to be stable, minimum value Putting, s = s1 – 1
of = 0.618. (s1 – 1) + 5.5(s1 – 1)2 + (8.5) (s1 – 1) + 3 = 0
3
or, K2 + 2K – 3 < 0
s13 + 2.5 s12 + 0.5s1 1 = 0
or, (K + 3) (K – 1) > 0
s13 1 0.5 Here, the valid answer will be out of all the
options given.
s12 2.5 1
i.e., K>1
s1 0.9 0
s10 1 26. (a)
As there is one sign change hence, two roots of From the given equation,
s3 + 3s2 + 2s + K = 0
given polynomial will lie to the left of s = –1.
Using Routh’s criterion, we get
24. (c) K < 6 and K > 0 or 0 < K < 6
Open-loop transfer function:
27. (a)
K (s + 1)
G(s) = ; K > 0 and T > 0 Characteristic equation,
s(1 + Ts) (1 + 2 s)
s7 + s6 + 7s5 + 14s4 + 31s3 + 73s2 + 25s + 200 = 0
For closed-loop system stability, characteristic
s7 1 7 31 25
equation is,
6
1 + G(s) H(s) = 0 s 1 14 73 200
5
K (s + 1) s 7 42 175 0
1+ 1 =0
s(1 + Ts ) (1 + 2s) s4 8 48 200 0
s(1 + Ts) (1 + 2s) + K(s + 1) = 0 3
s 32 96 0 0
2
2Ts3 + (2 + T ) s 2 + (1 + K ) s + K = 0 s 24 200 0 0
1
s 170 0 0 0
Using Routh’s criteria,
s0 200 0 0 0
s3 2T (1 + K )
Auxiliary equation,
s2 (2 + T ) K
A(s) = 8s4 + 48s2 + 200
(2 + T ) (1 + K ) 2TK
s1 0 d
(2 + T ) A(s ) = 32s3 + 96s
ds
s0 K Total number of poles = 7
For stability, K > 0 and (2 + T) (1 + K) – 2TK > 0 Two sign change above auxiliary equation =
K(2 + T – 2T) + (2 + T) > 0 two-poles in RHS.
or, –(T – 2) K + 2(2 +T) > 0 Two sign changes below auxiliary equation
(2 + T ) implies out of 4 symmetric roots about origin
T +2
–K > or K < two-poles are in LHS and two-poles are in RHS.
(T 2) (T 2)
Three poles in LHS and 4 poles in RHS.
Hence for stability,
T +2 28. (c)
0 < K<
T 2 Routh array is,
25. (d) s4 1 3 K
Characteristic equation is, s 3
3 1
s3 + Ks2 + (K + 2)s + 3 = 0 2
s 8 /3 K
For this system to be stable, using Routh’s
8
criterion, we can write, 3K
1 3
3 < K(K + 2) s
8 /3
s0 K
For BIBO stability, 30. (a)

8 C.E. is, 1 + G(s) H(s) = 0
3K
3 s2 + s + 1
>0
8 1+ 3 =0
s + 2s 2 + 2s + K
3
s3 + 3s2 + 3s + (1 + K) = 0
8 R.H. criteria:
K< and K > 0
9
8 s3 1 3
0 < K< 2
9 s 3 (1 + K )
s1 9 (1 + K ) 0
29. (b)
For marginal stability,
20
1+ 2 =0 9 – (1 + K) = 0
s (s + 1) ( s + 20)
K=8
(s3 + s2) (s + 20) + 20 = 0
s4
+ 20s3 + s3 + 20s2 + 20 = 0
s4 + 21s3 + 20s2 + 20 = 0
s1 coefficeint = 0
Given system is 4th order system and unstable.
5 Root Locus
ELECTRO NICS EN GINEERIN G Im

Q.1 Consider a closed-loop system shown in Fig. (a) –1

(b) Re
below. The root locus for it is shown in Fig. (b).
–3
The closed-loop transfer function for the system
is
R(s) + K G (s ) c (t)
–
Im
Fig. (a)
(c) Re
–3 –1
–1.05
Re
–2 –0.1
Fig. (b) Im
K
(a)
1 + (0.5s + 1) (10 s + 1)
–3
K (d) Re
(b) –1
(s + 2) (s + 0.1)
K
(c)
1 + K (0.5s + 1) (10s + 1)
K [EC-1989 : 2 Marks]
(d)
K + 0.2(0.5s + 1) (10s + 1)
Q.3 The transfer function of a closed-loop system is
[EC-1988 : 2 Marks]
K
T (s) = 2
Q.2 The OLTF of a feedback system is, s + (3 K ) (s + 1)
K (s + 1) (s + 3) where K is the forward path gain. The root locus
G(s) H (s) =
s 2 + 4s + 8 plot of the system is
The root locus for the same is j
Im
(a)
(a)
Re
–3 –1
Q.5 Given a unity feedback system with open-loop

j
transfer function,
K=3
K
G(s) =
s (s + 1) (s + 2)
K=1
The root locus plot of the system is of the form.
(b) j
K=0
K=3 (a)
K=
j
(c)
K=0 K=0
K=
(b)
j
(d)
(c)
[EC-1990 : 2 Marks]
Q.4 The characteristic equation of a feedback control

system is given by
s3 + 5s2 + (K + 6) s + K = 0
j
where K > 0 is a scalar variable parameter. In
the root-locus diagram of the system the
asymptotes of the root-loci for large values of K
meet at a point in the s-plane, whose coordinates
are (d)
(a) (–3, 0) (b) (–2, 0)
(c) (–1, 0) (d) (2, 0)
[EC-1991 : 2 Marks]
[EC-1992 : 2 Marks]
Q.6 If the open-loop transfer function is a ratio of a

(a) s = j 3 (b) s = –1.5
numerator polynomial of degree ‘m’ and a
denominator polynomial of degree ‘n’ then the (c) s = –3 (d) s = –
integer (n-m) represents the number of [EC-2002 : 1 Mark]
(a) breakaway points Q.10 The root locus of the system
(b) unstable poles
K
(c) separate root loci G(s) H (s) =
s (s + 2) (s + 3)
(d) asymptotes
has the break-away point located at
[EC-1994 : 1 Mark]
(a) (–0.5, 0) (b) (–2.548, 0)
Q.7 Consider the points s1 = –3 + j4 and s2 = –3 – j2 (c) (–4, 0) (d) (–0.784, 0)
in the s-plane. Then for a system with the open- [EC-2003 : 2 Marks]
loop transfer function
K K
G(s ) H (s ) = Q.11 Given, G(s) H (s) = the point of
(s + 1) 4 s (s + 1) (s + 3)
(a) s1 is on the root locus, but not s2. intersection of the asymptoes of the root loci
(b) s2 is on the root locus, but not s1. with the real axis is
(c) both s1 and s2 are on the root locus. (a) –4 (b) 1.33
(d) neither s1 nor s2 is on the root locus. (c) –1.33 (d) 4
[EC-1999 : 2 Marks] [EC-2004 : 1 Mark]
Q.8 The root-locus diagram for a closed-loop Q.12 An unity feedback system is given as,
feedback system shown in the figure. The system K (1 s )
G(s ) =
is overdamped. s (s + 3)
j Indicate the correct root locus diagram,
j
K=5
K= K=0 K=0
K –3 –2 –1
K=1 (a)
(a) only if 0 K 1
(b) only if 1 < K < 5
(c) only if K > 5
j
(d) if 0 K < 1 or K > 5
[EC-2001 : 1 Mark]
Q.9 Which of the following points is not on the root

locus of a system with the open-loop transfer (b)
K
function, G(s) H (s) = ?
s (s + 1) (s + 3)
j (a) ± 2 and 0° (b) ± 2 and 45°
(c) ± 3 and 0° (d) ± 3 and 45°

[EC-2009 : 2 Marks]
(c) Q.15 The root locus plot for a system is given below.
–3 –2 –1 0
(d)
The open-loop transfer function corresponding

to this plot is given by
[EC-2005 : 2 Marks] s (s + 1)
(a) G(s ) H (s ) = K
(s + 2) (s + 3)
Q.13 A unity feedback control system has an open-
loop transfer function, ( s + 1)
(b) G(s ) H (s ) = K
K s (s + 2) ( s + 3)2
G( s ) =
s (s 2 + 7 s + 12) 1
(c) G(s) H (s) = K
The gain K for which s = –1 + j1 will lie on the s (s 1) (s + 2) (s + 3)
root locus of this system is
(s + 1)
(a) 4 (b) 5.5 (d) G(s) H (s) = K
s (s + 2) (s + 3)
(c) 6.5 (d) 10
[EC-2011 : 1 Mark]
[EC-2007 : 2 Marks]
Q.16 In the root locus plot shown in the figure, the
Q.14 The feedback configuration and the pole-zero
pole/zero marks and the arrows have been
removed. Which one of the following transfer
s2 2s + 2
locations of G(s ) = are shown below. functions has this root locus?
2
s + 2s + 2
The root locus for negative values of K, i.e. for j
– < K < 0, has breakaway/break-in points and
angle of departure at pole P (with respsect to
the positive real axis) equal to 2
Im(s)
1
+ K G(s)
–
Re(s)
s+1 Q.21 The forward path transfer function and the

(a)
(s + 2) (s + 4) (s + 7) feedback path transfer function of a single-loop
negative feedback control system are given as,
s+4
(b) K (s + 2)
(s + 1) (s + 2) (s + 7) G(s) = and H(s) = 1
2
s + 2s + 2
s+7 respectively. If the variable parameter K is real
(c)
(s + 1) (s + 2) (s + 4) positive, then the location of the breakaway
(s + 1) (s + 2) point on the root-locus diagram of the system is
(d) ______ . [EC-2016 : 2 Marks]
(s + 7) (s + 4)
[EC-2014 : 2 Marks] Q.22 A linear time invariant (LTI) system with the
Q.17 A unity negative feedback system has the open- K (s 2 + 2 s + 2)

transfer function, G(s ) = is
loop transfer function, (s 2 3s + 2)
K
G(s) = connected in unity feedback configuration as
s (s + 1) s ( +3)
shown in the figure.
The value of the gain K (> 0) at which the root
locus crosses the imaginary axis is _____ . + G(s )
–
[EC-2015 : 1 Mark]
Q.18 The open-loop transfer function of a unity For the closed-loop system shown, the root-locus
feedback configuration is given as, for 0 < K < intersects the imaginary axis for
K = 1.5. The closed-loop system is stable for
K (s + 4)
G( s ) = (a) K > 1.5
( s + 8) (s 2 9)
(b) 1 < K < 1.5
The value of gain K (> 0) for which –1 + j2 lies
(c) 0 < K < 1.5
on the root locus is ______ .
(d) no positive value of K
[EC-2015 : 2 Marks]
[EC-2017 : 2 Marks]
Q.19 For the sysetm shown in figure, s = –2.75 lies on
Q.23 The root-locus plot of a closed-loop system with
the root locus if K is ______ .
unity negative feedback and transfer function
s+3 KG(s) in the forward path is shown in the figure.
+ K Y(s )
– s+2
Note that, K is varied from 0 to . Select the
transfer function G(s) that results in the root-
10 locus plot of the closed-loop system as shown
in the figure.
[EC-2015 : 2 Marks]
Im (s)
Q.20 The open-loop transfer function of a unity

feedback control system is
72°
K
G( s ) =
s 2 + 5s + 5 72° 36°
36°
The value of K at the breakaway point of the (0, 0) Re (s)
72°
feedback control system’s root-locus plot is __ . 72°
[EC-2016 : 2 Marks]
1.0
1 1 Q.2 Which of the following figure(s) represent valid

(a) G(s ) = (b) G(s ) =
(s + 1)5 s5 + 1 root loci in the s-plane for positive K ? Assume
that the system has transfer function with real
s 1 s 1
(c) G(s ) = (d) G(s ) = coefficient.
(s + 1) 6
s6 + 1
[EC-2022]
(a)
Q.1 A unity feedback system has an open-loop
K(s + a)
transfer function of the form KG(s ) = ;
s2 (s + b )
b > a which of the loci shown in figure can be
valid root-loci for the system?
(b)
j
(a)
–b –a 0
(c)
j
(b) 0
–b –a
(d)
[EE-1992 : 1 Mark]
–a
(c)
0
–b Q.3 In case of an armature controlled separately
excited dc motor drive with closed-loop speed
control, an inner current loop is useful because it
(a) limits the speed of the motor to a safe value.
j
(b) helps in improving the drive energy
efficiency.
(c) limits the peak current of the motor to be
(d)
–b –a 0 permissible value.
(d) reduces the steady-state speed error.
[EE-2001 : 1 Mark]
[EE-1991 : 1 Mark]
Q.4 A unity feedback system has an open-loop

Im
K
transfer function, G(s ) = . Its root locus plot
s2 2 3
will be 3
j Re
–3 –2 –1 1 2 3
3
(a) 2 3
K K
(a) 3 (b) 2
s s (s + 1)
j K
K
(c) 2
(d) 2
s(s + 1) s(s 1)
[EE-2005 : 1 Mark]
(b)
Q.6 A closed-loop system has the characteristic
function (s2 – 4) (s + 1) + K(s – 1) = 0. Its root
locus plot against ‘K’ is
j
j
(a)
–2 –1 +1 +2
(c)
(b)
–2 –1 +1 +2
(d)
[EE-2002 : 2 Marks]
(c)
–2 –1 +1 +2
Q.5 Figure shows the root locus plot (location of
poles not given) of a third order system whose
open-loop transfer function is
j The closed-loop transfer function of the system

is
C (s) K
(d) (a) =
–2 –1 +1 +2
R(s) ( s + 1) (s + 2)
C(s) K
(b) =
R(s) (s + 1) (s + 2) + K
[EE-2006 : 2 Marks] C (s) K
(c) =
R(s) (s + 1) (s + 2) K
Q.7 The characteristic equation of a closed-loop
system is, C(s) K
(d) =
s(s + 1) (s + 3) + k(s + 2) = 0, k > 0 R(s) (s + 1) (s + 2) + K
Which of the following statements is true? [EE-2014 : 1 Mark]
(a) Its roots are always real.
Q.10 The open-loop poles of a 3 rd order unity
(b) It cannot have a breakaway point in the
feedback system are at 0, –1, –2. Let the frequency
range –1 < Re[s] < 0.
corresponding to the point where the root locus
(c) Two of its roots tend to infinity along the
of the system transits to unstable region be K.
asymptotes Re[s] = –1.
Now suppose we introduce a zero in the open-
(d) It may have complex roots in the right half
loop transfer function at –3, while keeping all
plane.
the earlier open-loop poles intact. Which one of
[EE-2010 : 2 Marks] the following is true about the point where the
Q.8 The open-loop transfer function G(s) of a unity root locus of the modified system transits to
feedback control system is given as, unstable region.
2 (a) It corresponds to a frequency greater than K.

k s+
3 (b) It corresponds to a frequency less than K.
G(s) = 2
s (s + 2) (c) It corresponds to a frequency K.
From the root locus, it can be inferred that when (d) Root locus of modified system never transits
‘k’ tends to positive infinity to unstable region.
(a) three roots with nearly equal real parts exist [EE-2015 : 2 Marks]
on the left half of the s-plane.
Q.11 An open-loop transfer function G(s) of a system
(b) on real root is found on the right half of the is
s-plane.
K
(c) the root loci cross the j -axis for a finite G(s) =
s(s + 1) (s + 2)
value of k : k 0.
(d) three real roots are found on the right half For a unity feedback system, the breakaway
of the s-plane. point of the root loci on the real axis occurs at,
[EE-2011 : 2 Marks] (a) –0.42 (b) –1.58
(c) –0.42 and –1.58 (d) None of the above
Q.9 The root locus of a unity feedback system is
[EE-2015 : 2 Marks]
j Q.12 The gain at the breakaway point of the root locus
of a unity feedback system with open-loop
K=0 K=0
Ks
transfer function G(s) = is
–2 –1 (s 1) (s 4)
(a) 1 (b) 2 where K > 0, enters into the real axis at

(c) 5 (d) 9
(a) s = –1 (b) s = 5
[EE-2016 : 2 Marks]
(c) s = –5 (d) s = 5
Q.13 The root locus of the feedback control system
[EE-2017 : 2 Marks]
having the characteristic equation,
s2 + 6 Ks + 2s + 5 = 0

Answers
EC Root Locus
1. (d) 2. (a) 3. (a) 4. (b) 5. (a) 6. (d) 7. (b) 8. (d)
9. (b) 10. (d) 11. (c) 12. (c) 13. (d) 14. (*) 15. (b) 16. (b)
17. (12) 18. (25.54) 19. (0.3) 20. (1.25) 21. (–3.41) 22. (a) 23. (a)
Solutions
EC Root Locus
1. (d) 4. (b)
1 K (s + 1)
G(s) = O.L.T.F. = G(s) H (s) = 3
(s + 0.1) (s + 2) s + 5s 2 + 6s
K K (s + 1)
K G(s ) (s + 0.1) ( s + 2) =
T.F. = = s(s 2 + 5s + 6)
1 + KG( s) K
1+
(s + 0.1) (s + 2) K (s + 1)
G(s) H(s) =
K s(s + 2) (s + 3)
T.F. =
(s + 0.1) (s + 2) + K Poles: 0, –2, –3
K Zeros: –1
T.F. =
K + 0.2 (1 + 10 s) (1 + 0.5 s) ( 2 3) ( 1)
Centroid =
3 1
2. (a)
5+1
(b) and (d) options are wrong, because root locus = = 2 = ( 2, 0)
2
is symmetrical about real axis.
Option (c) is wrong because root locus directions
are from pole to zeros.
5. (a) 10. (d)

P=3 1 + G(s) H(s) = 0
Z=0 K
1+ =0
P–Z = 3–0=3 s(s + 2) (s + 3)
(2 q + 1) 180°
= K
P Z 1+ 2 =0
s (s + 5s + 6)
= 60°, 180°, 300°
So, only option (a) satisfy this. K = –1 (s3 + 5s2 + 6s)
dK
6. (d) = –(3s2 + 10s + 6)
ds
(n – m) For break-away point,
difference between poles and zeros give number dK
of asymptotes. =0
ds
7. (b) 3s2 + 10s + 6 = 0
s1 = –3 + 4j 10 ± 100 72
s=
K K 6
G(s) H(s) = 4
= 10 ± 5.3
( 3 + 4 j + 1) ( 2 + 4 j )4 = = 0.784, 2.55
6
G(s) H(s) = –4[ – tan–1 2]
= –466° odd multiple of Img
So, s1 does not lie on root locus,

s2 = –3 – j2
K K
G(s) H(s) = 4
= Re
( 3 j 2 + 1) ( 2 2 j )4 –3 –2 0
1
G(s) H(s) = 4[tan 1] = 4 × =
4
Odd multiple of
s2 lies on root locus. 2 3 5
Centroid = = = 1.66
3 3
8. (d)
For overdamping roots of characteristic Angle of asymptotes = (2K + 1)
P Z
equation should lie on negative axis and be
unequal. = (2K + 1)
3
9. (b) 5
, ,
3 3
Img
Break-away point is (–0.784, 0) as –2.55 does
not lie on RL.
11. (c)
Re
–3 –1 0
P Z
Centroid =
P Z
RL lies where number of poles and zeros to the
1 3
right of the pole is odd. = = 1.33
3
s = –1.5 does not lie on RL
12. (c) K
Put, = 0 we have
1 + G(s) H(s) = 0 s
(s2 – 2s + 2) (s + 1) – (s2 + 2s + 2) (s – 1) = 0
s 2 + 3s
K= 2s2 – 4s2 + 4 = 0
1 s
2s2 = +4
For break-away and break in point,
s= ± 2
dK
= (1 – s) (2s + 3) + s2 + 3s = 0 Angle of departure is
ds
= –s2 + 2s + 3 = 0 D =
2 where, = Z–
s – 2s – 3 = 0 P
= 225°
(s – 3) (s + 1) = 0
s = 3, –1 D = ±225°
No option is matching.
–1 is the break-away point and 3 is the break-in
point. 15. (b)
13. (d) From plot we can observe that one pole

terminates at one zero at position –1 and three
G(s)
T.F. = poles terminates to . It means three are 4-poles
1 + G(s) and 1 zero. Pole at –3 goes on both sides. It
As, H(s) = 1 means there are 2-poles at –3.
For the point, s = –1 + j1 to lie on root locus,
1 + G(s) = 0 16. (b)
K j
1+ 2 =0
s(s + 7 s + 12)
s(s2 + 7s + 12) + K = 0
Putting, s = –1 + j
–7 –4 –2 –1
(–1 + j) (1 – 2j – 1 – 7 + 7j + 12) + K = 0
K = +10
14. ( )
Since the root locus always emerges from the
+ K G (s ) break-away points i.e. when two poles are at a
–
part of same root locus lie. So, = –1 and –2 will
surely be poles. Also we know that locus
emerges from poles and terminates at zero.
Im(s) So, s = –4 is a zero and s = –7 is a pole.
(s + 4)
T(s) =
Re(s) (s + 1) (s + 2) (s + 7)
17. Sol.
K
G(s) =
1 + G(s) H(s) = 0 s (s + 1) (s + 3)
K (s 2 + 2 s + 2) The characteristic equation
1+ =0
2
s + 2s + 2 = 1 + G(s) H(s) = 0
= s(s + 1) (s + 3) + K = 0
s 2 + 2s + 2
K= = s3 + 4s2 + 3s + K = 0
s2 2s + 2
Using Routh’s tabular form, K 13

= =1
s3 1 3 53 8 20
2 53 × 8 × 20
s 4 K
K= = 25.54
12 K 13
s1 0
4
19. Sol.
s0 K
The open-loop transfer function of the system,
In order to cross the imaginary axis, system
K (s + 3) × 10
should be marginally stable. G(s) H(s) =
(s + 2)
12 K
=0 In order to lie a point, s = –2.75 the angle
4
condition must be satisfy and therefore the
or, K = 12
magnitude condition is,
18. Sol. G( s ) H ( s ) =1
s = 2.75
K (s + 4) K (s + 4) 0.25 × 10 K
G(s) = 2 = = =1 K = 0.3
(s + 8) (s 9) (s + 8) ( s + 3) ( s 3) 0.75
For the point (–1 + 2j) to lie on the root locus the
20. Sol.
angle condition must be satisfy.
Characteristic equation is,
i.e., G(s) H(s) = ±(2Q + 1) 180°
1 + G(s) H(s) = 0
Taking LHS:
K
G(s) H (s) s = 1+ 2 =0
1+ 2 j s + 5s + 5
K + (s + 4) K = –s2 – 5s – 5
= dK
(s + 8) + (s + 3) + (s 3) For break-away point =0,
ds
K + ( 1 + 2 j + 4)
= ( 1 + 2 j + 8) + ( 1 + 2 j + 3) + ( 1 + 2 j 3) dK
= –2s – 5 = 0
ds
2
0 + tan 1 s = –2.5
3
= 2 1 According to magnitude condition,
tan 1 + tan 1 (1) + 180° tan 1
7 2 G(s) H (s) s = =1
2.5
1 2 1 2 1 1 1
= tan tan tan 1 180° + tan K
3 7 2 G(s) H (s) s = = =1
2.5 2
= 33.69° – 15.945° – 45° – 180° + 26.565° ( 2.5) + 5 × 2.5 + 5
180°
As angle condition is satisfied the value of K = (6.25 + 5 12.5) = 1.25
system gain K can be obtained by using K = ±1.25
magnitude condition.
21. Sol.
i.e., G(s) H (s) s = 1+ 2 j
=1 K (s + 2)
G(s) = 2
; H (s) = 1
2 2
s + 2s + 2
K ( 1 + 4) + 2
= =1 1 + G(s) H(s) = 0
2 2
( 1 + 8) + 2 ( 1 + 3)2 + 2 2 ( 1 3)2 + 2 2
K
(s + 2) = 0
K 9+4 2
(s ) + 2s + 2
= =1
49 + 4 4 + 4 16 + 4
(s2 + 2s + 2) 22. (a)

K=
(s + 2) K (s 2 + 2 s + 2)
Given that, G(s) =
j s 2 3s + 2
The root locus plot of the given system is as
j
follows:
j
at K = 1.5
–2 –1 0
–j
0 –1 –2
2
dK (2s + 2) (s + 2) (s + 2s + 2)
=
ds (s + 2)2
dK
For break-away points, =0
ds System is stable for K > 1.5.
(2s + 2) (s + 2) – (s2 + 2s + 2) = 0
2s2 + 6s + 4 – s2 – 2s – 2 = 0 23. (a)
s2 + 4s + 2 = 0 There are 5 root-locus branches from the same
point, so there are 5 real multiple poles.
4 ± 16 8
s= So, correct option is (a).
2
4±2 2
= = 2± 2
2
s = –0.58, s = –3.41
But, s = –3.41 lies on root locus
Hence, s = –3.41
Answers
EE Root Locus
1. (a) 2. (a) 3. (c) 4. (b) 5. (a) 6. (b) 7. (c) 8. (a)
9. (c) 10. (d) 11. (a) 12. (a) 13. (b)
Solutions
EE Root Locus
1. (a) These are three asymptotes with angle 60°, 180°

P = 3, Z = 1 and 300°.
and two repeating poles at origin, (2 k + 1) × 180°
Angle of asymptotes =
0 b ( a) P Z
Centroid = where, k = 0, 1, 2 upto (P – Z) – 1 as angles are
3 1
(b a) 60°, 180° and 300°.
= <0 It means, P–Z = 3
2
(2 q + 1)180° Intersection of asymptotes on real axis,
3 1 poles zeros
x =
= 90° (for q = 0) P Z
= 270° (for q = 1) Since, system does not have zeros,
option (a) is correct.
poles
x =
2. (a) P
The valid root loci in the s-plane can be only As asymptotes intersect at origin, it means all
option (a), because of symmetry and root locus the three poles are at origin.
definition. Hence, option (a) is correct.
3. (c) 6. (b)
Closed-loop system limits the peak value. Characteristic function:
(s2 – 4) (s + 1) + K(s – 1) = 0
4. (b)
K (s 1)
K 1+ 2 = 1 + G(s) H(s)
G(s) H(s) = (s 4) ( s + 1)
2
s
Open-loop transfer function
P–Z = 2
= G(s) H(s)
0
Centroid = =0 K (s 1)
2 = 2
Angle of asymptotes = 90°, 270° (s 4) ( s + 1)
option (a) is correct. Zero of OLTF: s = 1, z = 1
Poles of OLTF: s = –1, –2, + 2, P = 3
5. (a)
Im
k=
k= 60°
Re –2 –1 1 2
s-plane
k=
The root locus starts from open-loop poles and

Im
terminates either on open-loop zero or infinity.
Root locus exists on a section of real axis it the
k=0 k=
sum of the open-loop poles and zeros to the right Re
of the section is odd. –3 –2 +1
Number of branches terminating on infinity

= P–Z=3–1=2
Angle of asymptotes Breakaway point lies in the range –1 < Re[s] < 0
(2 K + 1) × 180° (2K + 1) × 180° and two branches terminates at infinity along
= =
P Z 2 the asymptotes Re(s) = –1.
= 90° and 270°
8. (a)
Intersection of asymptotes on real axis (centroid)
poles zeros 2
K s+
= 3
P Z G(s) = 2 and H(s) = 1
s (s + 2)
( 1 2 + 2) (1)
= = 1 Characteristic equation,
2
Option (b) is correct on the basic of above 1 + G(s) H(s) = 0
analysis. 2
K s+
3
7. (c) 1+ 2 =0
s (s + 2)
s(s + 1) (s + 3) K(s + 2) = 0 2
s 3 + 2s2 + K s + =0
K (s + 2) 3
1+ =0
s (s + 1) (s + 3) 2K
s 3 + 2 s 2 + Ks + =0
Comparing with 1 + G(s) H(s) = 0 3
G(s) H(s) = Open-loop transfer function (OLTF) Routy array:
K (s + 2) s3 1 K
=
s (s + 1) (s + 2) 2K
s2 2
3
Number of zeros = Z = 1 zero at –2
2K 2K /3 2
Number of poles = P = 3 poles at 0, –1 and –3 s1 = K
2 3
Number of branches terminating at infinity 2K
=P – Z = 3 – 1 = 2 s0
3
Angle of asymptotes
As K > 0, there is no sign change in the 1 st
(2 K + 1) × 180° (2K + 1) × 180° column of Routh array. So the system is stable
= =
P Z 2 and all the three roots lie on LHS of s-plane.
= (2K + 1) × 90° = 90° and 270° For K > 0 (K 0), none of the row of Routh array
poles zeros becomes zero. So root loci does not cross the
Centroid = j -axis.
P Z
Number of zero = Z = 1
0 1 3 ( 2)
= = 1 Number of poles = P = 3
2
Number of branches terminating at infinity
= P–Z=3–1=2
(2 K + 1) × 180° Asymptotes angle = 90°, 180°

P Z ( 3) ( 3)
Centroid = =0
(2 K + 1) × 180° 2
= As root locus never cross asymtptoes so, will
2
= (2K + 1) × 90° remain in left side of x-axis.
= 90° and 270° 11. (a)
poles zeros K
Centroid = G1(s) =
P Z s (s + 1) (s + 2)
2
0+0 2 K
3 2 1+ =0
= = s (s + 1) (s + 2)
2 3
s(s2 + 3s + 2) + K = 0
s3 + 3s2 + 2s + K = 0
K = –s3 – 3s2 – 2s ...(i)
dK
=0
ds
–2 –2/3 Double pole dK
at origin = –3s3 – 6s – 2 = 0
ds
s = –0.422, –1.577
Since, all the three branches terminates at
2 RL NRL RL
Re(s) = . So, all the three roots have nearly
3 –2 –1 0
equal real part.
9. (c) Only s = –0.422 lie on root locus. Therefore

This is converse root locus having no zero. breakaway point is, s = –0.42.
K
As its, G(s) H(s) = 12. (a)
(s + 1) (s + 2)
Its converse root locus only valid when K < 0 Ks
OLTF G(s) =
(s 1) (s 4)
G(s ) H (s )
So, C.L.T.F. = Now characteristics equation,
1 G(s) H (s)
1 + G(s) H(s) = 0
K
Ks
(s + 1) (s + 2) +1 = 0
= (s 1) (s 4)
K
1
(s + 1) (s + 2) (s2 5s + 4)
K=
K s
=
(s + 1) (s + 2) K 4
= s 5+
s
10. (d)
dK
For breakaway point : =0
K (s + 3) ds
s (s + 1) (s + 2) dK 4
= 1 0 =0
P = 3, Z = 1 ds s2
we get, s = ±2
Therefore valid breakaway point is
s=2
Now gain at s = 2 is,
Product of distances from all
the poles to breakaway point The point at which root locus enters real axis
K=
Product of distance from all (breakaway point) is given by
the zeros to breakaway point dK
=0
ds
1× 2
Gain, K= =1
2 (s 2 + 2s + 5)
K=
6s
13. (b)
dK
=0 s=± 5
6Ks ds
GH(s) =
s2 + 2s + 5 5
s=
6 Frequency Response Analysis
ELECTRO NICS EN GINEERIN G 2 4 2

(c) n (1 2 )+ 4 4 +2
2 4 2
(d) n (1 2 ) 4 4 +2
Q.1 A system has fourteen poles and two zeros. Its
high frequency asymptotes in magnitude plot [EC-1994 : 1 Mark]
having a slope of
Q.5 The open-loop frequency response of a system
(a) –40 dB/decade
at two particular frequencies are given by
(b) –240 dB/decade 1.2 –180° and 1.0 –190°. The closed-loop unity
(c) –280 dB/decade feedback control is then _______ .
(d) –320 dB/decade [EC-1994 : 1 Mark]
[EC-1987 : 2 Marks]
Q.6 Non-minimum phase transfer function is
defined as the transfer function
10
Q.2 The polar plot of G(s ) = intercepts real (a) which has zeros in the right-half s-plane.
s (s + 1)2
(b) which has zeros in the left-half s-plane.
axis at = o. Then, the real part and o are
(c) which has poles in the right-half s-plane.
respectively given by
(d) which has poles in the left-half s-plane.
(a) –2.5, 1 (b) –5, 0.5
[EC-1995 : 1 Mark]
(c) –5, 1 (d) –5, 2
[EC-1987 : 2 Marks] Q.7 In the Bode-plot of a unity feedback control
system, the value of phase of G(j ) at the gain
Q.3 The open-loop transfer function of a feedback
crossover frequency is –125°. The phase margin
control system is
of the system is
1
G(s ) H (s ) = (a) –125° (b) –55°
(s + 1)2
(c) 55° (d) 125°
The gain margin of the system is [EC-1998 : 1 Mark]
(a) 2 (b) 4
Q.8 The Nyquist plot of a loop transfer function
(c) 8 (d) 16
G(j ) H(j ) of a system encloses the (–1, 0) point.
[EC-1991 : 2 Marks]
The gain margin of the system is
Q.4 The 3-dB bandwidth of a typical second-order (a) less than zero
system with the transfer function (b) zero
2 (c) greater than zero
C (s) n
=
R(s ) s 2 + 2 ns +
2
n (d) infinity
is given by [EC-1998 : 1 Mark]
(a) 1 2 2 Q.9 The gain margin (in dB) of a system having the
n
2
(b) (1 2
)+ 4 2
+1 loop transfer function G(s ) H (s ) = is
n s (s + 1)
(a) 0 (b) 3 (a) 0° (b) 63.4°

(c) 6 (d) (c) 90° (d)
[EC-1999 : 1 Mark] [EC-2002 : 1 Mark]
Q.10 The phase margin (in degrees) of a system Q.14 The gain margin and the phase margin of a
having the loop transfer function
s
feedback system with G(s ) H (s ) = are
2 3 (s + 100)3
G( s ) H ( s ) = , is
s (s + 1) (a) 0 dB, 0° (b) ,
(c) , 0° (d) 88.5 dB,
(a) 45° (b) –30°
[EC-2003 : 2 Marks]
(c) 60° (d) 30°
[EC-1999 : 1 Mark] Q.15 In the figure, the Nyquist plot of the open-loop
transfer function G(s) H(s) of a system is shown.
Q.11 The Nyquist plot for the open-loop transfer
If G(s) H(s) has one right hand pole, the closed-
function G(s) of a unity negative feedback system loop system is
is shown in the figure, if G(s) has no pole in the
Im
right-half of s-plane, the number of roots of the
system characteristic equation in the right-half GH-plane
of s-plane is
=0 Re
(–1, 0)
Im(s)
G(s)-plane positive
(a) always stable.

–1 (b) unstable with one closed-loop right hand
Re(s) pole.
(c) unstable with two closed-loop right hand
poles.
(d) unstable with three closed-loop right and
poles.
(a) 0 (b) 1 [EC-2003 : 1 Mark]
(c) 2 (d) 3
Q.16 The approximate Bode magnitude plot of a
[EC-2001 : 1 Mark]
minimum phase system is shown in the figure.
Q.12 The system with the open-loop transfer function dB
1P
1 160
G( s ) H ( s ) = has a gain margin of
s (s 2 + s + 1) 140
2P
(a) –6 dB (b) 0 dB
(c) 3.5 dB (d) 6 dB 3Z
20
[EC-2002 : 2 Marks]
0.1 10 100
Q.13 The phase margin of a system with the open-
loop transfer function, The transfer function of the system is
(1 s) (s + 0.1)3
G(s) H (s) = (a) 108
(1 + s) (2 + s ) (s + 10)2 ( s + 100)
7 (s + 0.1)3 Im
(b) 10
(s + 10) (s + 100)
(s + 0.1)2 (b)
(c) 108 2 =0 =
(s + 10) (s + 100) Re
(s + 0.1)3
(d) 109
(s + 10) (s + 100)2
Im
[EC-2003 : 2 Marks]
Q.17 Consider the Bode magnitude plot shown in the (c)

figure. The transfer function H(s) is =0
Re
dB =
20 log H ( j )
0 Im
–20 dB/decade
–20 (d)
= =0
Re
1 10 100
(s + 10) 10(s + 1) [EC-2005 : 1 Mark]

(a) (b)
(s + 1) (s + 100) (s + 10) (s + 100)
Q.20 The polar diagram of a conditionally stable
2
10 (s + 1) 10 (s + 100)3 system for open-loop gain K = 1 is shown in the
(c) (d) figure. The open-loop transfer function of the
(s + 10) (s + 100) (s + 1) (s + 10)
system is known to be stable. The closed-loop
[EC-2004 : 2 Marks]
system is stable for
Q.18 A system has poles at 0.01 Hz, 1 Hz and 80 Hz,
Im
zeros at 5 Hz, 100 Hz and 200 Hz. The
approximate phase of the system response at
20 Hz is –8 –0.2
(a) –90° (b) 0°

Re
(c) 90° (d) –180°
–2
[EC-2004 : 2 Marks]
Q.19 Which one of the following polar diagrams

corresponds to a lag network? GH-plane
Im
(a) 1 1
(a) K < 5 and <K<
= 2 8
Re
=0 1 1
(b) K < and < K < 5
8 2
1 Q.25 In the system shown below, x(t) = (sint) u(t). In

(c) K < and 5 < K
8 steady-state, the response y(t) will be
1 1
(d) K < and K < 5 x(t ) y(t )
8 s+1
[EC-2005 : 2 Marks] 1
1
(a) sin t (b) sin t +
Common Data for Questions (21 and 22): 2 4 2 4
The open-loop transfer function of a unity feedback 1 t
(c) e sin t (d) sint – cost
2s
2
3e
system is given by G(s ) = . [EC-2006 : 1 Mark]
s (s + 2)
Q.26 The frequency response of a linear, time-
Q.21 The gain and phase crossover frequencies in invariant system is given by
rad/sec are, respectively 5
H( f ) =
(a) 0.632 and 1.26 (b) 0.632 and 0.485 1 + j 10 f
(c) 0.485 and 0.632 (d) 1.26 and 0.632
The step response of the system is
[EC-2005 : 2 Marks]
(a) 5(1 – e–5t) u(t) (b) 5(1 – e–t/5) u(t)
Q.22 Based on the above results, the gain and phase 1 5t 1
(c) (1 e ) u(t ) (d)
margins of the system will be 5 (s + 5) (s + 1)
(a) –7.09 and 87.5° [EC-2007 : 2 Marks]
(b) 7.09 and 87.5°
Q.27 The asymptotic Bode plot of a transfer function
(c) 7.09 dB and –87.5°
is as shown in the figure. The transfer function
(d) –7.09 dB and –87.5°
G(s) corresponding to this Bode plot is
[EC-2005 : 2 Marks]
G( j ) (dB)
Q.23 The open-loop transfer function of a unity gain
feedback control system is given by 60
–20 dB/decade
K 40
G(s) =
(s + 1) (s + 2) –40 dB/decade
20
The gain margin of the system in dB is given by 20
0
(a) 0 (b) 1 0.1 1 10 100
(c) 20 (d)
–60 dB/decade
[EC-2006 : 1 Mark]
1 1
Q.24 The Nyquist plot of G(j ) H(j ) for a closed-loop (a) (b)
(s + 1) ( s + 20) s (s + 1) (s + 20)
control system, passed through (–1, j0) point in
the GH-plane. The gain margin of the system 100 100
(c) (d)
(in dB) is equal to s (s + 1) (s + 20) s (s + 1) (1 + 0.05s)
(a) infinite [EC-2007 : 2 Marks]
(b) greater than zero
Q.28 The magnitude of frequency response of an
(c) less than zero underdamped second order system is 5 at
(d) zero
10
[EC-2006 : 2 Marks] 0 rad/sec and peaks to at 5 2 rad/sec.
3
The transfer function of the system is 10 s + 1 100 s + 1

(a) (b)
500 375 0.1 s + 1 0.1 s + 1
(a) 2
(b) 2
s + 10s + 100 s + 5s + 75 100 s 0.1 s + 1
(c) (d)
720 1125 10 s + 1 10 s + 1
(c) 2 (d) 2
s + 12 s + 144 s + 25s + 225 [EC-2010 : 1 Mark]
[EC-2008 : 2 Marks]
Y (s ) s
Common Data for Questions (29 and 30): Q.32 A system with the transfer function =
X( s ) s + p
The Nyquist plot of a stable transfer function G(s) is
shown in the figure. We are interested in the stability of
the closed-loop system in the feedback configuration has an output y(t ) = cos 2t for the input
3
shown.
Im signal x(t ) = p cos 2t . Then, the system

2
parameter ‘p’ is
+
–
G(s) 2
–1 –0.5 Re (a) 3 (b)
3
–j
3
(c) 1 (d)
2
[EC-2010 : 1 Mark]
Q.29 Which of the following statement is true?
(a) G(s) is an all-pass filter. Q.33 For the transfer function G(j ) = 5 + j , the
(b) G(s) has a zero in the right-half palne. corresponding Nyquist plot for positive
(c) G(s) is the impedance of a passive network. frequency has the form
(d) G(s) is marginally stable. j
[EC-2009 : 2 Marks]
Q.30 The gain and phase margins of G(s) for closed- (a)
5
loop stability are
(a) 6 dB and 180° (b) 3 dB and 180°
(c) 6 dB and 90° (d) 3 dB and 90°
j
[EC-2009 : 2 Marks]
j5
Q.31 For the asymptotic Bode magnitude plot shown
(b)
below, the system transfer function can be
Magnitude (dB)
40 j
1/5
(c)
0
0.001 0.1 10 1000
j Q.37 Consider the feedback system shown in the

figure. The Nyquist plot of G(s) is also shown.
Which one of the following conclusions is
(d)
1/5 correct?
R(s ) + K G( s ) C(s )
–
[EC-2011 : 1 Mark]
Q.34 The gain margin of the system under closed- Im G(j )

loop unity negative feedback is
100
G( s ) H ( s ) =
s (s + 10)2
(a) 0 dB (b) 20 dB –1 +1 Re G(j )
(c) 26 dB (d) 46 dB
[EC-2011 : 2 Marks]
Q.35 A system with transfer function,

(a) G(s) is an all pass filter.
(s 2 + 9) (s + 2) (b) G(s) is strictly proper transfer function.
G(s ) =
(s + 1) (s + 3) ( s + 4) (c) G(s) is a stable and minimum phase transfer
is excited by sin( t). The steady-state output of function.
the system is zero at (d) The closed-loop system is unstable for
(a) = 1 rad/sec. (b) = 2 rad/sec. sufficiently large and positive K.
(c) = 3 rad/sec. (d) = 4 rad/sec. [EC-2014 : 1 Mark]
[EC-2012 : 1 Mark]
Q.38 The phase margin is degrees of
Q.36 The Bode plot of a transfer function G(s) is 10
G(s) =
shown in the figure below. (s + 0.1) (s + 1) (s + 10)
Gain (dB) calculated using the asymptotic Bode plot is
_______ .
40
[EC-2014 : 2 Marks]
32
Q.39 The Bode asymptotic magnitude plot of a
20 minimum phase system is shown in the figure.
G(j ) dB
0 10 100
26.02
1 (rad/s)
–8
6.02
The gain (20 log G( s) ) is 32 dB and –8 dB at 0
0.1 1 2 10 20
1 rad/sec and 10 rad/sec respectively. The –6.02
(rad/s) in log scale
phase is negative for all . Then G(s) is
39.8 39.8 If the system is connected in a unity negative
(a) (b)
s s2 feedback configuration, the steady-state error of
32 32 the closed-loop system, to a unity ramp input,
(c) (d)
s s2 is _______ .
[EC-2013 : 1 Mark] [EC-2014 : 2 Marks]
Q.40 In a Bode magnitude plot, which one of the Q.44 The phase margin (in degrees) of the system
following slopes would be exhibited at high
10 is _______ .
frequencies by a 4th order all pole system? G(s) =
s (s + 10)
(a) –80 dB/decade (b) –40 dB/decade
(c) +40 dB/decade (d) +80 dB/decade [EC-2015 : 1 Mark]
[EC-2014 : 1 Mark]
Q.45 A closed-loop control system is stable if the
Q.41 The polar plot of the transfer function, Nyquist plot of the corresponding open-loop
10 ( s + 1) transfer function
G( s ) = for 0 <
s + 10 (a) encircles the s-plane point (–1 + j0) in the
will be in the counterclockwise direction as many times
(a) first quadrant (b) second quadrant as the number of right-half s-plane poles.
(c) third quadrant (d) fourth quadrant (b) encircles the s-plane point (0 – j1) in the
[EC-2015 : 1 Mark] clockwise direction as many times as the
number of right-half s-plane poles.
Q.42 The transer function of a mass-spring-damper
(c) encircles the s-plane point (–1 + j0) in the
system is given by
counterclockwise direction as many times
1
G(s ) = as the number of left-half s-plane poles.
2
Ms + Bs + K
(d) encircles the s-plane point (–1 + j0) in the
The frequency response data for the system are
counterclockwise direction as many times
given in the following table.
as the number of right-half s-plane zeros.
(in rad/s) G( j ) (in dB) arg (G(j )) (in deg)
[EC-2016 : 1 Mark]
0.01 –18.5 –0.2
Q.46 The number and direction of encirclements
0.1 –18.5 –1.3
around the point –1 + j0 in the complex plane
0.2 –18.4 –2.6
1 –16 –16.9 1 s
by the Nyquist plot of G(s ) = is
2 –11.4 –89.4 4 + 2s
3 –21.5 –151 (a) zero
5 –32.8 –167
(b) one, anti-clockwise
10 –45.3 –174.5
(c) one, clockwise
The unit step response of the system (d) two, clockwise
approaches a steady-state value of ______ . [EC-2016 : 1 Mark]
[EC-2015 : 2 Marks]
Q.47 In the feedback system shown below,
Q.43 Consider the Bode plot shown in figure. Assume
1
that all the poles and zeros are real valued. G(s) =
(s + 1) (s + 2) (s + 3)
r + K G(s ) y
40 dB –
–40 dB/decade
40 dB/decade
0 dB The positive value of K for which the gain
fL 300 900 fH f (Hz)
margin of the loop is exactly 0 dB and the phase
The value of fH – fL (in Hz) is _____ . margin of the loop is exactly zero degree is ___.
[EC-2015 : 1 Mark] [EC-2016 : 2 Marks]
Q.48 The asymptotic Bode phase plot of The Nyquist path and the corresponding
K Nyquist plot of G(s) are shown in the figures
G(s) =
(s + 0.1) (s + 10) (s + p1 ) below.
with K and p1 both positive, is shown below, j
+j s-plane
0.01 0.1 1 10 100
0°
(rad/s) j
–45° s = Re
R
–135° 0
–225°
–270°
–j
The value of p1 is ______ . Nyquist path for G(s)

[EC-2016 : 2 Marks]
jIm G
Q.49 Consider a stable system with transfer function,
+j5.43 K G(s )-plane
s p + b1 s p 1
+ ... + bp
G( s ) =
s q + a1 sq 1
+ ... + aq
–j
where b1, ..., bp and a1, ...., aq are real valued
=0
constants. The slope of the Bode log magnitude –K
Re G
2K
curve of G(s) converges to –60 dB/decade as +j
. A possible pair of values for p and q is
(a) p = 0 and q = 3 (b) p = 1 and q = 7
(c) p = 2 and q = 3 (d) p = 3 and q = 5 –j5.43 K
[EC-2017 : 1 Mark] Nyquist plot for G(s)
Q.50 The Nyquist plot of the transfer function If 0 < K < 1, then the number of poles of the
closed-loop transfer function that lie in the right-
K
G( s ) = does not encircle the half of the s-plane is
2
( s + 2 s + 2) ( s + 2)
(a) 0 (b) 1
point (–1 + j0) for K = 10 but does encircle the
(c) 2 (d) 3
point (–1 + j0) for K = 100. Then the closed-loop
[EC-2017 : 2 Marks]
system (having unity gain feedback) is
(a) stable for K = 10 and stable for K = 100. Q.52 The Nyquist stability criterion and the Routh
(b) stable for K = 10 and unstable for K = 100. criterion both are powerful analysis tools for
(c) unstable for K = 10 and stable for K = 100. determining the stability of feedback controllers.
Identify which of the following statements is
(d) unstable for K = 10 and unstable for K = 100.
false.
[EC-2017 : 2 Marks]
(a) Both the criteria provide information relative
Q.51 A unity feedback control system is characterized to the stable gain range of the system.
by the open-loop transfer function, (b) The generated shape of the Nyquist plot is
10 K( s + 2) readily obtained from the Bode magnitude
G(s) = 3
s + 3s2 + 10 plot for all minimum phase systems.
(c) The Routh criterion is not applicable in the Q.55 For an LTI system, the Bode plot for its gain is as
condition of transport lag, which can be illustrated in the figure shown. The number of
readily handled by the Nyquist criterion. system poles Np and the number of system zeros
(d) The closed-loop frequency response for a Nz in the frequency range 1 Hz f 107 Hz is
unity feedback system cannot be obtained Gain (dB)
from the Nyquist plot. –20 dB/dec.
[EC-2018 : 1 Mark] 100
–60 dB/dec.
Q.53 For a unity feedabck control system with the
–40 dB/dec.
K
forward path transfer function G(s) = . 10
4
10
5
10
6 7
10
s (s + 2) 0
10
1
10
2
10
3
f (in Hz)
The peak resonant magnitude Mr of the closed- –40 dB/dec.

loop frequency response is 2. The corresponding
value of the gain K (correct to two decimal –60 dB/dec.
places) is _____ .
[EC-2018 : 2 Marks] (a) Np = 6, Nz = 3 (b) Np = 7, Nz = 4
(c) Np = 5, Nz = 2 (d) Np = 4, Nz = 2
Q.54 The figure below shows the Bode magnitude
[EC-2019 : 1 Mark]
and phase plots of a stable transfer function,
n0 Q.56 The pole-zero map of a rational function G(s) is
G(s ) =
s 3 + d2 s 2 + d1s + d0 shown below. When the closed counter G is
mapped into the G(s) plane, then the mapping
encircles.
G( j )
Im
36 dB s-plane
20 dB
0 dB
Re
0°
–180°
–270°
(a) The point –1 + j0 of the G(s) plane once in
the counter-clockwise direction.
+
G(s)
(b) The origin of the G(s) plane once in the
K
– clockwise direction.
(c) The origin of the G(s) plane once in the
Consider the negative unity feedback counter-clockwise direction.
configuration with gain k in the feed forward (d) The point –1 + j0 of the G(s) plane once in
path. The closed-loop is stable for k > k0. The the clockwise direction.
maximum value of k0 is ______ . [EC-2020 : 1 Mark]
[EC-2018 : 2 Marks]
Q.57 The complete Nyquist plot of the open-loop ELECTRICAL EN GINEERIN G

transfer function G(s) H(s) of a feedback control
system is shown in the figure.
jImGH Q.1 Which of the following is the transfer function
G(s ) H(s) plane of a system having the Nyquist plot shown in
figure below?
Im
0 Re GH
(–1, j0)
+
0 +
Re
– –
0
If G(s) H(s) has one zero in the right half of the
s-plane, the number of poles that the closed-loop
system will have in the right half of the s-plane is
(a) 1 (b) 3
K K
(c) 4 (d) 0 (a) (b)
2
s (s + 2) (s + 5) s 2 (s + 2) (s + 5)
[EC-2021 : 2 Marks]
K (s + 1) K (s + 1) (s + 3)
Q.58 Consider a closed-loop control system with unity (c) 2 (d)
negative feedback and KG(s) in the forward path, s (s + 2) (s + 5) s2 (s + 2) (s + 5)
where the gain K = 2. The complete Nyquist plot [EE-1991 : 1 Mark]
of the transfer function G(s) is shown in the figure.
Note that, Nyquist contour has been chosen to Q.2 The system having the Bode magnitude plot
have the clockwise sense. Assume G(s) has no shown in figure below has the transfer function.
poles on the closed right half of the complex
plane. The number of poles of the closed-loop
transfer function in the closed right half of the 60 –20 dB/dec
complex plane is _________ . –40 dB/dec
–20 dB/dec
Im G(s)
0.01 0.05 0.1 1.0 10
60 ( s + 0.01) ( s + 0.1)
(a)
s 2 (s + 0.05)2
–1 Re G(s )
10(1 + 10s)
(b)
s (1 + 20s)
0.4
3(s + 0.05)
0.8
(c)
s (s + 0.1) (s + 1)
5(s + 0.1)
(a) 0 (b) 1 (d)
(s + 0.05)
(c) 2 (d) 3
[EE-1991 : 1 Mark]
[EC-2022]
Q.3 A unity feedback system has the open-loop

transfer function, –40 dB/sec
54 dB
1 –60 dB/sec
G(s) =
(s 1) (s + 2) (s + 3)
–40 dB/sec
The Nyquist plot of G(s) encircle the origin.
(a) Never (b) Once –60 dB/sec
(c) Twice (d) Thrice
[EE-1992 : 1 Mark]
0.1 2 5 25 rad/sec.
Q.4 The closed-loop transfer function of a control
system is given by
20(s + 5) 10(s + 5)
(a) (b)
C (s) 1 s(s + 2) (s + 25) (s + 2)2 (s + 25)
=
R(s ) (1 + s)
20(s + 5) 50(s + 5)
(c) (d)
For the input r(t) = sint, the steady-state value of 2
s (s + 2) (s + 25) 2
s (s + 2) (s + 25)
c(t) is equal to
[EE-2001 : 1 Mark]
1
(a) cos t (b) 1 Q.7 The asymptotic Bode plot of the transfer function
2
1 1 K
(c) sin t (d) sin t is given in figure. The error in phase
2 2 4 s
1+
a
[EE-1996 : 1 Mark]
Q.5 The polar plot of a type-1, 3-pole, open-loop angle and dB gain at a frequency of = 0.5 a are
system is shown in figure below. The closed- respectively
loop system is
GH-plane 20 log K
20 dB/decade
G dB
–1.42 =
a
=0 0.1a 0.5a a
(a) always stable. 45° per decade

Ph°
(b) marginally stable.
(c) unstable with one pole on the right half
s-plane.
(d) unstable with two poles on the right half (a) 4.9°, 0.97 dB (b) 5.7°, 3 dB
s-plane. (c) 4.9°, 3 dB (d) 5.7°, 0.97 dB
[EE-2001 : 1 Mark] [EE-2003 : 2 Marks]
Q.6 The asymptotic approximation of the log- Q.8 The Nyquist plot of loop transfer function
magnitude versus frequency plot of a minimum G(s) H(s) of a closed-loop control system passes
phase system with real poles and one zero is through the point (–1, j0) in the G(s) H(s) plane.
shown in figure. Its transfer function is
The phase margin of the system is Q.13 In the GH(s) plane, the Nyquist plot of the loop
(a) 0° (b) 45°
e 0.25s
(c) 90° (d) 180° transfer function G(s ) H (s ) = passes
s
[EE-2004 : 1 Mark]
through the negative real axis at the point.
Q.9 In the system shown in figure, the input (a) (–0.25, j0) (b) (–0.5, j0)
x(t) = sint. In the steady-state, the response y(t)
(c) (–1, j0) (d) (–2, j0)
will be
[EE-2005 : 2 Marks]
s
x(t) y (t )
s+1 Q.14 If the compensated system shown in the figure
has a phase margin of 60° at the crossover
1
(a) sin(t 45°) frequency of 1 rad/sec, then value of the gain
2
‘k’ is
1
(b) sin(t + 45°)
2 1
R(s) +– k + 0.366s Y(s )
s( s + 1)
(c) sin(t – 45°)
(d) sin(t + 45°)
[EE-2004 : 2 Marks] (a) 0.366 (b) 0.732
Q.10 The open-loop transfer function of a unity (c) 1.366 (d) 2.738
feedback control system is given as, [EE-2005 : 2 Marks]
as + 1 Q.15 The Bode magnitude plot of

G( s ) = 2
. The value of ‘a’ to give a phase
s 10 4 (1 + j )
H( j ) = is
margin of 45° is equal to (10 + j ) (100 + j )2
(a) 0.141 (b) 0.441
(c) 0.841 (d) 1.141
40
[EE-2004 : 2 Marks]
20
Q.11 A system with zero initial conditions has the
closed-loop transfer function, (a) log( )
–1 0 1 2 3
–20
s2 + 4
T (s) =
(s + 1) (s + 4) –40
The system output is zero at the frequency
(a) 0.5 rad/sec. (b) 1 rad/sec.
(c) 2 rad/sec. (d) 4 rad/sec. H ( j ) dB
[EE-2005 : 1 Mark]
40
Q.12 The gain margin of a unity feedback control 20
system with the open-loop transfer function is
(b) log( )
( s + 1) –1 0 1 2 3
G(s ) = . –20
s2
(a) 0 (b) 1/ 2 –40
(c) 2 (d)
[EE-2005 : 1 Mark]
H ( j ) dB Im
40 =
(4) Re
20 –1
(c) log( )
–1 0 1 2 3
–20
–40
(a) (1) only (b) All, except (1)
(c) All, except (3) (d) (1) and (2) only
H ( j ) dB
[EE-2006 : 2 Marks]
40 Q.17 If x = Re G(j ), and y = Im G(j ) then for 0+,
20
1
the Nyquist plot for G(s) = .
(d) log( ) s (s + 1) (s + 2)
–1 0 1 2 3
–20
3
–40 (a) x = 0 (b) x =
4
1 y
[EE-2006 : 2 Marks] (c) x = y (d) x =
6 3
Q.16 Consider the following Nyquist plots of loop
[EE-2007 : 2 Marks]
transfer functions over = 0 to = . Which of
these plots represents a stable closed-loop Q.18 The asymptotic Bode magnitude plot of a
system? minimum phase transfer function is shown in
the figure.
Im
G( j ) dB
=
(1) Re
–40 dB/decade
–1
20
–20 dB/decade
Im 0 0.1 (rad/sec)
(log scale)
–20
0 dB/decade
(2)
=
Re The transfer function has
–1
(a) 3-poles and one zero.
(b) 2-poles and one zero.
Im (c) 2-poles and two zeros.
(d) 1-pole and two zeros.
(3)
= [EE-2008 : 2 Marks]
Re
–1
Q.19 The polar plot of an open-loop stable system is
shown below.
Im 1
Q.22 The frequency response G(s ) =
[s (s + 1) (s + 2)]
=
Re plotted in the complex G(j ) plane (for 0 < < )
–1.42
is
Im
=0
–3/4
The closed-loop system is (a) Re
(a) always stable
(b) marginally stable
(c) unstable with one pole on the RHS s-plane =0
(d) unstable with two poles on the RHS s-plane
Im
[EE-2009 : 1 Mark] =0
Q.20 The asymptotic approximation of the log-

magnitude vs frequency plot of a system (b)
containing only real poles and zeros is shown. Re
Its transfer function is –3/4
–40 dB/sec Im
80 dB =0
–60 dB/sec
–40 dB/sec (c)
Re
–60 dB/sec –1/6
Im
0.1 2 5 25 rad/sec.
–1/6
Re
10(s + 5) 1000(s + 5)
(a) (b) (d)
s (s + 2) (s + 25) s2 (s + 2) (s + 25)
100(s + 5) 80(s + 5) =0
(c) (d) 2
s (s + 2) (s + 25) s (s + 2) (s + 25)
[EE-2009 : 1 Mark] [EE-2010 : 2 Marks]
Q.21 The open-loop transfer function of a unity Q.23 The frequency response of a linear system G(j )
feedback system is given by is provided in the tabular form below.
G(j ) 1.3 1.2 1.0 0.8 0.5 0.3
0.1s
(e )
G(s ) = G(j ) –130° –140° –150° –160° –180° –200°
s
The gain margin and phase margin of the
The gain margin of this system is
system are
(a) 11.95 dB (b) 17.67 dB
(a) 6 dB and 30° (b) 6 dB and –30°
(c) 21.33 dB (d) 23.9 dB
(c) –6 dB and 30° (d) –6 dB and –30°
[EE-2009 : 2 Marks]
[EE-2011 : 1 Mark]
Q.24 A system with transfer function, Q.27 For the transfer function,
(s 2 + 9) (s + 2) 5(s + 4)
G(s ) = G(s) =
(s + 1) (s + 3) ( s + 4) s (s + 0.25) (s2 + 4s + 25)
is excited sin( t). The steady-state output of the The values of the constant gain term and the
system is zero at highest corner frequency of the Bode plot
(a) = 1 rad/sec. (b) = 2 rad/sec. respectively are
(c) = 3 rad/sec. (d) = 4 rad/sec. (a) 3.2 and 5.0 (b) 16.0 and 4.0
[EE-2012 : 1 Mark] (c) 3.2 and 4.0 (d) 16.0 and 5.0
[EE-2014 : 2 Marks]
Q.25 The Bode plot of a transfer function G(s) is
shown in the figure below. Q.28 The magnitude Bode plot of a network is shown
Gain (dB) in the figure.
40
G( j ) dB Slope 20 dB/decade
32
20
0 10
100 (rad/s)
–8
0 1/3 1 log10
The gain (20 log |G(s)|) is 32 dB and –8 dB at
The maximum phase angle m and the
1 rad/sec and 10 rad/sec respectively. The
corresponding gain Gm respectively, are
phase is negative for all . Then G(s) is
(a) –30° and 1.73 dB (b) –30° and 4.77 dB
39.8 39.8
(a) (b) (c) +30° and 4.77 dB (d) +30° and 1.73 dB
s s2
[EE-2014 : 2 Marks]
32 32
(c) (d)
s s2 Q.29 A Bode magnitude plot for the transfer function
[EE-2013 : 1 Mark] G(s) of a plant is shown in the figure. Which one
of the following transfer functions best describes
Q.26 The Bode magnitude plot of the transfer function
the plant?
is shown below.
K (1 + 0.5s ) (1 + as) 20 log G( j 2 f )
G(s ) =
s s
s 1+ (1 + bs ) 1 +
8 36
20
Note that –6 dB/octave = –20 dB/decade. The
value of a/bK is _______ . 0
dB –20
–6 dB/Octave
0 dB/Octave
0 dB/Octave
6 dB/Octave –6 dB/Octave 0.1 1 10 100 1k 10 k 100 k f(Hz)
1000 ( s + 10) 10(s + 10)

(a) (b)
–12 dB/Octave s + 1000 s (s + 1000)
s + 1000 s + 1000
0.01 2 4 8 24 36 (c) (d)
(rad/s) 10s ( s + 10) 10(s + 10)
[EE-2014 : 2 Marks] [EE-2015 : 2 Marks]
Q.30 Nyquist plots of two functions G1(s) and G2(s)

Im
are shown in figure.
Im
=
(d) Re
Re
0
G1(s)
0
[EE-2015 : 1 Mark]
Im Q.31 The phase cross-over frequency of the transfer
G2(s) 100
function G(s ) = in rad/sec is
=0 (s + 1)3
Re
1
(a) 3 (b)
3
(c) 3 (d) 3 3
Nyquist plot of the product of G1(s) and G2(s) is [EE-2016 : 1 Mark]
Im Q.32 Consider the following asymptotic Bode

magnitude plot ( is in rad/sec). Which one of
=0
the following transfer function is best
(a) represented by the above Bode magnitude plot?
Re
Magnitude (dB)
20 dB/dec
Im 12 dB
–40 dB/dec
0 dB
0.5 8
(b) Re
1
2s
(a)
(1 + 0.5s ) (1 + 0.25s 2 )
4(1 + 0.25s)
(b)
s (1 + 0.25s)
Im
2s
(c)
(1 + 2s) (1 + 4s)
(c) Re 4s
(d)
(1 + 2 s ) (1 + 4s )2
[EE-2016 : 2 Marks]
Q.33 Loop transfer function of a feedback system is Q.37 The asymptotic Bode magnitude plot of
minimum phase transfer function G(s) is shown
s+3
G(s ) H (s ) = 2
. Take the Nyquist contour below.
s (s 3)
in the clockwise direction. Then, the Nyquist G( j ) dB
plot of G(s) H(s) encircles –1 + j0

60
(a) once in clockwise direction –20 dB/dec
(b) twice in clockwise direction 40
(c) once in anticlockwise direction –40 dB/dec
20
(d) twice in anticlockwise direction
20
[EE-2016 : 2 Marks] 0 1 10 (log scale)
Q.34 Consider the unity feedback control system

shown. The value of ‘K’ that results in a phase –60 dB/dec
margin of the system to be 30° is _______ .
(Give the answer upto 2 decimal places)
Consider the following statements:
Ke s
U(s ) +– Y(s ) Statement-1: Transfer function G(s) has 3-poles
s
and one zero.
Statement-2: At very high frequency ( ),
[EE-2017 : 1 Mark] 3
the phase angle G( j ) = .
2
Q.35 The transfer function of a system is given by
Which of the following options is correct?
Vo (s ) 1 s
= (a) Statement 2 is true and statement 1 is false.
Vi (s ) 1 + s
(b) Both the statements are false.
Let the output of the system be v o (t) =
(c) Both the statements are true.
Vm sin( t + j) for the input, vi(t) = Vm sin( t).
(d) Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.
Then the minimum and maximum values of
[EE-2019 : 2 Marks]
j (in radians) are respectively
Q.38 Consider a negative unity feedback system with
(a) and (b) and 0
2 2 2 forward path transfer function,
K
(c) 0 and (d) – and 0 G(s) =
2 (s + a) ( s b ) (s + c )
where K, a, b, c are positive real numbers. For a
Q.36 The open-loop transfer function of a unity
Nyquist path enclosing the entire imaginary
feedback system is given by
axis and right half of the s-plane in the clockwise
e 0.25s direction, the Nyquist plot of (1 + G(s)), encircles
G( s ) =
s the origin of (1 + G(s)) plane once in the
In G(s) plane, the Nyquist plot of G(s) passes clockwise direction and never passes through
through the negative real axis at the point. this origin for a certain value of K. Then, the
(a) (–1.25, j0) (b) (–0.5, j0) number of poles of G(s)/1 + G(s) lying in the
(c) (–1.5, j0) (d) (–0.75, j0) open right half of the s-plane is ______ .
[EE-2017 : 1 Mark] [EE-2020 : 1 Mark]
Q.39 A stable real linear time-invariant system with (a) 11.08 (b) 78.13
single pole at p, has a transfer function (c) 8.84 (d) 122.87
[EE-2020 : 2 Marks]
s2 + 100
H(s) = with a dc gain of 5. The smallest
s p
positive frequency, (in rad/sec) at unity gain is

closed to

Answers
EC Frequency Response Analysis
1. (b) 2. (c) 3. (c) 4. (c) 5. (–10) 6. (a, c) 7. (c) 8. (a)

9. (d) 10. (d) 11. (a) 12. (b) 13. (d) 14. (b) 15. (a) 16. (a)
17. (c) 18. (a) 19. (d) 20. (b) 21. (d) 22. (d) 23. (d) 24. (d)
25. (a) 26. (b) 27. (d) 28. (a) 29. (b) 30. (c) 31. (a) 32. (b)
33. (a) 34. (c) 35. (c) 36. (b) 37. (d) 38. (45) 39. (0.5) 40. (a)
41. (a) 42. (0.12) 43. (8970) 44. (84.36) 45. (a) 46. (a) 47. (60) 48. (1)
49. (a) 50. (b) 51. (c) 52. (d) 53. (14.92) 54. (0.10) 55. (a) 56. (b)
57. (b) 58. (c)
Solutions
EC Frequency Response Analysis
1. (b) 2 tan–1( ) = 45°

P = 14, Z = 2 =1
P – Z = 14 – 2 = 12 pc = 1 rad/sec.
Slope = –20(P – Z) = –20(12) G 10 10

= pc = 2
= =5
= –240 dB/decade (1 + ) 1(1 + 1)
At = pc the polar plot crosses the negative
2. (c)
real axis at –5.
10
G(s) = 3. (c)
s(s + 1)2
G = –180° pc
–3 tan–1 ( pc) = –180°
= –90° – 2 tan–1( )
tan–1 ( pc) = 60°
= 10. (d)
pc 3 rad/sec.
Gain crossover frequency where gain is 1 is g,
1
G.H. = X =
( )
2 3
2 =1
1+ pc j (1 + j )
1 1 2 3
= = =1
( )
3 8 2
1 + ( 3)2 1+
2
2 3 = 1+
1
G.M. = =8 =3
X
G(j ) H(j ) = –90° – tan–1
4. (c)
= 90° tan 1 3 = 150°
2 4 2 P.M. = 180° – 150° = 30°
n (1 2 )+ 4 4 +2
11. (a)
5. Sol. N=0
At 180° GH = 1.2 (1 encirclement in CW direction and other in
1 1 ACW)
G.M. = 20 log = 20 log P = 0 (no pole in right half)
GH 1.2
So, N = P–Z
= –1.6 dB
Z = P–N=0
At GH = 1 = –190°
No roots on RH of s-plane.
P.M. = 180° +
= 180° – 190° = –10° 12. (b)
Since both G.M. and P.M. are negative. 1
G(s) H(s) =
So, the system is unstable. 2
s(s + s + 1)
6. (a, c) when,
G(s) H(s) = –180°
The non-minimum phase transfer function is
defined as the transfer function which has zeros 1
–180 = 90 tan 2
(or) poles in right side of s-plane. 1
1
–90 = tan 2
7. (c) 1
= –125° 1–
=0 2
P.M. = 180° + pc = 1 rad/sec
= 180° – 125° = 55° Value of gain at pc = 1
1
8. (a) G(s) H (s) =
2 2 2
A system is unstable when Nyquist plot of G(j ) (1 ) + j
H(j ) encloses the point (–1 + j0) and gain G.M. = –20 log1 = 0
margin of unstable system is always negative
or less than zero. Therefore, the gain margin of 13. (d)
given system is less than zero. P.M. = 180° + GH ( j )
pc
9. (d) For gc,
This is a second-order function and so its gain G( s ) H ( s ) = gc =1
margin is infinity.
1 s 1+ 2 20 log (K / ) = 10 = 140
= =1
(1 + s) (2 + s ) 1+ 2 4+ 2 K
= 107
2 =1 = 10
4+
4+ =1 2 K = 10 8
2 = –3 (Imaginary)
17. (c)
So no gain crossover frequency
20 log K = –20 dB
P.M. =
K = 10–1 = 0.1
14. (b) Zero at = 1 and poles at = 10, 100
s K ( s + 1)
G(s) H(s) = 3 H(s) =
(s + 100) s s
+1 +1
Calculating 10 100
pc,
pc
0.1(s + 1) × 10 × 100
–180° = +90 3 tan
1 =
100 (s + 10) ( s + 100)
pc 100(s + 1)
–270° = 3 tan 1 =
(s + 10) (s + 100)
100
or, = pc
18. (a)
G.M. =
Pole at 0.01 and 1 Hz gives –180° phase.
Hence cannot be determined.
Zero at 5 Hz gives +90° phase.
Calculating gc
at 20 Hz –90° phase shift is provided.
From, G(s) H (s) = 1
= Negative value 19. (d)
gc
G.M. and P.M. of the system cannot be 1
Let be a lag network.
determined. s+1
At = 0, Mag = , =–tan–1 0 = 0
15. (a)
= , Mag = 0, =–tan–1 = –90°
The encirclement of critical point (–1, 0) in
If in the direction of increasing phase shift is
A.C.W. direction is once.
decreasing system is lag network.
N = 1, P = 1 (Given)
Z = P–N=0 20. (b)
No zero in RH of s-plane.
Im
So system is stable.
=0
16. (a)
= 0.1 to 10, +120 dB change
3 zeros at 0.1,
= 10 to 100, –40 dB
Re
[i.e. +60 to +20] change –8
So, two poles at = 10, –2 –0.2
= 100, –20 dB change
One pole at = 100
K (s + 0.1)3 =0
T(s) = 2
(s + 10) ( s + 100)
System is stable in region –0.2 to –2 and on the 25. (a)

left side of –8 as number of encirclement there is y(t) = x(t) h(t)
zero. Y(s) = X(s) H(s)
0.2 K < 1 K < 5
1 1
2 K > 1 K > 0.5 H(j ) = = 45°
s+1 2
0.5 < K < 5
1
1 > 8K =
2 4
1 x(t) = sin(t) u(t)
K> (negative sign only shows that it is on
8
1
negative axis). y(t) = sin t
2 4
21. (d)
26. (b)
Gain crossover frequency where gain is 1.
5
G(s) = 1 H(f) =
1 + j 10 f
3
2 =1 5 5 1
( + 4)1/2 H(s) = = =
1 + 5s 1 1
5 s+ s+
9 5 5
2 =1
( 2 + 4) 1 1
Step response =
gc = 1.26 s 1
s+
Phase crossover frequency 5
where, GH = –180° 5 5
Y(s) =
pc = 0.632 s 1
s+
5
22. (d)
y(t) = 5[1 – e–t/5] u(t)
3
G.M. at, = 27. (d)
0.632 (0.632 2 + 4)1/2
a = 2.26 K K /20
G(s) = =
1 s(s + 1) (s + 20) s
G.M. = 20 log s (1 + s) 1 +
a 20
1 Bode plot is in (1 + sT) form
20 log = –7.09
2.26 –20 log + 20 logK = 60 dB = 0.1
Since, G.M. is negative system is unstable.
–20 log + 20 logK = 60 dB
P.M. is also negative,
20 logK = 40 dB
P.M. = –87.5°
K = 100
23. (d) 100
G(s) =
For 2nd order system G.M. = s(s + 1) (1 + 0.5s)
24. (d) 28. (a)

1 5 10
G.M. = 20 log dB Mr = =
a 2 3
2 1
a=1
G.M. = 0 1
or, =
2
Also, r = n 1 2 z2 = 90° tan

1
p
1
5 2 = n 1 2× 1 2
4 90° tan = 30°
p
or, n = 10 rad/sec.
Only option (a) satisfies the conditions. 2
tan 1 = 60°
p
29. (b)
2
Nyquist plot will encircles the origin as many = tan 60° = 3
p
number of times as the difference between the
number of right side poles and zeros of open- 2
p =
loop transfer function. 3
i.e., N = P–Z
From the plot, 33. (a)
N = –1 G(j ) = 5 + j
and P = 0 (Given) G( j ) = 2
25 +
Z=1 At = 0,
Thus, one open-loop zero in right half of s-plane.
G(0) = 25 + 0 = 5
30. (c) At = ,
1 G( ) =
Gain margin = 20 log
X
= 34. (c)
1 100
20 log = 20 log 2 = 6 dB
0.5 G(s) H(s) =
s(s + 10)2
and phase margin = 90°
1
= 90° 2 tan
31. (a) 10
System transfer function, For phase crossover frequency,
= –180°
s
K 1+
0.1 –180 = 90° 2 tan 1
G(s) H(s) = 10
s
1+
10 = 10 rad/sec.
Here, 20 logK = 0 Put, s=j
K=1 100
G(j ) H(j ) =
10s + 1 j ( j + 100)2
G(s) H(s) =
0.1 s + 1 100
G( j ) H ( j ) =
= 10 ( 2 + 100)
32. (b)
100 1
Phase difference between input and output, = =
10(200) 20
= = = 30° 1
3 2 6 G.M. = = 20
G( j ) H ( j )
and = 2 rad/sec.
G.M. in dB = 20 log20 = 26 dB
From the transfer function,
35. (c) 10
=
Transfer function is, s s s
+1 +1 +1
0.1 1 10
(s 2 + 9) (s + 2)
G(s) = Amount of shift = 20 logK = 20 log10 = 20 dB
(s + 1) (s + 3) ( s + 4)
dB
The system has zero at = 3 rad/sec.
36. (b) –20 dB/dec.

20 dB
10 rad/sec to 1 rad/sec is 1 decade.
1 10
32 – (–8) = 40 dB
0 dB 0.1 gc
So, the slope is 40 dB/decade it means there are
two poles at origin, it means either option (b) or
option (d) is correct put = 1 rad/sec in both
the options,
39.8 20 0
20 log = 32 dB –20 dB =
(1)2 log 0.1 log pc
32 or, gc = 1 rad/sec. ...(i)

20 log = 30.1 dB
(1)2 P.M. = 180° + GH ( j ) at ...(ii)
= gc
39.8
So, option (b) is correct option . From the given transfer function,
s2
1 gc 1 gc 1 gc
G(j ) = tan tan tan
37. (d) 0.1 1 10
or, G(j ) = –84.289° – 45° – 5.711°
R(s ) + K G( s ) C(s )
– = –135° ...(iii)
From equation (ii) and (iii) we get,
P.M. = 180° – 135° = 45°
Im G(j )
39. Sol.
dB
26.02 –20 dB/decade
–1 +1 Re G(j )
6.02
10 20
0
0.1 1 2
–6.02 –20 dB/decade
From the Nyquist plot, it can be seen that it does +20 dB/decade
not encircle the critical point (–1, 0), The open-loop transfer function of the system is
N = P – Z, N = 0
s
The closed-loop system is unstable for +1 K
2
sufficiently large and positive K. G(s) H(s) = ...(i)
s
s +1
10
38. Sol.
where,
10
s s s 26.02 = 0.1 = 20 logK – 20 log
0.1 × 10 +1 +1 +1
0.1 1 10
or, K = 1.99 2 ...(ii)
From equation (i) and (ii), we get 42. Sol.

20(s + 2) C (s) 1
G(s) = ...(iii) = G(s ) =
2s (s + 10) R(s ) 2
Ms + Bs + K
Steady-state error for ramp input is, Steady-state value of response for unit step input,
A 1 1 1
ess = C(s) = lim s × × =
KV 2
s 0 Ms + Bs + K s K
where, KV = lim sG(s)
s 0 1
Also, G( 0) = = 18.5 dB
From equation (iii), K
(as per the given table)
10(s + 2)
K V = lim s × =2 18.5
s 0 s (s + 10) 1
= 10 20 = 0.12
1 K
ess = = 0.5
2 43. Sol.
40. (a) As we know,
A 4th order all-pole system means that the system y2 y1

Slope =
must be having no zero or s-terms in numerator x2 x1
and s4 terms in denominator or 4-poles i.e. 40 0
40 dB/dec =
1 log 300 log f L
H(s)
s4 300 40
or, log = =1
One pole exhibits –20 dB/decade slope, so fL 40
4 pole exhibits a slope of –80 dB/decade.
or, fL = 30 Hz
41. (a) Similarly,
40 0
10( s + 1) –40 dB/dec. =
G(s) = log 900 log f H
(s + 10)
For, =0 M1 = 1 and 1 = 0° 900
log = –1
=0 M2 = 10 fH
and = –tan–1 + tan–1 = 0° or, fH = 9000 Hz
2
Polar plot, fH – fL = 9000 – 30 = 8970 Hz
–270° or +90° 44. Sol.

10
G(s) =
s (s + 10)
P.M. = 180° + G( ) H ( ) = gc
± 180° 0° or 360°
1 10 The gain crossover frequency can be calculated
by
G( ) H ( ) = 1
10
=1
2
–90° or +270° + 100
As the zero is nearer to the imaginary axis hence 4 2
gc + 100 gc 100 = 0
the direction of polar plot is clockwise.
or, 2
= 0.99, –100.99 47. Sol.
gc
or, = 0.99 rad/sec. K
gc 1 + G(s) H(s) = 1 + =0
(s + 1) (s + 2) (s + 3)
1 gc
P.M. = 180° + 90° tan (s + 1) (s2 + 5s + 6) + K = 0
10
s3 + 5s2 + 6s + s2 + 5s + 6 + K = 0
0.99 s3 + 6s2 + 11s + 6 + K = 0
= 180° 90° tan 1
10 Gain margin = 0 dB and phase margin = 0 °
84.364° It implies marginal stable system.
By Routh array:
45. (a)
N = P–Z s3 1 11
N = Number of encirclements of (–1 + j0). It is s2 6 (6 + K )
positive if Nyquist plot encircles the point –1 + j0 66 6 K
s1 0
in counterclockwise direction. 6
Z = Number of closed-loop poles lying in the s0 6+K
right half of s-plane.
For marginal stable system,
P = Number of open-loop poles lying in right
60 – K = 0
half of s-plane.
K = 60
For stability, Z = 0 N=P
48. Sol.
46. (a)
K
1 s G(s) =
G(s) = (s + 0.1) (s + 10) (s + p1 )
4 + 2s
1 1 1
1 1 G(s) = tan tan tan
and G(s) = tan tan 0.1 10 p1
2
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 G( s ) =1 = tan tan tan
At s = 0, G(s) = = 0.25 0.1 10 p1
4
= –135°
and G( s ) =0
= 0°
1 1 1 1
tan 10 tan 0.1 tan = –135°
1 p1
At s = , G(s) = = 0.5
2 1 1
84.28° 5.71° tan = 135°
and G(s) = –180° p1
=
Nyquist plot is, 1 1
tan = –135° + 90°
p1
Im
1 1
tan = 45°
p1
1
=1 p1 = 1
Re p1
–1 –0.5 0.25
49. (a)
Final slope = –60 dB/decade
which indicates that, q – p = 3
Hence, number of encirclements of (–1 + j0) = 0 Among the given options, option (a) satisfies
this condition.
50. (b) 53. Sol.

K Maximum resonant peak,
Given that, G(s) = 2
(s + 2 s + 2) ( s + 2) 1
Mr = =2
2
P = Open-loop poles in RHS of s-plane 2 1
Z = Closed-loop poles in RHS of s-plane
2
1
N = Number of encirclements about the point 2 1 =
2
(–1 + j0)
1
For K = 10; N = P – Z = 0 Z = 0 : stable 2(1 – 2) =
16
For K = 100; N = P – Z = 1 Z 0 : unstable
4 2 1
+ =0
51. (c) 16
Given that, the open-loop transfer function of a
1
unity feedback system is, 1
1 4 = 1± 3
2 = ±
10 K(s + 2) 2 4 2 4
G(s) =
s3 + 3s 2 + 10 1 1
From the given Nyquist plot, for 0 < K < 1, the As Mr = 2 > 1, < and 2 <
2 2
encirclements about the point (–1 + j0) is,
N=0 2
1 3
So, =
N = P–Z 2 4
P = Number of open-loop poles in right half of 2
K n
Given, G(s) = =
s-plane s(s + 2) s (s + 2 n)
Z = Number of closed-loop poles in right half of
So, n = K
s-plane
To determine the value of P : 2 K =2
Applying R-H criteria to G(s), 1
K =
10 K(s + 2)
G(s) =
s + 3s 2 + 10
3
1 1
K= 2
1 3
s3 1 0
2 4
s2 3 10
10 4
s1 0 = = 14.928
3 2 3
s0 10 0
54. Sol.
Two sign changes are there in the first column For G(s),
of the RH table. So, two open-loop poles are there MdB ( pc) = 20 dB
in right half of s-plane. When cascaded with K,
So, P=2 GMdB = –20 dB – 20 log10(K) > 0 dB
N = P–Z 20 dB + 20 log10 (K) < 0
0 = 2–Z 20 log10 (K) < –20
Z=2 K < 10–1 = 0.10
Z = 2 indicates, there are two closed-loop poles So, K 0 = 0.10
in right half of s-plane.
55. (a) OL poles = 3[3 OL poles in the RHS]

P = 3
Corner frequency (in Hz) No. of poles (or) zeros
N(–1, 0) = (P – Z)
10 1 pole O = 3–Z
2
10 2 poles Z = 3 (3 CL poles in the RHS plane)
3
10 1 zero
4
58. (c)
10 2 zeros
5 For K = 1,
10 2 poles
6
1 pole 0.4 K
10
0.8 K
Number of poles (Np) = 5
Number of zeros (Nz) = 3
56. (b)
(–1, 0) 0.4
s-plane contour is encircling 2-poles and 3-zeros
in clockwise direction hence the corresponding
G(s) plane contour encirlces origin 2-times in
anticlockwise direction and 3-times in 0.8
clockwise direction. For K = 2, the plot will be
Effectively once in clockwise direction.
–0.8 K
57. (b) –1.6 K
jImGH
G(s ) H(s) plane

(–2, 0)
–1 + j0
0 Re GH N = Number of encirclement about (–1, 0) in

anticlockwise.
P = Total number of open-loop poles, in RHS,
N=0 Z = P–N
N=2 N = –2, P = 0
Z = 0 – (–2) = 2
Open zeros in the RH, Z = 1
Z=2
N(0, 0) = (OL poles – OL zeros)
Two poles lies in right side.
2 = OL poles – 1
Answers
EE Frequency Response Analysis
1. (b) 2. (b, d) 3. (a) 4. (d) 5. (d) 6. (d) 7. (a) 8. (a)
9. (b) 10. (c) 11. (c) 12. (d) 13. (b) 14. (c) 15. (a) 16. (d)
17. (b) 18. (c) 19. (d) 20. (b) 21. (d) 22. (d) 23. (a) 24. (c)
25. (b) 26. (0.755) 27. (a) 28. (c) 29. (d) 30. (b) 31. (a) 32. (a)
33. (a) 34. (1.047) 35. (d) 36. (b) 37. (a) 38. (2) 39. (c)
Solutions
EE Frequency Response Analysis
1. (b) Applying Routh criteria,

Q Curve starts from –180° type 2 system and
s3 1 1
Q Curve ends at –360°.
Difference between number of poles and s2 4 5
9
360° s1 0
number of zeros = =4 4
90°
s0 5
Q only option (b) is satisfying these two
properties. Hence, number of closed-loop poles at RHS of
Option (b) is correct. s-plane = number of sign changes = one.
Number of encirclements of G(s) about origin =
2. (b, d) Number of encirclements of G(s) H(s) about
Type = 1 (–1, 0) = {Number of open-loop poles at RHS of
Poles at = 0, 0.05 s-plane – Number of closed-loop poles at RHS
Zer at = 0.1 of s-plane}.
Using inital line equation, N = P–Z=1–1=0
dB = 20 log K – 20 log( ) No encirclement of origin of G(s).
At = 0.01,
4. (d)
dB = 60
60 = –20 log(0.01) + 20 log K Q r(t) = sint
On solving, K = 10 =1
10(1 + 10s) 1 1 1
T.F. = Gain = = =
s (1 + 20s) (1 + s) 1 + j 1+ j
5(s + 0.1) 1
= = 45°
s (s + 0.05) 2
1
3. (a) Output = sin t × 45°
2
1
G(s) = 1
(s 1) (s + 2) (s + 3) = sin(t 45°)
2
1 + G(s) H(s) = 0
i.e., s3 + 4s2 + s – 5 = 0
5. (d) K
Magnitude of G( j ) = G( j ) =
Nyquist plot will be 2
1+ 2
Im a
Phase of G(j ) G(j ) = tan 1

a
At = 0.5a;
G( j ) K K
= 0.5 a = =
Re (0.5 a)2 1.25
1.42 1+
a2
In dB
= 20 log K – 20 log (1.25)1/2
= 20 log K – 0.97 dB
From the plot,
Number of encirclement of (–1, j0) = –2 and magnitude = 20 log K
number of right sided poles in open-loop error in dB gain = 0.97 dB
system = 0 1 0.5 a
G( j ) = 0.5 a = tan = 26.56°
N = P–Z a
–2 = 0 – 2 Since it is –45°/dec (–ve slope) at = 0.5a
Z=2 phase = –22.5°
closed-loop system is unstable with two
poles on the right half of s-plane. Error in phase of G( j ) = 0.5a
= –22.5 – (–26.56)
6. (d)
= +4.06° +4.9°
Type-2:
Poles: 0, 0, 2, 25 8. (a)
Zeros: 5 Im
Gain = –40 log + 20 log K
Wg
54 = –40 log(0.1) + 20 log K
Re
K=5 (–1, j0)
1
5(1 + 0.2 s)
T.F. = 2
s (1 + 0.5s ) (1 + 0.04s)
50(s + 5)
= 2
s (s + 2) (s + 25) g is gain cross over frequency at which the gain
G( j ) H ( j ) becomes unity.
7. (a)
In this case, phase G(j ) H(j ) is –180° at = g,
K = –180°
Transfer function = G(s ) =
s So, phase margin = 180° + = 0°
1+
a
Put s = j ; 9. (b)
K x(t) = sint = 1 < 0

G( j ) = = 1 rad/sec.
1+ j
a s
T.F. = G(s ) =
s+1
For sinusoidal input, 1

s = j =j 1 + a2 ×
a2
2 =1
j j 1 1/ a
G( j ) =1 = = = 45°
j +1 j+1 2 1
y(t) = = 2
a2
1 1 1
45° 1 0° = 45° a= = 0.841
2 2 2 1 /4
1
y(t) = sin(t + 45°) 11. (c)
2
s2 + 4
10. (c) T(s) =
(s + 1) (s + 4)
Im For frequency response, put s = j
( j )2 + 4
T(j ) =
( j + 1) ( j + 4)
Re 2
4
–1 + j0 =
(1 + j ) (4 + j )
Magnitude of
Wg
2
4
T(j ) = T ( j ) =
2
(1 + ) (16 + )2
as + 1 2
4
G(s) = 2 T( j ) = =0
s (1 + 2
) (16 + )2
g = gain crossover frequency
= 2 rad/sec.
at
The system output is zero at 2 rad/sec.
which open gain is loop,
phase margin = 180° + G(j ) 12. (d)
45° = 180° + G(j g)
Im
G(j g) = –130°
ja g + 1 (–1 + j0)
G(j g) = 2 Re
(j g)
= –2 × 90° + tan–1 a g
G(j g) = –180° + tan–1 a g = –135°
tan–1 a g = 45° –1 + j0 is not enclosed, system is always stable.
a g= 1 G.M. =
1
g = 13. (b)
a
0.25s
Gain = G( j g ) = 1 e
G(s) H(s) =
s
1 + a2 2g Putting s = j , for frequency response,
2 =1 j 0.25
g e
G(j ) H(j ) =
j
phase angle = G(j ) H(j ) 1

where, K= = 0.1
= –90 – 0.25 10
At pc Nyquist plot cuts negative real axis and Corner frequencies,
this frequency G(j pc) H(j pc) is –180°.
1 = 1 rad/sec.
G(j 90° 2 = 10 rad/sec.

pc) H(j pc) =
4 and 3 = 100 rad/sec.
–180° = 90°
4 For frequency less than 1 i.e. < 1
= 360° or 2 Gain of the system is constant as there is no
pole at origin.
j 0.25 × 2
e Gain = 20 log K = 20 log 0.1
G( j pc ) H ( j pc ) = = 0.5
j2 = –20 dB
At = 1 = 1 rad/sec or log 1 = log = 0
14. (c) There is zero, so system gain increases with slope
K + 0.366s +20 dB/decade and system gain becomes 0 dB
G(s) = and H(s) = 1
s(s + 1) at = 10 rad/sec or
K + 0.366s log = 10 = log10 = 1
O.L.T.F. = G(s) H (s) =
s(s + 1)
At = 10 or log = log 10 = 1
Phase margin = 60° at pc 2
2 = 10
(gain crossover frequency) There is pole, so slope is –20 dB/decade.
180° + G(j pc) H(j pc) = 60° Overall slope 2 < < 3
G(j pc) H(j pc) = –120° = 20 dB/decade – 20 dB/decade
0.366 = 0 dB/decade
1 1 gc
90° tan pc + tan = 120° So, gain remains constant between,
K
2 < < 3
gc = 1 rad/sec
or, 1 < log < 2
0.366 × 1
90° tan 1 (1) + tan 1 = 120° At = 3 = 100 rad/sec or
K
log = log 100 = 2
0.366 3 = 100
1
= 90° 45° + tan = 120°
K The double pole are present.
0.366 So, system gain decrease with –40 dB/decade.
1
tan = 15°
K 17. (b)
0.366
K= = 1.366 1
tan 15° G(s) =
s(s + 1) (s + 2)
15. (a) Put s = j ,
1
10 4 (1 + j ) G(j ) =
H(j ) = j (1 + j ) (2 + j )
(10 + j ) (100 + j )2
j(1 j ) (2 j )
(1 + j ) = 2 2
= (1 + ) (4 + )
2
j j
10 × 1 + × 1+ j(2 3 j 2
)
10 100 = 2 2
(1 + ) (4 + )
K (1 + j )
H(j ) = 2 2
j j 3 j(2 )
1+ × 1+ = 2 2
10 100 (1 + ) (4 + )
2 At = 2 rad/sec, slope changes by –20 dB/dec.

3 j( 2)
= 2 2
+ 2 2 from –40 dB/decade to –60 dB/decade Hence
(1 + ) (4 + ) (1 + ) (4 + )
the corresponding term of the transfer function
= x + iy
At 0, x –3/4, y – 1
is .
s
18. (c) 1+
2
Initial slope is –40 dB/decade, it means there
are double pole or origin. At = 5 rad/sec, slope changes by 20 dB/decade
Slope changes from –40 dB/degree to from –60 dB/decade to –40 dB/decade. Hence
–20 dB/decade. It means there is a zero. the corresponding term of the transfer function
Slope changes from –20 dB/decade to s
0 dB/decade at some other frequency. It means is 1 + .
5
there is one more zero.
Therefore transfer function has two poles and At = 25 the slope changes by –20 dB/decade
two zeros. from –40 dB/decade to –60 dB/decade. Hence
the corresponding term of the transfer function
19. (d)
1
is .
s
Im 1+
– 25
=0
s
K 1+
5
G(s) =
s s
s2 1 + 1+
+ 2 25
–1 =
Re
–1.42 = – At = 0.1 ( 2 rad/sec)
Gain (dB) = 20 log K – 40 log
80 = 20 log K – 40 log 0.1
20 log K = 40
Nyquist-plot
K = 100
+
=0
s
100 1 +
5
G(s) =
Two clockwise encirclement of 1 + j0, s s
s2 1 + 1+
N = –2 2 25
Open-loop system is stable P = 0
1000(s + 5)
N = P–Z = 2
s (s + 2) (s + 25)
–2 = 0 – Z
Z = Number of closed-loop poles in RHS of
21. (d)
s-planes. Hence the system is unstable.
Open-loop transfer function,
20. (b) e 0.1s
Initial slope = –40 dB/decade G(s) =

s
Hence the system is type-2. So the Put s = j ,
corresponding term of the transfer function is j 0.1
e
1/s2. G(j ) =
j
At phase crossover frequency ( pc), phase of For zero steady-state output,

OLTF is –180°, 2 = 9
G( j ) = 3 rad/sec
/ pc = –180° = –
25. (b)
0.1 pc = –
2 K
Let, G(s) =
sn
–0.1 =
pc 2 K
G(j ) =
pc =5 ( j )n
e 0.1
is always 1 for any value of , Q Gain = 32 dB at = 1 rad/sec.
1 K
G( j ) 20 log n = 32
pc = 5 = 1
5
1 20 log K = 32
Gain margin = 20 log
G( j K = 39.8
pc )
Now,
= 20 log 5 = 23.9 dB
Q Gain = –8 dB at = 100 rad/sec.
23. (a) 39.8
20 log = –8
At gain across over frequency ( gc), magnitude 10 n
of G(j ) is 1. 10 n = 100
G( j n=2
gc ) =1
Phase of G(j ) = G(j gc) = –150° 26. Sol.
Phase margin = 180° + G(j gc) K(1 + 0.5s) (1 + as)
= 180° – 150° = 30° Given, G(s) =
s s
s 1+ (1 + bs ) 1 +
At phase cross frequency ( pc), phase of G(j ) is 8 36
–180°, G(j pc) = –180°
(1 + as) is addition of zero to the transfer function
M = magnitude of G(j ) at
whose contribution in slope = +20 dB/decade
pc = G( j pc ) = 0.5 or –6 dB/octave.
(1 + bs) is addition of pole to the transfer function
1 1
Gain margin = 20 log = 20 log = 6 dB whose contribution in slope = –20 dB/decade
M 0.5
or –6 dB/octave.
24. (c) Observing the change in the slope at different
For sinusoidal excitation, corner frequencies, we conclude that,
s=j 1
a= rad/sec.
4
( 2 + 9) ( j + 2)
G(j ) = 1
( j + 1) ( j + 3) ( j + 4) and b= rad/sec.
24
For zero steady-state output,
From = 0.01 rad/sec to = 8 rad/sec.
G( j ) = 0 slope = –20 dB/decade
Let the vertical length in dB be y,
2 2
( + 9) +4
= 0 y
2 2 2 –20 =
( + 1) ( + 9) ( + 16 )
log 8 log 0.01
y 28. (c)
or, –20 =
log 8 + 2 From the given Bode plot, it is clear that corner
or, y = 58 dB frequencies,
Appyling, y = mx + C at = 0.01 rad/sec. 1
we have, 58 = –20 log 0.01 + C c1 and c2 = 1
=
3
or, C = 58 – 40 = 18 Transfer function of given system is given
Now, C = 20 log K by
18 C(s) 1 + 3s 1 + Ts
or, log K = = 0.9 = =
20 T(s) =
R(s ) 1+s 1 + Ts
K = log–1 (0.9) = (10)0.9 = 7.94
1
1 Here, T = 3 and T = 1 or =
3
a 4
= As < 1, therefore the transfer function T(s)
bK 1
× 7.94
24 1
represents a lead compensator having = .
24 3
= = 0.755
4 × 7.94 Maximum phase shift,
a
= 0.755 1
bK 1
1 1 1 3
= tan = tan
m
2 2
27. (a)
3
5(s + 4)
Given, G(s) = 1 2 3 1
s (s + 0.25) (s2 + 4s + 25) = tan × = tan 1 = 30°
3 2 3
Reducing G(s) in time constant form, we have
1+3
s Also, T(j ) =
5× 4 1 + 1+ j
4
G(s) =
s 4 1 1+9 2
s 0.25 1 + 25 1 + s + s2
0.25 25 25 T( j ) =
2
1+
20(1 + 0.25s)
= Gain Gm in dB = 20 log T ( j )
s [0.25(1 + 4s)] [25(1 + 0.16s + 0.04s2 )]
2
or, 1+9 m
= 20 log 10 2
3.2(1 + 0.25s) 1+ m
G(s) = 2
s (1 + 4s) (1 + 0.16s + 0.04s ) 1 1
Now, m = =
The value of constant gain term = 3.2 T 3
Also,
2
1
j 1+ 9×
3.2 1 + 3
4 Gm = 20 log 10 2
G(j ) = 2 1
j 1+
(j ) 1+ 1 + j 0.16 3
0.25 25
Corner frequencies are:
1+ 3
1 = 4 rad/sec = 20 log 10 = 20 log 10 3
1
2 = 0.25 rad/sec 1+
3
and 3 = 5 rad/sec
Highest corner frequency = 3 = 5 rad/sec. or, GM = 4.77 dB
29. (d) 32. (a)

From initial line equation, From the given Bode plot, it is evident that there
dB = 20 log10 K ...(i) are 3-poles in the transfer function, out of which
As we know, there are double poles at corner frequency near
20 dB = 20 log10 K but less than = 8 rad/sec and one pole is near
i.e., K = 10 but greater than = 0.5 rad/sec. The initial slope
Now, from the given plot we know type of system is +20 dB/decade. Therefore one zero exist at
is one. s = 0. So from all the given options, option (a)
K (1 + sT1 ) satisfies all the conditions. Therefore option (a)
Hence, G(s) = is correct.
(1 + sT2 )
1 1 33. (a)
T1 = , T2 =
10 1000
s+3
10(1 + 0.001s) Nyquist plot of G(s ) H (s ) = 2 is as
= s (s 3)
(1 + 0.1s)
shown below.
1 (1000 + s)
=
10 (s + 10)
30. (b)
1
G1(s) =
s
=
=0
G2(s) = s
=0
1 =
G1(s) × G2(s) = s=1
s
31. (a)
100
G(s) =
(s + 1)3
From the Nyquist plot G(s) H(s) encircle –1 + j0
100 once in clockwise direction.
G(j ) =
(1 + j )3
34. Sol.
100
= Forward path transfer function,
1 + ( j )3 + 3( j )3 + 3 j
s
Ke
100 G(s) =
= s
(1 3 2 ) + j (3 3
)
Given:
2 2 2 Phase margin = 30°
100[(1 3 ) j (3 ) ]
=
[(1 3 2
)+ 2
(3 2 2
) ] or, Phase margin = 180°
30° = 180° +
For phase crossover frequency,
= –150°
Img[G(j )] = 0
Hence, (3 – 2) = 0 = G( j ) = gc
or, = 0, ± 3 [where, gc is gain crossover frequency]
Therefore, = G(j ) = –90° – 57.3

ph 3 rad/sec.
At = gc 37. (a)
(gain crossover frequency)
K
G(s) =
G( j ) = 1 s s
s 1+ 1+
1 20
K ×1
or, =1 Transfer function shows two-poles and no
zeros. So statement 1 is wrong.
= gc = K rad/sec.
1 1
G( j ) = gc = –90° – 57.3 K G(j ) = 90 tan tan
20
–90° – 57.3 K° = –150° 3
G( j ) = 270° = radian
– 57.3 K° = –60° 2
60 So, statement 2 is correct.
K= = 1.047
57.3
38. Sol.
35. (d) K
O.L.T.F. G(s) =
Vo (s) 1 s ( s + a ) (s b ) ( s + c )
= = H (s)
Vi (s) 1+s N = P – Z, P=1
For the minimum and maximum values of ‘ ’, –1 = 1 – Z, N = –1
1 j Z=2
H(j ) =
1+ j
39. (c)
H(j ) = –2 tan–1
At = 0; s2 + 100
H(s) = T.F. =
H(j ) = 0° s p
At = , D.C. gain = 5
H(j ) = – 100
= 5 = p – 20
36. (b) p
2
180 pc + 100
G(j ) = 0.25 × 90° H(j ) =
j + 20
= –180° 2
+ 100
H( j ) =
180 pc 2
0.25 × = –90° + 400
2
+ 100
4 =1
pc = =2 2
+ 400
2
0.25s = 8.84 rad/sec.
G( j ) e
= pc = = = 0.5
s 2
= pc
Point is (–0.5, j0).

7 State Space Analysis
ELECTRO NICS EN GINEERIN G Q.4 A certain linear time invariant system has the
state and the output equations given below:
x1 1 1 x1 0
= + u
Q.1 Given the following state space description of a x2 0 1 x2 1
system,
x1
y = [1 1] is
x1 2 0 x1 0 x2
= + u
x2 0 4 x2 1 dy
x1(0) = 1, x2(0) = –1, u(0) = 0 then is
x1 dt t = 0
y = [1 0]
x2 (a) 1 (b) –1
Find the state transmission matrix. (c) 0 (d) None of the above
[EC-1988 : 2 Marks] [EC-1997 : 2 Marks]
Q.2 A linear second-order single-input continuous Q.5 The system mode described by the state
time system is described by following set of equations,
differential equations: 0 1 0
x = x+ u
x1 (t ) = –2x1(t) + 4x2(t) 2 3 1
Y = [1 1] x is
x2 (t ) = 2x1(t) – x2(t) + u(t)
(a) controllable and observable
where, x1(t) and x2(t) are the state variables and
(b) controllable, but not observable
u(t) is the control variable. The system is
(c) observable, but not controllable
(a) controllable and stable.
(d) neither controllable nor observable
(b) controllable but unstable.
[EC-1999 : 1 Mark]
(c) uncontrollable and unstable.
(d) uncontrollable but stable. Q.6 For the system described by the state equation,
[EC-1991 : 2 Marks] 0 1 0 0
Q.3 A linear time invariant system is described by x= 0 0 1 x+ 0 u
the state variable model 0.5 1 2 1
x1 1 0 x1 0 If the control signal ‘u’ is given by

= + u
x2 0 2 x2 1 u = [–0.5 – 3 – 5] x + v
then the eigen values of the closed-loop system
x1 will be
Y = [1 2]
x2 (a) 0, –1, –2 (b) 0, –1, –3
(a) The system is completely controllable. (c) –1, –1, –2 (d) 0, –1, –1
(b) The system is not completely controllable. [EC-1999 : 2 Marks]
(c) The system is completely observable. Q.7 The transfer function Y(s)/U(s) of a system
(d) The system is not completely observable. described by the state equations,
[EC-1992 : 2 Marks] x(t ) = 2 x(t ) + 2 u(t ) and y(t) = 0.5x(t) is
0.5 1 The eigen values of the representations are also

(a) (b) computed as [ ] and [µ]. Which one of the
(s 2) (s 2)
0.5 1 following statements is true?
(c) (d) (a) [ ] = [µ] and X = W
(s + 2) (s + 2)
(b) [ ] = [µ] and X W
[EC-2002 : 1 Mark]
(c) [ ] [µ] and X = W
Q.8 The zero-input response of a system given by
(d) [ ] [µ] and X W [EC-2005 : 1 Mark]
state-space equation,
x1 1 0 x1 Q.12 A linear system is described by the following
= state equation:
x2 1 1 x2
1 0 1
x1 (0) X (t ) = AX(t ) + BU (t ), A =
and = is 1 0
x2 (0) 0
The state-transition matrix of the system is
tet et
(a) (b) cos t sin t cos t sin t
t t (a) (b)
sin t cos t sin t cos t
t t
e
(c) (d) cos t sin t cos t sin t
tet tet (c) sin t cos t (d) cos t sin t
[EC-2003 : 2 Marks] [EC-2006 : 2 Marks]
Q.9 The state variable equations of a system are: Q.13 The state space representation of a separately
1. x1 = 3 x1 x 2 + u excited dc servo-motor dynamics is given as,
2. x 2 = 2 x1 ; y = x1 + u d
The system is dt 1 1 0
= + u
(a) controllable but not observable. dia 1 10 ia 10
(b) observable but not controllable. dt
(c) neither controllable nor observable. where is the speed of the motor, ia is the
(d) controllable and observable. armature current and u is the armature voltage.
[EC-2004 : 2 Marks] The transer function (s)/U(s) of the motor is
10 1
(a) (b)
1 0 s 2 + 11s + 11 2
s + 11s + 11
Q.10 Given, A = , the state transition matrix
0 1 10s + 10 1
(c) (d)
s 2 + 11s + 11 s2 + s + 1
eAT is given by
[EC-2007 : 2 Marks]
0 e t et 0
(a) (b) Statement for Linked Answer Questions (14 and 15):
e t
0 0 et
Consider a linear system whose state space
t t
e 0 0 e representation is x(t ) = Ax (t ). If the initial state vector
(c) (d) t
t e 0
0 e
1
[EC-2004 : 2 Marks] of the system is x(0) = , then the system response
2
Q.11 A linear system is equivalently represented by
two sets of state equations: e 2t
X = AX + BU and W = CW + DU is x(t ) = .
2t
2e
If the initial state vector of the system changes to The set of equations that correspond to this
signal flow graph is
1
x(0) = . Then the system response becomes x1 0 x1 1 0
1 u1
d
(a) x2 = 0 x2 + 0 0
dt u2
t x3 0 x3 0 1
e
x (t ) = .
t x1 0 x1 0 0
e
d u1
(b) x2 = 0 x2 + 0 1
dt u2
Q.14 The eigen value and eigen-vector pairs ( i, vi) x3 0 x3 1 0
for the system are:
x1 0 x1 1 0
d u1
1 1 (c) x2 = 0 x2 + 0 1
(a) 1, and 2, dt u2
1 2 x3 0 x3 0 0
1 1 x1 0 x1 0 1
(b) 2, and 1, d u1
1 2 (d) x 2 = 0 x2 + 0 0
dt u2
x3 0 x3 1 0
1 1
(c) 1, and 2, [EC-2008 : 2 Marks]
1 2
1 1 0 1
(d) 2, and 1, Q.17 Consider the matrix P = . The value
1 2 2 3
[EC-2007 : 2 Marks] of eP is
Q.15 The system matrix A is 2 1 1 2

2e 3e e e
(a) 2 1 2 1
0 1 1 1 2e 2e 5e e
(a) 1 1 (b) 1 2
1 2 2 1
e +e 2e e
1 1 0 1 (b) 1
(c) (d) 2e 4e2 3e 1
+ 2e 2
1 2 2 3
2 1 1 2
[EC-2007 : 2 Marks] 5e e 3e e
(c)
2 1 2 1
Q.16 A signal flow graph of a system is given below. 2e 6e 4e +e
– 1 2 1 2
2e e e e
(d)
1 2 1 2
2e + 2e e + 2e
1 x3 1/s
x3 [EC-2008 : 2 Marks]
–
dx
x2 x2 Q.18 Consider the system = Ax + Bu with
1/s dt
x1 1 0 p
x1 A= and B = where p and q are
1 1/s 0 1 q
arbitrary real numbers. Which of the following

– statements about the controllability of the
system is true?
(a) The system is completely state controllable

1
for any non-zero values of p and q. V
s+2
(b) Only p = 0 and q = 0 result in controllability.
Y
(c) The system is uncontrollable for all values
2
of p and q.
s+2
(d) We cannot conclude about controllability
from the given data. A state space model of the above system in terms
[EC-2009 : 1 Mark] of the state vector x and the output vector
y = [y1 y2]T is
Common Data Questions (19 and 20):
(a) x = [2]x + [1] u ; y = [1 2] x
The signal flow graph of a system is shown below:
1 1
(b) x = [ 2]x + [1] u ; y= x
2
2 1/s 1/s 0.5
2 0 1
U(s) 1 Y(s ) (c) x = x+ u; y = [1 2] x
0 2 1
–1
2 0 1 1
(d) x = x+ u; y= x
–1 0 2 2 2
Q.19 The state variable representation of the system [EC-2011 : 2 Marks]
can be
Q.22 The state variable description of an LTI system
1 1 0 is given by:
(a) x = x+ u
1 0 2
x1 0 a1 0 x1 0
y = [0 0.5] x x2 = 0 0 a2 x2 + 0 u
1 1 0 x3 a3 0 0 x3 1
(b) x = x+ u
1 0 2 x1
y = [0 0.5] x y = (1 0 0) x2
1 1 0 x3
(c) x = x+ u
1 0 2 where y is the output and u is the input. The
y = [0.5 0.5] x system is controllable for
(a) a1 0, a2 = 0, a3 0
1 1 0
(d) x = x+ u (b) a1 = 0, a2 0, a3 0
1 0 2
(c) a1 = 0, a2 0, a3 = 0
y = [0.5 0.5] x
(d) a1 0, a2 0, a3 = 0
[EC-2010 : 2 Marks]
[EC-2012 : 2 Marks]
Q.20 The transfer function of the system is
Statement for Linked Answer Questions (23 and 24):
s+1 s 1
(a) (b) The state diagram of a system is shown below is
s2 + 1 s2 + 1 described by the state-variable equations:
s+1 s 1
(c) 2
(d) 2 X = AX + Bu; y = CX + Du
s +s+1 s +s+1
1 x1 –1 x1 1 x2 –1 x2 1
[EC-2010 : 2 Marks] u y
Q.21 The block diagram of a system with one input u

and two outputs y1 and y2 is given below. 1/s 1/s
Q.23 The state-variable equations of the system in the Q.26 An unforced linear time invariant (LTI) system
figure above are: is represented by
x1 1 0 x1
1 0 1 =
(a) X = X+ u x2 0 2 x2
1 1 1
y = [1 1] X + u If the initial conditons are x 1 (0) = 1 and
x2(0) = –1, the solution of the state equation is
1 0 1 (a) x1(t) = –1, x2(t) = 2
(b) X = X+ u
1 1 1 (b) x1(t) = –e–t, x2(t) = 2e–t
y =[ 1 1] X + u (c) x1(t) = e–t, x2(t) = –e–2t
(d) x1(t) = –e–t, x2(t) = –2e–t
1 0 1
(c) X = X+ u [EC-2014 : 2 Marks]
1 1 1
y =[ 1 1] X u Q.27 Consider the state space system expressed by
the signal flow diagram shown in the figure.
1 1 1
(d) X = X+ u c3
c2
0 1 1
y = [1 1] X u 1 s
–1
s
–1
s
–1
u y
x3 x2 x1 c 1
[EC-2013 : 2 Marks] a3
a2
Q.24 The state transition matrix e4t of the system a1
shown in figure above is
The corresponding system is
t t
e 0 e 0 (a) always controllable.
(a) t t
(b) t t
te e te e (b) always observable.
(c) always stable.
t t t
e 0 e te (d) always unstable. [EC-2014 : 2 Marks]
(c) t t
(d) t
e e 0 e
Q.28 The state equation of a second-order linear
[EC-2013 : 2 Marks] system is given by
Q.25 Consider the state space model of a system, as x(t ) = Ax(t ), x(0) = x0
given below: t
1 e 0
x1 1 1 0 x1 0 For x0 = , x( t ) = and for x0 = ,
1 e t 1
x2 = 0 1 0 x2 + 4 u
t 2t
x3 0 0 2 x3 0 e e
x( t ) =
t 2t
x1 e + 2e
y = [1 1 1] x2 3
When x0 = , x(t ) is
x3 5
The system is 8 e t + 11 e 2 t 11 e t
8e 2t
(a) controllable and observable. (a) (b)

8e t 22 e 2 t 11 e t
+ 16 e 2t
(b) uncontrollable and observable.
t 2t t 2t
(c) uncontrollable and unobservable. 3e 5e 5e +6e
(c) t 2t (d) t 2t
(d) controllable and unobservable. 3e + 10 e 5e +6e
[EC-2014 : 2 Marks] [EC-2014 : 2 Marks]
Q.29 The state transition matrix (t) of a system (a) controllable but not observable.
(b) observable but not controllable.
x1 0 1 x1
= is (c) both controllable and observable.
x2 0 0 x2
(d) neither controllable nor observable.
t 1 1 0 [EC-2016 : 2 Marks]
(a) (b)
1 0 t 1
Q.33 Consider the state space realization:
0 1 1 t
(c) (d) x 1 (t ) 0 0 x1 (t ) 0
1 t 0 1 = + u(t ) with the
x 2 (t ) 0 9 x 2 (t ) 45
[EC-2014 : 2 Marks]
x1 (0) 0
Q.30 The state variable representation of a system is initial condition = , where u(t)
x2 (0) 0
given as,
denotes the unit step function. The value of
0 1 1
x = x; x(0) =
0 1 0
lim x12 (t ) + x22 (t ) is _______ .
y = [0 1]x t
The response y(t) is [EC-2017 : 1 Mark]
(a) sin(t) (b) 1 – et
Q.34 A second-order LTI system is described by the
(c) 1 – cos(t) (d) 0
following state equations:
[EC-2015 : 2 Marks]
d
x 1 (t ) x 2 ( t ) = 0
Q.31 A network is described by the state model as, dt
x1 = 2x1 – x2 + 3u d
x2 (t ) + 2 x1 (t ) + 3x2 (t ) = r(t)
dt
x2 = –4x2 – u
where x1(t) and x2(t) are the two state variables
y = 3x1 – 2x2 and r(t) denotes the input. The output c(t) = x1(t).
Y (s) The system is
The transfer function, H (s ) = is
U (s) (a) undamped (oscillatory)
(b) underdamped
11 s + 35 11 s 35
(a) (b) (c) critically damped
(s 2) (s + 4) (s 2) (s + 4)
(d) overdamped [EC-2017 : 2 Marks]
11 s + 38 11 s 38
(c) (d) Q.35 The state equation and the output equation of a
(s 2) (s + 4) (s 2) (s + 4)
control system are given below:
[EC-2015 : 2 Marks]
4 1.5 2
x = x+ u
Q.32 A second-order linear time-invariant system is 4 0 0
described by the following state equations: y = [1.5 0.625 x]
d The transfer function representation of the
x1 (t ) + 2 x1 (t ) = 3u(t )
dt system is
d 3s + 5 3s 1.875
x2 (t ) + x2 (t ) = u(t ) (a) (b)
dt
2
s + 4s + 6 s 2 + 4s + 6
where x1(t) and x2(t) are the two state variables 4s + 1.5 6s + 5
(c) 2 (d) 2
and u(t) denotes the input. If the output s + 4s + 6 s + 4s + 6
c(t) = x1(t), then the system is [EC-2018 : 2 Marks]
Q.36 Let the state-space representation of an LTI

d v 4 4 v 4 4 i1
system be (c) = +
dt i 2 4 i 4 0 i2
X(t ) = AX(t) + Bu(t)
y(t) = CX(t) + du(t) d v 4 4 v 0 4 i1
(d) = +
dt i 2 4 i 4 4 i2
where A, B, C are matrices, d is a scalar, u(t) is
the input to the system, and y(t) is its output. Let [EC-2020 : 2 Marks]
B = [0 0 1]T and d = 0. Which one of the following
Q.38 The electrical system shown in the figure
options for A and C will ensure that the transfer
converts input source current iS(t) to output
function of this LTI system is
voltage vo(t).
1
H (s) = 3 2
s + 3s + 2 s + 1 iL(t )
0 1 0 1H
vo(t)
(a) A = 0 0 1 and C = [0 0 1] 1
3 2 1
+
is(t) vC(t) 1F 1
–
0 1 0
(b) A = 0 0 1 and C = [0 0 1]
1 2 3
0 1 0 Current iL(t) in the inductor and voltage vc(t)

(c) A = 0 0 1 and C = [1 0 0] across the capacitor are taken as the state
1 2 3 variables, both assumed to be initially equal to
zero i.e., iL(0) = 0 and vc(0) = 0. The system is
0 1 0 (a) completely state controllable as well as
(d) A = 0 0 1 and C = [1 0 0] completely observable.
3 2 1 (b) neither state controllable nor observable.
(c) completely state controllable but not
[EC-2019 : 2 Marks]
observable.
Q.37 For the given circuit, which one of the following (d) completely observable but not state
is the correct state equation? controllable.
0.5 H [EC-2021 : 2 Marks]
i
+
i1 2 V 0.25 F 1 i2 (GATE Previous Years Solved Papers)
–
Q.1 The transfer function for the state variable
representation X = AX + BU , Y = CX + DU , is
d v 4 4 v 0 4 i1
(a) = + given as
dt i 2 4 i 4 0 i2
(a) D + C(sI – A)–1 B (b) B(sI – A)–1 C + D
d v 4 4 v 4 0 i1 (c) D(sI – A)–1 B + C (d) C(sI – A)–1 D + B
(b) = +
dt i 2 4 i 0 4 i2 [EE-1993 : 1 Mark]
Q.2 Consider a second order system whose state Q.7 Given the homogenous state-space equation
space representation is of the form
3 1
X = AX + BU . If x1(t) = x2(t), then system is X= x the steady-state value of
0 2
(a) controllable (b) uncontrollable
(c) observable (d) unstable xss = lim x(t ), given the initial state value of
t
[EE-1993 : 1 Mark]
x(t) = [10 – 10]T, is
Q.3 The matrix of any state space equations for the 0 3
transfer function C(s)/R(s) of the system, shown (a) xss = (b) xss =
0 2
below in figure is
10
(c) xss = (d) xss =
R(s ) 3 +
–
1/s C(s ) 10
[EE-2001 : 1 Mark]
Q.8 The state transition matrix for the system

1 0 1 0
(a) (b)
0 1 0 1 X = AX with initial state X(0) is
(c) [–1] (d) [3] (a) (sI – A)–1

[EE-1994 : 1 Mark] (b) eAt X(0)
(c) Laplace inverse of [(sI – A)–1]
a 1 (d) Laplace inverse of [(sI – A)–1 X(0)]
Q.4 The eigen-values of the matrix are
a 1 [EE-2008 : 1 Mark]
(a) (a + 1), 0 (b) a, 0 Q.9 For the system

(c) (a – 1), 0 (d) 0, 0 2 0 1
X= X+ u ; y = [4 0] X
[EE-1994 : 1 Mark] 0 4 1
Q.5 A system is described by the state equation with ‘u’ as unit impulse and with zero initial
state, the output ‘y’ becomes
X = AX + BU . The output is given by Y = CX.
(a) 2e2t (b) 4e2t
4 1 1 (c) 2e4t (b) 4e4t
Where, A = ,B= , C = [1 0] .
3 1 1 [EE-2002 : 2 Marks]
Transfer function G(s) of the system is
s 1 2 3 1
(a) (b) Q.10 For the system X = X+ u , which of
2 2 0 5 0
s + 5s + 7 s + 5s + 7
s 1 the following statement is true?
(c) 2 (d) 2
s + 3s + 2 s + 3s + 2 (a) The system is controllable but unstable.
[EE-1995 : 1 Mark]
(b) The system is uncontrollable and unstable.
Q.6 Given the matrix: (c) The system is controllable and stable.
0 1 0 (d) The system is uncontrollable and stable.
A= 0 0 1 [EE-2002 : 2 Marks]
6 11 6 Q.11 A second order system starts with an initial
Its eigen values are ________ .
2
[EE-1995 : 1 Mark] condition of without any external input.
3
The state transition matrix for the system is Statement for Common Data Questions (14 and 15):
2t
e 0 0 1 1
given by . The state of the system at A state variable system X (t ) = X (t ) + U (t ),
0 e t 0 3 0
the end of 1 second is given by with the initial condition X(0) = [–1 3]T and the unit
0.271 0.135 step input u(t) has
(a) (b)
1.100 0.368 Q.14 The state transition matrix
0.271 0.135 1 3t
(c) (d) 1 (1 e )
0.736 1.100 (a) 3
3t
[EE-2003 : 1 Mark] 0 e
Q.12 The following equation defines a separately 1 t 3t

1 (e e )
excited dc motor in the form of a differential (b) 3
t
equation, 0 e
d2 Bd K2 K 1 t 3t
2
+ + = Va 1 (e e )
dt J dt LJ LJ (c) 3
3t
The above equation may be organized in the 0 e
state space form as follows:
1 (1 e t )
(d) t
[EE-2005 : 2 Marks]
d2 0 e
d
dt 2 = P dt + QVa
d Q.15 The state transition equation
dt t e t
t e t
(a) X (t ) = (b) X (t ) =
where the ‘P’ matrix is given by e t
3e 3t
B K2 K2 B 3t 3t
t e t e
(a) J LJ (b) LJ J (c) X (t ) = (d) X (t ) =
3t t
1 0 0 1 3e e
[EE-2005 : 2 Marks]
0 1 1 0
K2 Q.16 For a system with the transfer function,
(c) B (d) B K2
LJ J J LJ 3(s 2)
H (s) = 3
[EE-2003 : 2 Marks] s + 4s 2 2 s + 1
The matrix A in the state space form x = Ax + Bu
Q.13 The state variable description of a linear
is equal to
autonomous system is, X = AX, where X is the
two dimensional state vector and A is the system 1 0 0 0 1 0
(a) 0 1 0 (b) 0 0 1
0 2
matrix given by A = . The roots of the 1 2 4 1 2 4
2 0
0 1 0 1 0 0
characteristic equation are
(c) 3 2 1 (d) 0 0 1
(a) –2 and +2 (b) –j2 and +j2
1 2 4 1 2 4
(c) –2 and –2 (d) +2 and +2
[EE-2006 : 1 Mark]
[EE-2004 : 2 Marks]
Q.17 The state equation for the current I1 shown in (a) 0 (b) 1
the network shown below in terms of the voltage (c) 2 (d)
Vx and the independent source V, is given by [EE-2008 : 2 Marks]
3 0.2 H 5 Statement for Common Data Questions (20 and 21):
+ V – A system is described by the following state and output
x I2
equations:
V I1 –
0.5 H + 0.2Vx
dx1 (t )
= 3x1 (t ) + x2 (t ) + 2 u(t )
dt
dx2 (t )
= 2 x2 (t ) + u(t )
dI1 5 dt
(a) = 1.4 Vx 3.75 I 1 + V
dt 4 y(t) = x1(t)
dI1 5 Q.20 The system transfer function is
(b) = 1.4 Vx 3.75 I1 V
dt 4
s+2 s+3
dI1 5 (a) 2 (b) 2
(c) = 1.4 Vx + 3.75 I 1 + V s + 5s 6 s + 5s + 6
dt 4
2s + 5 2s 5
dI1 5 (c) 2 (d) 2
(d) = 1.4 Vx + 3.75 I 1 V s + 5s + 6 s + 5s 6
dt 4
[EE-2009 : 2 Marks]
[EE-2007 : 2 Marks]
Q.21 The state-transition matrix of the above system
is
The state space equation of a system is described by
x = Ax + Bu, y = Cx where x is state vector, u is input, y e 3t 0
(a)
e 2 t + e 3t e 2t
0 1 0
is output and A = ,B= , C = [1 0] . 3t 2t 3t
0 2 1 e e e
(b)
2t
0 e
Q.18 The transfer function G(s) of this system will be
3t 2t 3t
s s+1 e e +e
(a) (b) (c)
2t
(s + 2) s ( s 2) 0 e
s 1 e 3t e 2t
e 3t
(c) (d) (d)
(s 2) s ( s + 2) 2t
0 e
[EE-2008 : 2 Marks]
[EE-2009 : 2 Marks]
Q.19 A unity feedback is provided to the above system
G(s) to make it a closed-loop system as shown Q.22 The system X = AX + BU and
in figure. 1 2 0
A= , B=
+ 0 2 1 is
r (t ) G(s ) y(t )
– (a) stable and controllable
(b) stable but uncontrollable
(c) unstable but controllable
For a unit step input r(t), the steady state error (d) unstable and uncontrollable
in the input will be
[EE-2010 : 2 Marks]
Q.23 The state variable description of an LTI system

et 0 et 0
is given by (a) t t (b) 2 t
e e t e et
x1 0 a1 0 x1 0
x2 = 0 0 a2 x2 + 0 u et 0 et t et
(c) (d)
x3 a3 0 0 x3 1 t et et 0 et
[EE-2014 : 1 Mark]
x1
y = (1 0 0) x2 Q.27 Consider the system described by following
x3 state space equations:
x1 0 1 x1 0
where ‘y’ is the output and ‘u’ is the input. The = + u
x2 1 1 x2 1
system is controllable for
(a) a1 0, a2 = 0, a3 0 x1
y = [1 0]
(b) a1 = 0, a2 0, a3 0 x2
(c) a1 = 0, a2 0, a3 = 0 If ‘u’ is unit step input, then the steady-state
(d) a1 0, a2 0, a3 = 0 error of the system is
[EE-2012 : 2 Marks] (a) 0 (b) 1/2
(c) 2/3 (d) 1
Common Data Questions (24 and 25):
[EE-2014 : 2 Marks]
The state variable formulation of a system is given as,
Q.28 In the signal flow diagram given in the figure,
x1 2 0 x1 1
= + u u1 and u2 are possible inputs whereas y1 and y2
x2 0 1 x2 2 are possible outputs. When would the SISO
x1(0) = (0), x2(0) = 0 system derived from this diagram be controllable
x1 and observable?
and y = [1 0] 5
x2
Q.24 The system is x1

u1 1/s y1
1 1
(a) controllable but not observable.
–2
(b) not controllable but observable.
1 1
(c) both controllable and observable.
(d) both not controllable and not observable. 2
[EE-2013 : 2 Marks] x2
u2 1/s y2
1 –1
Q.25 The response y(t) to a unit step input is
1 1 2t 1 2t 1 t 1
(a) e (b) 1 e e
2 2 2 2 (a) When u1 is the only input and y1 is the only
(c) e–2t – e–t (d) 1 – e–t output.
[EE-2013 : 2 Marks] (b) When u2 is the only input and y1 is the only
output.
Q.26 The state transition matrix for the system (c) When u1 is the only input and y2 is the only
x1 1 0 x1 1 output.
= + u is (d) When u2 is the only input and y2 is the only
x2 1 1 x2 1
output.
[EE-2015 : 2 Marks]
Q.29 Consider a linear time invariant system x = Ax , Q.32 Consider the system described by the following
state space representation:
with initial conditions x(0) at t = 0. Suppose
and are eigen vectors of (2 × 2) matrix A x1 ( t ) 0 1 x1 ( t ) 0
= 0 + u(t )
corresponding to distinct eigen values 1 and 2 x2 (t ) 2 x2 (t ) 1
respectively. Then the response x(t) of the system
x1 ( t )
due to initial condition x(0) = is y(t) = [1 0]
x2 (t )
(a) e 1t (b) e 2t
x1 ( t ) 1
(c) e 2t (d) e 1t + e 2t If u(t) is a unit step input and = ,
x2 (t ) 0
[EE-2016 : 2 Marks]
value of output y(t) at t = 1 sec. (Rounded off to
Q.30 The second order dynamic system, 3 decimal places), is _______ .
dX [EE-2017 : 2 Marks]
= PX + Qu , y = RX
dt
Q.33 Consider a state-variable model of a system:
has the matrices P, Q and R as follows:
xˆ 1 0 1 x1 0
1 1 0 = + r
P= ,Q = , R = [0 1] xˆ 2 2 x2
0 3 1
x1
The system has the following controllability and y = [1 0]
x2
observability properties:
where ‘y’ is the output, and ‘r’ is the input. The
(a) controllable and observable
damping ratio and the undamped natural
(b) not controllable and observable
frequency n (rad/sec) of the system are given by
(c) controllable but not observable
(d) not controllable and not observable (a) = , n =
[EE-2017 : 2 Marks]
Q.31 The transfer function of the system Y(s)/U(s) (b) = , n =

whose state-space equations are given below is
x1 ( t ) 1 2 x1 ( t ) 1 (c) = , =
= 2 0 + u(t ) n
x2 (t ) x2 (t ) 2
x1 ( t ) (d) = , n =
y(t) = [1 0]
x2 (t ) [EE-2017 : 2 Marks]
(s + 2) (s 2)
(a) 2 (b) 2
(s 2s 2) (s + s 4)
(s 4) (s + 4)
(c) 2 (d) 2
(s + s 4) (s s 4)
[EE-2017 : 2 Marks]

Answers
EC State Space Analysis
1. (Sol.) 2. (b) 3. (b, c) 4. (a) 5. (a) 6. (a) 7. (d) 8. (c)
9. (d) 10. (b) 11. (b) 12. (a) 13. (a) 14. (c) 15. (d) 16. (d)
17. (d) 18. (c) 19. (b) 20. (c) 21. (c) 22. (d) 23. (a) 24. (a)
25. (b) 26. (c) 27. (a) 28. (b) 29. (d) 30. (d) 31. (a) 32. (a)
33. (5) 34. (d) 35. (a) 36. (c) 37. (a) 38. (b)
Solutions
EC State Space Analysis
1. Sol. 0
B=
2 0 1
A
0 4
2 4 0 4
AB = =
s+2 0 +2 1 1 1
sI – A =
0 s+4
0 4
[sI – A]–1 = Qc =
1 1
1 s+4 0
( s + 2) ( s + 4) 0 s + 2 Qc = 0 – 4 = 4 0
1 Hence the given system is controllable.
0
s+2 Characteristic equation,
[sI – A]–1 =
1 [sI – A] = 0
0
s+4
s+2 4
State transition matrix, =0
2 s+1
(t) = eAt = L –1{[sI – A]–1}
(s + 2) (s + 1) – 8 = 0
2t
At e 0
(t) = e = 3 ± 9 + 24
4t s=
0 e
2
= –4.37, 1.37
2. (b)
Since 1 pole lie in RHS of s-plane.
x1 2 4 x1 0 So, the given system is unstable.
= + u(t )
x2 +2 1 x2 1
Qc = [B AB]
3. (b, c) 5. (a)
1 0 Qc = [B AB A2B ... An – 1 B]
A= 0 1
0 2
A=
2 3
0
B= 0
1
B= 1
1 0 0 0
AB = = C = [1 1]
0 2 1 2
Qc = [B AB] +1
AB =
3
0 0
Qc = 0 1
1 2
Qc = 0
1 3 2×2
Qc = 0 – 0 = 2
So, the given system is not completely Order 2, rank 2
controllable, Controllable,
2
1 0 Q0 = [CT AT CT AT CT ... ...]
AT = 0 2 1 0 2
CT = , AT =
C = [1 2] 1 1 3
1 1 2
CT = Q0 = 0
2 1 2
1 0 1 1 rank 2 observable.
AT CT = =
0 2 2 4
6. (a)
Qo = [CT ATCT]
0 1 0 0
1 1
Qo = x = 0 0 1 x + 0 [ 0.5 3 5] x + v
2 4
0.5 1 2 1
Qo = –4 – (–2) = –2 0
0 1 0
So, the given system is completely observable.
x = 0 0 1 x+v
(b) The system is not completely controllable.
0 2 3
(c) The system is completely observable.
Characteristic equation
4. (a) = 3+3 2+2 +0=0
x1 = x1 – x2 = 0, –1, –2
x1 (0) = x1(0) – x2(0) 7. (d)

x1 (0) = 1 – (–1) = 2 x(t ) = –2x(t) + 2u(t) ...(i)
x2 = x 2 y(t) = 0.5x(t) ...(ii)
x2 (0) = x2(0) = –1 From equation (i), taking Laplace transform of
y = x1 + x2 equation (i),
dy sX(s) = –2X(s) + 2U(s)
= x1 + x 2 X(s) [s + 2] = 2U(s)
dt
dy 2 U (s)
= x1 (0) + x2 (0) = 2 1 = 1 X(s) =
dt t = 0 (s + 2)
Taking Laplace transform of equation (ii), 3

Y(s) = 0.5 X(s) ATCT =
1
0.5 × 2 U ( s )
Y(s) = 1 3
s+2 Qo = 0
0 1
Y (s) 1
= Observable.
U (s) (s + 2)
10. (b)
8. (c)
s 0 1 0
s 0 1 0 [sI – A] =
(sI – A) = 0 s 0 1
0 s 1 1
s 1 0 s 1 0
= [sI – A] =
1 s 1 0 s 1
eAt = [sI – A]–1
(s 1) 0
+1 (s 1) 1
0
(sI – A)–1 = s 1 et 0
(s 1)2 = =
1 0 et
0
1 s 1
0
s 1
= +1 1 11. (b)
2 s 1
(s 1) Eigen values of A = [ ]
Eigen values of W = [µ]
L –1[sI – A]–1 = e At [ x(0)]
The eigen values of a system are always unique.
et 0 1 et So, [ ] = [µ]
= =
tet et 0 tet But a system can be represented by different state
models having different set of state variables,
9. (d) X=W
x1 3 1 x1 1 X W
= + u
x2 2 0 x2 0 Both are possible conditions.
x1 1 12. (a)
y = [1 0] + u
x2 0 (t) = L –1[sI – A]–1
Qc = [B AB] 1 1
1 s 0 0 1 1 s 1
= L =L
3 0 s 1 0 1 s
AB =
2
s 1
1 3 2 2
0 1 s +1 s +1
Qc =
0 2 = L
1 s
Controllable s2 + 1 s2 + 1
Qo = [CT ATCT]
cos t sin t
1 T 3 2 =
CT = , A = sin t cos t
0 1 0
13. (a) By solving this we get,
d x1 0 x1 0 1
d u1
dt 1 1 0 x2 = 0 x2 + 0 0
= + u dt u2
dia 1 10 ia 10 x3 0 x3 1 0
dt
d 18. (c)
= – + ia ...(i)
dt 1 0 p
A= ; B=
dia 0 1 q
= – – 10ia + 10 u ...(ii)
dt For controllability condition is,
Taking Laplace transform (i) and (ii), Qc = [B, AB, ... An – 1 B] 0
s (s) = – (s) + Ia(s)
1 0 p p+0 p
(s + 1) (s) = Ia(s) ...(iii) AB = = =
0 1 q 0+q q
sIa(s) = – (s) – 10 Ia(s) + 10 U(s)
(s) = (–10 – s) Ia(s) + 10 U(s) p p
So, Qc = =0
= (–10 – s) (s + 1) (s) + 10 U(s) q q
= –[s2 + 11s + 10] (s) + 10 U(s) So the system is uncontrollable for all values of
2
–[s + 11s + 11] (s) = 10 U(s) p and q.
(s) 10
= 2 20. (c)
U (s) ( s + 11 s + 11)
Forward path gain,
14. (c) 1 1 1
P1 = 2 (0.5) = 2
Sum of the eigen value = Trace of the principle s s s
diagonal matrix, 1 1
P2 = 2 (1) (0.5) =
Sum = –3 s s
Only option (a) satisfies both conditions. =1
1
2 =1
15. (d)
1 1 1 1
Multiplication of the eigen value = determinant = 1 = 1+ + 2
s s 2 s s
of the matrix.
From options it seems determinant should Transfer function of the system,
be ±2. Only option (d) satisfies as det = 2. Y (s) P1 1 + P2 2
=
U (s)
16. (d)
11
– +
s s 2s+1
= =
1 1 s2 + s + 1
1+ + 2
1 x3 1/s s s
u1 x3
– 21. (c)
x2 x2 Y1 ( s) 1
1/s =
U(s) s+2
Y2 (s ) 2
x1 =
u2 x1 U(s ) s+2
1 1/s
Y1 (s) X1 (s) 1
=
X1 ( s ) U ( s ) s+2
–
Y2 (s ) X2 (s) 2 a1 a2
=
X2 (s) U (s) s+2 A2B = 0
X1 ( s ) 1 Y (s) 0
= and 1 =1
U(s) s+2 X1 ( s )
0 0 a1 a2
X2 (s ) 1 Y (s) Qc = 0 a2
= and 2 =2 0
U (s) s+2 U (s) 1 0 0
sX1(s) + 2X1(s) = U(s)
For system to be controllable,
and Y1(s) = X1(s)
sX2(s) + 2X2(s) = U(s) Qc 0
and Y2(s) = 2X2(s) (0 a1 a22 ) 0
x1 (t ) + 2 x1 (t ) = U(t) a1 0
and y1(t) = x1(t) a2 0
x2 (t ) + 2 x2 (t ) = U(t) 23. (a)

and y2(t) = 2x1(t) 1 x1 –1 x1 1 x2 –1 x2 1
From question, u y
T T 1
y = [ y 1 y 2 ] = [1 2] = 1/s 1/s
2
So, x1 = –x1 – u
x1 (t ) = –2x1(t) + u(t)
x2 = ( x 2 + x1 ) = ( x 2 x1 u)
x2 (t ) = –2x2(t) + u(t) x2 = x1 – x2 + u
x1 2 0 x1 1 y = x2
= + u(t )
x2 2 0 x2 1 y = x1 – x2 + u
or, x = [–2] x + [1] u x1 1 0 x1 1
= + u
Only option (b) is satisfied. x2 1 1 x2 1
1 0 1
22. (d) x = X+ u
1 1 1
x1 0 a1 0 x1 0
x2 = 0 0 a2 x2 + 0 u 24. (a)
x3 a3 0 0 x3 1 1 0
A=
1 1
x1
y = [1 0 0] x2 s+1 0
sI – A =
x3 1 s+1
Qc = [B AB A2B] ..(i) 1
0
s+1
0 a1 0 0 0 [sI – A]–1 = 1 1
AB = 0 0 a2 0 = a2 2 s+1
(s + 1)
a3 0 0 1 0
(t) = eAt = L –1{(sI – A)–1}
0 a1 0 0 0 e t
0
A2B = AAB = 0 0 a2 0 = a2 eAt = t t
te e
a3 0 0 1 0
25. (b) sX2(s) – X2(0) = –2X2(s)

(s + 2) X2(s) = X2(0) X2(0) = –1
x1 1 1 0 x1 0
1
x2 = 0 1 0 x2 + 4 u X2(s) =
s+2
x3 0 0 2 x3 0
x2(t) = –e–2t
x1
27. (a)
y = [1 1 1] x2
The state equation from the given state diagram
x3
is,
1 1 0 0 x1 = x 2
A= 0 1 0 , B = 4 , C = [1 1 1]
x2 = x 3
0 0 2 0
x 3 = a3 x 3 + a2 x 2 + a1 x 1 + u
Check for controllability,
Also, y = c1x1 + c2x2 + c3x3
Qc = [B : AB : A2B]
Thus state matrix,
0 4 8
x1 0 1 0 x1 0
= 4 4 4
x2 = 0 0 1 x2 + 0 u
0 0 0
x3 a1 a2 a3 x3 1
For controllable,
Qc 0 x1
and [ c c
y = 1 2 3c ] x 2
Here, Qc = 4(0) = 0 ( Uncontrollable) x3
Check for observability,
Check for controllabiltiy:
Qo = [CT : ATCT A2T CT]
The system is said to be controllable if, the rank
1 1 1 of controllability matrix Qc is equal to the rank
= 1 0 1 of the state matrix A. However, if the
1 2 4 controllability matrix Qc is a square matrix is
For observable, then the condition for controllability is,
Qo 1 Qc 0
where, Qc = [B : AB : A2B]
Here, Qo = 1 ( Unobservable)
0 0 1
26. (c)
Qc = 0 1 a3
x1 1 0 x1 1 a3 a2 + a32
=
x2 0 2 x2
Q Qc 0 and rank of Qc = Rank of A = 3
x1 = –x 1 ...(i)
The system is controllable.
x2 = –2x 2 ...(ii)
The system is said to be observable if, the rank
Applying Laplace transform on both equations. of observability matrix Qo is equal to the rank of
sX1(s) – x1(0) = –X1(s) the state matrix A. However, if the observability
X1(s) [s + 1] = X1(0) [Given, x1(0) = 1] matrix Qo is a square matrix then the condition
1 for observability is,
X1(s) =
s+1 Qo 0
e–t = x1(t)
where, Qo = [CT : ATCT : (AT)2 CT] 29. (d)

c1 c2 c3
Qo = c 3 a1 c 1 + c 2 a2 c 2 + c 2 a3
x1 0 1 x1
Given, =
c1 (c 2 + c3 a3 ) c 3 a1 + (c 2 + c3 a3 ) a2 c 1 + c2 a2 + (c 2 + c 3 a3 ) a3 x2 0 0 x2
Q Qo depends on value of unknown. 0 1
A=
Hence, not observability always. 0 0
[sI – A] =
28. (b)
s 0 0 1 s 1
Given, x(t ) = Ax(t), x(0) = x0 =
0 s 0 0 0 s
Taking the Laplace transform, [sI – A] = s2
sX(s) – x(0) = AX(s) (t) = L –1[sI – A]–1
[sI – A] X(s) = x(0)
1 s 1
X(s) = [sI – A]–1 x(0) =
s2 0 s
x(t) = L –1 [sI – A]–1 x(0) ...(i)
Conditions given are: 1 1
t 1 s s2 = 1 t
1 e = L
For, x0 = ; x(t ) = 1 0 1
1 t 0
e s
t 2t
0 e e 30. (d)
For, x0 = ; x(t ) =
1 e t
+ 2e 2t The response of the system is given by
x(t) = L –1[(sI – A)–1 x(0) + (sI – A)–1 B U(s)]
Using the linearity property in equation (i),
and the complete response,
K1 x1(t) = L –1 [sI – A]–1 x1(0) K1
y(t) = [C] x(t)
K2 x2(t) = L –1 [sI – A]–1 x2(0) K2
From the given state model,
Using the linearity property as,
K1 x1(t) + K2 x2(t) = L –1 [sI – A]–1 0 1
A= ; B = 0; C = [0 1]
= [K1 x1(0) + K2 x2(0)] ...(ii) 0 1
Also, X3(s) = [sI – A]–1 x3(0) 1
and x(0) =
1 0 3 0
So, K1 + K2 =
1 1 5 1
s 1 1 s+1 1
K1 3 (sI – A)–1 = =
0 s+1 s ( s + 1) 0 s
=
K1 + K 2 5
1 s+1 1 1
K1 = 3 (sI – A)–1 x(0) =
K2 = 8 s (s + 1) 0 s 0
So from equation (ii), we get x(t),
1 s+1 1 /s
x(t) = K1x1(t) + K2 x2(t) = =
s (s + 1) 0 0
t t 2t
e e e x(t) = L –1[(sI – A)–1 x(0)]
= 3 +8
t t 2t
e e + 2e 1
= u(t )
0
t 2t
11 e 8e and the complete response,
= t 2t
11 e + 16 e 1
y(t) = [0 1] x(t ) = [0 1] =0
0
31. (a) Qc 0 Hence system is controllable.

State matrix form:
For observability,
2 1 3
x = x+ u C 1 0
0 4 1 Qo = =
CA 2 0
y = [3 –2] x
The transfer function from state matrix can be Qo = 0 Hence system is not observable.
calculated as,
T(s) = C[sI – A]–1 B + D 33. Sol.
Here, x1 ( t ) 0 0 x1 ( t ) 0
= + u(t )
s 2 1 1 x2 (t ) 0 9 x2 (t ) 45
[sI – A]–1 =
0 s+4 By applying Laplace transform on both sides,
( s + 4) 1 we get,
1
= sX1(s) – x1(0) = 0
( s 2) (s + 4) 0 (s 2)
C[sI – A]–1 B x1 (0)
X1(s) = =0 [Q x1(0) = 0]
s
1 (s + 4) 1 3
= [3 2] So, x1(t) = 0
(s 2) ( s + 4) 0 (s 2) 1
45
1 3s + 12 + 1 and sX2(s) – x2(0) = 9 X2 (s) +
= [3 2] s
( s 2) ( s + 4) s+2
45
1 X2(s) = [Q x2(0) = 0]
= [9s + 39 + 2s 4] s ( s + 9)
(s 2) (s + 4)
11 s + 35 Required value = lim x12 (t ) + x22 (t )
= t
(s 2) (s + 4)
32. (a) = lim x2 (t ) [Q x1(t) = 0]

t
x1 (t ) + 2 x1 (t ) = 3u(t) 45
lim x2 (t ) = lim sX2 (s ) = =5
t s 0 9
x2 (t ) + x2 (t ) = u(t)
So, Required value = 5 = 5
x1 (t ) = –2x1(t) + 3u(t)
x2 (t ) = –x2(t) + u(t) 34. (d)

Given state variable equations are as follows:
x1 2 0 x1 3
= + U d
x2 0 1 x2 1 x 1 (t ) x 2 ( t ) = 0 ...(i)
dt
c(t) = x1(t)
d
x1 x2 (t ) + 2 x1 (t ) + 3x2 (t ) = r(t) ...(ii)
= [1 0] dt
x2
Also given that,
2 0 3 Input = r(t) and input = x1(t)
A= ;B=
0 1 1 By applying Laplace transform to equation (i),
C = [1 0] we get,
For controllability, sX1(s) = X2(s) ...(iii)
3 6 By applying Laplace transform to equation (ii),
Qc = [ B AB] = we get,
1 1
sX2(s) + 2X1(s) + 3X2(s) = R(s) Y (s) Y (s ) X 1 (s )

= ×
R(s ) 2 X1 (s ) U (s) X1 ( s ) U ( s )
X2(s) = ...(iv)
s+3 1
By substituting equation (iv) in equation (iii), = 1× 3 2
s + 3s + 2 s + 1
we get,
X1(s) [s3 + 3s2 + 2s + 1] = U(s)
R(s ) 2 X1 (s )
sX1(s) = x 2 = x1 (t )
s+3
(s2 + 3s + 2) X1(s) = R(s) X2(s) = sX1(s)
So, the transfer function of the given system is, x 3 = x2 (t )
X1 ( s ) 1 X3(s) = sX2(s) = s2X1(s)
= 2
R(s ) s + 3s + 2 So, sX3(s) = –X1(s) – 2X2(s) – 3X3(s) + U(s)
2 =2
n x3 (t ) = –x1(t) – 2x2(t) – 3x3(t) + u(t)
2 n =3 y(t) = x1(t)
3 3
= = = 1.06 0 1 0 0
2 n 2 2
x(t ) = 0 0 1 x(t ) + 0 u(t )
As > 1, the given system is overdamped.
1 2 3 1
35. (a) y(t) = [1 0 0] x(t)
Transfer function,
37. (a)
Y (s)
T(s) = = C [sI A] 1 B From source transformation,
U (s)
4 1.5 2 2 i 0.5 H (a ) 1
A= ; B=
4 0 0
C = [1.5 0.625] +
2i1 V 0.25 F i2
s + 4 1.5 Loop 1 –
[sI – A] =
4 s
1 s 1.5
[sI – A]–1 = KVL in loop 1,
(s + 4s + 6) 4 s + 4
2
2s di
1 2i 1 = 2i + 0.5 +V
[sI – A]–1 B = dt
s 2 + 4s + 6 8
di
1 2s = –2V – 4i + 4i1 ...(i)
C[sI – A]–1 B = [1.5 0.625] dt
2 8
s + 4s + 6 KCL at node (a),
3s + 5
T(s) = dV V i2
s 2 + 4s + 6 i = 0.25 +
dt 1
36. (c) dv
= –4V + 4i + 4i2 ...(ii)
X(t) = Ax(t) + Bu(t) dt
y(t) = Cx(t) d v 4 4 v 0 4 i1
= +
0 dt i 2 4 i 4 0 i2
B= 0
1
38. (b) dVC (t )

= iS(t) – VC(t)
iS(t) = iL(t) + iR(t) dt
V (t ) VC(t) = iS(t) – VC(t) ...(2)
= iL (t ) + R
1 Vo(t) = VC(t) ...(3)
V (t ) iL (t ) 1 0 iL ( t ) 1
iS(t) = iL (t ) + L = + i (t )
1 VC (t ) 0 1 VC (t ) 1 S
But, VL(t) = VR(t) = 1iR(t)
iL ( t )
V (t ) di (t ) di (t ) [Volt] = [0 1]
iR(t) = L = L L = L VC (t )
1 dt dt
Controllability:
diL (t )
iS(t) = iL (t ) + 1 1
dt QC = [ B AB] =
1 1
diL
= iS(t) – iL(t)
dt QC = 0 Not controllable
iL(t) = iS(t) – iL(t) ...(1) Observability :
iS(t) = iC(t) + iR(t) C 0 1
Q0 = =
dV (t ) CA 0 1
iS(t) = C C + iR (t )
dt
Q0 = 0 Not observable
dVC (t ) VR (t )
iS(t) = +
dt 1 Neither controllable nor observable.
dVC (t ) VC (t )
iS(t) = +
dt 1
Answers
EE State Space Analysis
1. (a) 2. (b) 3. (c) 4. (a) 5. (a) 6. (–1, –2, –3) 7. (a) 8. (c)
9. (b) 10. (b) 11. (a) 12. (a) 13. (a) 14. (a) 15. (c) 16. (b)
17. (a) 18. (d) 19. (a) 20. (c) 21. (b) 22. (c) 23. (d) 24. (a)
25. (a) 26. (c) 27. (a) 28. (b) 29. (a) 30. (c) 31. (d) 32. (1.284)
33. (a)
Solutions
EE State Space Analysis
1. (a) e ae + bf
[B] = , [ AB] =
T.F. = C[sI – A]–1 B + D f ce + df
2. (b) Since, x1(t) = x2(t) and x1 (t ) = x2 (t )
x1 a b x1 ( t ) e e = f and a + b = c + d
Let, = + u(t ) e ae + bf
x2 c d x2 (t ) f
QC = B AB = =0
f ce + df
Uncontrollable.
3. (c) eAt = L –1 [sI – A]–1

3 e 3t e 2t e 3t
T.F. = =
s+1
0 e 2t
Pole = –1
Eigen value of ‘A’ = –1 x(t) = eAt X(0)
Option (c) is correct. e 3t
e 2t
e 3t
10
=
4. (a) 0 e 2t 10
20 e 3t 10 e 2 t
sI A =0 x(t) =
10 e 2 t
s a 1
=0 0
a s 1
Xss = lim x(t ) =
(s – a) (s – 1) – a = 0 t 0
eigen avlues,
8. (c)
s = 0, (a + 1)
eAT = L –1[sI – A]–1
5. (a)
9. (b)
T.F. = C[sI – A]–1 B + D
1 t
s+4 1 1 AT A( t )
= [1 0] +0 x(t) = e X(0) + e BU ( ) d
3 s+1 1 0
s+1 1 1 Q X(0) = 0 (Given)

[1 0]
3 s+4 1
=
t
e 2(t )
0 1
(s + 1) (s + 4) + 3 x(t) = 0 + (t ) dt
0 e 4( t ) 1
0
1
[s + 1 1]
1 s
1
e 2(t )
e2t
= = = (t ) dt =
s 2 + 5s + 4 + 3 s 2 + 5s + 7 0 e 4(t )
e 4t
6. Sol. Output y(t) = [4 0] x(t)
s 1 0 e 2t
= [4 0]
sI A = 0 s 1 =0 e 4t
6 11 s + 6 Hence, y(t) = 4e2t
s3 + 6s2 + 11s + 6 = 0
10. (b)
eigen values are s = –1, –2, –3.
1 2
7. (a) QC = =0
0 0
1
s+3 1 Uncontrollable
[sI – A]–1 =
0 s+2 Characteristic equation:
1 1 sI A =0
s+3 (s + 2) (s + 3)
= s 2 3
1 =0
0 0 s 5
(s + 2)
s2 – 7s + 13 = 0
eigen values, s = 3.5 ± j0.866 13. (a)

i.e. roots lies on right side of s-plane.
0 2
unstable. System a matrix = A =
2 0
11. (a) s 0 0 2 s 2
sI – A = =
State transition matrix, 0 s 2 0 2 s
e 2t
0 Characteristic equation sI A =0
(t) = t
0 e s 2
2 s =0
Initial conditions,
2 s2 – 4 = 0
x(0) = Roots of the characteristic equation are
3
–2 and +2.
Zero input response is given by
x(t) = (t) x(0) 14. (a)
e 2t
0 2 2e 2t 0 1 1
= x(t ) = x (t ) + V (t ) ...(i)
t 3 t 0 3 0
0 e 3e
State of the system at t = 1 s, x(t ) = Ax(t) + Bu(t) ...(ii)
Comparing equation (i) and (ii), we get
2e 2 0.271
x(t ) t = 1 = = A = system matrix
3e 1 1.100
0 1 1
= and B =
0 3 0
12. (a)
d s 0 0 1 s 1
Let, x1 = and x2 = [sI – A] = =
dt 0 s 0 3 0 s+3
x2 = x 1 s+3 1
0 s
d2 Bd k2 k [sI – A]–1 =
+ + = Va s(s + 3) 0 x ( 1)
dt 2 J dt LJ LJ
1 1
d2 Bd k2 k s s(s + 3)
= + Va
dt 2 J dt LJ = 1
0
2 s+3
B k k
x1 = x1 x2 + Va
J LJ LJ 1 1 1 1
x2 = x 1 s 3 s s+3
[sI – A]–1 =
1
0
x1 x1 s+3
= P + QVa
x2 x2 State transition matrix
where, = L –1 [(sI – A)–1]
B k2 k
1
1
(1 e 3t
)
P= J LJ and Q = LJ (t) = 3
3t
1 0 0 0 e
15. (c) Replacing equation (i),

ZIR (Zero Input Response) = (t) × X(0) x3 + 4 x3 2 x2 + x1 = u(t)
1 3t x3 = x1 + 2 x 2 4x3 + u(t )
1 (1 e ) 1
= 3
3t 3 x1 = x 2
0 e
x2 = x 3
3t 3t
1+1 e e
= = x3 = x1 + 2 x 2 4x3 + u(t )
3t 3t
3e 3e
ZSR (Zero State Response) x1 0 1 0 x1 0
= L –1[(sI – A)–1 BU(s)] x2 = 0 0 1 x2 + 0 u(t )
x3 1 2 4 x3 1
1 1
1 s s(s + 3) 1 1
= L 0 1 0
1 0 s
0 So, A = 0 0 1
s+3
1 2 4
2 t
1 1/ s
= L = 17. (a)
0 0
Any state equation represents the dynamical
State transition equation,
behaviour of the given network. State equations
e 3t t usually follow a sepcific ‘format’ while being
= ZIR + ZSR = +
3 e 3t 0 represented. On the left side of each state
equation, the derivative of only one variable is
t e 3t used. On the right hand side a mathematical
=
3 e 3t function is represented involving any or all the
state variables and the sources.
16. (b)
3 0.2 H I1 + I2 5 I2
Y (s) 3(s 2) + –
H(s) = = 3 + V – I1
U ( s ) s + 4s 2 2 s + 1 x
V –
Y ( s ) X1 ( s ) 1 I 0.5 H II + 0.2Vx
= 3(s 2) 3 2
X1 ( s ) U ( s ) s + 4s 2 s + 1
X1 ( s ) 1
Let, = 3 2
U(s) s + 4s 2 s + 1 Using KVL in Loop-I,
3 2
s x1(s) + 4s x1(s) – 2sx1(s) + x1(s) = u(s) dI 1
V 3( I1 + I 2 ) Vx 0.5 =0 ...(i)
d dt
Replacing ‘s’ by ,
dt Using KVL in Loop-II,
3 2
d x1 d x dx1 dI1
2
+ 4 21 2 + x1 = u(t ) ...(i) 0.5 5 I 2 + 0.2Vx = 0 ...(ii)
dt dt dt dt
dx1 Eliminating I2 from equation (i) and (ii), we get
Let, = x 2 = x1
dt
dI1 5
= 1.4 Vx 3.75 I1 + V
d 2 x1 dt 4
= x2 = x3
dt
18. (d) x1 ( t ) 3 1 x 1 (t ) 2
= + u(t )
x = Ax + Bu and y = Cx x2 (t ) 0 2 x 2 (t ) 1
where, x = AX + BU
0 1 0 3 1 2
A= ,B= , C = [1 0] and D = 0 So, A= ,B=
0 2 1 0 2 1
s 0 0 1 s 1 y(t) = x1(t)
[sI – A] = =
0 s 0 2 0 s+2 x1 ( t )
y(t) = [1 0]
1 s+2 1 x2 (t )
[sI – A]–1 =
s (s + 2) 0 s y = CX + DU
Transfer function, So, C = [1 0] and D = 0
= C[sI – A]–1 B + D s 0 3 1
[sI – A] =
s+2 1 0 0 s 0 2
0 s 1 s+3 1
= [1 0]
s(s + 2) =
0 s+2
1
s+2 1
s
1
= [1 0] = 0 s+3
s(s + 2) s(s + 2) [sI – A]–1 =
(s + 2) (s + 3)
19. (a) T.F. = C[sI – A]–1 B + D
1 s+2 1
G(s) =
s(s + 2) 0 s+3 2
= [1 0] +0
and H(s) = 1 (s + 2) ( s + 3) 1
r(t) = u(t)
2(s + 2) + 1
1
R(s) = s+3
s = [1 0]
(s + 2) ( s + 3)
R(s) 1/ s
Error = E(s) = = 2s + 5 2s + 5
1 + G(s) H (s) 1 + 1 = =
s(s + 2) (s + 2) (s + 3) s2 + 5s + 6
s+2
E(s) = 21. (b)
s(s + 2) + 1
Steady-state error, using final value theorem, s+2 1
0 s+3
ess = lim sE(s) [sI – A]–1 =
s 0 (s + 2) (s + 3)
s(s + 2)
= lim =0 1 1
s 0 s(s + 2) + 1
s+3 (s + 2) (s + 3)
=
20. (c) 1
0
Selecting x1(t) and x2(t) as state variables, s+2
dx1 (t ) 1 1 1
x1 (t ) = = 3x1 (t ) + x2 (t ) + 2 u(t )
dt s+3 s+2 s+3
dx2 (t ) =
1
x2 = = 2 x2 (t ) + u(t ) 0
dt s+2
State transition matrix For system to be controllable, the matrix Qc must

= L –1 [(sI – A)–1] be non-singualr,
1 1 1 Qc = B AB A2 B
1 s + 3 s+2 s+3
= L
AB = [ 0 a2 0]
1 T
0
s+2
0 0 a1 a2
e 3t e 2t e 3t a2 a3 0 0
= A2 =
0 e 2t 0 a1 a3 0
22. (c) A2B = [a1a2 0 0]2

0 0 a1 a2
1 2 0
A= and B = Qc = 0 a2 0
0 2 1
1 0 0
s 0 1 2
[sI – A] =
0 s 0 2 Qc = a1 a22
For Qc to be non-singular,
s+1 2
= 0 s 2 Qc 0
a1 0 and a2 0 and a3 R
s 2 2
0 s+1 24. (a)
[sI – A]–1 = ...(i)
(s + 1) (s 2)
2 0 1
Transfer function = C[sI – A]–1 B A= , B=
0 1 1
So denominator of equation (i) gives poles of
2 0 1 2
the system, AB = =
0 1 1 1
(s + 1) (s – 2) = 0
s = –1 and 2 For controllabilty,
One pole lies in RHS of s-plane. B : AB 0
Hence, the so system is unstable.
1 2
For controllability, Qc is defined as, or, = –1 – (–2) = 1
1 1
Qc = [B : AB]
0
1 2 0 2
AB = = The system is controllable,
0 2 1 2
1
Qc = [B : AB] CT =
0
0 2
= 1 2 2 0 1 2
ATCT = =
0 1 0 0
Qc 0 For observability,
Hence the system is controllabe. CT : AT C T 0
23. (d) 1 2
or, 0 0 =0
0 a1 0 0
A= 0 0 a2 , B = 0 , C = [1 0 0]T The system is not observable.
a3 0 0 1
25. (a)
et 0
s 0 2 0 L –1[sI – A]–1 = t
[sI – A] = te et
0 s 0 1
et 0
s+2 0 State transition matrix =
= t et et
0 s+1
1 27. (a)
0
s+2
[sI – A]–1 = 0 1 0
1 , B= , C = [1 0]
0 Given, A=
s+1 1 1 1
1 1 Transfer function of the given system is given

0 by
s+2 1 s+2
[sI – A]–1 [B] = =
1 1 1 Y (s)
0
s+1 s+1 = C(sI – A)–1 B
U (s)
1 s 0 0 1
s+2 1 Now, (sI – A) =
C[sI – A]–1 [B] = [ 1 0] = 0 s 1 1
1 s+2
s+1 s 1
=
1 1 s+1
G(s) =
s+2 s+1 1
1
Y (s ) 1 (sI – A)–1 = 2
(s + s + 1) 1 s
=
X( s ) s+2
Transfer function,
1 1 1 1 s+1 1 0
Y(s) = = Y (s) 1
s (s + 2) 2 s s+2 = 2
[1 0]
U (s) s +s+1 1 s 1
1 2t 1 1 2t
y(t) = (1 e ) = e 1 0
2 2 2 = [(s + 1) 1]
2 1
s +s+1
26. (c)
1 1
= ×1 =
x1 1 0 x1 1 2
(s + s + 1) 2
(s + s + 1)
Given, = 1 1 + u
x2 x2 1
Y (s) 1
= 2
or, x(t ) = Ax(t) + Bu U (s) s +s+1
1 0 1 Given, Input = unit step
Here, [A] = , B= 1
1 1 1
U(s) =
State transition matrix is given by, s
Y(s) =
eAt = L –1[sI – A]–1
1 1 1
s 1 0 × =
Now, [sI – A] = s s 2 + s + 1 s(s 2 + s + 1)
1 s 1
Final value = lim {sY (s)}
1 s 1 0 s 0
[sI – A]–1 = 2
(s 1) 1 s 1
1
= lim =1
1 s 0 s2 + s + 1
0
( s 1) Error = Final value – Initial value
= 1 1 ess = 0
(s 1)2 ( s 1)
28. (b) 30. (c)

Equations from flow diagram, Given, x(t ) = Px + Qu
x1 = 5x1 – 2x2 + u1, y1 = x1 y = Rx
x2 = 2x1 + x2 + u1 + u2, y2 = x1 – x2 1 1 0
P= ,Q = , R = [0 1]
0 3 1
5 2 1 0 1 0
x3 = 2 x+ u; y = x For controllability,
1 1 1 1 1
A B C Qc = [Q PQ]
Considering the SISO cases: 1 1 0 1
[PQ] = =
1. u1 (Input) and y1 (Output): 0 3 1 3
5 2 1 0 1
A ; B and C = [1 0] Qc =
2 1 1 1 3
Qc = –1 0 ...(Controllable)
C 1 0
O = Also, for observability,
CA 5 2
Q0 = [RT PTRT]
Rank (O) = 2 observable
1 0 0 0
1 3 [PT RT] = =
C [ B AB] = 1 3 1 3
1 3
0 0
Rank (C) 2 non-controllable Q0 =
1 3
2. u2 (Input) and y1 (Output):
Q0 = (0 × –3 – 0 × 1) = 0
5 2 0 ...(Non-observable
A ; B and C [1 1]
2 1 1 Since, Qc 0 and Q0 = 0
System is controllable but not observable.
1 0
O Rank (O) = 2 observable
5 2 31. (d)
0 2 1 2 1
C Given, X = 2 0 X+ 2 u
1 1
and Y = [1 0] X
Rank (C) = 2 non-controllable
Transfer function = C[sI – A]–1 B + D
29. (a) s 2
2 2
x = Ax s s 4 s s 4
[sI – A]–1 =
Eigen values are 2 s 1
1 and 2.
We can write, s2 s 4 s2 s 4
e 1t 0 s+4
(t) = 2
2t
s s 4
0 e (sI – A)–1 × B = s 1
Response due to initial conditions, s2 s 4
x(t) = (t) x(0)
Y (s)
= C[sI – A]–1 × B
e 1t 0 U (s)
x(t) = = e 1t
0 e 2t 0 s+4
= 2
s s 4
32. Sol. 33. (a)

y(t) = [1 0] x(t) Characteristic equation is,
x(t) = L –1[(sI – A)–1] x(0) sI A =0
+ L –1[(sI – A)–1] BU(s)]
s 1
1 sI A =
L –1[(sI – A)–1] x(0) = s+2
0
= s2 + 2s + =0
2t
0.25 + 0.5t + 0.25 e 2
L –1[(sI – A)–1] BU(s)] = n =
2t
0.5 0.5 e
n =
2t
0.75 + 0.5t + 0.25 e
x(t) = 2 n =2
2t
0.5 0.5 e
=
y(t) = 0.75 + 0.5t + 0.25e–2t
y(1) = 1.284
GATE-2023
Network Theory
Contents
1. Basics of Network Analysis .............................................................................................................. 1-41
2. Sinusoidal Steady State .................................................................................................................. 42-68
3. Network Theorems ....................................................................................................................... 69-104
4. Transient Analysis ........................................................................................................................ 105-139
5. Two Port Networks ..................................................................................................................... 140-161
6. Network Functions ..................................................................................................................... 162-169

1 Basics of Network Analysis
ELECTRO NICS EN GINEERIN G 1 2H
Q.1 A square waveform as shown in figure is

N4
applied across 1 mH ideal inductor. The current 1F
through the inductor is a ______ wave of ______
peak amplitude. (a) N1 and N2 (b) N2 and N4
V (c) N1 and N3 (d) N1 and N4
[EC-1992 : 2 Marks]
1
Q.3 A network contains linear resistors and ideal
voltage sources. If values of all the resistors are
0 0.5 1 t(m-sec) doubled, then the voltage across each resistor is
(a) halved
–1
(b) doubled
[EC-1987 : 2 Marks] (c) increased by four times
(d) not changed
Q.2 Of the networks, N1, N2, N3 and N4 of figure, the
[EC-1993 : 2 Marks]
networks having identical driving point
function are Q.4 The two electrical sub-networks N1 and N2 are
connected through three resistors as shown in
2H 1
figure. The voltage across 5 resistor and 1
resistor are given to be 10 V and 5 V, respectively.
1 1F
Then voltage across 15 resistor is
N1
1F + 10 V –
5
15
2H 1 N1 N2
1
+ 5V –
N2
2 1F (a) –105 V (b) +105 V
(c) –15 V (d) +15 V
[EC-1993 : 2 Marks]
1
1 Q.5 A dc circuit shown in figure has a voltage source
V, a current source I and several resistors. A
1H particular resistor R dissipates a power of
4 Watts when V alone is active. The same resistor
N3
1F R dissipates a power of 9 Watts when I alone is
active. The power dissipated by R when both
sources are active will be
2 Electronics Engineering Network Theory
Q.9 The voltage V in figure is always equal to

+
Resistive 2A
V R 2
network
–
+
I
V 5V
–
(a) 1 W (b) 5 W
(c) 13 W (d) 25 W
(a) 9 V (b) 5 V
[EC-1993 : 1 Mark]
(c) 1 V (d) None of these
Q.6 Two 2 H inductance coils are connected in series [EC-1997 : 1 Mark]
and are also magnetically coupled to each other
the coefficient of coupling being 0.1. The total Q.10 The voltage V in figure is
inductance of the combination can be 3
(a) 0.4 H (b) 3.2 H +
(c) 4.0 H (d) 4.4 H
V 10 V 5V
[EC-1995 : 1 Mark]
Q.7 The current i4 in the circuit of figure is equal to –
(a) 10 V (b) 15 V
(c) 5 V (d) None of these
[EC-1997 : 1 Mark]
Q.11 In the circuit of figure the equivalent impedance

seen across terminals A, B is
2 4
j3
(a) 12 A (b) –12 A
(c) 4 A (d) None of these
Zeq
[EC-1997 : 1 Mark] –j 4
2 4
Q.8 The voltage V in figure is equal to
B
4V
16 8
(a) (b)
3 3
5V 2 4V
8
(c) + 12 j (d) None of the above
3
+ V – [EC-1997 : 2 Marks]
(a) 3 V (b) –3 V Q12 In the circuit shown in the figure the current iD
(c) 5 V (d) None of these through the ideal diode (zero cut in voltage and
[EC-1997 : 1 Mark] zero forward resistance) equals
iD Q.16 In the circuit of the figure, the voltage v(t) is

4
1 1 1
+
10 V 4 1 2A at bt
e V(t) 1H e
–
(a) 0 A (b) 4 A
(a) eat – ebt (b) eat + ebt
(c) aeat – bebt (d) aeat + bebt
[EC-1997 : 3 Marks]
[EC-2000 : 1 Mark]
Q.13 The nodal method of circuit analysis is based
Q.17 In the circuit of the figure, the value of the voltage
on
source E is
(a) KVL and Ohm’s law
V2 0V
(b) KCL and Ohm’s law
+ +
(c) KCL and KVL
1V – – 1V
(d) KCL, KVL and Ohm’s law
[EC-1998 : 1 Mark] +
E=?
–
Q.14 The voltage across the terminals ‘a’ and ‘b’ in
figure is 4V +
+ 5V
2 1 – –
a
V1 10 V
+ (a) –16 V (b) 4 V

1V 2 3A (c) –6 V (d) 16 V
–
[EC-2000 : 1 Mark]
b Q.18 For the circuit in the figure, the voltage Vo is

(a) 0.5 V (b) 3.0 V 2 2
(c) 3.5 V (d) 4.0 V
[EC-1998 : 1 Mark]
+ –
4V 2V
Q.15 A Delta-connected network with its Wye- – – +
2 Vo
equivalent is shown in figure. The resistance +
R1, R2 and R3 (in ) are respectively
a (a) 2 V (b) 1 V
a (c) –1 V (d) None of these
R1 [EC-2000 : 2 Marks]
5 30
Q.19 The voltage eo in the figure is
R2 R3
b c 4 2
15
b c
+
(a) 1, 5, 3 and 9 (b) 3, 9 and 1.5 12 V 4 eo 2
(c) 9, 3 and 1.5 (d) 3, 1.5 and 9 –
[EC-1999 : 2 Marks]
4 ZL ZL
(a) 2 V (b) V
3 3-phase
400 V ZL
(c) 4 V (d) 8 V balanced
source
[EC-2000 : 1 Mark]
Q.20 If each branch of a delta circuit has impedance
3 Z , then each branch of the equivalent Wye (a) 90 32.44° (b) 80 32.44°
(c) 80 –32.44° (d) 90 –32.44°
circuit has impedance.
[EC-2002 : 2 Marks]
Z
(a) (b) 3Z
3 Q.24 The minimum number of equations required to
analyze the circuit shown in the figure is
Z
(c) 3 3 Z (d) C C
3
[EC-2000 : 1 Mark]
Q.21 The voltage eo in the figure is R R
V R C R
2
16 V +
(a) 3 (b) 4
8A 10 12 eo
(c) 6 (d) 7
6 – [EC-2003 : 1 Mark]
Q.25 Twelve 1 resistances are used as edges to form

(a) 48 V (b) 24 V a cube. The resistance between two diagonally
opposite corners of the cube is
(c) 36 V (d) 28 V
[EC-2001 : 2 Marks] 5
(a) (b) 1
6
Q.22 The dependent current source shown in the
6 3
figure, (c) (d)
5 2
5 [EC-2003 : 2 Marks]
+ Q.26 The current flowing through the resistance R in

V1
V1 = 20 V I 5 A the circuit in the figure has the form P cos4t,
5
– where P is
M = 0.75 H
(a) delivers 80 W 1/10.24 F
(b) absorbs 80 W
R = 3.92
(c) delivers 40 W
3
(d) absorbs 40 W
[EC-2002 : 1 Mark] V = 2 cos4t
20 V
Q.23 If the three-phase balanced source in the figure

(a) (0.18 + j0.72) (b) (0.46 + j1.90)
delivers 1500 W at a leading power factor 0.844,
then the value of ZL (in ohm) is approximately (c) –(0.18 + j1.90) (d) –(0.192 + j0.144)
[EC-2003 : 2 Marks]
Q.27 An ideal sawtooth voltage waveform of Q.30 Impedance Z as shown in the given figure is
frequency 500 Hz and amplitude 3 V is
j5 j2
generated by charging a capacitor of 2 µF in
every cycle.
The charging requires j10
j2
(a) constant voltage source of 3 V for 1 ms. j10
(b) constant voltage source of 3 V for 2 ms.
(c) constant current source of 3 mA for 1 ms.
(d) constant current source of 3 mA for 2 ms. Z
[EC-2003 : 2 Marks] (a) j29 (b) j9
Q.28 The equivalent inductance measured between (c) j19 (d) j39
the terminals 1 and 2 for the circuit shown in [EC-2005 : 2 Marks]
the figure is Q.31 If R1 = R2 = R4 = R and R3 = 1.1 R in the bridge
M circuit shown in the figure, then the reading in
1
the ideal voltmeter connected between
L1 L2 ‘a’ and ‘b’ is
R1 R4
2
+
(a) L1 + L2 + M (b) L1 + L2 – M a b
10 V –
+
(c) L1 + L2 + 2M (d) L1 + L2 – 2M –
[EC-2004 : 1 Mark] R2 R3
Q.29 For the circuit in the figure, the initial conditions
V (s)
are zero. Its transfer function H (s ) = c is,
Vi (s ) (a) 0.238 V (b) 0.138 V
10 mH
(c) –0.238 V (d) 1 V
10 k
[EC-2005 : 2 Marks]
vi(t ) 100 µF vc(t) Q.32 In the interconnection of ideal sources shown

in the figure, it is known that the 60 V source is
absorbing power.
1 20 V
(a)
s + 10 s + 106
2 6
106
(b)
s 2 + 10 3 s + 106 I 60 V
10 3
(c)
s 2 + 10 3 s + 106
12 A
106
(d) Which of the following can be the value of the
s 2 + 10 6 s + 106
current source I ?
[EC-2004 : 2 Marks]
(a) 10 A (b) 13 A
(c) 15 A (d) 18 A I
j4 –j 4
[EC-2009 : 1 Mark] + 6
14 0° A
Q.33 A fully charged mobile phone with a 12 V battery –
is good for a 10 minute talk-time. Assume that, 6 6
during the talk-time the battery delivers a
constant current of 2 A and its voltage drops
(a) 1.4 0° A (b) 2.0 0° A
linearly from 12 V to 10 V as shown in the figure.
(c) 2.8 0° A (d) 3.2 0° A
How much energy does the battery deliver
[EC-2011 : 2 Marks]
during this talk-time?
Q.36 In the circuit shown below, the current through
v (t ) the inductor is
12 V
10 V
1 j1
1 0A
t
0 10 min 1 0V 1 0V
– + + –
(a) 220 J (b) 12 kJ
(c) 13.2 kJ (d) 14.4 J
1 0A
[EC-2009 : 1 Mark] –j1 1
Q.34 In the circuit shown, the power supplied by the

voltage source is
2 1
(a) A (b) A
1 1+ j 1+ j
1
(c) A (d) 0 A
1 1 1+ j
[EC-2012 : 1 Mark]
10 V
Q.37 The average power delivered to an impedance
1A
(4 – j3) by a current 5 cos(100 t + 100) A is
1 2A
(a) 44.2 W (b) 50 W
(c) 62.5 W (d) 125 W
1
[EC-2012 : 1 Mark]
(a) 0 W (b) 5 W Q.38 If VA – VB = 6 V, then VC – VD is

(c) 10 W (d) 100 W R VA 2 VB R
[EC-2010 : 2 Marks]
–
Q.35 In the circuit shown below, the current I is R
R
R R 10 V
1 R
equal to +
+ –
VC VD R
5V 2A
(a) –5 V (b) 2 V Q.41 Three capacitors C1, C2 and C3 whose values

(c) 3 V (d) 6 V are 10 µF, 5 µF and 2 µF respectively, have
[EC-2012 : 2 Marks] breakdown voltages of 10 V, 5 V and 2 V
respectively. For the interconnection shown
Q.39 Consider a delta-connection of resistors and its below, the maximum safe voltage in volts that
equivalent star-connection as shown below. If can be applied across the combination, and the
all elements of the delta-connection are scaled corresponding total charge in µC stored in the
by a factor k, k > 0, the elements of the effective capacitance across the terminals are,
corresponding star equivalent will be scaled by respectively
a factor of
C2 C3
Ra
Rb Rc
C1
RC RB (a) 2.8 and 36 (b) 7 and 119

(c) 2.8 and 32 (d) 7 and 80
[EC-2013 : 2 Marks]
RA
Common Data for Questions (42 and 43):
Consider the following figure:
(a) k 2 (b) k
(c) 1/k (d) k
5
[EC-2013 : 1 Mark] Is
10 V 2 1
Q.40 The following arrangement consists of an ideal +
transformer and an attenuator which attenuates Vs 2A
by a factor of 0.8. An ac voltage VWX1 = 100 V is –
applied across WX to get an open-circuit voltage
VYZ across YZ. Next, an ac voltage VYZ2 = 100 V
1 Q.42 The current Is in amperes in the voltage source,
is applied across YZ to get an open-circuit
voltage VWX2 across WX. Then, VYZ1/VWX1, and voltage Vs in volts across the current source
VWX2/VYZ2 are respectively, respectively, are
(a) 13, –20 (b) 8, –10
W
(c) –8, 20 (d) –13, 20
1 : 1.25
[EC-2013 : 2 Marks]
Y
Q.43 The current in the 1 resistor in amperes is
(a) 2 (b) 3.33
X Z
(c) 10 (d) 12
125 80 100 80 [EC-2013 : 2 Marks]
(a) and (b) and
100 100 100 100
Q.44 Consider the configuration shown in the figure
100 100 80 80
(c) and (b) and which is a portion of a larger electrical network.
100 100 100 100
[EC-2013 : 2 Marks]
i5
(a) 22 + j2 V (b) 2 + j22 V
i2 (c) 22 – j2 V (d) 2 – j22 V
R R [EC-2014 : 2 Marks]
i3
Q.48 The circuit shown in the figure represents a
i4
i1 R i6
For R = 1 and currents i1 = 2 A, i4 = –1 A,

Ii AIIi
i5 = –4 A, which one of the following is true? R
(a) i6 = 5 A
(b) i3 = –4 A
(c) data is sufficient to conclude that the
supposed currents are impossible (a) voltage controlled voltage source
(d) data is insufficient to identify the currents (b) voltage controlled current source
i2, i3 and i6 (c) current controlled current source
[EC-2014 : 1 Mark] (d) current controlled voltage source
[EC-2014 : 1 Mark]
Q.45 A Y-network has resistance of 10 each in two
of its arms, while the third arms has a resistance Q.49 The magnitude of current (in mA) through the
of 11 in the equivalent -network, the lowest resistor R2 in the figure shown is _____ .
value (in ) among the three resistances is __ .
R2
[EC-2014 : 2 Marks]
1k
Q.46 For the Y-network shown in the figure, the value
of R1 (in ) in the equivalent -network is ___ . 10 mA R1 2k R3 4k 2 mA
R1
R4
5
3
3k
[EC-2014 : 1 Mark]
Q.50 The equivalent resistance in the infinite ladder

7.5
network shown in the figure, is Re .
2R R R R
[EC-2014 : 2 Marks]
Q.47 In the circuit shown in the figure, the value of

Re R R R R .....
node voltage V2 is
10 0°
The value Re/R is ______ .

V1 4 V2
[EC-2014 : 2 Marks]
Q.51 In the network shown in the figure, all resistors

4 0° A –j 3 6 j6
are identical with R = 300 . The resistance Rab
(in ) of the network is _____ .
a R3
e h
R R R R R
R R2 R2 R3
R3
R R R g
f R2
Rab R c
d
R R R R R R1
R2
R1 R2
b R2
[EC-2015 : 1 Mark]
a b
R1
Irms
Q.52 In the given circuit, the values of V1 and V2
respectively are V = 10 sin(t)
4 Rms current Irms (in mA) through the diode is

______ .
I
+
[EC-2016 : 2 Marks]
+
V2 5A 4 4 2I V1 Q.55 In the given circuit, each resistor has a value
– –
equal to 1 .
(a) 5 V, 25 V (b) 10 V, 30 V
(c) 15 V, 35 V (d) 0 V, 20 V
[EC-2015 : 1 Mark]
Q.53 In the circuit shown, the voltage Vx (in Volts) is

_______ .
0.5Vx
10 b
What is the equivalent resistance across the

+
5A Vx 20 8 + 0.25Vx terminals ‘a’ and ‘b’?
–
– 1 1
(a) (b)
6 3
[EC-2015 : 1 Mark] 9 8
(c) (d)
20 15
Q.54 An AC voltage source V = 10 sin(t) Volts is
[EC-2016 : 2 Marks]
applied to the following network. Assume that,
R1 = 3 k , R2 = 6 k and R3 = 9 k , and that the Q.56 In the circuit shown in the figure, the magnitude
diode is ideal. of the current (in Amperes) through R2 is ____ .
R1 R2
R1 R1
5 3
R3 +
60 V 0.04Vx 5 Vx
– R2
R1 R1 11 V
[EC-2016 : 2 Marks] R3 R3
Q.57 In the figure shown, the current ‘i’ (in Amperes) R2

is ______ .
5 R1 R1
1A
1 8V The magnitude of the current (in amperes,
accurate to two decimal places) through the
1 1
source is ______ .
8V
[EC-2018 : 2 Marks]
i
Q.60 Consider the circuit shown in the figure.
1
3
5A
[EC-2016 : 2 Marks] 2
7 I
Q.58 A connection is made consisting of resistance A P Q
in series with a parallel combination of

resistances B and C. Three resistors of value 6 2
10 , 5 , 2 are provided. Consider all
possible permutations of the given resistors into
The current ‘I’ flowing through the 7 resistor
the positions A, B, C and identify the
between P and Q (Rounded off to 1 decimal place)
configurations with maximum possible overall
is _______ A.
resistance. The ratio of maximum to minimum
values of the resistances (up to two decimal [EC-2021 : 1 Mark]
place) is _____ . Q.61 Consider the circuit shown in the figure.
[EC-2017 : 1 Mark]
6 mA
Q.59 Consider the network shown below with
R1 = 1 , R2 = 2 and R3 = 3 . The network is
connected to a constant voltage source of 11 V.
1k
4V
+
1k vo 2 mA
–
1k
The value of Vo (Rounded off to one decimal 1 2

(a) A (b) A
place) is _______ Volt. 15 15
[EC-2021 : 1 Mark] 4 8
(c) A (d) A
15 15
Q.62 The current ‘I’ in the circuit shown is _____ .
[EE-1992 : 1 Mark]
I 2k 2k
Q.2 All resistance in the circuit in figure are of (R )
each. The switch is initially open. What
5V
–3 happens to the lamp’s intensity when the switch
2k 10 A
is closed?
200 V
Lamp
+ –
(a) 1.25 × 10–3 A (b) 0.75 × 10–3 A

(c) –0.5 × 10–3 A (d) 1.16 × 10–3 A
[EC-2022]
Q.63 Consider the circuit shown in the figure. The

current ‘I’ flowing through the 10 resistor is
________ .
(a) Increases
1 I 10 2
(b) Decreases
(c) Remains same
+ + (d) Answer depends on the value of R
3V 2 1 3V
– – [EE-1992 : 1 Mark]
Q.3 In the circuit shown in figure, X is an element

which always absorbs power. During a
particular operation, it sets up a current of
(a) 1 A (b) 0 A 1 ampere in the possible that X can be absorb
(c) 0.1 A (d) –0.1 A the same power Px for another current i. Then
[EC-2022] the value of this current is
ELECTRICAL EN GINEERIN G X
(GATE Previous Years Solved Papers) i
Q.1 All resistance in figure are 1 each. The value

– +
of current ‘I’ is 1
6V
(a) (3 14) A (b) (3 + 14 ) A

I
[EE-1996 : 1 Mark]
+ Q.4 A practical current source is usually represented
1V
– by
(a) a resistance in series with an ideal current
source.
(b) a resistance in parallel with an ideal current Cs Cc

source. (a) Cc + (b) Cc +
2 2
(c) a resistance in parallel with an ideal voltage
source. (Cs + 3Cc )
(c) (d) 3 Cc + 2 Cs
(d) none of these [EE-1997 : 1 Mark] 2
[EE-1999 : 1 Mark]
Q.5 A 10 Volt battery with an internal resistance of
1 is connected across a non-linear load whose Q.9 When a resistor R is connected to a current
V-I characteristic is given by 7I = V 2 + 2V. The source, it consumes a power of 18 W. When the
current delivered by the battery is _______ A. same R is connected to a voltage source having
[EE-1997 : 1 Mark] the same magnitude as the current source, the
power absorbed by R is 4.5 W. The magnitude
Q.6 The value of E and I for the circuit shown in of the current source and the value of R are
figure, are _______ V and _______ A.
(a) 18 A and 1 (b) 3 A and 2
I 1 1
(c) 1 A and 18 (d) 6 A and 0.5
2A
[EE-1999 : 2 Marks]
E 6 4 1
Q.10 When a periodic triangular voltage of peak
amplitude 1 V and frequency 0.5 Hz is applied
to a parallel combination of 1 resistor and 1 F
capacitance, the current through the voltage
[EE-1997 : 2 Marks]
source has waveform.
Q.7 The voltage and current waveforms for an
element are shown in figure. The circuit element (a)
is ______ and its value is _______ .
i(t) V(t) (b)
2A 2V
(c)
t t
0 2s 0 2s
[EE-1997 : 2 Marks]
(d)
Q.8 For the circuit shown in figure, the capacitance
measured between terminals B and Y will be
[EE-1999 : 2 Marks]
R
Q.11 The circuit shown in the figure is equivalent to
Cc
a load of
Cc
I 2
B Y
Cc
Cs Cs
4 + 2I
–
4 8 (a) 3 – 8 cos2t (b) 32 sin2t

(a) (b) (c) 16 sin2t (d) 16 cos2t
3 3
(c) 4 (d) 2 [EE-2003 : 1 Mark]
[EE-2000 : 2 Marks] Q.15 Figure shows the waveform of the current
passing through an inductor of resistance 1
Q.12 Two incandescent light bulbs of 40 W and 60 W
and inductance 2 H. The energy absorbed by
ratings are connected in series across the mains.
the inductor in the first four second is
Then,
(a) the bulbs together consume 100 W.
(b) the bulbs together consume 50 W. 6A
(c) the 60 W bulb glows brighter.

(d) the 40 W bulb glows brighter.
t
[EE-2001 : 1 Mark] 0 2s 4s
Q.13 Consider the star network shown in figure. The (a) 144 J (b) 98 J
resistance between terminals A and B with (c) 132 J (d) 168 J
terminal C open is 6 , between terminal B and [EE-2003 : 1 Mark]
C with terminal A open is 11 , and between
Q.16 In figure, the potential difference between points
terminals C and A with terminal B open is 9 .
P and Q is
Then,
A
2A
RA
2 R 4
P Q
RB RC +
10 V
–
B
C 8 6
(a) RA = 4 , RB = 2 , RC = 5
(b) RA = 2 , RB = 4 , RC = 7 (a) 12 V (b) 10 V
(c) RA = 3 , RB = 3 , RC = 4 (c) –6 V (d) 8 V

(d) RA = 5 , RB = 1 , RC = 10 [EE-2003 : 2 Marks]
[EE-2001 : 2 Marks] Q.17 In figure, the value of R is
Q.14 A segment of a circuit shown in figure VR = 5 V, R
VC = 4 sin2t. The voltage VL is given by
Q 14 1
1A
+ 10 A 5A
5 VR
– 2
1F
P R 100 V 40 V
+ –
Vc
2A +
2H VL
(a) 10 (b) 18
–
S (c) 24 (d) 12
[EE-2003 : 2 Marks]
Q.18 In figure, the value of the source voltage is Q.22 In the figure given below the value of R is
10 Va 1 2A 8A R
P
100 V 10 10
1A 6 E
Q
(a) 2.5 (b) 5.0
(a) 12 V (b) 24 V
(c) 7.5 (d) 10.0
(c) 30 V (d) 44 V
[EE-2005 : 1 Mark]
[EE-2004 : 2 Marks]
Q.23 A 3 V d.c. supply with an internal resistance of
Q.19 In figure, the value of resistance R in is 2 supplies a passive non-linear resistance
10 2A 2
characterized by the relation VNL = I NL . The
power dissipated in the non-linear resistance is
100 V 10 R (a) 1.0 W (b) 1.5 W
(c) 2.5 W (d) 3.0 W
[EE-2007 : 2 Marks]
(a) 10 (b) 20
Q.24 Assuming ideal elements in the circuit shown
(c) 30 (d) 40 below, the voltage Vab will be
[EE-2004 : 2 Marks]
a R
Q.20 In figure, Ra, Rb and Rc are 20 , 10 and 10 +
respectively. The resistance R1, R2 and R3 in
of an equivalent star-connection are 1A Vab i 5V
a –
b
a R1
(a) –3 V (b) 0 V
Rb Rc
R3 R2
(c) 3 V (d) 5 V
[EE-2008 : 2 Marks]
Ra c
c c b Q.25 In the circuit shown in the figure, the value of
(a) 2.5, 5, 5 (b) 5, 2.5, 5 the current i will be given by
(c) 5, 5, 2.5 (d) 2.5, 5, 2.5 1 a b 3
+ Vab –
[EE-2004 : 2 Marks]
Q.21 The rms value of the current in the wire which 5V 1 1 i + 4V

– ab
carries a dc current of 10 A and a sinusoidal

alternating current of peak value of 20 A is
(a) 10 A (b) 14.14 A (a) 0.31 A (b) 1.25 A
(c) 15 A (d) 17.32 A (c) 1.75 A (d) 2.5 A
[EE-2004 : 2 Marks] [EE-2008 : 2 Marks]
Q.26 The current through the 2 k resistance in the (a) (5 A, Put Vs = 20 V)

circuit shown is (b) (2 A, Put Vs = 8 V)
1k C 1k (c) (5 A, Put Is = 10 V)
(d) (7 A, Put Is = 12 V)
A B [EE-2009 : 2 Marks]
2k
Q.30 As shown in the figure, a 1 resistance is
connected across a source that has a load line
1k D 1k v + i = 100. The current through the resistance is
i
+
6V
Source V 1
(a) 0 mA (b) 1 mA
(c) 2 mA (d) 6 mA –
[EE-2009 : 1 Mark] (a) 25 A (b) 50 A
Q.27 How many 200 W/220 V incandescent lamps (c) 100 A (d) 200 A
connected in series would consume the same [EE-2010 : 1 Mark]
total power as a single 100 W/220 V
Q.31 If the electrical circuit of Fig. (b) is an equivalent
incandescent lamp?
of the coupled tank system of Fig. (a), then
(a) non possible (b) 4
(c) 3 (d) 2
[EE-2009 : 1 Mark]
Q.28 The equivalent capacitance of the input loop of

the circuit shown is
i1 1k 1k
h1
h2
1k 49 i1
Input 100 µF
loop
(a) Coupled tank

100 µF
(a) 2 µF (b) 100 µF B D
(c) 200 µF (d) 4 µF

[EE-2009 : 2 Marks]
A C
Q.29 For the circuit shown, find out the current
flowing through the 2 resistance. Also identify
the changes to be made of double the current
through the 2 resistance. ( b) Electrical equivalent
(a) A, B are resistance and C, D capacitances.

(b) A, C are resistance and B, D capacitances.
Vs = 4 V Is = 5 A 2 (c) A, B are capacitances and C, D resistances.
(d) A, C are capacitances and B, D resistances.
[EE-2010 : 1 Mark]
Q.32 If the 12 resistor draws a current of 1 A as Q.35 Three capacitors C1, C2 and C3 whose values are
shown in the figure, the value of resistance R is 10 µF, 5 µF and 2 µF respectively have breakdown
voltages of 10 V, 5 V and 2 V respectively. For the
1 R
interconnection shown below, the maximum safe
voltage in volts that can be applied across the
combination, and the corresponding total charge
2A 1A 12 6V
in µC stored in the effective capacitance across
the terminals are, respectively
C2 C3
(a) 4 (b) 6
(c) 8 (d) 18
[EE-2010 : 2 Marks]
C1
Q.33 If VA – VB = 6 V, then VC – VD is
(a) 2.8 and 36 (b) 7 and 119
R VA 2 VB R
(c) 2.8 and 32 (d) 7 and 80
[EE-2013 : 2 Marks]
R R – Q.36 Consider a delta-connection of resistors and its

R R R 10 V
1
+ equivalent star-connection as shown below. If
all elements of the delta-connection are scaled
by a factor k, k > 0, the elements of the
+ –
VC VD R corresponding star equivalent will be scaled by
5V 2A
a factor of
(a) –5 V (b) 2 V
Ra RC RB
(c) 3 V (d) 6 V
[EE-2012 : 2 Marks]
Rb Rc RA
Q.34 In the circuit shown below, the current through
the inductor is
(a) k 2 (b) 5
I2
1
j1 (c) (d) k
1
1 k
0A
[EE-2013 : 1 Mark]
1 0V 1 0V
– + + –
Q.37 The three circuit elements shown in the figure
are part of an electric circuit. The total power
1
0A
absorbed by the three circuit elements in watts

–j1 1
is _______ .
10 A 8A
2 1
(a) A (b) A 100 V 80 V
1+ j 1+ j
1 15 V
(c) A (d) 0 A
1+ j
[EE-2012 : 1 Mark]
[EE-2014 : 1 Mark]
Q.38 An incandescent lamp is marked 40 W, 240 V. If (a) 5 (b) 7

resistance at room temperature (26°C) is 120 , (c) 10 (d) 14
and temperature coefficient of resistance is [EE-2015 : 1 Mark]
4.5 × 10 –3/°C, then its ‘ON’ state filament
temperature in °C is approximately _______ . Q.42 In the given circuit, the parameter ‘k’ is positive,
[EE-2014 : 2 Marks] and the power dissipated in the 2 resistor is
12.5 W. The value of ‘k’ is _______ .
Q.39 In the figure, the value of resistor R is
2 5
I + –
25 + , where I is the current in amperes. Vo
2
10
The current I is _______ . 4V 5A
kVo
I
300 V R [EE-2015 : 2 Marks]
Q.43 The current i (in Ampere) in the 2 resistor of

the given network is _______ .
[EE-2014 : 2 Marks]
1
Q.40 The power delivered by the current source, in
the figure, is _______ . i
1 1
5V 2
1V
1 1
1
1V 2A 1
[EE-2015 : 1 Mark]
Q.44 RA and RB are the input resistance of circuits as

[EE-2014 : 2 Marks] shown below. The circuits extend infinitely in
the direction shown. Which one of the following
Q.41 The voltages developed across the 3 and 2
statements is true?
resistors shown in the figure are 6 V and 2 V
respectively, with the polarity as marked. What 2 2 2
is the power (in Watt) delivered by the 5 V
voltage source? RA
1 1 1
3
– +
6V
2 2 2
Network 2 Network
N-1 + – N-2
2V RB
1 1 1 1
– +
5V
(a) RA = RB (b) RA = RB = 0 (a) 0 (b) 5

RA (c) 10 (d) 20
(c) RA < RB (d) RB =
(1 + RA ) [EE-2016 : 1 Mark]
[EE-2016 : 1 Mark]
Q.49 The equivalent resistance between the terminals
Q.45 In the portion of a circuit shown, if the heat A and B is _______ .
generated in 5 resistance is 10 calories/sec, 1 2 1
then heat generated by the 4 resistance, in A
6
calories per second, is _______ .
4 6 3 6 1
3
B
0.8
5
[EE-2017 : 1 Mark]
[EE-2016 : 1 Mark]
Q.50 The power supplied by the 25 V source in the
Q.46 In the given circuit, the current supplied by the
figure shown below is ______ W.
battery, in ampere, is ________ .
R1
I1 1 1 I2 I
+ 17 V –
+
1V I2 1 25 V 14 A R2 0.4I
[EE-2016 : 1 Mark]
[EE-2017 : 1 Mark]
Q.47 In the circuit shown below, the node voltage VA
Q.51 The equivalent impedance Zeq for the infinite
is _______ V.
ladder circuit shown in the figure is
A I1 5
j9 j9
5 5
5 5A
j5 j5
– Zeq
+ 10I1 10 V ......
–j1 j1
[EE-2016 : 2 Marks]
Q.48 In the circuit shown below, the voltage and

current sources are ideal. The voltage (Vout) (a) j12 (b) –j12
across the current source (in Volts), is ______ . (c) j13 (d) 13
2 [EE-2018 : 2 Marks]
Q.52 The current I flowing in the circuit shown below

in amperes (Round off to one decimal place) is
10 V 5A Vo
_________ .
I 2 3 1 10°
I2
A2
I1
+ 5I A1
20 V 2A –
I3
A3
1 70°
[EE-2019 : 1 Mark]
[EE-2020 : 1 Mark]
Q.53 Currents through ammeters A2 and A3 in the
figure are 1 10° and 1 70° respectively. The
reading of the ammeter A1
(Rounded off to 3 decimal places) is ______ A.

Answers
EC Basics of Network Analysis
1. (0.5) 2. (c) 3. (d) 4. (a) 5. (d) 6. (d) 7. (b) 8. (a)
9. (d) 10. (a) 11. (b) 12. (c) 13. (b) 14. (c) 15. (d) 16. (d)
17. (a) 18. (d) 19. (c) 20. (a) 21. (d) 22. (a) 23. (d) 24. (a)
25. (a) 26. (*) 27. (d) 28. (d) 29. (d) 30. (b) 31. (c) 32. (a)
33. (c) 34. (a) 35. (b) 36. (c) 37. (b) 38. (a) 39. (b) 40. (b)
41. (c) 42. (d) 43. (c) 44. (a) 45. (29.09) 46. (10) 47. (d) 48. (c)
49. (2.8) 50. (2.62) 51. (100) 52. (a) 53. (8) 54. (1) 55. (d) 56. (5)
57. (–1) 58. (2.143) 59. (8) 60. (0.5) 61. (1) 62. (b) 63. (b)
Solutions Basics of Network Analysis

EC
1. Sol. 3. (d)
Triangular wave, 0.5 ampere peak, If all resistors are doubled then the current get
1 halved,
Vdt
iL =
L I
So, the current through inductor is the I =
2
integration of the applied voltage across the
inductor. R = 2R
Integration of square wave is a triangular wave. I
V = 2 R = IR = V
So, the current through the inductor is a 2
triangular wave.
Now, v(t) = u(t) – 2u(t – 0.5) + 2u(t – 1) +... 4. (a)
iL(t) = r(t) – 2r(t – 0.5) + 2r(t – 1) +... Current through 5 resistor,
iL(t )
10
i5 = = 2 Amp.
0.5 5
Current through 1 resistor,
0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 t(m-sec) 5
i1 = = 5 Amp.
Ip = 0.5 A 1
So, the current through 15 resistor,
5. (c) i 15 = –(i1 + i5)
N1 : = –(5 + 2) = –7 Amp.
1 1 Voltage across 15 resistor,
Y1(s) = s + +
2s + 1 1 + 2 V15 = 15(i15)
s = 15(–7) = –105 V
2 s2 + 2s + 1
Y1(s) = 5. (d)
2s + 1
N2 : P1 = 4 W, P2 = 9 W
1 1 1+s From superposition theorem,
Y2(s) = + =
2s + 1 2 + 1 2 s + 1 P = ( P1 + P2 )2
s
N3 : = ( 4 + 9)2
1 1+ s
Y3(s) = s + 1
= s+ P = (2 + 3)2 = 25 W
1+ s+1+s
1
1+ 6. (d)
s
L = L1 + L2 ± 2 M
2 s2 + 2s + 1
Y3(s) = = L1 + L2 ± 2 k L1 L2
2s + 1
N4 :
L = 2 + 2 ± 2(0.1) 2 × 2
1 2s 2 + 2s + 1 = 4 ± 0.4
Y4(s) = s + =
2s + 1 2s + 1 L = 3.6 H and 4.4 H
So, N1 and N3 networks having identical driving
point function.
7. (b) 1
iD
A
2.5 A 2 2V
i6
i5
Using source transformation,
2 1
iD
Apply KCL at node A, 5V 2V
i0 + i1 + i4 = 0
7 + 5 + i4 = 0
i 4 = –12 A
5 2 3
iD = = = 1 Amp.
8. (a) 2+1 3
Apply KVL, 13. (b)
V+5–4–4 = 0
The nodal or mesh method is based on KCL and
V = 3V
Ohm’s law.
9. (d)
14. (c)
V = V2 A + 2 × 2 + 5
Apply superposition theorem:
= V2 A + 9
For 1 Volt source,
Since, the voltage of 2 A current source is not
2
known. So, it is not possible to find the value of Vab1 = 1 ×
2+2
voltage V.
= 0.5 V
10. (a) For 3 A source,
Voltage in parallel is always equal. 2
Vab3 = 3 × ×2 = 3 V
2+2
11. (b)
The bridge is balanced, Vab = Vab1 + Vab3
Zeq = (2 4) + (2 4) = 0.5 + 3 = 3.5 V
2×4 2×4 4 4 8 15. (d)

Zeq = + = + =
2+4 2+4 3 3 3 a
12. (c)
R1
iD 5 30
1 R2 R3
2.5 A 4 4 b c
15
2V
5 × 30
R1 = =3
5 + 30 + 15
15 × 5 20. (a)
R2 = = 1.5
50 Z = 3Z Y
15 × 30 3Z = 3Z Y
R3 = =9
50
Z
ZY =
16. (d) 3
Applying KCL at the node (1), 21. (d)
eat + ebt = iL(t)
Applying source conversion,
d
v(t) = L [ e at + ebt ] 10 2 eo
dt
v(t) = aeat + bebt 16 V
17. (a) 80 V 12
6
V2 0V
1V 1V eo 80 eo eo 16
+ + =0
12 12 6
E 4eo = 112
112
eo = = 28 V
4V 5V 4
22. (a)
V1 10 V
Applying KVL,
0 – 1 – E – 5 – 10 = 0 V1
E = –16 V 20 5I 5 I + =0
5
18. (d) 20 – 10I – 20 = 0
Since diode is forward bias it is taken as short- I=0
circuit. Only dependent source acts,
Applying KCL, V1
= 4A
V 4 V V +2 5
+ + =0 Power delivered = I2R
2 2 2
3V = 2 = 16 × 5 = 80 W
2 23. (d)
V=
3
3Vp Ip cos = 1500
2
Vo = V= VL VL
3 3 cos = 1500
3 3ZL
19. (c)
VL2 cos
Applying KCL, ZL =
1500
eo 12 eo eo
+ + =0 400 2 × 0.844
4 4 4 = = 90
1500
3eo = 12
= cos–1(0.844) = 32.44
eo = 4 V
As power factor is leading, load is capacitive so 28. (d)

angle will be negative,
MdI/dt MdI/dt
= –32.44° L1 L2
–+ –+
24. (a)
As voltage at 1 node is known.
using nodal analysis only 3 equations V
required.
25. (a) If current enters the dotted terminals of coil 1

i i/3 then a voltage is developed across coil 2 whose
a
higher potential is at dotted terminals,
i/3
MdI L1 dI MdI dI
i/3 V= + + L2
i/6
dt dt dt dt
dI
= (L1 + L2 2M)
dt
i
b dI
i/3 V = Leq
dt
i i i
Vab = ×1+ ×1+ ×1
3 6 3 29. (d)
Vab 5
Req = = 1/ sC 1
i 6 H(s) = =
1 2
s LC + sCR + 1
R + sL +
sC
26. (*)
Question is incomplete. 1 10 6
H(s) = =
10 6 s 2 + s + 1 s 2 + 106 s + 10 6
27. (d)
vc(t) 30. (b)
X = X1 + X2 + X3 + 2Xm – 2Xm
3V
= (j5 + j2 + j2 + j20 – j20)
= j9 (one additive and other subtractive)
t 31. (c)
T
Va = 5 (R1 = R2)
T
1
vc(t) = i dt R3 1.1
C Vb = × 10 = × 10
0 R3 + R4 2.1
1 1 V = Va – Vb = –0.238 V
Here, T= = = 2 m-sec
t 500
C = 2 µF 32. (a)
i Since, the power is absorbed by 60 V source,
3 = T
2 µF I = 12 – I
3 × 2 µF 3 × 2 µF I >0
i= = = 3 mA 12 – I > 0
T 2 m-sec
I < 12 A
Hence, the charging requires constant current
source of 3 mA for 2 m-sec.
20 V
I 2 –j4
j4 2
I 60 V 14 0°
12 A
Equivalent impedance of the circuit,
33. (c) Z = (2 + j 4) (2 j 4) + 2
P = VI 4 + 16
Z= +2 =7
Energy = P t 4
I = 2 A (Given) 14 0°
Current, I= = 2 0° A
V t = Area under V – t curve 7
1 36. (c)
V t= × 2 × 600 + (10 + 600)
2
A
= 600 + 6000
V t = 6600 i (i + 1)
E = (6600) × 2 = 13200 = 13.2 1 j1
kJ 1A
1 0V 1 0V
34. (a) D
B – – C
+ +
1 3+i i
1A
1 –j1 1
1
i (i + 1)
3A
10 V E
2+i
1A
According to KCL at node D there will be no
2A
1 current in voltage sources.
According to KCL at node A current through
1 inductor will be
i1 = i + 1 ...(1)
Applying KVL in outer loop,
Applying KVL in loop ACDBA we have
(3 + i) 2 + (2 + i) 2 = 10
1 × i + (i + 1) j1 + 1 0 – 1 0 = 0
6 + 2i + 4 + 2i = 10
i + (i + 1) j = 0
4i = 0
(1 + j) i = –j
i=0
j
Power supplied by the voltage across, i= ...(2)
1+ j
P = Vi
Therefore from (1) and (2) we have,
= 10 × 0 = 0 W
j
i1 = i + 1 = +1
35. (b) j+1
Converting delta into star, the circuit can be 1
redrawn as below: i1 =
1+ j
37. (b) 40. (b)

Average power is same as rms power, VYZ1 = 100 × 1.25 × 0.8
2
2 5 = 100 V
P = Irms R = ×4
2 In second case, when 100 V is applied at YZ
25 terminals, this whole 100 V will appear across
× 4 = 50 W
=
2 the secondary winding.
Note : Power is consumed only by resistance 100
i.e. by real part of impedance. Hence, VWX2 = = 80 V
1.25
38. (a) YYZ1 100 VWX2 80
= , =
R VA 2 VB R i1 YWX1 100 VYZ2 100
E
i i2 i3 i4
41. (c)
R –
R R R 10 V Q = CV
1 F R +
Q1 = C1V1 = 10 × 10–6 × 10 = 100 µC
i5
–
Q2 = C2V2 = 5 × 10–6 × 5 = 25 µC
+ VC VD
5V 2A R Q3 = C3V3 = 2 × 10–6 × 2 = 4 µC
VA VB 6 Capacitors C2 and C3 are in series.
i= =
2 2 In series charge in same.
= 3A ...(i) So, the maximum charge on C2 and C3 will be
i5 = 3 A minimum of (Q2, Q3) = min(25 µC , 4 µC ) = 4 µC
KCL at node F, we have, = Q23.
i6 + 2 + i5 = 0 In series the equivalent capacitance of C2 and
i 6 = –2 – i5 C3 is
i 6 = –5 A C 2C 3 5 × 2 10
C 23 = = = µF
So, VC – VD = 1 × i6 = –5 V C2 + C3 5 + 2 7
39. (b) So, the equivalent voltage,
Rb Rc Q23 4 × 10 6
RA = V23 = =
Ra + Rb + Rc C 23 10 × 10 6
7
Ra = kRa
28
Rb = kRb = = 2.8 V
10
Rc = kRc In parallel, the voltage is same,
V1 = V23 = 2.8 V
kRb kRc
RA = Charge in capacitor C1,
kRa + kRb + kRc
Q1 = C1V1
k 2 Rb Rc = 10 × 10–6 × 2.8
= = 28 µC
k( RA + Rb + Rc )
In parallel, the total charge,
Rb Rc
= k× Q = Q1 + Q23
Ra + Rb + Rc
Q = 4 + 28
R A = kRA Q = 32 µC
42. (d) Using KVL at all the three nodes we get

At node A,
i5 – i3 + i2 = 0 ...(i)
5 At node B,
Is
i4 + i1 – i2 = 0 ...(ii)
10 V 2 1
+ At node C,
Vs 2A i6 + i3 – i1 = 0 ...(iii)
– By putting the value of i3 and i2 from equation
(i) and (ii) in equation (iii) we get,
Voltage across 1 resistance, i6 + (i2 + i5) – i1 = 0
V1 = 10 V i6 + (i1 + i4 + i5) – i1 = 0
Current through 1 resistance, i6 + (2 – 1 – 4) – 2 = 0
10 i6 = 5 A
= 10 Amp.
I1 =
1
Voltage across 2 resistance, 45. Sol.
V2 = 10 V According to the question,
Current through 2 resistance,
10
I2 == 5 Amp. 11
2
Apply KCL at node A,
–2 + Is + I2 + I1 = 0
10 10
Is = 2 – I1 – I2 = 2 – 10 – 5
Is = –13 Ampere
Voltage at node A,
The equivalent -network of the above
VA = 10 V
Y-network is,
Vs – 10 = 10 V
Vs = 10 + 10 = 20 V
43. (c)
11
The current in the 1 resistor, Ra Rb

10
I1 = = 10 Ampere
1 10
10
44. (a)
Rc
Given data: i 1 = 2 A, i4 = –1 A, i5 = –4 A
R=1 10 × 11
Here, Ra = 10 + 11 + = 32
To calculate, i6 = ? 10
10 × 11
i5 Rb = 10 + 11 + = 32
A 10
10 × 10
R R Rc = 10 + 10 + = 29.09
11
i2 i3 Hence, the lowest value among the three
i4
B C i6 resistances is 29.09 .
R i1
46. Sol. 50. Sol.
R1 For an infinite ladder network, if all the

resistance are comprises of same value R, then,
5
R R R
R2 7.53 R3 R R R ....
Req
R R
Using star-delta conversions:
The value of R1 is given by
R R ....
5× 3
= 5+3+ = 10
7.5
47. (d) Req
Using the concepts of super node, we get or,

V1 – V2 = 10 0° ...(i) R
V V V
= 1 + 2 + 2 = 4 0° ...(ii)
3j 6j 6
R Req
2V1 + V2 + jV2
= = 4 0° ...(iii)
6j
From equation (i) and (iii), Req
20 + j 24 31.241 50.194 R Req

V2 = =
( 1 + j) 2 135° Req = R + ...(i)
R + Req
= 22.091 –84.806
After solving equation (i) we get,
or, V2 = 2 – 22j
1+ 5
49. Sol. Req = R ...(ii)
2
Using source transformation, we get,
From the given question, the circuit can be
1k redraw as,
2k 4k R
Re Req
I
20 V 8V
R e = R + Req ...(iii)
3k From equation (ii) and (iii) we get,
Applying KVL in above circuit, we get, 1+ 5
20 – 2I – I – 4I + 8 – 3I = 0 Re = R + R = 2.618 R ...(iv)
2
or, 28 = 10I
Re
or, I = 2.8 mA or, = 2.618 = 2.62
R
51. Sol. So, V2 = 4(I + I + 2I) + 4I (By KVL)

Modifying the given circuit, I + I + 2I = 5 (By KCL)
5
a I= A
4
R R R 4× 5
R
R
R V2 = 4 × 5 + = 25 V
4
4×5
V1 = 4 I = =5V
Rab 4
R
R R R R R
53. Sol.
b
a 0.5Vx
Vx 10 Vy
R R R R R R
+
5A Vx 20 8 + 0.25Vx
–
–
Rab R R R R R R
Vx Vx Vy
b + + 0.5Vx = 5 A
20 10
a 1 1 Vy
Vx + + 0.5 = 5 +
20 10 10
13Vx = 100 + 2Vy ...(i)
2R R R 2R and also, Vy = 0.25 Vx ...(ii)
Solving equations (i) and (ii), we have
Rab
52Vy = 100 + 2Vy
b
50Vy = 100 Vy = 2 V
1 Vx = 4Vy = 8 V
1 1 1 1
Rab = + + +
2R R R 2R 54. Sol.
R 300 R3
= = = 100 e h
3 3
52. (a) R2 R2 R3
4 R3 I/6 I/3
g
f R2
I I c
d
R1 I/6
+ + R2
I/3
V2 5A 4 4 2I V1
R1 R2
– I/3 R2
–
I/6
a
R1 I/3 b
Current flowing through both the parallel 4
will be I. I
10 sin(t)
The equivalent resistance across terminal ah

(outer loop) is, a
R1 R2 R3
4/
I/3 I/6 I/3 1
3
4/3
1
10 sint
3
4/
1 I I
V= ×3 k + ×6 k + ×9 k = 5I 1
3 6 3
V b
or, = 5k
I
For half wave rectifier, Again by star to delta conversion,
Im 10 sin t a
Irms = = = 2 sin t mA
(2) 5k
Im 1
Irms = = 1 mA
2
4
55. (d) 4
1
Req 4
1 1
1
b
1 1 Rab = {(4 1) + (4 1)} {(1 4)}

1 1
1 4 4 4 8
= + =
5 5 5 15
1 56. Sol.
1
0.16Vx R1 Vx/5 R2
b
By using delta to star conversion, 5 3
a
+
60 V 0.4Vx 5 Vx
–
1
1
1/3 Using KVL in the outer loop,

1 Vx
1 60 5(0.16 Vx ) × 3 Vx = 0
1/3 5
1/3
or, Vx = 25 V
The current flowing through,
1 1
Vx 25
R2 = = = 5A
b
5 5
57. Sol. 59. Sol.
5
R1 R1
1A
1 8V I
A B
R2
1 V1 1
8V R1 R1 11 V
i R3 R3
1 R2
C D
Using KCL at V1, R1 R1

V1 V1 8 V1 8 V1
+ + + = 0 or V1 = 4 V
1 1 1 1
Considering KVL, we get,
1A 5A R1 R1
4A I
A B
4A
i = –1 A
R1 R1 11 V
R3 R3
58. Sol.
The connection of resistors is as shown below, C D
RB
R1 R1
RA
RC
Given resistor values are: 10 , 5 , 2

The maximum resistance possible is,
R1 R1
RT(max) = 10 + (5 2 )
I
10 80
= 10 + =
7 7
The minimum resistance possible is,
R1 R1 R3 R3 11 V
RT(min) = 2 + (10 5 )
10 16
= 2+ =
3 3
RT (max) 80 /7 15 R1 R1
= = = 2.143
RT (min) 16 /3 7
As the network is symmetric, Given that,

VA = VB and VC = VD R1 = 1 and R3 = 3
So, current through R2 resistors is zero and as 1 3 3 /2 11
VA = VB and VC = VD, electrically the circuit can So, RT = 1 + = 1+ =
2 2 4 8
be reduced as,
11 V 11
Total resistance, I= = =8A
RT (11/8)
R T = 2 ( R1 R1 ) + ( R1 R1 R3 R3 )
R1 R3
= R1 +
2 2
Answers
EE Basics of Network Analysis
1. (d) 2. (c) 3. (c) 4. (b) 5. (5) 6. (31) 7. (2) 8. (c)

9. (b) 10. (d) 11. (b) 12. (d) 13. (b) 14. (b) 15. (c) 16. (c)
17. (d) 18. (c) 19. (b) 20. (a) 21. (d) 22. (c) 23. (a) 24. (a)
25. (b) 26. (a) 27. (d) 28. (a) 29. (b) 30. (b) 31. (d) 32. (b)
33. (a) 34. (c) 35. (c) 36. (b) 37. (330) 38. (2470.44°) 39. (10) 40. (3)
41. (a) 42. (0.5) 43. (0) 44. (d) 45. (2) 46. (0.5) 47. (11.42) 48. (d)
49. (3) 50. (250) 51. (a) 52. (1.4) 53. (1.732)
Solutions
EE Basics of Network Analysis
1. (d) By putting the options, it can be concluded that

for i = 5 A,
R = 1 + [(1 1 + 1) (1 1 + 1) + 1]
Px = (6 × 5) – (52 × 1) = 5 W
[(1 (1 1 + 1) (1 1 + 1) + 1] Option (c) is correct.
15
= 5. Sol.
8
1 I
V 1 8
I= = = A +
R 15 /8 15
Non-linear
2. (c) 10 V V
load
As the given bridge is balanced Wheatstone
bridge, current flowing through the lamp will –
remain same irrespective of the state of switch. Using KVL,

Hence intensity of lamp will remain same. V + I = 10 ...(i)
Given, 2
7I = V + 2 V ...(ii)
3. (c)
On solving equation (i) and equation (ii)
P x = P6 V – P1 we get, V = 5 V, I = 5 A
= 6 × 1 – 12 × 1 = 5 W
6. Sol. 9. (b)
1 I2 1 When resistor R is connected to a current source,

I V1 8V
I1 2A I3
I R
E 6 4 1
P = I2 R = 18 W
When resistor R is connected to a voltage source,
Voltage across 4 resistor = 4 × 2 = 8 V
8 V R
=8A
I3 =
1
I2 = I3 + 2 = 10 A
V2
V1 = 8 + 1 × 10 P= = 4.5 W
R
= 18 V
Given, V = I (in magnitude)
I2R = 18 ...(i)
18
I1 = =3A I2
6 = 4.5 ...(ii)
R
On solving these two equations, we get,
I= I1 + I2
I = 3A; R=2
= 3 + 10 = 13 A
E= V1 + I 1 10. (d)
= 18 + 13 × 1 = 31 V
i
iR ic
7. Sol.
For the given waveforms, v(t) C 1F
R 1
di(t )
v(t) = 2
dt
Comparing it with, i = iR + iC
di(t ) iR = v(t)
v(t) = L
dt 1
we get, L = 2H
t
8. (c) ic =
dv(t )
dt
Given circuit can be written as, 1
B Y t
Cc
Cs Cc Cs Cc
i = iR + ic
2
R
1
0 t
C + Cc C + 3Cc
C BY = s + Cc + s –1
2 2
v(t ) dv(t )
i = iR + iC = +1
1 dt
11. (b) 14. (b)
I I2 2 By KCL,
+ IP + IQ + IC + IL = 0
I1
2 + 1 + IC + IL = 0
V + 2I dv
–
4 But, IC = C ×
dt
–
d
= 1× (4 sin 2t ) = (8 cos 2t )
Current through 4 resistor, dt
IL = –(2 + 1 + 8 cos2t)
V
I1 = = –3 – 8 cos2t
4
Current through 2 resistor, di
VL = L = 2 × 2 × 8sin 2t
dt
V 2I
I2 = = 32 sin2t
2
Note: KCL is based on the law of conservation
V V 2I
Total current, I = I1 + I 2 = + of charges.
4 2
V V 15. (c)
I= + I
4 2 For 0 < t < 2s current varies linearly with time
3 and given as, i(t) = 3t and for 2s < t < 4s current
2I = V
4 is constant, i(t) = 6 A.
V 8 The energy absorbed by the inductor (Resistance
Load = = neglected) in the first 2 sec,
I 3
T di
12. (d) EL = Li dt = EL1 + EL 2
0 dt
1 T di
Q P EL1 = Li dt
R 0 dt
Therefore resitance of 40 W bulb > resistance of 2
60 W bulb. = 2 × 3t × 3 dt
0
For series connection, current through both the 2
bulbs will be seme P = I2R (for series connection). 2 t2
= 18 t dt = 8 ×
Power consumed by 40 W bulb > power
0 2
0
consumed by 60 W bulb. 4
Hence, the 40 W bulb brighter. = 18 × 0 = 36 J
2
13. (b) The energy absorbed by the inductor in (2 4)
second,
When C is open,
R AB = RA + RB = 6 4 di
EL2 = Li dt
When B is copen,
2 dt
RAC = RA + RC = 9 4
= 2 6 0 dt = 0 J
2
When A is open,
A pure inductor does not dissipate energy but
RBC = RB + RC = 11
only stores it. Due to resistance, some energy is
On solving above equations,
dissipated in the resistor. Therefore, total energy
R A = 2 , RB = 4
absorbed by the inductor is the sum of energy
and RC = 7
stored in the inductor and the energy dissipated
in the resistor.
The energy dissipated by the resistance in 4 sec, 17. (d)

T 2 By KCL:
ER = i R dt
0
VP 40 VP 100 VP
T 4 2 + + =0
2 1 14 2
= (3t ) × 1 dt + 6 × 1 dt
0 2
22VP = 660
2 4
= (9t 2 ) dt + 36 1 dt R I
0 2
2
t3 4 8 14 P 1
= 9× + 36 t 2 = 9 × + 36 × 2 x y
3 3
0
10 A 5A
= 24 + 72 = 96 J
+ 2 +
The total energy absorbed by the inductor in
100 V V V 40 V
4 sec, – –
= 96 J + 36 J = 132 J
16. (c)
VP = 30 V
Given, VR = 10 V
Potential difference between node x and y = 60 V.
By KCL,
By taking KCL at node y,
VP 10 VP
+2+ =0 ...(i) 40 30
2 8 I 5+ =0
1
VQ 10 VQ I = 5A
2+ =0 ...(ii)
4 6 60
I= = 12
5
2A
18. (c)
10 Va 6 P 2A
R
P Q
2 4 6
+
10 V 1A E
–
I
8 6 a
Method-1:
4(VP – 10) + 2 × 8 + VP = 0 Using KCL,
4 VP – 40 + 16 + VP = 0 Va E Va
+ 1 =0
5 VP – 24 = 0 6 6
VP = 4.8 2Va – E = 6 ...(i)
From equation (ii), E Va
6(VQ – 10) – 2 × 4 × 6 + 4VQ = 0 where, =2
6
10 VQ – 108 = 0
E – Va = 12 ...(ii)
VQ = 10.8
Solving equaton (i) and (ii), we get
VP – VQ = –6 V
Va = 18 V
and E = 30 V
Method-2 : Rc Ra
I = 2+1=3A R2 =
Ra + Rb + Rc
Apply KVL in second loop,
10 × 20
E = 2 × 6 + 3 × 6 = 30 V = =5
20 + 10 + 10
19. (b) Ra Rb
R3 =
Ra + Rb + Rc
10 P 2A
20 × 10
= =5
20 + 10 + 10
Remember : If all the branches of -connection
100 V 10 R
has same impedance Z, then the impedance of
branch of Y-connection be Z/3.
21. (d)
VP 100 VP
+ +2 = 0 Rms value of dc current = 10 A = Idc
10 10
20
2VP – 100 + 20 = 0 Rms value of sinusoidal current = A = Iac
2
80 Rms value of resultant,
VP = = 40 V
2
IR = 2 2
VP 40 Idc + Iac
R= = = 20
2 2 2
20
= 10 2 +
20. (a) 2
= 17.32 A
a
22. (c)
Rb Rc -Y The resultant (R) when viewed from voltage
Transformation
100
source = = 12.5
Ra 8
c c
a R + 10 10 = 12.5
R1 R = 12.5 10 10
= 12.5 – 5 = 7.5
R3 R2
23. (a)
c INL
b
+
Given, Ra = 20 , Rb = 10
DC R
and Rc = 10 VNL
Non-linear
supply resistor
Rb Rc E
R1 =
Ra + Rb + Rc
–
10 × 10
= = 2.5 2
20 + 10 + 10 VNL = I NL ...(i)
VNL = E – INLR Va 2.5

Vb = = = 1.25 V
where, E = 3V 2 2
and R=2 i 2 = Vab = Vb
2 i 2 = 1.25 A
VNL = 3 2 I NL = I NL
2 26. (a)
I NL + 2 I NL 3 =0
Bridge is balanced i.e. node C and node D are at
INL = –3 A or 1 A
same parallel. Therefore, no current flows
–3 A is rejected, because the non-linear resistor
through 2 k resistor.
is passive and the only active element in the
circuit is 3 V dc supply. Which is supplying the 27. (d)
power to the resistor. Let resistance of single incandescent lamp = R.
So, INL = 1 A Power consumed by a single lamp,
Power dissipated in the non-linear resistor P = 200 W
2 When connected across voltage,
= VNL I NL I NL I NL
V = 220 V
3
= I NL = 13 = 1 W
V2 220 2
So, P= 200 =
24. (a) R R
R = 242
i = 1A
Let, ‘n’ number of lamps are connected is series
Applying KVL,
across voltage,
Vab – 2i + 5 = 0
V = 200 V
Vab = –5 + 2i
So total resistance of lamps,
= –5 + 2 × 1 = –3 V
Req. = nR = 242 n
Note: KVL is based on the conservation of
Total power consumed,
energy.
V2
25. (b) P=
Req.
1 Va Vb 3
+ Vab – 220 2
100 = n=2
242 n
5V i1 1 1 i2 + 4V
– ab
28. (a)
i1 1k 1k
By KVL in Loop-1,
5 – i1 – i1 = 0 1k 49 i1
5 Vin 100 µF
i1 = = 2.5 A
2 100 µF
Va = 2.5 V
50 i1
By KVL in Loop-2,
4Vab = 3i2 + i2 Applying KVL,
4Vab Vin – i1(1 + 1) – 50 i1(–jXC) = 0
i2 = = Vab
4 Vin = i1[2 – j50XC]]
Vb = 1 × i2 = Vab Vin
Input impedance = =2 j 50XC
Vb = Va – Vb i1
As imaginary part is negative, input impedance 32. (b)

has equivalent capacitive reactance XCeq. Assuming voltage of the node Va,
XCeq. = 50 XC
1 Va R
1 50 50 1
= = =
C eq. C × 100 2 I
Ceq. = 2 µF 1A
2A 12 6V
29. (b)
Voltage across 2 resistance
= Vs = 4 V
Va = 1 × 12
Current through 2 resistance
= 12 V
Vs 4 Applying KCL,
= = =2A
R 2 –2 + 1 + I = 0
Current source has no effect, when connected
I = 1A
across voltage source.
Va 6 12 6 6
So, to double current though 2 resistance, I= = =
R R R
voltage source is doubled i.e.,
Vs = 8 V 6
I= R=6
R
30. (b)
A resistor has linear characteristics. 33. (a)
i.e., V = Ri
V=i R VA 2 VB R
Load line, V + i = 100
i + i = 100
–
Current through resistance, R
R
R R
R
10 V
1
100 +
i= = 50 A
2
+ –
31. (d) 5V
VC VD R
2A
In such system, volumetric flow rate C is
analogous to current and pressure is analogous
VA 2 VB
to voltage. The hydraulic capacitance due to
storage in gravity field is defined as, I
Network Network
A A B
C= 2V
g I
where, A = Area of the tank VC 1 VD
r = Density of the fluid

g = Acceleration due to gravity VA – VB = 2I
The hydraulic capacitance is represented by 2I = 6
A and C. Liquid trying to flow out of a container, I = 3A
can meet with resistance in several ways. If the VC + 2 + 1 × 1 = VD
outlet is a pipe, the friction between the liquid VC – VD = –2 – 3
and the pipe walls produces resistance to flow. = –5 V
Such resistance is represented by B and D.
34. (c) In parallel, the voltage is same,

V1 = V23 = 2.8 V
A
Change in capacitor C1,
(1 – I2)
Q1 = C1V1
I2
= 10 × 10–6 × 2.8
1A J1
= 28 µC
1
In parallel, the total charge,
C Q = Q1 + Q23
B D
– + + – Q = 4 + 28 = 32 µC
1 0 1 0
36. (b)
1A
–j1 1 Rb Rc
RA =
Ra + Rb + Rc
Ra = kRa
Apply KCL node at ‘A’:
Rb = kRb
So, current flowing through 1 is (1 – I2)
Applying KVL in ABCD loop, Rc = kRc
1 0 – 1 0 + 1(1 – I2) – jI2 = 0 kRb kRc
RA =
1 kRa + kRb + kRc
I2 =
1+ j
k 2 Rb Rc
=
35. (c) k( Ra + Rb + Rc )
Q = CV Rb Rc
= k× = kRA
Q1 = C1V1 Ra + Rb + Rc
= 10 × 10–6 × 10
37. Sol.
= 10 µC
Q2 = C2V2 Given, electrical circuit is shown below:
= 5 × 10–6 × 5 Node
= 25 µC 10 A 8A
Q3 = C3V3
= 2 × 10–6 × 2 = 4 µC 100 V 80 V
Capacitors C2 and C3 are in series. 2A 15 V

In series charge is same.
So, the maximum charge on C2 and C3 will be
minimum of (Q2, Q3) = min(25 µC, 4 µC) = Applying KCL at node, current through 15 V
4 µC = Q23. voltage source = 2 A.
In series the equivalent capacitance of C2 and Power absorbed by 100 V voltage source
C3 is, = 10 × 100 = 1000 Watt
C 2C 3 5 × 2 10 Power absorbed by 80 V voltage source
C 23 = = = µF
C2 + C3 5 + 2 7 = –(80 × 8) = –640 Watts
So, the equivalent voltage, and power absorbed by 15 V voltage source
= –(15 × 2) = –30 Watt
Q23 4 × 10 6 28
V23 = = = = 2.8 V Total power absorbed by the three circuit
C 23 10
× 10 6 10
7 elements = (100 – 640 – 30) Watts = 33 Watts
38. Sol. Applying nodal analysis at node P, we have,

Let the resistance of incandescent lamp VI V1 VI V2
+ 2 =0
1 1
V 2 (240)2
= RT = = or, 2VI – (V1 + V2) = 2
P 40
2 + (V1 + V2 )
= 1440 or, VI = ...(i)
2
Given, R 0 = 120 , = 4.5 × 10–3/°C
Let, RT be the resistance of the filament in ON Also, V1 – V2 = 1 Volt
state at temperature T. and V1 = 1 Volt
Then, R T = R0[1 + T] V2 = V1 – 1
= 1 – 1 = 0 Volt
RT 1440
or, [1 + T] = = = 12 Putting values of V1 and V2 in equation (i), we
R0 20
get,
or, T = 11
2 + (1 + 0) 3
or, T = 2444.44°C VI = = Volt
2 2
or, T = 2444.44° + 26°
Power delivered by the current source
= 2470.44°C
3
Therefore, ON state temperature of filament = VI I = × 2 [Q I = 2 A(given]
2
= 2470.44°C
= 3 Watts
39. Sol.
41. (a)
I
Given, R= 25 + – 6V +
2
3
or, I = (2R – 50) I
2A
Applying KVL in given loop, 2
300 V R 1A
we have, + –
2V
300 = IR
1A
or 300 = (2R – 50) × R
we get, R = 30 or –5 – +
Since resistance can’t be negative. Therefore, 5V
R = 30 Power = 5 × 1 = 5 Watt
Hence, I = (2R – 50)
42. Sol.
= (2 × 30 – 50) A = 10 A
current, I = 10 A 2 A 5
+ –
Vo
40. Sol.
10
1V 4V 5A
kVo
1 VI 1
V1 V2
V02
= 12.5
2
1V 2A 1
V02 = 12.5 × 2
V0 = 5
5
I0 = = 2.5 A
2
KCL at A : 46. Sol.

–2.5 – k(5) + 5 = 0
E I1 1 A 1 I2 B
k(5) = 2.5
2.5 1
k= =
5 2
1V I2 1
43. Sol.
Redrawing the circuit, D C
Applying KCL at node A,

1 1 –I1 + I2 + I2 = 0
2I2 = I1 ...(i)
2
and applying KVL in loop ABCD,
1 – I1 – I2 – I2 = 0
1 1
I1 + 2I2 = 1 ...(ii)
From equation (i) and (ii):
2I2 + 2I2 = 1
5V
4I2 = 1
Bridge is balance, so current flowing through
1
2 resistor is 0 A. I2 = A
4
44. (d) 1 1
and I1 = 2 × = A
If the equivalent resistance of first figure is RA 4 2
then from the second figure, we can see that
47. Sol.
RB = RA 1 .
A I1 5
RA
RB =
RA + 1 5 5
5 5A
45. Sol.
–
+ 10I1 10 V
4 6
Applying KCL at node A, we get,

VA VA 10 VA + 10 I 1
+ + =5
5 5 10 5
So, 2VA + VA – 10 + 2VA + 20I1 = 5
I 4 6
5VA + 20I1 = 60
VA 10
Since, I1 =
10
2I 5 So, 5VA + 2VA – 20 = 60
7VA = 80
and (2I)2 × 5 = 10
10 2.5 80
= = 0.5 VA =
I2 = 7
5× 4 5
So, I2 × 4 = 0.5 × 4 = 2 cal/sec. = 11.42 Volt
48. (d) Z1
A C
2
+
5A Z2 Zeq
10 V 5A Vo
B D
– Zeq
So, Vout = (5 × 2) + 10 = 20 V Z 1 = j9
Z 2 = j5 – j1 = j4
49. Sol.
Z2 Zeq
Consider the following circuit diagram, Zeq = Z1 +
Z2 + Zeq
1 2
A By solving above equation,
Zeq = j12
3 6 3 6 1
52. Sol.
B
I 2 Vx 3
0.8
After rearrangement we get,
A
20 V 2A + 5I
1 –
2 3
0.8
B
Applying nodal at node x,
6 Vx 5I
Now, R AB = 1 + + 0.8 = 3 I 2+ =0
5 3
–3I – 6 + Vx – 5I = 0
50. Sol.
8I = Vx – 6 ...(i)
Using KCL at node, we get,
20 Vx
I + 0.4I = 14 As, I=
2
or, I = 10 A
Vx = 20 – 2I ...(ii)
Now, power supplied,
Substituting (ii) in (i),
P = 25 × 10
8I = 20 – 2I – 6
= 250 W
10I = 14
51. (a) I = 1.4 A
Z1 C Z2 53. Sol.
A
I = 1 10° + 1 70°
Z2 Z2 I = 1.732 40°
The ready of ammeter is 1.732 A.
B
D
Zeq Zeq
2 Sinusoidal Steady State
ELECTRO NICS EN GINEERIN G Q.4 In a series RLC high Q circuit, the current peaks
at a frequency
(a) equal to the resonant frequency.
Q.1 The value of current through the 1 Farad (b) greater than the resonant frequency.
capacitor of figure is
(c) less than the resonant frequency.
0.5 F (d) none of the above is true.
1 1 2 [EC-1991 : 2 Marks]
1F
2 sin100t Q.5 For the series RLC circuit of Fig. (1), the partial
1 1 1H phasor diagram at a certain frequency is a
0.5 F
shown in Fig. (2). The operating frequency of
the circuit is
(a) zero (b) once
(c) two (d) three VR VL
+ – + –
[EC-1987 : 2 Marks] +
+
Q.2 The half power bandwidth of the resonant V VC
–
circuit of figure can be increased by
–
Fig. (1)
R1 VR
C R2 V
(a) increasing R1 (b) decreasing R1

VC
(c) increasing R2 (b) decreasing R2
Fig. (2)
[EC-1989 : 2 Marks]
(a) equal to the resonance frequency
Q.3 The resonant frequency of the series circuit
(b) less than the resonance frequency
shown in figure is
(c) greater than the resonance frequency
M=1H
(d) not zero
[EC-1992 : 2 Marks]
2H 2H 2F Q.6 In the series circuit shown in figure, for series

resonance, the value of the coupling coefficient
1 1
(a) Hz (b) Hz ‘k’ will be
4 3 4
k
1 1
(c) Hz (d) Hz 18
2 10 4 2
–j12 j2 j8
[EC-1990 : 2 Marks]
(a) 0.25 (b) 0.5 Q.11 The current i(t) , through a 10 resistor in series
(c) 0.999 (d) 1.0 with an inductance, is given by
[EC-1993 : 2 Mark] i(t) = 3 + 4 sin(100t + 45°
+ 4 sin(300t + 60°) Amperes
Q.7 In figure, A1, A2 and A3 are ideal ammeters. If A1
The rms value of the current and the power
reads 5 A, A2 reads 12 A, then A3 should read
dissipated in the circuit are:
R (a) 41 A, 410 W respectively
A1
A3 (b) 35 A, 350 W respectively

C
A2 (c) 5 A, 250 W respectively
(d) 11 A, 1210 W respectively
[EC-1995 : 1 Mark]
100 sin t
Q.12 A series RLC circuit has a Q of 100 and an
(a) 7 A (b) 12 A impedance of (100 + j0) at its resonant
7
angular frequency of 10 radians/sec. The
(c) 13 A (d) 17 A
[EC-1993 : 2 Marks] values of R and L are:
R = _______ , L = ________ Henries.
Q.8 A series LCR circuit consisting of R = 10 ,
[EC-1995 : 1 Mark]
XL = 20 and XC = 20 is connected
Q.13 The rms value of a rectangular wave of period
across an a.c. supply of 200 V rms. The rms T, having a value of +V for a duration, T1 (<T)
voltage across the capacitor is and –V for the duration, T – T1 = T2, equals
(a) 200 –90° V (b) 200 +90° V T1 T2
(c) 400 +90° V (d) 400 –90° V (a) V (b) V
T
[EC-1994 : 1 Mark] T1
V
(c) (d) V
Q.9 A DC voltage source is connected across a series 2 T2
RLC circuit. Under steady-state conditions, the [EC-1995 : 1 Mark]
applied DC voltage drops entirely across the
Q.14 In figure A1, A2 and A3 are ideal ammeters. If A2
(a) R only
and A3 read 3 A and 4 A respectively, the A1
(b) L only
should read
(c) C only
L
(d) R and L combination A2
[EC-1995 : 1 Mark]
A1
R
Q.10 Consider a DC voltage source connected to a A3
series R-C circuit. When the steady-state reaches,
the ratio of the energy stored in the capacitor to
the total energy supplied by the voltage source,
Sinusoidal
is equal to
voltage source
(a) 0.362 (b) 0.500
(a) 1 A (b) 5 A
(c) 0.632 (d) 1.000
(c) 7 A (d) None of the above
[EC-1995 : 1 Mark]
[EC-1996 : 1 Mark]
Q.15 In the circuit of figure, assume that the diodes

are ideal and the meter is an average indicating
ammeter. The ammeter will read =0 E = Em 0°
Em
2 R2
A (b)
+ D1
D2 Em
4 sin( t) 2 R2 I2
10 k
Volts
10 k =
–
(a) 0.4 2 mA (b) 0.4 mA I2
0.8 0.4
(c) mA (d) mA (c) =0 =
[EC-1996 : 1 Mark] Em Em Em
E = Em 0°
2 R2 2 R2 2 R2
Q.16 The parallel RLC circuit shown in figure is in
resonance. In this circuit,
IR IL IC E = Em 0°
Em =0
1 mA R L C 2 R2
(rms)
Em
(d) 2 R2
(a) I R < 1 mA (b) I R + I L > 1 mA
Em
(c) I R + IC < 1 mA (d) I L + IC > 1 mA 2 R2 I2
[EC-1998 : 1 Mark]
=
Q.17 When the angular frequency in the figure is
varied from 0 to , the locus of the current phasor
I2 is given by [EC-2001 : 2 Marks]
i (t ) Q.18 A series RLC circuit has a resonance frequency

i1(t ) i2(t )
of 1 kHz and a quality factor Q = 100. If each of
R, L and C is doubled from its original value,
Em cos t R2 the new Q of the circuit is
R1
(a) 25 (b) 50
C
(c) 100 (d) 200
[EC-2003 : 1 Mark]
=0
I2
Q.19 An input voltage v(t ) = 10 5 cos(t + 10°)
(a) =
+ 10 5 cos(2t + 10°) V is applied to a series
combination of resistance R = 1 and an
E = Em 0° inductance L = 1 H. The resulting steady-state
Em Em
2 R2 2 R2 current i(t) in ampere is
(a) 10 cos(t + 55°) + 10 cos(2t + 10° + tan–1 2) The quality factor (Q-factor) of this circuit is
3 (a) 25 (b) 50
(b) 10 cos(t + 55°) + 10 cos(2t + 55)
2 (c) 10 (d) 5000
(c) 10 cos(t – 35°) + 10 cos(2t + 10° – tan–1 2) [EC-2004 : 2 Marks]
3 Q.23 Consider the following statements S1 and S2:

(d) 10 cos(t 35°) + 10 cos(2t 35°)
2 S1 : At the resonant frequency the impedance
[EC-2003 : 2 Marks] of a series R-L-C circuit is zero.
S2 : In a parallel G-L-C circuit, increasing the
1 conductance G results in increase in its
Q.20 The circuit shown in the figure, with R = ,
3 Q-factor.
Which one of the following is correct?
1
L= H, C = 3 F has input voltage V(t) = sin2t. (a) S1 is false and S2 is true.
4
(b) Both S1 and S2 are true.
The resulting current i(t) is
(c) S1 is true and S2 is false.
i (t )
(d) Both S1 and S2 are false.
[EC-2004 : 2 Marks]
v(t ) R L C
Q.24 The condition on R, L and C such that the step
response y(t) in the figure has no oscillations, is
(a) 5 sin(2t + 53.1°) (b) 5 sin(2t – 53.1°) L R
(c) 25 sin(2t + 53.1°) (d) 25 sin(2t – 53.1°)

[EC-2004 : 1 Mark] +
u(t ) C y(t )
Q.21 For the circuit shown in the figure, the time –
constant RC = 1 ms. The input voltage is
vi (t ) = 2 sin 10 3 t. The output voltage vo(t) is

euqal to 1 L L
(a) R (b) R
2 C C
R
L 1
(c) R 2 (d) R =
C LC
vi(t ) C v o (t )
[EC-2005 : 1 Mark]
Q.25 In a series RLC circuit, R = 2 k , L = 1 H and

(a) sin(103t – 45°) (b) sin(103t + 45°)
1
(c) sin(103t – 53°) (d) sin(103t + 53°) C= µF.
400
[EC-2004 : 1 Mark]
The resonant frequency is
V (s) 1
Q.22 The transfer function H (s ) = o of an RLC (a) 2 × 104 Hz (b) × 10 4 Hz
Vi (s )
circuit is given by (c) 104 Hz (d) 2 × 104 Hz
10 6 [EC-2005 : 1 Mark]
H (s) = 2
s + 20s + 106
Q.26 For the circuit shown in the figure, the (b) The bandwidth of the circuit remains same
instantaneous current i1(t) is, if L is increased.
j2 –j2 (c) At resonance, input impedance is a real
quantity.
+ (d) At resonance, the magnitude of input
5 0° A 3
impedance attains its minimum value.
i1 10 60° A
– [EC-2010 : 1 Mark]
Q.30 The current ‘I’ in the circuit shown is

20 mH
10 3 10 3
(a) 90° A (b) 90° A
2 2
(c) 5 60° A (d) 5 –60° A
20 0° V I 1 50 µF
[EC-2005 : 2 Marks] 3
= 10 rad/s
Q.27 In the AC network shown in the figure, the

phasor voltage VAB (in Volts) is (a) –j1 A (b) j1 A
A (c) 0 A (d) 20 A
[EC-2010 : 2 Marks]
5 5 Q.31 The circuit shown below is driven by a
5 30° A sinusoidal input vi = Vp cos(t/RC). The steady
output vo is,
–j3 j3
R C
B +
+
(a) 0 (b) 5 30°
vi R C vo
(c) 12.5 30° (d) 17 30° –
[EC-2007 : 2 Marks] –
Q.28 An AC source of rms voltage 20 V with internal

Vp t
impedance Zs = (1 + 2j) feeds a load of (a) cos
3 RC
impedance ZL = (7 + 4j) in the figure below.
The reactive power consumed by the load is Vp t
(b) sin
3 RC
Zs = (1 + 2j)
ZL = (7 + 4j)
Vp t
20 0° V (c) cos
2 RC
Vp t
(a) 8 VAR (b) 16 VAR (d) sin
2 RC
(c) 28 VAR (d) 32 VAR
[EC-2011 : 1 Mark]
[EC-2009 : 2 Marks]
Q.32 Two magnetically uncoupled inductive coils
Q.29 For a parallel RLC circuit, which one of the have Q factors q1 and q2 at the chosen operating
following statements is not correct? frequency. Their respective resistance are R1 and
(a) The bandwidth of the circuit decreases if R R2. When connected in series, their effective Q
is increased. factor at the same operating frequency is
1 1 i(t)
(a) q1 + q2 (b) +
q1 q2
(q1 R1 + q2 R2 ) (q1 R2 + q2 R1 ) (b)

(c) (d)
( R1 + R2 ) ( R1 + R2 )
[EC-2013 : 2 Marks] t
Q.33 A 230 V rms source supplies power to two loads i(t)

connected in parallel. The first load draws
10 kW at 0.8 leading power factor and the
second one draws 10 kVA at 0.8 lagging power (c)
factor. The complex power delivered by the
source is
t
(a) (18 + j1.5) kVA (b) (18 – j1.5) kVA
(c) (20 + j1.5) kVA (d) (20 – j1.5) kVA i(t)
[EC-2014 : 2 Marks]
Q.34 A periodic variable x is shown in the figure as a (d)

function of time. The root-mean-square (rms)
value of x is ______ .
t
x
[EC-2014 : 1 Mark]
1 Q.36 The steady-state output of the circuit shown in
the figure is given by
y(t) = A( ) sin( t + ( ))
t If the amplitude A( ) = 0.25, then the
0
T/2 T/2
frequency is
[EC-2014 : 2 Marks]
R
Q.35 A series RC circuit is connected to DC voltage
source at time t = 0. The relation between the C y (t )
source voltage V s , the resistance R, the sin( t) C
capacitance C, and the current i(t) is given below,
C
t
1
Vs = Ri (t ) + i(t ) dt
C
0 1 2
(a) (b)
Which one of the following represents the 3RC 3RC
current i(t)? 1 2
(c) (d)
i(t) RC RC
[EC-2014 : 2 Marks]
Q.37 In the circuit shown, at resonance, the amplitude

(a) of the sinusoidal voltage (in Volts) across the
capacitor is ________ .
t
4 0.1 mH 1
(a)
2 LC
1 C
10 cos t (V ) 1 µF (b) 1 R2
2 LC L
1 L
(c) 1
2 LC R 2C
[EC-2015 : 1 Mark]
1 C
Q.38 The damping ratio of a series RLC circuit can be (d) 1 R2
2 LC L
expressed as
[EC-2015 : 2 Marks]
2 2L
R C
(a) (b) Q.42 At very high frequencies, the peak output
2L R 2C
voltage Vo (in Volts) is _______ .
R C 2 L 100 µF
(c) (d)
2 L R C
[EC-2015 : 2 Marks]
1k 1k Vo
Q.39 In the circuit shown, the average value of the 100 µF
1.0 sin( t) V
voltage Vab (in Volts) in steady-state condition
is ______ . 1k 1k
1k 1 µF 1 mH 2k
b a
100 µF
–
Vab +
[EC-2015 : 1 Mark]
5 sin(5000t) 5V
Q.43 In the circuit shown, the current/flowing
through the 50 resistor will be zero if the value
of capacitor C (in µF) is _______ .
[EC-2015 : 1 Mark]
50 I 1 mH 1 mH
Q.40 The voltage (Vc) across the capacitor (in Volts)
in the network shown in ______ .
80 V 40 V Vc 1 mH
5 sin(5000t) C
[EC-2015 : 2 Marks]
100 V, 50 Hz Q.44 The figure shows at RLC circuit with a

sinusoidal current source.
[EC-2015 : 1 Mark]
IR IL IC
Q.41 An LC tank circuit consists of an ideal capacitor
C connected in parallel with a coil of inductance Im sin t R 10 L 10 mH C 10 µF
L having an internal resistance R. The resonant
frequency of the tank circuit is
IL V1
At resonance, the ratio , i.e., the ratio of the
IR 4 1H
magnitude of the inductor current phasor and

the resistor current phasor, is _____ . 5
[EC-2016 : 1 Mark] 100 cos3t V2
Q.45 In the RLC circuit shown in the figure, the input 1/36 F
voltage is given by
Vi(t) = 2 cos(200t) + 4 sin(500t) [EC-2017 : 2 Marks]
The output voltage Vo(t) is
Q.48 In the circuit shown, V is a sinusoidal voltage
0.25 H 100 µF source. The current I is in phase with voltage V.
amplitude of voltage across the capacitor
+ + The ratio
amplitude of voltage across the resistor
2
0.4 mH 10 µF is ______ .
Vi(t) Vo(t )
5 5H I
2
– –
V 5F
(a) cos(200t) + 2 sin(500t)
(b) 2 cos(200t) + 4 sin(500t)
(c) sin(200t) + 2 cos(500t) [EC-2017 : 1 Mark]
(d) 2 sin(200t) + 4 cos(500t)
Q.49 For the circuit given in the figure, the voltage VC
[EC-2016 : 1 Mark]
(in Volts) across the capacitor is
Q.46 In the circuit shown, the positive angular 100 k
frequency (in radians/second) at which the
magnitude of the phase difference between the +
+
voltages V1 and V2 equals /4 radians, is ____ . 5 sin(5t) V 1 µF VC
– –
V2
1 1 mH
100 k
(a) 1.25 2 sin(5t 0.25 )

100 cos t 1 V1
(b) 1.25 2 sin(5t 0.125 )
(c) 2.5 2 sin(5t 0.25 )

[EC-2017 : 1 Mark] (d) 2.5 2 sin(5t 0.125 )
Q.47 The figure shows an RLC circuit excited by the [EC-2018 : 2 Marks]
sinusoidal voltage 100 cos(3t) Volts, where ‘t’ is
Q.50 In the circuit shown, if v(t) = 2 sin(1000t) Volts.
amplitude of V2 R = 1 k and C = 1 µF, then the steady-state
in seconds. The ratio is ___ .
amplitude of V1 current i(t), (in mA), is
R1
i (t )
+ Z(j )
C R2 C
v (t ) R R
–
C C
R Im(Z) k
(a) 3 sin(1000t) + cos(1000t)

1.5
(b) sin(1000t) + cos(1000t)
=0
(c) sin(1000t) + 3 cos(1000t)
(d) 2 sin(1000t) + 2 cos(1000t) 0 1 2 3 4 5 Re (Z) k
[EC-2019 : 2 Marks]
(a) R1 = 2 k , R2 = 3 k
Q.51 The current in the RL circuit shown below is (b) R1 = 5 k , R2 = 2 k
i(t) = 10 cos(5t – /4) A. The value of the inductor
(c) R1 = 5 k , R2 = 2.5 k
(Rounded off to two decimal places) is ____ H.
(d) R1 = 2 k , R2 = 5 k
R i(t) [EC-2022]
+
Q.54 Consider the circuit shown in the figure with
input V(t) in volts. The sinusoidal steady-state
200 cos(5t) V L
– current I(t) flowing through the circuit is shown
graphically (where ‘t’ is in seconds). The circuit
element ‘Z’ can be _______ .
[EC-2020 : 1 Mark] I(t) 1
Q.52 The current ‘I’ in the given network is
V(t) = sin(t) Z
120 –90° V Z
Z = (80 – j35)
I
t = /4
1
A
120 –30° V Z 2
I(t)
0A t
1
A
2
(a) 2.38 –23.63° A (b) 0 A
(c) 2.38 –96.37° A (d) 2.38 143.63° A (a) a capacitor of 1 F
[EC-2020 : 2 Marks] (b) an inductor of 1 H
(c) a capacitor of 3F
Q.53 For the circuit shown, the locus of the
impedance Z(j ) is plotted as increases from (d) an inductor of 3F
zero to infinity. The values of R1 and R2 are: [EC-2022]
ELECTRICAL EN GINEERIN G (a) 10 cos( t + 36.87°) mA
(GATE Previous Years Solved Papers) (b) 14 cos( t + 36.87°) mA

(c) –14 cos( t + 36.87°) mA
Q.1 In the given circuit, the voltage VL has a phase
(d) –10 cos( t + 36.87°) mA
angle of ______ with respect to Vs .
[EE-1999 : 2 Marks]
17.32 j10
+ V – Q.6 In figure, the admittance values of the elements
L
in Siemens are YR = 0.5 + j0, YL = 0 – j1.5,
YC = 0 + j0.3 respectively. The value of ‘I’ as a
phasor when the voltage E across the elements
Vs is 10 0° V is
[EE-1994 : 2 Marks]
Q.2 In the circuit shown in figure, ammeter A2 reads

I YR YL YC E = 10 0° V
12 A and A3 reads 9 A. A1 will read ______ A.
A1
(a) 1.5 + j0.5 (b) 5 – j18

(c) 0.5 + j1.8 (d) 5 – j12
A2 A3 [EE-2004 : 2 Marks]
Q.7 The rms value of the voltage u(t) = 3 + 4 cos(3t) is

[EE-1995 : 1 Mark]
(a) 17 V (b) 5 V
Q.3 Energy stored in capacitor over a cycle, when
excited by an ac source is (c) 7 V (d) (3 + 2 2 ) V
(a) the same as that due to a dc source of [EE-2005 : 1 Mark]
equivalent magnitude.
Q.8 The RL circuit of the figure is fed from a constant
(b) half of the due to a dc source of equivalent
magnitude, variable frequency sinusoidal
magnitude.
voltage source VIN. At 100 Hz, the R and L
(c) zero.
elements each have a voltage drop urms. If the
(d) none of the above frequency of the source is changed to 50 Hz,
[EE-1997 : 1 Mark] then new voltage drop across R is
Q.4 The rms value of half wave rectified R
symmetrical square wave current of 2 A is
(a) 2A (b) 1 A
VIN L
1
(c) (d) 3A
2A
[EE-1997 : 1 Mark] 5 2
(a) urms (b) urms
Q.5 Current I1, I2 and I3 meet at a junction (node) in 8 3
a circuit. All currents are marked as entering 8 3
(c) urms (d) urms
the node. If I 1 = –6 sin( t) mA and 5 2
I2 = 8 cos( t) mA, then I3 will be [EE-2005 : 2 Marks]
Q.9 An energy meter connected to an immersion Q.12 The power dissipated in the resistor R is
heater (resistive) operating on an AC 230 V, (a) 0.5 W (b) 1 W
50 Hz, AC single phase source reads 2.3 units
(kWh) in 1 hour. The heater is removed from the (c) 2W (d) 2 W
supply and now connected to a 400 V peak to
[EE-2011 : 2 Marks]
peak square wave source of 150 Hz. The power
in kW dissipated by the heater will be Q.13 The current IC in the figure above is
(a) 3.478 (b) 1.739 1
(a) –j2 A (b) j A
(c) 1.540 (d) 0.870 2
[EE-2006 : 2 Marks] 1
(c) + j A (d) +j2 A
Q.10 The rms value of the current i(t) in the circuit 2
shown below is [EE-2011 : 2 Marks]
1F 1H Q.14 The average power delivered to an impedance

(4 – j3) by a current 5 cos(100 t + 100) A is
1 (a) 44.2 W (b) 50 W
i(t)
(c) 62.5 W (d) 125 W
+ –
1
(1.0 sint) V [EE-2012 : 1 Mark]
1 1 Statement for Linked Answer Questions (15 and 16):

(a) A (b) A
2 2 In the circuit shown, the three voltmeter reading are:
(c) 1 A (d) 2A V1 = 220 V, V2 = 122 V, V3 = 136 V.
[EE-2011 : 1 Mark] R I
Q.11 The voltage applied to a circuit is
V2
100 2 cos(100 t ) Volts and the circuit draws a RL
V1 V3 Load
current of 10 2 sin(100 t + /4) amperes.
X
Taking the voltage as the reference phasor, the
phasor representation of the current in amperes
is
Q.15 The power factor of the load is
(a) 10 2 (b) 10
4 4 (a) 0.45 (b) 0.50
(c) 10 + (d) 10 2 + (c) 0.55 (d) 0.60
4 4
[EE-2012 : 2 Marks]
[EE-2011 : 1 Mark]
Q.16 If RL = 5 , the approximate power consumption
in the load is
An RLC circuit with relevant data is given below.
(a) 700 W (b) 750 W
Is
IRL IC (c) 800 W (d) 850 W
[EE-2012 : 2 Marks]
R
Vs C Vs = 1 0 V
Q.17 The total power dissipated in the circuit, shown
Is = 2 /4 A
L in the figure, is 1 kW.
I RL = 2 /4 A
Q.21 In the figure, the voltages are v1(t) = 100 cos( t),
10 A 2A 1 XC1 XL R
v2 (t ) = 100 cos t+ and v3 (t ) = 100 cos t+ .

18 36
Load
AC XC2 V 200 V The circuit is in sinusoidal steady-state, and
source
R << L. P1, P2 and P3 are the average power
outputs. Which one of the following statements
is true?
The voltmeter, across the load, reads 200 V. The
value of XL is ______ . R L L R
[EE-2014 : 2 Marks]
P1 P2 P3
Q.18 The voltage (V) and current (I) across a load are
as follows:
+ + +
V(t) = 100 sin( t)
V1(t) V2(t) V3(t)
i(t) = 10 sin( t – 60°) + 2 sin(3 t) + 5 sin(5 t)
– – –
The average power consumed by the load,
(in Watt), is _______ .
(a) P1 = P2 = P3 = 0
[EE-2016 : 1 Mark]
(b) P1 < 0, P2 > 0, P3 > 0
Q.19 A resistance and a coil are connected in series (c) P1 < 0, P2 > 0, P3 < 0
and supplied from a single phase, 100 V, 50 Hz
(d) P1 > 0, P2 < 0, P3 > 0 [EE-2018 : 1 Mark]
ac source as shown in the figure below. The rms
values of plausible voltages across the Q.22 The voltage across the circuit in the figure and
resistance (V R) and coil (VC) respectively, the current through it, are given by the following
(in Volts) are expressions:
v(t) = 5 – 10 cos( t + 60°) V
VR
i(t) = 5 + X cos( t) A
VS VC where, = 100 radians/s. If the average power
delivered to the circuit is zero, then the value of
X(in Amperes) is _____ (upto 2 decimal places).
(a) 65, 35 (b) 50, 50 i(t)
(c) 60, 90 (d) 60, 80 +

[EE-2016 : 1 Mark]
Electrical
V(t )
Q.20 In the circuit shown below, the supply voltage circuit
is 10 sin(1000t) Volts. The peak value of the
steady-state current through the 1 resistor, in –
amperes, is ______ .
4 [EE-2018 : 2 Mark]
2 µF
Q.23 A 0.1 µF capacitor charged to 100 V is
250 µF 1 500 mH
discharged through a 1 k resistor. The time in
rms (round off of 2 decimal) required for the
5
voltage across the capacitor to drop to 1 V is
4 mH
________.
[EE-2019 : 2 Marks]
10 sin(1000t )
[EE-2016 : 2 Marks]

Answers
EC Sinusoidal Steady State
1. (a) 2. (a, d) 3. (b) 4. (a) 5. (b) 6. (a) 7. (c) 8. (d)
9. (c) 10. (b) 11. (c) 12. (1) 13. (a) 14. (b) 15. (d) 16. (b)
17. (a) 18. (b) 19. (c) 20. (a) 21. (a) 22. (d) 23. (b) 24. (c)
25. (b) 26. (a) 27. (d) 28. (b) 29. (d) 30. (a) 31. (a) 32. (c)
33. (b) 34. (0.408) 35. (a) 36. (b) 37. (17.68) 38. (c) 39. (5) 40. (100)
41. (b) 42. (0.5) 43. (20) 44. (0.316) 45. (b) 46. (1) 47. (2.6) 48. (0.2)
49. (c) 50. (a) 51. (2.828) 52. (d) 53. (a) 54. (b)
Solutions
EC Sinusoidal Steady State
1. (a) 1 1
B.W. ; B.W.
The given circuit is a bridge, Q selectivity
If, R1 0
2
1 1+ and R2
s
then the circuit will have only L and C elements
2 sin100t 2+s and has high selectivity.
1F
2
So, the half power bandwidth can be increased
1 1+
s by reducing the selectivity.
So, by increasing the series resistance R1 and
Product of opposite arms are equal,
decreasing the parallel resistance R2, the half
2 2 power bandwidth can be increased.
1 1+ = 1 1+
s s
So, the current through the diagonal element 3. (b)
(1 F capacitor) is zero. Leq = L1 + L2 – 2 M
Leq = 2 + 2 – 2(1) = 2 H
2. (a, d)
At resonance,
Selectivity Q XL = XC
fr 1 1
Q= ; Q
B.W. B.W. Leq =
C
2
1 XL = j 2 + j 8 + 2 k j 2 j 8 = j 12
=
LeqC
2 k j4 = j2
1 1 k = 0.25
= = rad/sec.
2×2 2
7. (c)
1
2 f=
2 A32 = A12 + A22
1
f= Hz A32 = (5)2 + (12)2
4
4. (a) A32 = 169
At resonance frequency, A3 = 13 Ampere

Zmin = R 8. (d)
V Q XL = XC
Imax =
Zmin So, the circuit is at resonance,
5. (b) V 200
I= = = 20 Ampere
R 10
Given network is the series R-L-C circuit in
Voltage across the capacitor,
resistor R, voltage VR and current IR is in phase
Vc = I(–jXc) = 20(–j20) = –j400
and in series circuit current is same in all the
Vc = 400 –90° V
elements,
I = IR 9. (c)
So, the current is leading the voltage in the For DC supply:
circuit. Inductor behave as short-circuit capacitor
So, the given circuit will behave as capacitive behave as open-circuit.
circuit, So, under steady-state conditions, the applied
VC > VL dc voltage drops entirely across the capacitor
IXC > IXL (C) only.
XC > XL
1 10. (b)
> L
C
Ws = CVs2
1
2 < 1
LC Wc = CVs2
2
2 < 2
r Wc
= 0.5
< r Ws
6. (a) 11. (c)

At resonance,
2 2
XL – XC = 0 4 4
Irms = 32 + + =5A
XL = XC 2 2
Power is dissipated only in the 10 resistor,
XL = j12
2 2
XL = j12 P = Irms R = (5) × 10
= 250 W
XL = XL1 + XL2 + 2 k XL1 XL2
12. Sol. 17. (a)

Z = R + j(XL – XC) Em cos t j C
= 100 + j0 i2(t) = = Em 0
1 1 + j CR2
R2 +
Compare the real part, j C
R = 100
Em 0 C 90°
L i2(t) =
2 2 2 1
Q= 1+ C R tan CR2
R
QR 100 × 100 Em C
L= = = 1 mH i2(t) = 90° tan 1 CR
7 2 2 2
10 1+ C R
13. (a) E
At = 0, i2(t) = 0, = , i2 ( t ) = m
R2
x(t )
Option (a) satisfies both conditions.
T1
+V
18. (b)
t
T1 T1 + T2 f0
Q=
–V B.W.
T2
1
Rms value of x(t) f0 =
2 LC
T T1 T1 + T2 R
1 2 1 B.W. =
= x (t ) dt = (V )2 dt + ( V )2 dt
T T1 + T2 L
0 0 T1
2 Rs 1
1 (Characteristic equation = s + + )
= [V 2T1 + V 2T2 ] = V 2 = V L LC
T1 + T2
1 L
or, Q=
14. (b) R C
when R, L, C are doubled,
A12 = A22 + A32 = 32 + 4 2
1
Q = Q = 50
A1 = 5 Ampere 2
15. (d) 19. (c)

Diode D1 will conduct for the positive half cycle v(t ) 10 2 cos(t + 10°) 10 5 cos(2t + 10°)
of the input. i(t ) = = +
R+ j L 1 + 1j 1+2j
The ammeter will read the average value,
Vm 1 4 1 10 2 cos(t + 10°) 10 5 cos(2t + 10°)
× = × i(t ) = +
Iavg. = 2 45° 5 tan 1 2
R 10 × 10 3
0.4 i(t) = 10 cos(t – 35°) + 10 cos(2t + 10 – tan–1 2)
Iavg. = mA
20. (a)
16. (b) i(t) = V(t) Y
At resonance, 1 1
I = IR = 1 mA Y = V (t ) + +j C
R1 j L
I R + IL = I R2 + I L2 = 12 + IL2 > 1 mA
4
I R + IL > 1 mA = sin 2t 3 + + j×2×3
2j
= sin 2t[3 – 2j + 6j] = sin 2t[3 + 4j] R

2 =
1 4 n L
= 5 sin 2t tan = 5 sin (2t + 53.1°)
3 1
n =
21. (a) LC
1 R R C
= LC =
j C 1 2L 2 L
vo(t) = vi (t ) = 2 sin 10 3 t
1 1 + j CR For no oscillations, 1
R+
j C
R C L
1 3 1; R 2
= 2 sin 10 t 2 L C
1 + j × 10 3 × 10 3
vo(t) = sin(103t – 45°) 25. (b)
22. (b) 1 1
f0 = =
2 LC 1 6
Characteristic equation = s2 + 20s + 106 2 1× × 10
400
Q=
o
, o = 10 6
B.W. 103 × 20 10 4
= = Hz
2
103 1000
Q= = = 50
20 20 26. (a)
23. (d) When 5 0° is acting along,

i1(t) = –5 0°
S1 : Impedance of series RLC circuit at resonant
(as 10 60° is kept open)
frequency is minimum,
When 10 60° is acting along,
1 i1(t) = 10 60°
Z = R+ j L
C
(as 5 0° is kept open)
1 i1(t) = 10 60° – 5 0°
L =0
C = 5 + 8.66j – 5
Z = R (Purely resistive) i1(t) = 8.66j
C i1(t) = 5 3 90°
S2 : Q= R
L 10
= 3 90°
1 1 C 2
G= Q=
R G L
27. (d)
G then Q if C and L are same.
VAB = Current × Impedance
24. (c)
= 5 30°× (5 3 j ) (5 + 3 j )
Transfer function
(5 3 j ) × (5 + 3 j )
1 = 5 30°×
1 5 3j + 5+ 3j
sC =
=
1 2
s LC + sCR + 1
R + sL + 25 + 9
sC = 5 30°×
10
1 = 5 30° × 3.4
Y (s) LC
= = 17 30°
U (s) 2 R 1
s + s+
L LC
28. (b) 1 20
VA + 1 + j 10 3 × 50 × 10 6
=
j 103 × 20 × 10 3
j 10 3 × 20 × 10 3
1 + 2j
j j
VA +1+ = –j1
20 20
20 0° V I 7 + 4j
VA = –j1 V
VA
I= = j1 A
1
20 10 31. (a)
I= = =2 36.87°
8+ 6j 4 + 3j Redrawing the circuit s-domain,
Reactive power,
Q = I2 XL = 4 × 4 = 16 VAR R+
1
sC
29. (d)
Characteristic equation for a parallel RLC +
circuit is 1
V(s ) I(s) R Vo(s )
sC
1 1 –
s2 + s+ =0
RC LC
1
where, Bandwidth =
RC
1
(i) It is clear that the bandwidth of a parallel R
1 sC I (s )
Vi(s) = R+ I (s) +
RLC circuit is independent of L and sC 1
R+
decreases if R is increased. sC
(ii) At resonance, imaginary part of input
1 + sCR R
impedance is zero. Hence, at resonance Vi(s) = I (s) + I (s) ...(i)
sC 1 + sCR
input impedance is a real quantity.
Q v i = Vp cos(t/RC)
(iii) In parallel RLC circuit, the admittance is
minimum at resonance. Hence magnitude 1
So here, =
RC
of input impedance attains its maximum
value at resonance. Now,
(1 + j CR) R
30. (a) Vi(s) = I(s) + I (s)
j C (1 + j CR )
j L VA 1
Put, =
RC
I
1 (1 + j ) R R
20 0° V 1
j C So, Vi(s) = + I (s)
3
= 10 rad/s j 1+ j
Vi (s) 3R
=
(L = 20 mH, C = 50 µH) I (s ) (1 + j )
Nodal analysis at node A, Vi (s )
I(s) = × (1 + j )
VA 20 VA VA 3R
+ + =0
j L 1 1
1
j C Now, Vo(s) = R I (s)
sC
1 Total power (kVA),

R P = V I2
sC I (s )
Vo(s) = 1 I2 = 43.47 –36.86 ...(iii)
R+
sC
Therefore, I = I1 + I 2 = 78.25 + j6.25 ...(iv)
R Vi (s )
Vo(s) = (1 + j ) So, the complex power delivered by source,
1 + sCR 3R
S = VI = 230(78.25 – j6.25)
R Vi (s)
Vo(s) = (1 + j ) or, S = (18 – j1.5) kVA
1 + j 3R
Vi (s ) 34. Sol.
Vo(s) =
3 x
In time domain,
1 1
Vo(t) = Vi (t )
3
Vp t
Vo(t) = cos
3 RC t
0
T/2 T/2
32. (c)
T
L1 L2 1 2
q1 = and q2 = Rms value = x (t ) dt
R1 R2 T
0
L1 = q1R1 and L2 = q2R2 where, T = time period
Coils are connected in series, For the given signal,
So, q R = L1 + L2 = q1R1 + q2R2
T /2 2 T
q R +q R 1 2
q= 1 1 2 2 Rms value = t dt + (0)2 dt
R T T
0 T /2
R = R1 + R2
T /2 T /2
q R +q R 1 4 1 4 t3
q= 1 1 2 2 = t 2 dt = × 2×
R1 + R2 T
0 T2 4 T 3
0
33. (b) 4 T3 1
= 3 24
= = 0.408
T 6
I1 10 kW, 0.8 lead
Z1
35. (a)
I2 10 kVA, 0.8 lag t
Z2 1
Given that, Vs = Ri (t ) + i(t ) dt ...(i)
C
0
I Using Laplace transform,
1
V(s) = RI (s ) + I (s) ...(ii)
Real power (kW), Cs
P = VI cos ...(i) V (s)
or, I(s) = ...(iii)
P1 = V × I1 cos 1
R+
Cs
10 × 10 3
Thus, I1 = = 54.34 36.86 ...(ii)
230 × 0.8 1
For, V(s) =
s
From equation (iii) and (iv), 1 1

XC = = = 10
C 1 C 10 5 × 1 × 10 6
I(s) = = ...(v)
( RCs + 1) 1 10 / 2 25
R s+
RC VC = IXC = 10 × = = 17.68 V
4 2
Using inverse Laplace transform in equation (v),
we get, 38. (c)
1 t / RC 1 1 L
e
i(t) = = ; Q=
R 2Q R C
Thus, option (a) is correct.
R C
Damping ratio = =
36. (b) 2 L
R VA 39. Sol.
y (t ) 1k 1 µF 1 mH 2k
C b a
–
sin( t) C V ab +
C 5 sin(5000t) 5V
Applying KCL at node A, we get

Applying superposition:
VA sin t VA V
= + + A =0 ...(i) Vab =5 V (open circuited in steady-state)
R 1 2
j C j C 1k 1 µF 1 mH 2k
–
V ab +
1 j C sin t = 1 0°
= VA + j C+ = 5V
R 2 R
2
= VA = ...(ii)
2 + 3 RC j
1k 1 µF 1 mH 2k
VA 1
Also, Y= = ...(iii) –
2 2 + 3 j RC V ab +
1 5 sin(5000t)
Q A( ) =
4
1 1
=
4 4+9 2
( RC )2
Vab will be sinusoid with average value zero.
2 Average, Vab = 5 V
or, =
3RC
40. Sol.
37. Sol. Vc
80 V 40 V
At resonance,
10 / 2
I=
4
1
= = 10 5 rad/sec
3 6
0.1 × 10 × 10
100 V, 50 Hz
(80)2 + (40 – VC)2 = 100 2 Vo = 1 sin t × 1 k

(40 – VC)2 = 1002 – 802 = 3600 = 0.5 sin t
40 VC = 60 Peak output = 0.5 V
VC = 100 V 43. Sol.
41. j5 j5
50
L
1
× ( j L + R) C 5 sin(5000t) j5 C
j C
Zeq = 1 R
× j L+R
j C
R L 1 Z Zeq
+ R j L
j C C C
Zeq = ×
1 1
R+ j L R j L 1
C C j5 × + j5
j C
Equating imaginary part to zero, Zeq = 1
j5 + j5 +
j C
R2 L 1
Img = L =0
C C C I = 0 if Z is
Z = Zeq + 50 + j5
R2 L 1
+ L =0 For Z to be ,
C C C
Zeq =
2 2 2
CR + LC L 1
2
=0 j5 + j5 + =0
C j C
1 R 2C 1
2 = 1 10 =
LC L 5000 × C
1
1 R 2C C= = 20 µF
f = 1 5 × 10 3 × 10
2 LC L
44. Sol.
42. Sol.
At resonance (for parallel RLC circuit),
Circuit contains balanced Wheatstone bridge. IR = I
Also at high frequencies capacitor can be IL = QI –90°
considered as short-circuits. IC = QI –90°
Redrawing the circuit, For parallel RLC circuit,
Vo
IL IQ C
= =Q= R
1k 1k IR I L
1.0 sin( t) 10 × 10 6
= 10 = 0.316
10 × 10 3
1k 1k
45. (b) 46. Sol.
0.25 H 100 µF V2
1 1 mH
+ +
100 cos t i (t ) 1 V1
2
0.4 mH 10 µF
Vi(t) Vo(t)
2 Let, i(t) = Im i and Z2 = 1 + j

– –
= 2
1+ 2
where, Vi(t) = 2 cos(200t) + 4 sin(500t)
= tan 1
As different frequencies are operating, using 2
1
superposition theorem, we get for V1 = i(t) ( 1 ) = Im i
= 200 rad/sec V2 = i(t) Z2
XL = L = (200) (0.25) = 50
= Im 1 + 2 2 + i
1 1
XC = =
C 200 × 100 × 10 6 From the given data,
= 50
( i+ 2) – ( i) =
Short-circuit
4
j50 –j50
2 =
4
+ +
1
2
tan =
1 4
Vi(t) Vo(t) = 1 rad/sec
47. Sol.
– – V1
Q Vo(t) = Vi(t) 4 1H
For, = 500 rad/sec.

5
i (t ) V2
XL = 0.4 × 500 = 200
1 1/36 H
XC = 6
= 200
10 × 10 × 500
Open-circuit
= 3 rad/sec,
Z 1 = (4 + j3)
+ + and Z 2 = (5 – j12)
j200 –j 200 V2 =
Vi(t) Vo(t)
i Z2 = i 52 + 12 2 = 13 i
2
– –
V1 = i Z1 = i 4 2 + 32 = 5 i
V2 13 i 13
Vo(t) = Vi(t) = = = 2.6
V1 5i 5
Therefore, Vo(t) = 2 cos(200t) + 4 sin(500t)
48. Sol. 1 1 1
Here, XC = = 3 6
= 3
5H
C 10 × 10 10
5 I
XC = 103
+ V –
R
R = 103 (Given)
+
V VC 5F v(t) = 2 sin 1000t V
– = 2 0° V
Redrawing the given network, we get,
Given that, V and I have same phase. So, the

circuit is resonance.
R R
At resonance, VC = QVR
Amplitude of VC 1 L –jXC
So, = Q=
Amplitude of VR R C
–jXC –jXC
1 5
= = 0.2
5 5
R
49. (c)
i(t)
1 1
= 6
= 200 k
C 5 × 10 v(t )
200 k
As the bridge is balanced, it can be redrawn as,
+ +
5 sin(5t) V –j200 k VC
– R R
–
5 0°
VC = × ( j 200) V
200 j 200
5 0°× 1 90° –jXC –jXC
=
2 45°
R
5
= 45° V = 2.5 2 sin 5t V
2 4
= 2.5 2 sin(5t 0.25 ) V

v(t)
50. (a)
2R
i (t )
2/3R
–2jXC
–2jXC
C
v (t ) R R R
i(t)
i(t)
C C v (t )
R v (t )
Yeq = Y1 + Y2 Impedance, Z(0) = R1 + R2

3 1 With the help of graph at = 0,
= +
2R 2 jXC Z(0) = 5 k
3 1 R1 + R2 = 5 k
= × 10 3 + j × 10 3 At = rad/sec,
2 2
3 1 1
i(t) = v(t) × Yeq = 2 0° +j mA XC =
2 2 C
= (3 + j1) mA XC = 0
= 3 sin(1000t) + cos(1000t) mA R1
51. Sol.
V 200 0° XC = 0
Z= = = 20 45° R2
I 10 45°
Z = 10 2 + j 10 2 Z(0)
XL = 10 2
Impedance, Z( ) = R1 = 2 k
L = 10 2 R1 + R2 = 5 k
10 2 R2 = 3 k
L= = 2.828 H
5
54. (b)
52. (d) As the current i(t) is lagging, element Z is
inductor,
I1
V sin t
120 –90° V Z I= ; I=
Z0 Z0
Z = (80 – j35)
I Maximum value of current,

1
i(t) =
120 –30° V Z 2
Z0 = 2
I2
Z 0 = R + jXL = 1 + j L
I = –[I1 + I2]
1+ 2 2
L = 2
120 90° 120 30°
I= + 2L2
80 j 35 80 j 35 1+ = 2
Given, = 1 rad/sec.
I = 2.38 143.7°
2
L = 1
53. (a) L= 1H
At = 0 rad/sec,
1
XC = =
C
R1
Z(0) R2
Answers
EE Sinusoidal Steady State
1. (60) 2. (15) 3. (c) 4. (a) 5. (d) 6. (d) 7. (a) 8. (c)
9. (b) 10. (b) 11. (b) 12. (b) 13. (d) 14. (b) 15. (a) 16. (b)
17. (17.332) 18. (250) 19. (*) 20. (1) 21. (c) 22. (10) 23. (0.46)
Solutions
EE Sinusoidal Steady State
1. Sol. 5. (d)
j 10 I1 + I2 + I3 = 0
VL = Vs ×
17.32 + j 10 I3 = –I1 – I2
= –[–6 sin( t)] – 8 cos t
(Using voltage division rule)
= Vs × 0.5 60° Volts 6 8
= 10 sin t cos t
Hence, VL has phase angle of 60° with respect 10 10
to Vs. = –10[cos(36.87°) cos t
– sin(36.87°) sin t]
2. Sol. = –10 cos( t + 36.87°) mA
Q Currents in resistor and inductor well be in
6. (d)
quadrature for same voltage across them.
2 2
IA1 = IA 2
+ IA 8
= 12 2 + 92 = 15 A IR IL IC
E = 10 0° V
I
3. (c) YC
YR YL
When excited by an ac source, capacitor stores
the energy in one half cycle and delivers that
energy in another half cycle. Hence total energy IR = YRE = (0.5 + j0) × 10 0° = 5 A
stored in a capacitor over a complete cycle, when IY = YLE = (0.5 – j1.5) × 10 0°
excited by an ac source is zero. = –j15 A
IC = YCE = (0 + j0.3) × 10 0° = j3 A
4. (a)
I = IR + IY + IC
To find: Rms value of i(t) = 5 + (–j15) + j3 = 5 – j12 A
We have,
i (t ) 7. (a)
2A (rms)
Rms value of dc voltage = Vdc =3V
t (rms)
Rms value of ac voltage = Vac
T/2 T 3T/2 2T
T 4
1 2 = V
Irms = i (t ) dt 2
T
0 Rms value of the voltage
= 1 T 4
2
× 4× = 2 A 32 + = 9+8 =
T 2 = 17 V
2
8. (c) Rms value of the input voltage

At, f = 100 Hz = Vrms = 230 V
2
VR = VL Vrms
P1 =
As R and L are series connected, current through R
R and L is same. 230 2
230 × 103 = R = 23
So, IR = IXL = I L R
R = XL = L (ii) When heater connected to 400 V (peak to
Vin Vin Vin peak) square wave source of 150 Hz.
I= = =
R 2
+ XL2 2
R +R 2 2R
V
VR = urms = IR 200 V
Vin V
VR = × R = in
2R 2
Vin = 2 urms ...(i) –200 V

T/2
At, f = 50 Hz,
1 1
XL f T= = sec.
f 150
50 XL R
XL = X L × = =
100 2 2 Vrms value of the input voltage,
Vin 1/2
1 T
So, I = Vrms = V 2 dt
R 2 + ( XL ) T 0
{ }
1/2
1 T /2 T
Vin 2V = 200 2 dt + ( 200)2 dt
= = in T 0 T /2
R 2 5R
R2 + Vrms = 200 V
2
2
Vrms 200 2 3
P2 = = × 10 = 1.739 kW
2 Vin 2 R 23
VR = I R = R= Vin
5R 5
10. (b)
From equation (i),
Vs = 1 sint Vm sin t
2
VR = × ( 2 urms ) Vm = 1 V and = 1 rad/sec.
5
Impedance of the branch containing inductor
2 2 8 and capacitor,
= urms = urms
5 5 Z = j(XL – XC)
9. (b) 1
= j L
C
Assuming resistance of the heater = R
(i) When heater connected to 230 V, 50 Hz 1
= j 1× 1 =0
source, energy consumed by the heater = 1× 1
2.3 units of 2.3 kWh in 1 hour. So, this branch is short-circuit and the whole
current flow through it,
Power consumed by the heater
1.0 sin t
energy 2.3 kWh i(t) = = 1.0 sin t
= = 1
time period 1 hour
1
P1 = 2.3 kW Rms value of the current = A
2
11. (b) 1
= × 25 × 5 × cos(36.87°)
2
V(t) = 100 2 cos(100 t )
1 4
Voltage represented in phasor form, = × 25 × 5 × = 50 W
2 5
Vph = Vrms
Alternate method:
100 2
Vph = 0° P = Irms 2 R
2
2
5
i(t) = 10 2 sin 100 t + P= × 4 = 50
4 2
i(t) = 10 2 cos 100 t + 15. (a)

4 2
V3 V1
10 2
Iph = = 10 A
2 4 2 4
12. (b)
Power supplied by the source = Vs Is cos
V2
where, = angle between Vs and Is = I
4
Inductor and capacitor do not consume power. V12 = V22 + V32 + 2V2V3 cos
Therefore, power dissipated in (220)2 = (122)2 + (136)2 + 2 × 122 × 136 × cos
R = Power supplied by the source cos = 0.45
PR = Vs Is cos
16. (b)
= 1 × 2 × cos Given, RL = 5
4
1 RL
= 2× =1W cos =
2 Z
5
13. (d) Z =
= 11.11
0.45
Using KCL, Power consumed by load,
–Is + IRL + IC = 0
2
IC = Is – IRL V3
PL = RL
Z
= 2 2
4 4 2
136
= 2 90° = +j2 A = × 5 =749.1 750 W
11.11
14. (b)
17. Sol.
i = 5 cos(100 t + 100° A)
= 5 100° A 10 A 2A 1 XC1 10 A XL R 10 A
Z = (4 – j3)
= 5 –36.87° Load
v = iZ = 25 63.13° V AC XC2 V 200 V

source
The average power is,
1
P= Vm Im cos Given, total power dissipated in the circuit
2
= 1 kW = 1000 Watt
22 × 1 + 102 × R = 100 21. (c)

998
or, R= = 9.98 V2
100
Also, voltage drop across R,
VR = IR = 10 × 9.98 V3
= 99.8 Volt
Voltage drop across load, 10°
5°
V = 200 Volt = VR2 + VXL
2 V1
Voltage drop across inductor, 180°

V2 : = = 10°
18 18
VXL = V 2 VR2
180°
V3 : = = 5°
= (200) 2
(99.8) 2 36 36
V2 leads V1 and V3.
= 173.32 Volt
So, V2 is a source, V1 and V3 are absorbing.
VXL
Now, VXL = IXL or Hence, P2 > 0, P1, P3 < 0
I
173.32 22. Sol.
= = 17.332
10 Given that,
XL = 17.332 v(t) = 5 – 10 cos( t + 60°)
i(t) = 5 + X cos( t – 0°)
18. Sol.
Preq = 0
The average power consumed by the load =
1
P = V1I1 cos 1 0 = 5 × 5 + [( 10) ( X )cos(60°)]
2
100 10 1
= cos 60° = 250 W
2 2 –25 = [( 10) ( X ) cos(60°)]
2
X = 10
19. (*)
All answer are wrong, answer given by IISc is (c). 23. Sol.
vc(t) = Vo e–t/
20. Sol. +
Vo = 100 V 0.1 µF 100 V
If we observe the parallel LC combination we 1k
= RC –
get that at = 1000 rad/sec the parallel LC is at 3 –7
= (10 ) (10 )
resonance thus it is open-circuited. The circuit
= 10–4 sec
given in question can be redrawn as,
4
vc(t) = 100 e 10 t V
4 Let the time required by the voltage across the
1
capacitor to drop to 1 V is t1.
5 4
vc(t1) = 100 e 10 t1 , vc (t1 ) = 1 V
4
1 = 100 e 10 t1
10 sin(1000t) 4
e 10 t1 = 0.01
10 sin 1000t t1 = 0.46 msec
So, I= = sin 100t
10
So peak value is 1 Amp.
3 Network Theorems
ELECTRO NICS EN GINEERIN G Q.4 If the secondary winding of the ideal transformer
shown in the circuit of figure has 40 turns, the
number of turns in the primary winding for
Q.1 If an impedance ZL is connected across voltage maximum power transfer to the 2 resistor
source V with source impedance Zs, then for will be
maximum power transfer the load impedance
Ideal
must be equal to 8 transformer
(a) source impedance Zs
(b) complex conjugate of Zs
Vg 40 turns 2
(c) real part of Zs
(d) imaginary part of Zs
[EC-1988 : 2 Marks]
Q.2 In the circuit of figure, the power dissipated in (a) 20 (b) 40

the resistor R is a 1 W when only source ‘1’ is (c) 80 (d) 160
present and ‘2’ is replaced by a short. The power [EC-1993 : 1 Mark]
dissipated in the same resistor R is 4 W when
Q.5 In the circuit of figure , when switch S1 is closed,
only source ‘2’ is present and ‘1’ is replaced by
the ideal ammeter M1 reads 5 A. What will the
a short. When both the sources ‘1’ and ‘2’ are
ideal voltmeter M2 read when S1 is kept open?
present, the power dissipated in R will be
(The value of E is not specified).
1 2
M2
Volts
Volts
V
Source R=1 Source
j t
j t
‘1’ ‘2’ 4 3
V1 e
V2 e
S1
(a) 1 W (b) 3 W 6 A M1
(c) 4 W (d) 5 W – +
E 10
[EC-1989 : 2 Marks]
8 5
Q.3 A load, ZL = RL + jXL is to be matched, using an
ideal transformer, to a generator of internal
impedance, Zs = Rs + jXs. The turns ratio of the 2 3
transformer required is
[EC-1993 : 2 Marks]
(a) ZL / Zs (b) RL / Rs
Q.6 A generator of internal impedance, ZG delivers
maximum power to a load impedance, ZL only
(c) RL / Zs (d) RL / Zs
if ZL = ______ .
[EC-1989 : 2 Marks] [EC-1994 : 1 Mark]
Q.7 The value of the resistance, R connected across (a) 2 (b) 4

the terminals, A and B (ref. figure), which will (c) 8 (d) 16
absorb the maximum power, is [EC-1999 : 2 Marks]
Q.11 Use the data of the Fig. (a). The current ‘i’ in the
3k 4k circuit of the Fig. (b).
R2
A B
R
R1 R3
6k 4k
+
10 V R4 2A
(a) 4.00 k (b) 4.11 k

(c) 8.00 k (d) 9.00 k Fig. (a)
[EC-1995 : 1 Mark] R2
Q.8 Superposition theorem is not applicable to

R1 R3
networks containing
(a) non-linear elements
i=? R4 20 V
(b) dependent voltage sources +
(c) dependent current sources
Fig. (b)
(d) transformers
[EC-1998 : 1 Mark] (a) –2 A (b) 2 A
(c) –4 A (d) +4 A
Q.9 The Thevenin equivalent voltage VTh appearing
[EC-2000 : 2 Marks]
between the terminals A and B of the network
shown in the figure is given by Q.12 In the figure, the value of the load resistor R
3 which maximizes the power delivered to it is
+ 10 1H
100 0° V j2 –j6 +j4 VTh
Em cos10t RL
–
(a) j16(3 – j4) (b) j16(3 + j4)

(c) 16(3 + j4) (d) 16(3 – j4) (a) 14.14 (b) 10
[EC-1999 : 2 Marks] (c) 200 (d) 28.28
[EC-2001 : 2 Marks]
Q.10 The value of R (in ) required for maximum
power transfer in the network shown in the Q.13 In the network of the figure, the maximum power
figure is is delivered to RL if its value is
5 4
I1
40
+ 0.5I1 20 RL
25 V 20 3A R
– +
50 V
–
40 Q.17 An independent voltage source in series with

(a) 16 (b) an impedance Zs = Rs + jXs delivers a maximum
3
average power to a load impedance ZL when
(c) 60 (d) 20
(a) ZL = Rs + jXs (b) ZL = Rs
[EC-2002 : 2 Marks]
(c) ZL = jXs (d) ZL = Rs – jXs
Q.14 A source of angular frequency 1 rad/sec has a [EC-2007 : 1 Mark]
source impedance consisting of 1 resistance
in series with 1 H inductance. The load that Q.18 For the circuit shown in the figure, the Thevenin
will obtain the maximum power transfer is voltage and resistance looking into X-Y are
(a) 1 resistance. 1
X
(b) 1 resistance in parallel with 1 H
i
inductance.
(c) 1 resistance in series with 1 F capacitor. 2i + 1 2A 2
–
(d) 1 resistance in parallel with 1 F capacitor.
[EC-2003 : 1 Mark]
Y
Q.15 The maximum power that can be transferred to
the load resistor RL from the voltage source in
4 2
the figure is (a) V, 2 (b) 4 V,
3 3
100 4 2
(c) V, (d) 4 V, 2
3 3
+ [EC-2007 : 2 Marks]
10 V RL
–
Q.19 The Thevenin equivalent impedance Z Th
between the nodes P and Q in the following
(a) 1 W (b) 10 W circuit is
(c) 0.25 W (d) 0.5 W 1H 1F

[EC-2005 : 1 Mark]
Q.16 For the circuit shown in the figure, Thevenin’s 1 P
voltage and Thevenin’s equivalent resistance

1A 1
at terminals a-b is
10 V Q
5
1A I1
a + 1
(a) 1 (b) 1 + s +
0.5I1 +
– 5 10 V s
b –
1 s2 + s + 1
(c) 2 + s + (d)
s s2 + 2s + 1
(a) 5 V and 2 (b) 7.5 V and 2.5 [EC-2008 : 2 Marks]
(c) 4 V and 2 (d) 3 V and 2.5
Q.20 In the circuit shown, what value of R L
[EC-2005 : 2 Marks]
maximizes the power delivered to RL?
Vx Q.23 The impedance looking into nodes 1 and 2 in

4
–+ the given circuit is
ib
4 4
–
Vx + 1k 99ib
Vt 100 V RL
9k
1
100
2
8
(a) 2.4 (b)
3
(a) 50 (b) 100
(c) 4 (d) 6
(c) 5 k (d) 10.1 k
[EC-2009 : 2 Marks]
[EC-2012 : 1 Mark]
Q.21 In the circuit shown below, the Norton
equivalent current in amperes with respect to Q.24 Assuming both the voltage sources are in phase,
the terminals P and Q is the value of R for which maximum power is
transferred from circuit A to circuit B is,
j30
P
2 R
16 0° A 25 –j 50 + +
10 V –j 1 3V
– –
Q
15
Circuit A Circuit B
(a) 6.4 – j4.8 (b) 6.56 – j7.87
(c) 10 + j0 (d) 16 + j0 (a) 0.8 (b) 1.4
[EC-2011 : 1 Mark] (c) 2 (d) 2.8
[EC-2012 : 2 Marks]
Q.22 In the circuit shown below, the value of RL such
that the power transferred to RL is maximum is Q.25 A source vs(t) = V cos100 t has an internal
impedance of (4 + j3) . If a purely resistive
10 10 load connected to this source has to extract the
maximum power out of the source, its value
10 (in ) should be
(a) 3 (b) 4
5V 1A RL
(c) 5 (d) 7
2V
[EC-2013 : 1 Mark]
Q.26 In the circuit shown below, if the source voltage

(a) 5 (b) 10 V s = 100 53.13 V, then the Thevenin’s
equivalent voltage (in Volts) as seen by the load
(c) 15 (d) 20
resistance RL is
[EC-2011 : 1 Mark]
3 j4 j6 5 2
+ –
VL1
Vs I1 + + I2 RL = 10
– – 4 0 Vrms j2 RL
j40I2 10 VL1
(a) 100 90° (b) 800 0°

[EC-2015 : 2 Marks]
(c) 800 90° (d) 100 60°
[EC-2013 : 2 Marks] Q.31 In the circuit shown, the Norton equivalent
resistance (in ) across terminals a-b is ____ .
Q.27 Norton’s theorem states that a complex network
2
connected to a load can be replaced with an a
equivalent impedance
(a) in series with a current source +
4I – 2 4
(b) in parallel with a voltage source
I
(c) in series with a voltage source
b
(d) in parallel with a current source
[EC-2015 : 2 Marks]
[EC-2014 : 1 Mark]
Q.32 For the current shown in the figure, the
Q.28 In the figure shown, the value of the current I
Thevenin equivalent voltage (in Volts) across
(in Amperes) is _____ .
terminals a-b is _____ .
5 5
3
a
I
5V 1A 10 12 V 1A 6
[EC-2014 : 1 Mark] [EC-2015 : 1 Mark]
Q.29 In the circuit shown in the figure, the angular Q.33 In the circuit shown in the figure, the maximum
frequency (in rad/sec), at which the Norton power (in Watt) delivered to the resistor R is
equivalent impedance as seen from terminals _______ .
b-b is purely resistive, is ________ . 3k 10 k
1 1F
b
+
+ 5V 2k Vo 100Vo +
– 40 k R
10 cos t (Volts) 0.5 H –
–
b
[EC-2016 : 2 Marks]
[EC-2014 : 2 Marks]
Q.34 In the circuit shown below, V s is constant
Q.30 In the given circuit, the maximum power voltage source and IL is a constant current load.
(in Watts) that can be transferred to the load The value of IL that maximizes the power
RL is _____ . absorbed by the constant current load is
R 1 2
+
5V R 1A
Vs IL
–
(a)
Vs Vs 1 2
(a) (b)
4R 2R
Vs
(c) (d) ? R 5V
R
[EC-2016 : 1 Mark]
(b)
Q.35 Consider the circuit shown in the figure.
(a) 0.5 A (b) 2.5 A
–+ (c) 1 A (d) 2 A
3io
[EC-2019 : 1 Mark]
P
1 io Q.37 In the circuit shown below, the Thevenin voltage
VTh is
10 V 1 1 2V 2 4
+
Q
1 1A 1 2A 2 VTh
The Thevenin equivalent resistance (in )

across P-Q is ______ . –
[EC-2017 : 2 Marks]
(a) 2.8 V (b) 3.6 V
Q.36 Consider the two-port resistive network shown (c) 2.4 V (d) 4.5 V
in the figure. When an excitation of 5 V is [EC-2020 : 1 Mark]
applied across port-1 and port-2 is shorted, the
current through the short-circuit at port-2 is ELECTRICAL EN GINEERIN G
measured to be 1 A [see (a) in the figure]. (GATE Previous Years Solved Papers)
Now, if an excitation of 5 V is applied across
port-2, and port-1 is shorted [see (b) in the SECTIO N - A
figure], what is the through the short-circuit at Q.1 The following circuit shown in figure resonates
port-1? at
1 2 4H 1F
10
Port-1 R Port-2
1F
(a) all frequencies (b) 0.5 rad/sec (a) a semicircle with a diameter of V/X.
(c) 5 rad/sec (d) 1 rad/sec (b) a straight line with a slope of R/X.
[EE-1993 : 1 Mark] (c) an ellipse with V/R as major axis.
(d) a circle of radius R/X and origin at (0, V/2).
Q.2 At resonance, the given parallel circuit
[EE-1998 : 1 Mark]
constituted by an iron-cored coil and a capacitor
behaves like Q.6 A circuit with a resistor, inductor and capacitor
in series is resonant at f0 Hz. If all the component
a values are now doubled, the new resonant
frequency is
R (a) 2 f0 (b) still f0
C f0 f0
L (c) (d)
4 2
b
[EE-1998 : 1 Mark]
Q.7 A fixed capacitor of reactance –j0.02 is

(a) an open-circuit connected in parallel across a series
(b) a short-circuit combination of a fixed inductor of reactance
(c) a pure resistor of value R j0.01 and a variable resistance R. As R is varied
(d) a pure resistor of value much higher than R from zero to infinity, the locus diagram of the
admittance of this RLC circuit will be
[EE-1994 : 1 Mark]
(a) a semi-circle of diameter j100 and center at
Q.3 A series RLC circuit has the following parameter zero.
values: R = 10 , L = 0.01 H, C = 100 mF. The (b) a semi-circle of diameter j50 and center at
Q-factor of the circuit at resonance is _____ . zero.
[EE-1995 : 1 Mark] (c) a straight line inclined at an angle.
(d) a straight line parallel to the x-axis.
Q.4 A coil (which can be modeled as a series RL
[EE-1999 : 2 Marks]
circuit) has been designed for high
Q-performance at a rated voltage and a specified Q.8 A series RLC circuit when excited by a 10 V
frequency. If the frequency of operation is sinusoidal voltage source of variable frequency,
doubled and the coil is operated at the same exhibits resonance at 100 Hz and has a 3 dB
rated voltage then the Q-factor and the active bandwidth of 5 Hz. The voltage across the
power P consumed by the coil will be affected inductor L at resonance is
as follows: (a) 10 V (b) 10 2 V
(a) P is doubled, Q is halved.
10
(b) P is halved, Q is doubled. (c) (d) 200 V
2V
(c) P remains constant, Q is doubled.
[EE-1999 : 1 Mark]
(d) P decreased 4 times, Q is doubled.
[EE-1996 : 2 Marks] Q.9 The current in the circuit shown in figure is
20 200 V
I + –
Q.5 A sinusoidal source of voltage V and frequency
f is connected to a series circuit of variable
+
resistance R and a fixed reactance X. The locus 100 V 200 V
50 Hz –
of the tip of the current phasor I as R is, varied
from 0 to is
(a) 5 A (b) 10 A (a) 2.14 mH (b) 5.30 mH

(c) 15 A (d) 25 A (c) 31.8 mH (d) 1.32 mH
[EE-1999 : 1 Mark] [EE-2003 : 2 Marks]
Q.10 In a series RLC circuit at resonance, the Q.14 The value of Z in figure which is most
magnitude of the voltage developed across the appropriate to cause parallel resonance at
capacitor 500 Hz is
(a) is always zero.
(b) can never be greater than the input voltage. 5
(c) can be greater than the input voltage, 2H Z

however it is 90° out of phase with the input
voltage.
(d) can be greater than the input voltage, and
(a) 125.00 mH (b) 304.20 µF
is in phase with the input voltage.
(c) 2.0 µF (d) 0.05 µF
[EE-2000 : 1 Mark]
[EE-2004 : 1 Mark]
Q.11 In the circuit shown in figure, what value of C
Q.15 The circuit shown in the figure is energized by
will cause a unity power factor at the ac source.
a sinusoidal voltage source V1 at a frequency
which causes resonance with a current of I.
230 V C ZL = 30 40°
50 Hz I
V2
(a) 68.1 µF (b) 165 µF
(c) 0.681 µF (d) 6.81 µF
V1
[EE-2002 : 2 Marks] Vc
Q.12 A series RLC circuit has R = 50 , L = 100 µH

and C = 1 µF. The lower half power frequency of
The phasor diagram which is applicable to this
the circuit is
circuit is
(a) 30.55 kHz (b) 3.055 kHz
I V2
(c) 51.92 kHz (d) 1.92 kHz V1
[EE-2002 : 2 Marks]
(a)
Q.13 In the circuit of figure, the magnitudes of VL and
Vc
VC are twice that of VR. Given that, f = 50 Hz, the
inductance of the coil is
5 I
V2
VR
C VC (b) V1
5 0°
L VL
Vc
Vc Im
(c) V1
(c)
V2 I
Re
V1
Im
V2
(d)
(d)
I
Re
Vc
[EE-2006 : 2 Marks] [EE-2007 : 2 Marks]
Q.16 The RLC series circuit shown is supplied from Q.17 In the figure given below all phasors are with
a variable frequency voltage source. The reference to the potential at point ‘O’. The locus
admittance locus of the RLC network at of voltage phasor VYX as R is varied from zero to
terminals AB for increasing frequency is infinity is shown by
A R
V 0° R
L VYX
X Y
V 0° C
B C
Im
O
O 2V Locus of VYX
(a) Re VYX
(a) V YX (b)
Locus of VYX 2V O
Locus of VYX
O 2V
Im
VYX VYX
(c) (d)
O 2V
Locus of VYX
(b) Re
[EE-2007 : 2 Marks]
Q.18 The resonant frequency for the given circuit will

be
0.1 H z
Inductive
1F 1
(a) f
(a) 1 rad/sec (b) 2 rad/sec Capactive
(c) 3 rad/sec (d) 4 rad/sec

[EE-2008 : 2 Marks] z
Inductive
Q.19 Two magnetically uncoupled inductive coils
have Q-factors q1 and q2 at the chosen operating
(b) f
frequency. Their respectively resistances are R1
and R2. When connected in series, their effective Capactive
Q-factor at the same operating frequency is
1 1
(a) q1 + q2 (b) + z
q1 q2
Inductive
q1 R1 + q2 R2 q1 R2 + q2 R1
(c) (d) Capacitive
R1 + R2 R1 + R2 (c)
[EE-2013 : 2 Marks]
f
Q.20 A series RLC circuit is observed at two
frequencies. At 1 = 1 k-rad/s, we note that
source voltage V1 = 100 0° V results in a current z
I1 = 0.03 31° A.
At 2 = 2 k-rad/s the source voltage Inductive
(d) f
V2 = 100 0° V results i a current I2 = 2 0° A. Capacitive
The closest values for R, L, C out of the following
options are:
(a) R = 50 , L = 25 mH, C = 10 µF
[EE-2015 : 1 Mark]
(b) R = 50 , L = 10 mH, C = 25 µF
(c) R = 50 , L = 50 mH, C = 5 µF Q.22 The circuit below is excited by a sinusoidal
(d) R = 50 , L = 5 mH, C = 50 µF source. The value of R in , for which the
admittance of the circuit becomes a pure
[EE-2014 : 2 Marks]
conductance at all frequencies is _______ .
Q.21 An inductor is connected in parallel with a
100 µF R
capacitor as shown in the figure.
L
i
Z 0.02 H R
C
As the frequency of current i is increased, the

impedance (z) of the network varies as, [EE-2016 : 2 Marks]
Q.23 In the balanced 3-phase, 50 Hz circuit shown i (t )

below, the value of inductance (L) is 10 mH.
The value of the capacitance (C) for which all v(t)
the line currents are zero, in milli-farads, is (a) (0, –5)

________ .
L C L
i(t)
C C
L
(b) v(t)
(5, 0)
[EE-2016 : 2 Marks]
Q.24 The voltage v(t) across the terminals a and b

shown in the figure, is a sinusoidal voltage i (t )
having a frequency = 100 rad/sec. When the
inductor current i(t) is in phase with the voltage
(c)
v(t), the magnitude of the impedance Z (in ) (0, 5)
seen between the terminals a and b is ______

v(t)
(upto 2 decimal places).
i (t ) L i (t )
a
+
V(t )
100 µF 100 (d) v(t)
(–5, 0)
Z
–
b
[EE-2018 : 2 Marks] [EE-2018 : 2 Marks]
Q.25 A dc voltage source is connected to a series L-C SECTIO N -B

circuit by turning on the switch S at time t = 0 as
Q.1 In the following circuit, i(t) under steady-state
shown in the figure. Assume i(0) = 0, v(0) = 0.
is
Which one of the following circular loci
i( t) 1 2H
represents the plot of i(t) versus v(t)?
S i(t) 5V
+ 1F
L=1H
t=0 10 sint
+ –
5V C=1F v (t )
– (a) zero (b) 5
(c) 7.07 sint (d) 7.07 sin(t – 45°)
[EE-1993 : 1 Mark]
Q.2 Superposition principle is not applicable to a (a) 56.66 45° (b) 60 30°
network containing time-varying resistors. (c) 70 30° (d) 34.4 65°
(True/False) [EE-2003 : 1 Mark]
[EE-1994 : 1 Mark]
Q.6 Two a.c. sources feed a common variable
Q.3 For the circuit shown in figure. The Norton resistive loads as shown in figure. Under the
equivalent source current values is ________ . maximum power transfer condition, the power
A and its resistance is ______ . absorbed by the load resistance RL is
3
A 6 j8 6 j8
3
6V 3 110 0° V i1 RL i2 90 0° V
[EE-1997 : 2 Marks] (a) 2200 W (b) 1250 W

(c) 1000 W (d) 625 W
Q.4 Viewed from the terminals A and B, the
[EE-2003 : 2 Marks]
following circuit shown in figure can be reduced
to an equivalent circuit of a single voltage source Q.7 In the given figure, the Thevenin’s equivalent
in series with a single resistor with the following pair (voltage, impedance), as seen at the
parameters. terminals P-Q, is given by
A
10
P
10 V 4
Unknown
20 4V 10
network
6 5V
B Q
(a) 10 Volt source in series with 10 resistor.

(a) (2 V, 5 ) (b) (2 V, 7.5 )
(b) 7 Volt source in series with 2.4 resistor.
(c) (4 V, 5 ) (d) (4 V, 7.5 )
(c) 15 Volt source in series with 2.4 resistor.
[EE-2005 : 2 Marks]
(d) 1 Volt source in series with 10 resistor.
[EE-1998 : 2 Marks] Q.8 In the figure the current source is 1 0 A, R = 1 ,
the impedance are ZC = –j and ZL = 2 j . The
Q.5 In the figure, Z 1 = 10 –60°, Z 2 = 10 60°,
Thevenin equivalent looking into the cicuit
Z3 = 50 53.13°. Thevenin impedance seen from
across XY is,
X-Y is
X
Z1 Z3
X
+
100 0° Z2
–
Y
Y
(a) 5 2 0° V, (1 + 2 j ) (a) Zero (b) 3

(c) 6 (d) Infinity
(b) 2 45° V, (1 – 2j)
[EE-2011 : 1 Mark]
(c) 2 45° V, (1 + j)
Q.13 The impedance looking into nodes 1 and 2 in
(d) 2 45° V, (1 + j ) [EE-2006 : 1 Mark]
the given circuit is
Q.9 The Thevenin’s equivalent of a circuit operating ib
at = 5 rad/sec has VOC = 3.71 –15.9° V and
Z0 = 2.38 – j0.667 . At this frequency, the 1k 99ib
minimal realization of the Thevenin’s
impedance will have a 9k
1
(a) resistor and a capacitor and an inductor.
100 k
(b) resistor and a capacitor. 2
(c) resistor and an inductor.
(d) capacitor and an inductor. (a) 50 (b) 100
[EE-2008 : 1 Mark] (c) 5 k (d) 10.1 k
[EE-2012 : 1 Mark]
2k
3VAB Q.14 Assuming both the voltage sources are in phase,
+– A the value of R for which maximum power is
transferred from circuit A to circuit B is
5V 2k 1k
2 R
B
+ +
Q.10 For the circuit given above, the Thevenin’s 10 V –j1 3V
resistance across the terminals A and B is – –
(a) 0.5 k (b) 0.2 k

Circuit A Circuit B
(c) 1 k (d) 0.11 k
[EE-2009 : 2 Marks] (a) 0.8 (b) 1.4
Q.11 For the circuit given above, the Thevenin’s (c) 2 (d) 2.8
voltage across the terminal A and B is [EE-2012 : 2 Marks]
(a) 1.25 V (b) 0.25 V Q.15 A source vs(t) = V cos100 t has an internal
(c) 1 V (d) 0.5 V impedance of (4 + j3) . If a purely resistive
[EE-2009 : 2 Marks] load connected to this source has to extract the
maximum power out of the source, its value
Q.12 In the circuit given below, the value of ‘R’
required for the transfer of maximum power to (in ) should be
the load having a resistance of 3 is (a) 3 (b) 4
(c) 5 (d) 7
[EE-2013 : 1 Mark]
Q.16 In the circuit shown below, if the source voltage

+ 6
10 V 3 Load V s = 100 53.13° V, then the Thevenin’s
–
equivalent voltage (in Volts) as seen by the load
resistance RL is
3 j4 j6 3 Q.20 The voltage across the capacitor, as shown in

+ – the figure, is expressed as:
VL1
+ 10V Vc(t) = A1 sin( 1t – 1) + A2 sin( 2t – 2)
Vs
I1 40I2 +
– – L1 I2 RL = 10
1 1H
(a) 100 90° V (b) 800 0° V

(c) 800 90° V (b) 100 60° V 20 sin10t V c(t) 1F 10 sin5t
[EE-2013 : 2 Marks]
Q.17 Assuming an ideal transformer, the Thevenin’s

equivalent voltage and impedance as seen from The values of A1 and A2 respectively, are
the terminals x and y for the circuit in figure are (a) 2.0 and 1.98 (b) 2.0 and 4.20
1 (c) 2.5 and 3.50 (d) 5.0 and 6.40
x
[EE-2014 : 2 Marks]
Q.21 For the given circuit, the Thevenin equivalent is

sin( t)
to be determined. The Thevenin voltage, VTh
(in Volt), seen from terminal AB is ______ .
y
1:2 20 i
1
(a) 2 sin( t), 4 (b) 1 sin( t), 1 –+ A
i
(c) 1 sin( t), 2 (d) 2 sin( t), 0.5
+
[EE-2014 : 1 Mark] 2V 1 2
–
Q.18 A non-ideal voltage source Vs has an internal
impedance of Zs. If a purely resistive load is to B
be chosen that maximizes the power transferred [EE-2015 : 1 Mark]

to the load, its values must be
Q.22 The circuit shown in the figure has two sources
(a) 0
connected in series. The instantaneous voltage
(b) real part of Zs of the AC source (in Volt) is given by
(c) magnitude of Zs V(t) = 12 sint. If the circuit is in steady-state.
(d) complex conjugate of Zs Then the rms value of the current (in Ampere)
[EE-2014 : 1 Mark] flowing in the circuit is ______ .
Q.19 The Norton’s equivalent source in amperes as
seen into the terminals X and Y is ______ . V(t ) 1
2.5 V
X +
1H
8V
–
2.5
[EE-2015 : 2 Marks]
5 Q.23 In a linear two-port network, when 10 V is
5 5 applied to port-1, a current of 4 A flows through
port-2 when it is short circuited. When 5 V is
5V applied to port-1, a current of 1.25 A flows
Y through a 1 resistance connected across
[EE-2014 : 2 Marks] port-2.
When 3 V is applied to port-1, the current Q.27 For the given two-port network, the value of
(in Ampere) through a 2 resistance connected transfer impedance Z21 (in ) is ______ .
across port-2 is ______ . 2
[EE-2015 : 2 Marks]
Q.24 In the circuit shown below, the maximum power 1 2

4 2
transferred to the resistor R is ______ W.
2
3
1 2
5 6V [EE-2017 : 1 Mark]
Q.28 The current I flowing in the circuit shown below

(in Ampere), is ______ .
5V R 5 2A
I
50 40 25 20
[EE-2017 : 2 Marks]
20
Q.25 In the circuit shown below, the value of capacitor
200 V 160 V 100 V 80 V
C required for maximum power to be transferred
to the load is
[EE-2019 : 2 Marks]
Rs = 0.5
Q.29 The Thevenin equivalent voltage, VTh (in Volt)
(Rounded of to 2 decimal places) of the network
5 mH
shown below, is ______ .
V(t) = 10 sin(100t) 2 3
1 C
+
4V 3 5A VTh
Load
(a) 1 nF (b) 1 µF
–
(c) 1 mF (d) 10 mF
[EE-2017 : 2 Marks] [EE-2020 : 1 Mark]
Q.26 For the network given in figure below, the Q.30 A benchtop dc power supply acts as an ideal
Thevenin’s voltage Vab is 4 A current source as long as its terminal voltage
is below 10 V. Beyond this point, it begins to
10 10 behave as an ideal 10 V voltage source for all
load currents going down to 0 A. When
a connected to an ideal rheostat, find the load
6A 5 10 16 V resistance value at which maximum power is
b transferred, and the corresponding load voltage
and current.
(a) 2.5 , 4 A, 10 V (b) 2.5 , 4 A, 5 V
(a) –1.5 V (b) –0.5 V
(c) Open, 4 A, 0 V (d) Short, A, 10 V
(c) 0.5 V (d) 1.5 V
[EE-2020 : 2 Marks]
[EE-2017 : 2 Marks]

Answers
EC Network Theorem
1. (b) 2. (a) 3. (a) 4. (c) 5. (5) 6. (Sol.) 7. (a) 8. (a)
9. (a) 10. (c) 11. (c) 12. (a) 13. (a) 14. (c) 15. (c) 16. (b)
17. (d) 18. (d) 19. (a) 20. (c) 21. (a) 22. (c) 23. (a) 24. (a)
25. (c) 26. (c) 27. (d) 28. (0.5) 29. (2) 30. (1.649) 31. (1.33) 32. (10)
33. (0.8) 34. (b) 35. (–1) 36. (c) 37. (b)
Solutions
EC Network Theorem
1. (b) 2
n2 2 1
According to maximum power transfer theorem, = =
n1 8 4
ZL = ZS
n2 1
=
2. (a) n1 2
P1 = 1 W; P2 = 4 W n1 = 2n2
Since the polarity of both the sources are = 2 × 40 = 80
different,
5. Sol.
P = ( P1 P2 )2 Across switch S1,
2 2 ISC = 5 A
P= ( 1 4) = (1 2)
P = 1W RTh = [(4 6 + 2 8) + 3 + 3] 10 + 5
3. (a) RTh = (2.4 + 1.6 + 3 + 3) 10 + 5
2
ZL n2 = 10 10 + 5 = 5 + 5
=
ZS n1 RTh = 10
VOC = VAB = ISC RTh = 5 × 10 = 50 V
n2 ZL
=
n1 ZS 6. Sol.
4. (c) ZL = ZG
2 Z G = RG + jXG
n2 ZL
= ZL = RG – jXG
n1 ZS
7. (a) current I in loop B, then interchanging positions

Maximum power will be absorbed by R when an identical source in loop B produces the same
R = RTh. current in loop A”. Since network is linear,
principle of homogeneity holds and so when
R AB = RTh = (3 6) + (4 4) volt source is doubled, current also doubles with
RTh = R = 2 + 2 = 4 k opposite direction.
8. (a) 12. (a)

Superposition theorem is applicable for linear XS = L = 10
network. ZS = 10 + j10
9. (a) R for max power transfer = Zs = 10 2
100 0° 3 = 10 + 10 j = 10 2 45°
A
= 14.14
100 0° V j2 VTh 13. (a)

–j6 +j4
For maximum power delivered to RL, open
circuit RL,
B
A I1
V = 100 0°
4j
VTh = 100 0° 40
3+ 4j 0.5I1 20
100 × 4 j(3 4 j )
= 50 V
25
VTh = 16j(3 – 4j) B
RTh across AB,
10. (c)
1 I1
For MPT, R should be equal to Req of the circuit
seen from the terminal after removing R. I1
Deactivating voltage and current sources.
0.5I1 20 40 V
5 4
20
KCL at node 1,
V V
0.5I1 + I = +
20 40
V V V
0.5 +I = +
R = (5 20) + 4 = 4 + 4 40 20 40
=8
1 1 1
I= V +
11. (c) 20 40 80
This is a reciprocal and linear network. V
= RTh = 16
According to reciprocity theorem which states I
“Two loops A and B of a network N and if an RL = RTh = 16
ideal voltage source E in loop E produces a
14. (c) 1 1 1 2
So, 2 = VTh + +
ZL = Rs – jXs 2 1 1 1
ZL = 1 – 1j VTh = 4 Volt
From the figure Isc = 2 Ampere
15. (c)
For maximum power transfer, VTh 4
So, RTh = = =2
RL = Rs = 100 I sc 2
V2 5× 5 19. (a)
P= = = 0.25 W
R 100
P 1/s
(V across RL = 5 V) s
16. (b)
For VTh : 1 1
Vab Vab 10
+ =1
5 5
(when current source is in series with voltage
Q
source effect of current source is taken),
2Vab = 15 Vab = 7.5
1
(s + 1) 1 +
0.5I 1 5 1 s
= R = 10 ZTh = (s + 1) 1+ =
I1 R s 1
(s + 1) + 1 +
(Impedance connected to 0.5I1 current source) s
For RTh, make independent sources dead,
(s + 1)2 / s
5 = =1
a (s + 1) (s + 1)/ s
20. (c)
10 5
Vx
4 I1
–+
b
4 4 I
RTh = 5 5 = 2.5 –
Vx +
17. (d) 1V
ZL = Rs – jXs 1
Req =
I
For maximum power transfer,
ZL = Zs For Pmax : RL = Req
ZL = Rs – jXs KVL, 1 = 4I1 + Vx ...(i)
Vx = 4(I – I1) ...(ii)
18. (d) 1
Simplifying, Req = =4
For VTh, applying KCL at node X, I
VTh VTh VTh 2i
2 = + + 21. (a)
2 1 1
For Norton equivalent current short circuiting
VTh
where, i= the terminal PQ.
1
j30 A iAB B
Isc Isc 1
P
ib iA
I=0
(9 + 1) k 100 99ib V=1V

16 0° A 25 –j 50
2
Q
15 To find Thevenin impedance across node
Short-circuit current, 1 and 2. Connect a 1 V source and find the
current through voltage source.
25
ISC = × 16 0° 1
15 + j 30 + 25 Then, ZTh =
I
25 (25 × 16) 0° By applying KCL at node B and A,
= × 16 0° =
40 + j 30 50 36.86 iAB + 99ib = I
= 8 –36.86° ib = iA + iAB
Hence Norton current is, ib – iA + 99ib = I
IN = ISC = 8 –36.86° 100ib – iA = I ...(i)
IN = (6.4 – j4.8) A By applying KVL in outer loop,
10 × 103 ib = 1
22. (c)
ib = 10–4 A
For maximum power transfer, and 10 × 103 ib = –100 iA
RL = RTh i A = –100 ib
To calculate R Th deactivate all the energy From equation (i),
sources. 100ib + 100ib = I
10 10 I = 200ib
= 200 × 10–4 = 0.02
10 1 1
ZTh = = = 50
I 0.02
O.C.
S.C. S.C. RTh 24. (a)

Redrawing the diagram,
i 2 R i1
RTh = 10 + 10 10 = 15
23. (a) + +
10 V –j 1 3V
ib – –
1k 99ib Circuit A Circuit B
Current through R will be

9k
1 10 3 7
i = = A
100 2+R 2+R
2
Current through 3 V source is,
3
i1 = i = i 3j
j1
So power delivered to circuit B by circuit A is, 27. (d)

P = i2R + i1 × 3 Norton’s theorem states that a complex network
7 2
7 connected to a load can be replaced with an
P= R+ 3j 3 equivalent impedance in parallel with a current
2+R 2+R
source.
P
For P to be maximum will be zero,
R
P
=0 Complex
RN RL
R network
RL IN
2
7 98 R 21
3 =0
2+R (2 + R ) (2 + R )2
49(2 + R) – 98R – 21(2 + R) = 0
28. Sol.
98 – 42 = 49R + 21R
5 5
56
R= = 0.8
70 I
25. (c) 5V 1A 10
For pure resistive load to extract the maximum
power,
2 2
RL = Zs = Rs + Xs Using superposition theorem:
When 5 V source acting alone, we get
= 4 2 + 32 = 5
5 5
26. (c)
I1
To find VTh, open-circuit the load voltage RL
then, 5V 10
3 j4 j6 5
+ –
I2 = 0
VL1
Vs I1 j40I2 +
–
+
– 10 VL1 VTh V 5 1
I1 = = = A ...(i)
Req 10 + 5 + 5 4
When 1 A source acting alone, we get
I2 = 0 5 5
j40I2 = 0
Vs ( j 4) I2
VL1 =
3 + j4
1A 10
100 53.13°
= × 4 90°
5 53.13°
VL1 = 80 90°
1× 5 5 1
I2 = = = A ...(ii)
VTh = 10 VL1 + I 2 j6 + I 2 3 5 + 10 + 5 20 4
VTh = 10 × 80 90° + 0 × j6 + 0 × 3 1
Therefore, I = I1 + I 2 = A = 0.5 A
VTh = 800 90° V 2
29. Sol.
1.414 45°
R 1/j
b 2.828 45° 1.414
I
j 0.5
2.828 45°
I= = 1.08 22.5°
b Zbb 1.414 45° + 1.414
Finding ZN : 2
Power = I2R = (1.08) × 2 = 1.649 W
1 × j 0.5 1 j 1
Zbb = + = + 31. Sol.
1 + j 0.5 j 2+ j j
2 2 Io
2 +j a
or, Zbb = 2 ...(i)
2j
Retionalizing equation (i), we get, 4I + 2 4 Vo
–
2 2
(2 )+ j j2 I1 I
Zbb = 2
× 2 b
2j j2
Vo
2 2 + 4 +2 2 ( 3 4 ) I=
+j 4 4
= 4
+2 2 +2 2 Vo
I1 =
In order to have a purely resistive impedance 2
Zbb the imaginary part of equation (ii) will be Applying KCL,
Vo
4 I Vo Vo
equaled to zero. + + = Io
2 2 4
4 + 3 From there,
4 =0
+2 2 3
or, 3 = 4 Vo = Io
4
or, = 4 = 2 rad/sec. Vo 4
RN = = = 1.33
Io 3
30. Sol.
32. Sol.
2
3 VA
a
4 0 Vrms j2 RL
12 V 1A 6
For maximum power transfer, b
RL = ZTh = 2 j2 VTh = V6
VA 12 VA
2 × j2 + =1
= = 1.414 3 6
2 + j2
1 1
8 90° VA + = 1+4
VTh = = 2.828 45° 3 6
2 + j2
3
VA =5 –+
6
3io
VTh = V6 = VA
= 10 V P
1 io
33. Sol.
1 1
3k 10 k
+ + Q
5V 2k Vo 100Vo +
– 40 k VTh 1 RTh
– –
• It can be further reduced as follows:
For maximum power transfer,

–+
R = RTh
3io
2k P
Vo = 5 × =2V
5k 1 +
io
From output loop,
Vx 1A
40 k 1
VTh = 100 × 2 ×
50 k
–
VTh = 160 V Q
1 Vx
RTh =
and RTh = 10 k 40 k 1A
10 × 40
= =8k 3io
50
–+
2
VTh
Max. power = (1 – 4io)
4RTh 1 P
–
160 × 160 3io + io
1A +
= = 0.8 W
4 × 8000 +
L Vx 1A
Vx 1
34. (b) –
1 –
In maximum power transformation, half of the
+ – (1 – i ) 1A Q
voltage drops across source resistance, (1 – io) o
remaining half across the load.

• By applying KVL in the Loop L,
Voltage across source (R),
Vx = 3io + (1 – io)
V
ILR = s = 2io + 1
2
Also, Vx = io (1 )
Vs
IL = • So, 2io + 1 = io
2R
io = –1 A
35. Sol.
and Vx = –1 V
• The equivalent circuit to calculate the
Vx
Thevenin equivalent resistance (RTh) is as So, RTh = = 1
1A
follows:
36. (c) 4
According to reciprocity theorem:

In a linear bilateral single source network the
ratio of response to excitation remains the same 1A 3 2A 2
even after their positions get interchanged.
I 1
= I =1A
5 5
4
37. (b)
By applying source transformation, 6/5
2V VTh
1 2 4
3.6 V
1V 2A 2 VTh = 3.6 V
Answers
EE Network Theorem (Section-A)
1. (b) 2. (d) 3. (0.032) 4. (d) 5. (a) 6. (d) 7. (a) 8. (d)
9. (a) 10. (c) 11. (a) 12. (b) 13. (c) 14. (d) 15. (a) 16. (d)
17. (a) 18. (c) 19. (c) 20. (b) 21. (b) 22. (14.14) 23. (3.03) 24. (50)
25. (b)
Solutions
EE Network Theorem (Section-A)
1. (b) 2. (d)
j j 1 R j L 1
Z = 10 + j 4 Y= × +
R+ j L R j L jXc
R j L j
1 Y= +
4 2
2
R + ( L) 2 Xc
= 10 j
2 Imaginary parts are equal to zero for resonance,
4
L
= C
For circuit to be in resonance imaginary part of R + ( L )2
2
Z must be equal to zero. From this we get ‘ o’

1 At resonance,
Hence, 4 2 =0
res R 1 R 2 + 2o L2
Y= = =
res = 0.5 rad/sec. R2 + 2 2
oL Y R
Z>>R
3. Sol. V
For R = 0, I = 90°
Q0 = 0.032 X
For series RLC circuit V
For R = X, I = 45°
L 2X
Q-factor at resonance = o
R For R = , I = 0 0°
1 1 On plotting these three points we get,
o =
=
LC (0.01) × (100 × 10 3 )
Im
= 10 10 rad/sec.
R=
Re
L 10 0 × 0.01
Q= o = = 0.032
R 10
4. (d)
V/X R=X
L
Q=
R
When frequency of operation is doubled,
= 2 f, also get doubled
R=0
Consequently, Q also get doubled
2
2 V Hence locus of I is a semi-circle having
P= I R R
2 2 diameter of V/X.
R + ( L)
6. (d)
V2 V2
= =
L
2 R (1 + Q 2 ) 1
R2 1 + f0 =
2 LC
R
(for series RLC resonance)
Q It is given that Q is high.
1
Q2 >> 1 fnew =
2 2 L × 2C
V2 (when all the components values are doubled)
P
RQ 2 f0
Hence, fnew =
Q Q is doubled. 2
P decreased 4 times. 7. (a)
5. (a)
–j 0.02
I R jX
C
R j0.01
V, f
YAB
A B
V
I= 1 1
R + jX Y AB = +
j 0.02 R + j 0.01
V 1 X
= tan For R = 0, Y AB = –j50 = 50 –90°
R2 + X 2 R
For R = 0.01, Y AB = 50 11. (a)

For R = , Y AB = j50 = 50 90°
1
On plotting these three points, Y = j C+
30 40°
Im (YAB) = j C + 0.0255 – j0.0214
R= = 0.0255 + j( C – 0.0214)
j50
= Real(Y) + jImg(Y)
To have a unity power factor at ac source i.e.
resonance condition,
50
j100 0 YAB Img(Y) = 0
R = 0.01
C – 0.0214 = 0
= 2 × 50
0.0214
–j50 C= = 68.1 µF
R=0 100
12. (b)
Hence, locus of YAB is a semicircle of diameter
1 1
= = = 10 5 r/s
j100 and center at zero. o LC 100 × 10 6
× 10 6
8. (d) R 50
= = 6
= 50 × 10 4 r/s
L 100 × 10
Resonance frequency
Q=
Bandwidth 2
2
f 0 100 lower = 0 +
= = = 20 2 2
f 5
At resonance, 2
5 × 105 5 × 105
VL = VC = Q Vsource = (105 )2 +
2 2
VL = 20 × 10 = 200 V
5
= 10 1 + 6.25 2.5
9. (a)
= 0.193 × 105 rad/sec
Q VL = –VC (Given)
Hence,
So, this is a case of RLC series resonance.
V lower 0.193 × 10 5
Hence, I= (at resonance) flower = =
R 2 2
100 = 3065 Hz 3.055 kHz
= =5A
20 13. (c)
10. (c) V = VR + i(VL – VC)
In a series RLC circuit, at resonance Since, VL = VC and VL
VL = jQVsource
= 2 VR
and VC = –jQVsource
Therefore, the circuit is at resonance and
Also for Q > 1,
VR = V
VC = Vsource
VL VL 2VR
Hence option (c) is correct. Quality factor = = = =2
V VR VR
As we know, Voltage across the capacitor,

oL 1
Q= VC = I × XC = I ×
R j C
2 f ×L I
2 = L = 31.8 mH VC = 90°
5 C
So, VC lags the current by 90°.
14. (d)
The phasor diagram on the basis of above
At resonance, the circuit should be in unity
analysis.
power factor.
I V2
Hence ‘Z’ should be capacitive. V1
Admittance of the parallel circuit,
1 1 Vc
Y= + =0
jL 1/ jC
16. (d)
1
+C =0 Admittance of the series connected in RLC,
L
1 1
C= Y=
L× 2 1
R+ j L
C
1
= = 0.05 µF
2 × (2 × 500)2 R j L
1
C
Y=
15. (a) 1 2
R2 + L
C
I I [By rationalization]
Separating, real and imaginary part of
RA RB
admittance,
V2 R
XL Re[Y] = 2
1
V1
R2 + L
L
XC VC
For any value of , the real part of always
positive.
Z = RA + RB + j(XL – XC) 1
At resonance, XL = XC When, L=
C
So, Z = RA + RB 1
Therefore, input impedance is purely resistive, At, o = (Resonance)
LC
is minimum, and the input voltage and output 1
current are in phase. Re[Y] = (Maximum value)
R
So, V1 and I are in phase.
1
V1 L
V2 = × [ RB + j( XL XC )] C
RA + RB + j( XL XC ) Im(Y) =
1 2
R2 + L
But, XL = XC C
V1 1
V2 = × RB L
RA + RB C
= 2
Therefore, V2 is in phase with V1 and V2 < V1. 1
R2 + L
C
1 R + jXC
At, o = (Resonance) VYX = V
LC R jXC
Imaginary part of zero
When, R=0
Im(Y) = 0
For, 0 < < o 0 + jXC
VYX = V =V
0 jXC
1
> L
C XC
1+ j
Therefore, Im[Y] > 0 R
VYX = V×
For, XC
o< < 1 j
1 R
< L When, R
C
Therefore, Im[Y] < 0 VYX = –V
On the basis of above analysis, the admittance
18. (c)
locus is,
Input impedance,
Im
1
z = j L+R
j C
=0
=
Re R
z = j L+
1
1 + j RC
o =
LC 0.1 H
17. (a)
Z 1F 1
+ I +
V 0° R 1 1 j
z = j 0.1 + ×
–
V yx
– 1+ j 1 j
1 j
x y = j 0.1 + 2
+ 1+
V 0° C
1
– = + j × 0.1
1+ 2 1+ 2
O At resonance, imaginary part must be zero,
Let capacitive reactance = XC 0.1 2 =0

1+ 1
V 0° + V 0° 2V 0.1 =
I= = 1+ 2
R jXC R jXC 2 + 1 = 10
Using KVL, 2 = 9
VYX + IR – V = 0 = 3 rad/sec
VYX = V – IR
19. (c)
2V
VYX = V R L1
R jXC q1 =
R1
V ( R + jXC ) q 1 R1
= L1 =
( R jXC )
q 2 R2 XC XL
Similarly, L2 = or, tan(–31°) =
L1 + L2 R
or, XL – XC = R tan(–31°)
(L1 + L2 )
Q= R1 + R2 = 50 X – 0.6 = –30
R1 + R2
XL XC = –30 ...(iii)
1 1
q1 R1 + q2 R2
= (at 1 = 1 k-rad/sec)
R1 + R2
Also at, w2 = 2 k-rad/sec
20. (b) 1
XL = XC or 2L =
2
2C
2
Given:
At, 1 = 1 k-rad/sec 1
or, L= 2 ...(iv)
V1 = 100 0° V, 2C
I1 = 0.03 31° A From equation (iii),
At, 2 = 2 k-rad/sec 1
V2 = 100 0° V 1L = –30
1C
I2 = 2 0° A
1 1
R L C or, 1 2 = –30 (Using (iv)
2C 1C
1 × 10 3 1
I or, 6
= –30
4 × 10 C 10 3 C
10 3 10 3
or, = –30
V 4C C
At 2 = 2 k-rad/sec, voltage and current are in 3 3
phase. or, × 10 = –30
4C
Thus, it is case of series resonance,
3 × 10 3
XL or, C=
= XC 4 × 30
2 2
or, C = 25 × 10–6 F = 25 µF
V 100 0°
Z = R= 2 = = 50 Substituting the value of C in equation (iv), we
I2 2 0°
get,
Resistance of circuit,
1 1
R = 50 L= 2
= 3 2 6
2C (2 × 10 ) × 25 × 10
Now at, 1 = 1 k-rad/sec
1
V1 100 0° = = 10 mH
Z= = 100
I 1 0.03 31°
Therefore, values are
100 R = 50 , L = 10 mH, C = 25 µF
= 31° ...(i)
0.03
21. (b)
1 XL XC
Also, Z = Z tan ...(ii) L
R
(at 1 = 1 k-rad/sec)
Comparing equations (i) and (ii), we have
1 XL XC
–31° = tan
R C
1
=
L /C j L R1 Xc2
Z= j L = Rea of Zeq =
j C j L+ 1 1 2
LC R12 + Xc2
j C
100 × 100 × 100
For, 1 > 2LC, Z = +ve = = 50
2LC, 100 2 + 100 2
For, 1 < Z = –ve
25. (b)
Z
Inductive s I (s )
f +
5/s V(s ) 1/s
–
Capactive
5 /s 5
I(s) = =
22. Sol. 1 s2 + 1
s+
s
The resonance frequency for the circuit is
i(t) = 5 sint
1 RL2 L /C t
= 1 t
0 LC RC2 L /C v(t) = i dt = 5sin t dt
C 0
Since, (RL = RC = R) 0
So the circuit will have zero real part of v(t) = 5[ cos t ]t0 = 5[ cos t + 1]
admittance.
v(t) = 5 – 5 cost
L 0.02
When, R= = = 14.14 i
C 100 µF
t = T/4
5
23. Sol.
t = T/2
Using star to delta conversion, t=0
v
t=T 5 10
C
L L L C/3 L –5
3T/4
C/3
C C C/3
L L
t i(t ) v(t )
Line current will be zero when the parallel pair 0 0 0
of induction-capacitor is resonant at f = 50 Hz. T
5 5
1 4
So, 50 × 2 = T
LC /3 0 10
2
1 3T
100 = 5 5
LC /3 4
C will be 3.03 mF. T 0 0
24. Sol.
At resonance imaginary part of Zeq = 0
Answers
EE Network Theorem (Section-B)
1. (d) 2. (False) 3. (2, 4.5) 4. (b) 5. (a) 6. (d) 7. (a) 8. (d)
9. (b) 10. (b) 11. (d) 12. (a) 13. (a) 14. (a) 15. (c) 16. (c)
17. (a) 18. (c) 19. (1) 20. (a) 21. (3.36) 22. (10) 23. (0.545) 24. (3.025)
25. (d) 26. (a) 27. (3) 28. (0) 29. (14) 30. (a)
Solutions
EE Network Theorem (Section-B)
1. (d) Using source transformation,

1.5 6V 3
For d.c. supply of 5 V, the capacitor acts as open-
A
circuit at the steady-state, consequently there
will not be any current flowing in the circuit ISC
2 × 1.5 = 3 V
due to d.c. supply.
For a.c. supply of V = 10 sin(t), = 1 rad/sec.
B
j
Z = R+ j L = 1 + j2 j 3+6
C ISC = =2A
1.5 + 3
= (1 + j ) = 2 45° RN = 1.5 + 3 = 4.5
V 10 sin(t ) 4. (b)
Hence, current, I = =
Z 2 45°
Using Millman’s theorem,
= 7.07 sin(t – 45°) A
10 5
+
V1Y1 + V2Y2
2. Sol. V= = 6 4 =7 V
Y1 + Y2 1 1
False, superposition principle is applicable on +
6 4
both time variant and time invariant resistors. 1 1
R= + = 2.4
Y1 + Y2 1 + 1
3. Sol.
6 4
2A
3
A 5. (a)
By Thevenin’s theorem,
Z1 Z3
3
6V 3 X
B 100 0° Z2
Using source transformation,

6V Y
3
ZTh = ZX – Y = Z1 Z2 + Z3
A
Z1 × Z2
6 = + Z3
3
=2A 3 3 (Z1 + Z2 )
10 60 × 10 60
B = + (50 53.13)
(10 60 + 10 60)
3 3 = 1.5 = 56.66 45°
6. (d) 10
For obtaining power absorbed by RL under

maximum power transfer condition. We find
20 10 Rth
Thevenin’s equivalent circuit across RL.
6 j8 6 j8
Rth = 10 10 = 5
Zth Vth = open-circuit voltage at the terminals P-Q.
10
P
+
Zth is calculated by short-circuiting the voltage
20 4V 10 Vth
sources,
Zth = (6 + j8) (6 + j8) = 3 + j 4 –

Q
6 j8 6 j8 4
Vth =× 10 = 2 V
10 + 10
Thevenin’s equivalent circuit,
110 0° Vth 90 0°
Vth = 5
P
Vth = 2 V
Vth 110 0° Vth 90 0°
+ =0
6 + j8 6 + j8
Q
Vth = 100 0° V
3 j4 8. (d)
To calculate Thevenin’s impedance, current-
Zth source is open-circuited,
Vth = 110 0° I RL x
R=1
Zth
For the maximum power transfer, ZL = 2j
2 2
RL = Rth + X th = 32 + 4 2 = 5 Z C = –j
Vth 100 y
I= =
(3 + j 4) + RL 8 + j 4 Zth = R + ZL + ZC
= 11.18 –26.56° A = 1 + 2j – j
Power absorbed by RL(max) = 1+j
= I2RL = 11.182 × 5 = 625 W Open-circuited voltage at terminals X-Y
= I × Zth
7. (a) = 1 0 × (1 + j)
To calculate Rth, (seen at terminals P-Q), voltage = 2 45° Volt
source is short-circuit.
9. (b) Thevenin equivalent circuit,

Thevenin’s impedance:
Z 0 = 2.38 – j0.667 2 I R
as real part is non-zero, so Z0 has resistor

Img [Z0] = –j0.667
10 V V 3V
Case-I:
Z0 has capacitor (as Img[Z0] is negative)
Case-II: Circuit A Circuit B
Z 0 has both capacitor and inductor, but
inductive reactance < capacitive reactance. 7
I=
At, = 5 rad/sec. R+2
For minimal realization case-I is considered. and V = 10 – 2I
Therefore, Z0 will have a resistor and a capacitor 14 10 R + 6
= = 10
R+2 R+2
10. (b)
Power transferred from circuit A to circuit B,
To calculate Thevenin’s resistance 5 V source is
P = VI
short-circuited and Vdc source is connected at
10 R + 6 7
terminals A and B. = ×
R+2 R+2
1
Then, Zth = dP
I th For P to be maximum =0
dR
By applying KCL at node B and A,
(R + 2)2 (10) – (10R + 6) × 2(R + 2) = 0
iAB + 99ib = Ith
5R2 + 20R + 20 – 10R2 + 26R + 12 = 0
ib = iA + iAB
5R2 + 6R = 8
ib – iA + 99ib = Ith
R = 0.8
100ib – iA = Ith ...(i)
By applying KVL in outer loop, 15. (c)
10 × 103 ib = 1 Using maximum power transfer theorem,
ib = 10–4 A
RL = Z = 4 j 3
and 10 × 103 ib = –100 iA
i A = –100 ib = 4 2 + 32 = 5
From equation (i),
100ib + 100ib = Ith 16. (c)
Ith = 200ib 3 j4 j6 3
= 200 × 10–4 = 0.02 + – I2 = 0
1 1 VL1
Zth = = = 50 Vs +
– 10VL1 Vth
I th 0.02
100 53.13° V
14. (a)
j4
2 R VL1 = 100 53.13°
3 + j4
+ + = 80 90° V
10 V –j1 3V
– – Vth = 10 VL1 = 800 90° V
Circuit A Circuit B
17. (a) or we can simply the network,

Thevenin’s equivalent voltage = voltage referred
to secondary. 2.5 V
sin t 1 2.5
We have, =
Vth 2 5 IN
2.5 V
1
x
2.5
sin( t)
Now from the circuit, we get
5
y IN = =1A
1:2 5
or, Vth = 2 sin( t) ...(Thevenin voltage)
20. (a)
Also, Thevenin’s impedance seen from the
Let us apply superposition theorem.
x and y terminals = voltage referred to secondary
Considering the voltage source 20 sin10t alone:
side.
Then, 10 sin5t remain open-circuited.
Zth = Rth = (2)2 × 1
=4 1
...(Thevenin’s impedance)
So, Vth = 2 sin( t)
and Zth = Rth = 4 1
20 sin10t VC1 (t ) = j 0.1
j 10 × 1
18. (c)
The situation of problem is shown in figure:
Zs = Rs ± jX
Let, VC1 (t ) be the voltage across capacitor.
j 0.1
VC1 (t ) = × 20 sin 10t
V RL 1 j 0.1
= (1.99 –84.28°) sin10t
VC1 (t ) = 2 sin(10t – 84.28°) ...(i)
For the transfer of maximum power from source
to load, Considering the current source 10 sin5t alone:
Then, 20 sin10t voltage source remain short-
RL = Rs2 + X 2 = Z
circuited.
Hence, option (c) is correct.
VC2(t) 1H
19. Sol.
Using source transformation theorem,
1 –j0.2 10 sin5t
2.5 V
2.5
5 IN
Let voltage across capacitor = VC (t )

1A 5 5 2
Applying KCL at the node, we have 22. Sol.

VC2 VC2 8 12 sin t
+ 10 sin 5t = 0 i(t) = + = 8 + 6 2 sin t
1 ( j 0.2) 1 1+ 1
10 sin 5t 1
or, VC2 (t ) = irms(t) = 82 + (6 2 )2 = 10 A
(1 + j 5) 2
or, VC2 (t ) = 1.97 sin(5t – 78.69°) ...(ii)
23. Sol.
Using superposition theorem, voltage across
capacitor is,
VC(t) = VC1 (t ) + VC2 (t )
= 2 sin(10t – 84.28°)
V1 = 10 V, I2 = 4 A, V2 = 0 Cond. ...(i)
+ 1.97 sin(5t – 78.69°)
V1 = 5 V, I2 = 1.25 A,
VC(t) = 2 sin(10t – 84.28°)
V2 = 1.25 × 1 = 1.25 Cond. ...(ii)
+ 1.97 sin(5t – 78.69°) ...(iii)
V1 = 3 V, I2 = ?, R = 2 Cond. ...(iii)
Given,
As we know from ABCD parameter,
VC(t) = A1 sin( 1t – 1)
V1 = AV2 – BI2; I1 = CV2 – DI2
+ A2 sin( 2t – 2) ...(iv)
From condition (i),
Comparing equations (iii) and (iv), we have
10 = A(0) – B(4)
A = 2 and B = 1.97 1.98
10
(closest answer) B=
4
21. Sol. From condition (ii),
20 i 10
1 V i1 5 = A (1.25) × (1.25)
–+ A 4
i
12.5
+ 5
2V 1 2 4
– A= = 1.5
1.25
i2
From condition (iii),
B
2 – 1(i1 + i) – i = 0 10
3 = 1.5(2 I ) ×I
2 – i1 – 2i = 0 4
2i + i1 = 2 ...(i) = 3I + 2.5I = 5.5 I
I = 0.545 A
V 2 V V ( 20i )
+ + =0
1 1 2 24. Sol.
2(V – 2) + 2V + V + 20i =0
To get Rth and Vth, consider the following steps.
4V + 4 + V + 20i =0
Case-1: For Rth
5V + 20i =4
3
V
where, =i
1
25i = 2
4
i= A 5 5
25
4
i1 = 2 2 × = 1.68 A
25 5× 5
VAB = 1.68 × 2 = 3.36 V Rth = = 2.5
5+5
Case-2: For Vth Real part of the,

1
Zload =
Vth
6V 1 + C2 2
1
Zload = = 0.5
5 10 V 1 + 2C 2
Vth Putting, = 100 rad/sec.
we get, C = 10 mF
5V 5
26. (a)
Consider the following circuit,
Applying KCL at node, 10 10
Vth 5 Vth + 16
+ =0
5 5 a
6A 5 10 16 V
2Vth = –11
b
Vth = –5.5 V
Maximum power transferred,
2
After rearrangement we get,
Vth
Pmax = = 3.025 W 15 5
4RL
25. (d) +
30 V V ab 8V
Rs = 0.5 –
5 mH From circuit using KCL,

V(t) = 10 sin100t Voltage,
Vab + 30 Vab 8
1 C + =0
15 5
Vab + 30 + 3Vab – 24 = 0
The frequency at which the load is resistive and Vab = –1.5 V
it is equal to 0.5 i.e. The load is resistive means,
the imaginary part of the is equal to zero and 27. Sol.
real part is equal to 0.5 . 2
1
1×
Cs + Ls = 1 + Ls RA RB
Zload = 1
1+ 1 + Cs
Cs RC
(1 Cs )
= + Ls 4 2
1 C 2 s2
2
Put s = j ;
1 j C
Zload = +j L
1 + C2 2
where, RA = 1
1 C RB = 1
= +j L
1 + C2 2
(1 + C 2 2
) 1
RC =
2
After rearrangement consider the following 29. Sol.

circuit,
4V 2 Vth 3
1 1/2
+
4V 3 5A Vth
3
–
From the circuit diagram we get,
Vth 4
V =5
Z 21 = 2 =3 2
I1
Vth = 14 V
28. Sol. 30. (a)
I
R
20
VI = K
0V
10 V
By Millman’s theorem,
0 4A
200 160 100 80
+
50 40 25 20 = 0 V Maximum power transistor of VI product is
E= 1 1 1 1
+ + + maximum. If draw the curve, it intersect (10, 4)
50 40 25 20 that will give maximum power. The terminal
1 1 1 1 1 voltage is 10 V (Load voltage) and current is 4 A
= + + +
R 50 40 25 20 (Load current).
Simplified circuit,
10
I = 0A Load resistance is = 2.5 .
4
4 Transient Analysis
ELECTRO NICS EN GINEERIN G R2

(c) u(t )
(GATE Previous Years Solved Papers) R1 + R2
R2
Q.1 A 10 resistor, a 1 H inductor and 1 µF capacitor (d) et / R1C1 u(t )
R1 + R2
are connected in parallel. The combination is
driven by a unit step current. Under the steady- [EC-1992 : 2 Marks]
state condition, the source current flows
Q.4 A ramp voltage, v(t) = 100t Volts, is applied to
through
an RC differentiating circuit with R = 5 k and
(a) the resistor C = 4 µF. The maximum output voltage is
(b) the inductor (a) 0.2 Volt (b) 2.0 Volts
(c) the capacitor only (c) 10.0 Volts (d) 50.0 Volts
(d) all the three elements [EC-1994 : 1 Mark]
[EC-1989 : 2 Marks]
Q.5 The rms value of a rectangular wave of period
Q.2 If the Laplace transform of the voltage across a T, having a value of +V for duration, T1 (<T)
capacitor of value of 1/2 F is and –V for the duration, T – T1 = T2 equals
s+1 T1 T2
Vc ( s ) = 3 2
(a) V (b) V
s +s +s+1 T
The value of the current through the capacitor V T1
(c) (d) V
at t = 0+ is, 2 T2
(a) 0 A (b) 2 A [EC-1995 : 1 Mark]
1
(c) A (d) 1 A Q.6 The voltage VC , VC and VC3 across the
2 1 2
[EC-1989 : 2 Marks] capacitors in the circuit in figure, under steady-
state, are respectively
Q.3 For the compensated attenuator of figure, the
impulse response under the condition 10 k 1H 2F 2H 25 k
R1C1 = R2C2 is + –
VC 2
R1 + + +
100 V VC 1 1F 40 k VC3 3F
– – –
+ +
C1
v1(t) C2 R2 v2(t)
(a) 80 V, 32 V, 48 V (b) 80 V, 48 V, 32 V
– –
(c) 20 V, 8 V, 12 V (d) 20 V, 12 V, 8 V
R2 [EC-1996 : 2 Marks]
(a) [1 e1/ R1C1 ] u(t )
R1 + R2 Q.7 In the circuit of figure the energy absorbed by
R2 the 4 resistor in the time interval (0, ) is
(b) (t )
R1 + R2
4 Q.10 I1(s) and I2(s) are the Laplace transforms of i1(t)

VC(0) = 6 V and i2(t) respectively. The equations for the loop
+ currents I1(s) and I2(s) for the circuit shown in
10 V 2F VC
– the figure, after the switch is brought from
position 1 to position 2 at t = 0, are
(a) 36 Joules (b) 16 Joules 1

R + Ls + Ls
Cs I 1 (s) V /s
(c) 256 Joules (d) None of the above (a) =
1 I 2 (s) 0
[EC-1997 : 2 Marks] Ls R+
Cs
Q.8 In the figure, the switch was closed for a long 1
time before opening at t = 0. The voltage Vx at R + Ls + Ls
Cs I 1 (s) V /s
(b) =
t = 0+ is, 1 I 2 (s ) 0
Ls R+
Cs
t=0
1
R + Ls + Ls
Cs I 1 (s ) V /s
(c) =
1 I 2 (s ) 0
2 2.5 A Ls R + Ls +
Cs
5H
1
R + Ls + Ls
Cs I 1 (s ) V /s
(d) =
1 I 2 (s ) 0
Ls R + Ls +
20 Cs
– Vx + [EC-2003 : 2 Marks]
(a) 25 V (b) 50 V
Q.11 For the R-L circuit shown in the figure, the input
(c) –50 V (d) 0 V voltage vi(t) = u(t). The current i(t) is
[EC-2002 : 1 Mark]
1H
The circuit for (Q. 9 and Q.10) is given. Assume that the
i (t )
switch S is in position 1 for a long time and thrown to
vi(t) 2
position 2 at t = 0.
Q.9 At t = 0+, the current i1 is
1
S C i(t)
0.5
2
i1(t) i2(t) R
V (a) 0.31
L
R
C 2 t(sec)
i(t)
V V
(a) (b) 1
2R R
V
(c) (d) zero (b) 0.63
4R
[EC-2003 : 2 Marks]
1/2 t(sec)
i(t) Q.14 A 2 mH inductor with some initial current can

be represented as shown below, where ‘s’ is the
0.5
Laplace transform variable. The value of initial
(c) 0.31 current is
I (s )
1/2 t(sec)
0.002 s
i(t)
1
–
(d) 1 mV
0.63
+
2 t(sec)
(a) 0.5 A (b) 2.0 A
[EC-2004 : 1 Mark] (c) 1.0 A (d) 0.0 A
Q.12 The circuit shown in the figure has initial [EC-2006 : 1 Mark]
current iL(0–) = 1 A through the inductor and an Q.15 In the figure shown below, assume that all the
initial voltage vC(0–) = –1 V across the capacitor. capacitors are initially uncharged. If
For input v(t) = u(t), the Laplace transform of the vi(t) = 10 u(t) Volts, vo(t) is given by
current i(t) for t 0 is
1k
1 1H
+ + +
i (t )
+
v(t ) 1F 4 µF
– vi(t ) 4k 1 µF v o (t )
–
– –
s s+2
(a) (b) (a) 8e–t/0.004 Volts (b) 8(1 – e–t/0.004) Volts
s2 + s + 1 s2 + s + 1
s 2 s 2 (c) 8 u(t) Volts (d) 8 Volts
(c) (d) [EC-2006 : 1 Mark]
s2 + s 1 s2 + s + 1
[EC-2004 : 2 Marks] Q.16 In the circuit shown, Vc is 0 Volts at t = 0 sec. For
Q.13 A square pulse of 3 Volts amplitude is applied t < 0, the capacitor ic(t), where ‘t’ is (in seconds),
to C-R circuit shown in the figure. The capacitor is given by
is initially uncharged. The output voltage V2 at 20 k ic
time t = 2 sec is
Vi 0.1 µF +
10 V 20 k VC 4 µF
3V + + –
V1 1k V2
(a) 0.50 exp(–25t) mA
– –
t (b) 0.25 exp(–25t) mA
2 sec
(c) 0.50 exp(–12.5t) mA
(a) 3 V (b) –3 V
(d) 0.25 exp(–6.25t) mA
(c) 4 V (d) –4 V
[EC-2007 : 2 Marks]
[EC-2005 : 2 Marks]
Q.17 In the following circuit, the switch S is closed at

(c) tu(t ) + 2 ( 1)n (t nT ) u(t nT )
di + n=1
t = 0. The rate of change of current (0 ) is
dt
(t 2 nT ) (t 2 nT T )
given by (d) [0.5 e + 0.5e ]
n=0
S
R
[EC-2008 : 2 Marks]

Is Rs i (t ) L The following series RLC circuit with zero initial
conditions is excited by a unit impulse function (t).
1H 1
Rs I s
(a) 0 (b)
L
(t ) 1F Vc(t)
( R + Rs )I s
(c) (d)
L
[EC-2008 : 1 Mark]
Q.18 The circuit shown in the figure is used to charge Q.19 For t > 0, the output voltage Vc(t) is
the capacitor C alternately from two current
2 1 /2 t 3 /2 t
sources as indicated. The switches S1 and S2 (a) (e e )
3
are mechanically coupled and connected as
follows: 2 1 /2 t
(b) te
For 2nT t < (2n + 1) T, (n = 0, 1, 2,....) S1 to P1 and 3
S2 to P2. 2 3
1/2 t
For (2n + 1) T t < (2n + 2) T, (n = 0, 1, 2,....) (c) e cos t
3 2
S1 to Q1 and S2 to Q2.
2 1/2 t 3
Q1 P1 Q2 P2 (d) e sin t
3 2
+
S1 S2
[EC-2008 : 2 Marks]
+
1 0.5 1F C Vc(t) 1 1 Q.20 For t > 0, the voltage across the resistor is
–
1 3 /2 t 1 /2 t
– (a) (e e )
1A 1A 3
1/2 t 3t 1 3t
Assume that the capacitor has zero initial (b) e cos sin
2 3 2
charge. Given that u(t) is a unit step function,
the voltage Vc(t) across the capacitor is given by
2 1/2 t 3t
(c) e sin
3 2
(a) ( 1)n tu (t nT )
n=0
2 1/2 t 3t
(d) e cos
3 2
(b) u(t ) + 2 ( 1)n u (t nT )
n=1 [EC-2008 : 2 Marks]
Q.21 The switch in the circuit shown was on a Q.24 In the circuit shown below, the initial charge on
position a for a long time, and is moved to the capacitor is 2.5 mC, with the voltage polarity
position ‘b’ at time t = 0. The current i(t) for t > 0 as indicated. The switch is closed at time t = 0.
is given by The current i(t) at a time ‘t’ after the switch is
10 k closed is
a b
i (t )
i (t )
10
100 V 0.2 µF 5k
100 V
–
0.5 µF 0.3 µF 50 µF
+
(a) 0.2e–125t u(t) mA (b) 20e–1250t u(t) mA

(c) 0.2e–1250t u(t) mA (d) 20e–1000t u(t) mA
(a) i(t) = 15 exp(–2 × 103t) A
[EC-2009 : 2 Marks]
(b) i(t) = 5 exp(–2 × 103t) A
Q.22 The time domain behaviour of an RL circuit is (c) i(t) = 10 exp(–2 × 103t) A
represented by (d) i(t) = –5 exp(–2 × 103t) A
di Rt / L [EC-2011 : 2 Marks]
L + Ri = Vo (1 + Be sin t ) u(t )
dt
Q.25 In the following figure, C1 and C2 are ideal
V capacitors. C1 had been charged to 12 V before
For an initial current of i(0) = o , the steady-
R the ideal switch S is closed at t = 0.
state value of the current is given by The current i(t) for all ‘t’ is
Vo 2Vo S
(a) i(t ) (b) i(t )
R R
t=0
Vo 2Vo
(c) i(t ) (1 + B) (d) i(t ) (1 + B)
R R C1 i(t) C2
[EC-2009 : 2 Marks]
Q.23 In the circuit shown, the switch S is open for a

long time and is closed at t = 0. The current i(t) (a) zero
for t 0+ is (b) a step function
10 (c) an exponentially decaying function
t=0 (d) an impulse function
S [EC-2012 : 1 Mark]
1.5 A 10 15 mH
Q.26 For maximum power transfer between two
i(t) 10
cascaded sections of an electrical network, the
relationship between the output impedance Z1
(a) i(t) = 0.5 – 0.125 e–1000t A of the first section to the input impedance Z2 of
the second section is
(b) i(t) = 1.5 – 0.125 e–1000t A
(a) Z2 = Z1 (b) Z2 = –Z1
(c) i(t) = 0.5 – 05 e–1000t A
(d) i(t) = 0.375 e–1000t A (c) Z2 = Z1 (b) Z2 = Z1
[EC-2010 : 2 Marks] [EC-2014 : 1 Mark]
Q.27 In the circuit shown in the figure, the value of ix 2H

capacitor C (in mF) needed to have critically
damped response i(t) is ______ . 2ix +
–
+
40 4H C 10 u(t) A 5 vo(t)
+V – –
o
5
i( t )
[EC-2014 : 2 Marks]
Q.31 In the circuit shown, the switch SW is thrown

[EC-2014 : 2 Marks]
from position A to position B at time t = 0. The
Q.28 In the figure shown, the idea switch has been energy (in µJ) taken from the 3 V source to charge
open for a long time. If it is closed at t = 0, then the 0.1 µF capacitor form 0 V to 3 V is
the magnitude of the current (in mA) through SW
120
the 4 k resistor at t = 0+ is ______ . 3V
B A
5k 4k 1k t=0
i 0.1 µF
10 V 10 µF t=0 1 mH
(a) 0.3 (b) 0.45
(c) 0.9 (d) 3
[EC-2015 : 1 Mark]
[EC-2014 : 1 Mark]
Q.32 In the circuit shown, switch SW is closed at t = 0.
Q.29 In the figure shown, the capacitor is initially
Assuming zero initial conditions, the value of
uncharged. Which one of the following
vc(t) (in Volts) at t = 1 sec is ______ .
expressions describes the current I(t) (in mA)
t=0
for t > 0? 3
R1 S
5 +
1k I 10 V 2 F vc(t)
6 –
5V R2 2k C 1 µF
[EC-2015 : 2 Marks]
Q.33 In the circuit shown, the initial voltages across

5 t/ 2
(a) I (t ) = (1 e ), = msec the capacitors C1 and C2 and 1 V and 3 V,
3 3
respectively. The switch is closed at time t = 0.
5 t/ 2 The total energy dissipated (in Joules) in the
(b) I (t ) = (1 e ), = msec
2 3 resistor R until steady-state is reached, is ____ .
5
(c) I (t ) = (1 e t / ), = 3 msec t=0
R = 10
3
5
(d) I (t ) = (1 e t / ), = 3 msec + +
2
C1 = 3 F C2 = 1 F
[EC-2014 : 2 Marks] – –
Q.30 In the circuit shown in the figure, the value of

vo(t) (in Volts) for t is ______ . [EC-2015 : 2 Marks]
Q.34 The switch has been in position 1 for a long

time and abruptly changes to position 2 at t = 0. 3F 2
3 4 2 1
1 2
2
t=0 i (t )
10 V 2 + 2 5A
12 V
2F 3
0.1 F VC
–
[EC-2016 : 2 Marks]
If time ‘t’ is in seconds, the capacitor voltage VC
Q.37 In the circuit shown, the voltage VIN(t) is
(in Volts) for t > 0 is given by
described by
t
(a) 4 1 exp 0, for t < 0
0.5 VIN (t ) =
15 Volts, for t 0
t
(b) 10 6 exp where ‘t’ is in seconds. The time (in seconds) at
0.5
which the current I in the circuit will reach the
t value 2 Ampere is _____ .
(c) 4 1 exp
0.6 1 I
t +
(d) 10 6 exp
0.6
VIN(t ) 1H 2H
[EC-2016 : 1 Mark]
Q.35 The switch S in the circuit shown has been –

closed for a long time. It is opened at time t = 0
and remains open after that. Assume that the [EC-2017 : 2 Marks]
diode has zero reverse current and zero forward
Q.38 The switch in the circuit, shown in the figure,
voltage drop.
was open for a long time and is closed at t = 0.
t=0
1
S i(t) 5
– t=0
10 A 5
10 V 1 mH 10 µF VC
+
2.5 H
The steady-state magnitude of the capacitor The current i(t) (in Ampere) at t = 0.5 seconds is
voltage VC (in Volts), is ______ . ______ .
[EC-2016 : 2 Marks] [EC-2017 : 2 Marks]
Q.36 Assume that the circuit in the figure has reached Q.39 For the circuit given in the figure, the magnitude
the steady-state before time t = 0 when the 3 of the loop current (in amperes, correct to three
resistor suddenly burns out, resulting in an decimal places) 0.5 seconds after closing the
open-circuit. The current i(t) (in Amperes) at t = 0+ switch is _____ .
is _____ .
1V 1 P t=0
– +
1 1H 20 V 20 k
[EC-2018 : 2 Marks]
dv(t )
The value of at t = 0+ is
Q.40 The RC circuit shown below has a variable dt
resistance R(t) given by the following expression: (a) –5 V/s (b) 3 V/s
t (c) –3 V/s (d) 0 V/s
R(t ) = R0 t for 0 t < T
T [EC-2021 : 2 Marks]
where R0 = 1 , and C = 1 F. We are also given
Q.43 The circuit in the figure contains a current
that T = 3 R0C and the source voltage is Vs = 1 V.
source driving a load having an inductor and a
If the current at time t = 0 is 1 A. Then the current
resistor in series, with a shunt capacitor across
I(t), in amperes, at time t = T/2 is ____ .
the load. The ammeter is assumed to have zero
(Rounded off to 2 decimal places).
resistance. The switch is closed at time, t = 0.
I( t) R(t )
Ammeter
S
A Load
Vs Current 10 mH
C
source
t=0 1A Shunt 100 pF
capacitor
5k
[EC-2019 : 2 Marks]
Q.41 In the circuit shown in the figure, the switch is

closed at time t = 0, while the capacitor is Initially, when the switch is open, the capacitor
initially charged to –5 V (i.e., VC(0) = –5 V). is discharged and the ammeter reads zero
t=0 ampere. After the switch is closed, the ammeter
250
reading keeps fluctuating for some time till it
+ V – settles to a final steady value. The maximum
R
5V 250 Vc(t) 0.6 µF ammeter reading that one will observe after the
VR/500 switch is closed (Rounded off to two decimal
places) is _______ A.
The time after which the voltage across the [EC-2021 : 2 Marks]
capacitor becomes zero (Rounded off to three
decimal places) is ______ ms. ELECTRICAL EN GINEERIN G
[EC-2021 : 2 Marks] (GATE Previous Years Solved Papers)
Q.42 The switch in the circuit in the figure is in Q.1 The time constant of the network shown in figure
position ‘P’ for a long time and then moved to is
position ‘Q’ at time t = 0.
R (a) 3 µ-sec
(b) 12 µ-sec
(c) 32 µ-sec
10 V 2R C
(d) unknown, unless the actual network is
specified
[EE-1996 : 1 Mark]
(a) 2 RC (b) 3 RC
2 RC Q.4 An ideal voltage source will charge an ideal
RC
(c) (d) capacitor
2 3
[EE-1992 : 1 Mark] (a) in infinite time (b) exponentially
(c) instantaneously (d) none of these
Q.2 In the series RC circuit shown in figure the
[EE-1997 : 1 Mark]
voltage across C starts increasing when the dc
source is switched ON. The rate of increase of Q.5 In the circuit shown in figure, it is desired to
voltage across C at the instant just after the have a constant direct current i(t) through the
switch is closed (i.e. at t = 0+) will be ideal inductor L. The nature of the voltage source
C R
v(t) must be
+ –
Vc i(t)
I V(t ) L
1V
t=0 V (a) constant voltage

(a) Zero (b) Infinity (b) linearly increasing voltage
1 (c) an ideal impulse
(c) RC (d)
RC (d) exponentially increasing voltage
[EE-1996 : 1 Mark] [EE-1998 : 1 Mark]
Q.3 The v-i characteristic as seen from the terminal Q.6 A rectangular voltage pulse of magnitude V and
pair (A, B) of the network of Fig. (1) is shown in duration T is applied to a series combination of
Fig. (2). If an inductance of value 6 mH is resistance R and capacitance C. The maximum
connected across the terminal - pair (A, B), the voltage developed across the capacitor is
time constant of the system will be
T
i A (a) V 1 exp
Network of + RC
linear resistors V VT
and independent (b)
sources – RC
B (c) V
Fig. (1)
T
i (d) V exp [EE-1999 : 2 Marks]
RC
4 mA
Q.7 A voltage waveform v(t) = 12t2 is applied across
a 1 H inductor for t 0, with initial current
through it being zero. The current through the
(0, 0)
v inductor for t 0 is given by
Fig. (2) 8V
(a) 12 t (b) 24 t
S
3
(c) 12 t3 (d) 4 t3
[EE-2000 : 1 Mark] t=0 4F
Q.8 A unit step voltage is applied at t = 0 to a series 10 V 4 4H
RL circuit with zero initial conditions. 4
(a) It is possible for the current to be oscillatory.
(b) The voltage across the resistor at t = 0+ is
zero. (a) 2 V (b) 4 V
(c) The energy stored in inductor in the steady- (c) –6 V (d) 8 V
state is zero. [EE-2003 : 2 Marks]
(d) The resistor current eventually falls to zero.
Q.12 In figure, the capacitor initially has a charge of
[EE-2000 : 1 Mark]
10 Coulomb. The current in the circuit one
Q.9 Consider the circuit shown in figure. If the second after the switch ‘S’ is closed will be
frequency of the source is 50 Hz, then the value
t=0
of t0 which results in a transient free response is 2
5 0.01 H S
+
t = t0 100 V 0.5 F
–
sin( t)
(a) 14.7 A (b) 18.5 A

(a) 0 ms (b) 1.78 ms (c) 40.0 A (d) 50.0 A
(c) 2.71 ms (d) 2.91 ms [EE-2004 : 2 Marks]
[EE-2002 : 2 Marks] Q.13 In the figure given, for the initial capacitor
Q.10 An 11 V pulse of 10 µs duration is applied to the voltage is zero. The switch is closed at t = 0. The
circuit shown in figure. Assuming that the final steady-state voltage across the capacitor
capacitor is completely discharged prior to is
applying the pulse, the peak value of the S 10
capacitor voltage is
1k t=0
20 V 10 µF 10
11 V
10 k 11 nF
0
10 µs
(a) 20 V (b) 10 V
(a) 11 V (b) 5.5 V (c) 5 V (d) 0 V
(c) 6.32 V (d) 0.96 V [EE-2005 : 1 Mark]
[EE-2002 : 2 Marks] Q.14 The circuit shown in the figure is steady-state,
Q.11 In the circuit shown in figure, the switch ‘S’ is when the switch is closed at t = 0. Assuming
closed at time (t = 0). The voltage across the that the inductance is ideal, the current through
inductor at t = 0+, is the inductor at t = 0+ equals.
10 Q.18 In the circuit shown in the figure, the current

source I = 1 A, the voltage source V = 5 V,
R1 = R2 = R3 = 1 , L1 = L2 = L3 = 1 H, C1 = C2 = 1 F.
t=0
10 V 10 mH The currents (in A) through R3 and the voltage
source V respectively will be
R1 R2
(a) 0 A (b) 0.5 A

(c) 1 A (d) 2 A L1 C1 L3
[EE-2005 : 2 Marks] C2 V
I L2 R3
A coil of inductance 10 H and resistance 40 is
connected as shown in the figure. After the switch ‘S’ (a) 1 and 4 (b) 5 and 1
has been in contact with point 1 for a very long time, it (c) 5 and 2 (d) 5 and 4
is moved to point 2 at, t = 0. [EE-2006 : 2 Marks]
Q.15 If at t = 0+, the voltage across the coil is 120 V, Q.19 In the figure, transformer T1 has two secondaries,
the value of resistance R is all three windings having the same number of
1 20 turns and with polarities as indicated. One
secondary is shorted by a 10 resistor R, and
S 2
10 H the other by a 15 mF capacitor. The switch SW is
120 V opened (t = 0) when the capacitor is charged to
R
40 5 V with the left plate as positive. At (t = 0+) the
voltage VP and current IR are
(a) 0 (b) 20 S IR
(c) 40 (d) 60 T1 R
[EE-2005 : 2 Marks]
+
Q.16 For the value of resistance obtained in (a), the 25 V VP C
– + –
like taken for 95% of the stored energy to be
dissipated is close to
(a) 0.10 sec (b) 0.15 sec
(a) –25 V, 0.0 A
(c) 0.50 sec (d) 1.0 sec
(b) very large voltage, very large current
[EE-2005 : 2 Marks]
(c) 5.0 V, 0.5 A
Q.17 An ideal capacitor is charged to a voltage Vo (d) –5.0 V, –0.5 A
and connected at t = 0 across an ideal inductor [EE-2007 : 2 Marks]
L. (The circuit now consists of a capacitor and
Q.20 In the circuit shown in figure. Switch SW1 is
1 initially closed and SW2 is open. The inductor
inductor alone). If we let o = , the voltage
LC L carries a current of 10 A and the capacitor
across the capacitor at time t > 0 is given by charged to 10 V with polarities as indicated.
(a) Vo (b) Vo cos( ot) SW2 is closed at t = 0 and SW1 is opened at t = 0.
The current through C and the voltage across L
(c) Vo sin( ot) (d) Vo e ot cos( ot ) at (t = 0+) is
[EE-2006 : 2 Marks]
SW2 R2 = 10 (a) 18.8 V (b) 23.5 V

(c) –23.5 V (d) –30.6 V
+ [EE-2008 : 2 Marks]
R1 = 10 SW1 L 10 A 10 V C
–
Q.24 In the figure shown, all elements used are ideal.
For time t < 0, S1 remained closed and S2 open.
(a) 55 A, 4.5 V (b) 5.5 A, 45 V At t = 0, S1 is opened and S2 is closed. If the
(c) 45 A, 5.5 A (d) 4.5 A, 55 V voltage Vo across the capacitor C2 at t = 0– is
2
[EE-2007 : 2 Marks] zero, the voltage across the capacitor
combination at t = 0+ will be
Q.21 The time constant for the given circuit will be
1F S1 S2
3
3A 3V C1 1F C2 2F
1F 1F 3
1 1 (a) 1 V (b) 2 V
(a) sec (b) sec
9 4 (c) 1.5 V (d) 3 V
(c) 4 sec (d) 9 sec [EE-2009 : 2 Marks]
[EE-2008 : 2 Marks]
Q.25 The switch in the circuit has been closed for a
Statement for Linked Answer Questions (22 and 23): long time. It is opened at t = 0. At t = 0+, the
The current i(t) sketched in the figure flows through a current through the 1 µF capacitor is
initially uncharged 0.3 nF capacitor.
1 S
Q.22 The charge stored in the capacitor at t = 5 µs,
t=0
will be
5V 1 µF 4
6
5
4
i(t) mA
(a) 0 A (b) 1 A
3
(c) 1.25 A (d) 5 A
2
[EE-2010 : 1 Mark]
1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Q.26 The L-C circuit shown in the figure has an

1 (µs) inductance L = 1 mH and a capacitance
C = 10 µF.
(a) 8 nC (b) 10 nC
(c) 13 nC (d) 16 nC L
[EE-2008 : 2 Marks] i
–
Q.23 The capacitor charged upto 5 µs, as per the C 100 V
t=0
current profile given in the figure, is connected +
across an inductor of 0.6 mH. Then the value of
voltage across the capacitor after 1 µs will
approximately be
The initial current through the inductor is zero, Vs

while the initial capacitor voltage is 100 V. The
switch is closed at t = 0. The current ‘i’ through
(a)
the circuit is t
(a) 5 cos (5 × 103t) A –2
(b) 5 sin (104t) A Vs

(c) 10 cos (5 × 103t) A
(b)
(d) 10 sin (104t) A
t
[EE-2010 : 2 Marks] –2
Q.27 In the following figure C1 and C2 are ideal Vs

capacitors. C1 has been charged to 12 V before
the ideal switch ‘S’ is closed at t = 0. The current (c)
i(t) for all ‘t’ is t
S
Vs
t=0
(d)
C1 i(t) C2 t
[EE-2014 : 1 Mark]
(a) zero Q.29 The switch SW shown in the circuit is kept at
(b) a step function position ‘1’ for a long duration. At t = 0+, the
(c) an exponentially decaying function switch is moved to position ‘2’. Assuming
(d) an impulse function
V02 > V01 , the voltage V c (t) across the
[EE-2012 : 1 Mark]
capacitor is
Q.28 A combination of 1 µF capacitor with an initial
R ‘2’
voltage Vc(0) = –2 V in series with a 100 SW
resistor is connected to a 20 mA ideal dc current
‘1’ R
source by operating both switches at t = 0 is as
V02
shown in the figure. Which of the following V01
graphs shown in the options approximates the C Vc
voltage Vs across the current source over the next

few seconds? (a) Vc(t) = V02(1 – e–t/2RC) – V01
(b) Vc(t) = V02(1 – e–t/2RC) + V01
Vc
+ – (c) Vc(t) = –(V02 + V01) (1 – e–t/2RC) – V01
(d) Vc(t) = (V02 – V01) (1 – e–t/2RC) + V01
t=0 + [EE-2014 : 1 Mark]
Vs 100
Q.30 A series RL circuit is excited at t = 0 by closing a
–
switch as shown in the figure. Assuming zero
d2 I
t=0 initial conditions, the value of at t = 0+ is
dt 2
R 6 8
V 50 V 8 32 2H
32
L
V V (a) 2.5 e–4t (b) 5 e–4t

(a) (b)
L R (c) 2.5 e–0.25t (d) 5 e–0.25t
RV [EE-2017 : 2 Marks]
(c) 0 (d)
L2
Q.34 The initial charge in the 1 F capacitor present in
[EE-2015 : 1 Mark]
the circuit shown is zero. The energy in Joules
Q.31 In the circuit shown, switch S2 has been closed transferred from the d.c. source until steady-
for a long time. A time t = 0 switch S1 is closed. state condition is reached equals ______ .
At t = 0+, the rate of change of current through (Give the answer upto one decimal place)
the inductor, in amperes per second, is _____ .
S1 1F
1 S2
5 5
5
2 10 V
3V 1H
5 5
3V
[EE-2016 : 2 Marks]
[EE-2017 : 1 Mark]
Q.32 In the circuit shown below, the initial capacitor
voltage is 4 V. Switch S1 is closed at t = 0. The Q.35 A resistor and a capacitor are connected in series
charge (in µC) lost by the capacitor from t = 25 µs to a 10 V d.c. supply through a switch. The
to t = 100 µs is _______ . switch is closed at t = 0, and the capacitor
voltage is found to cross 0 V at t = 0.4 , where
S1 is the circuit time constant. The absolute value
of percentage change required in the initial
capacitor voltage if the zero crossing has to
4V 5 µF 5
happen at t = 0.2 is _______ .
(Rounded off 2 decimal places).
[EE-2020 : 2 Marks]
[EE-2016 : 2 Marks]
Q.33 The switch in the figure below was closed for a

long time. It is opened at t = 0. The current in the
inductor of 2 H for t 0, is

Answers
EC Transient Analysis
1. (b) 2. (c) 3. (b) 4. (b) 5. (a) 6. (b) 7. (b) 8. (c)
9. (a) 10. (c) 11. (c) 12. (b) 13. (b) 14. (a) 15. (c) 16. (a)
17. (b) 18. (c) 19. (d) 20. (b) 21. (b) 22. (a) 23. (a) 24. (a)
25. (d) 26. (c) 27. (10) 28. (1.25) 29. (a) 30. (31.25) 31. (c) 32. (2.528)
33. (1.5) 34. (d) 35. (100) 36. (–1) 37. (0.3405) 38. (8.16) 39. (0.316) 40. (0.25)
41. (0.1386) 42. (c) 43. (1.44)
Solutions
EC Transient Analysis
1. (b) 3. (b)
At steady state:
1
Inductor behave as short-circuit. R2 ×
C2 s R2
So, under steady state condition the source Z2(s) = =
1 R2 2s + 1
C
current flows through the inductor. R2 ×
C1s
2. (c)
1
1 2 R1 ×
ZC(s) = = C1s R1
Cs s Z1(s) = =
1 R1 1s + 1
C
R1 ×
VC (s ) s(s + 1) C1s
IC(s) = =
ZC (s ) 2(s + s 2 + s + 1)
3
V2 (s) Z2 (s )
s(s + 1) =
= V1 (s) Z1 (s) + Z2 (s )
2(s 2 + 1) ( s + 1)
R1C 1 = R2C 2
s
IC(s) = R2
2(s 2 + 1) V2 (s) R2C 2 s + 1 R2
= =
V1 (s) R1 R2 R1 + R2
s2 +
i(0+) = lim sIC (s) = lim R2 C 2 s + 1 R2 C 2 s + 1
s s 2(s 2 + 1)
R2
1 1 V2(s) = V1 (s)
= = Ampere R1 + R2
2+0 2
For impulse response, 40

VC1 = 100 × = 80 V
V1(s) = 1 10 + 40
v1(t) = (t) 3
VC 2 = 80 × = 48 V
R2 2+3
v2(t) = (t )
R1 + R2 2
VC3 = 80 × = 32 V
2+3
4. (b)
dVi 7. (b)
Vo = RC
dt
V = V + =6V
3 6 d (0 ) (0 )
Vo = (5 × 10 ) (4 × 10 ) (100t ) = 2 V
dt So at t = 0+
VR = 10 – 6 = 4 V
5. (a)
4
x(t) I = = 1 Ampere
T1 R(0+ ) 4
V IR( ) = 0 Ampere
= RC = 8 sec.
T
t
T1
i(t) = i + (i i ) e t/
0+
–V
T2 = 0 + (1 – 0) e–t/8
i(t) = e–t/8
T = T1 + T2
Energy absorbed by 4 resistor in (0, )
T
1 2
Rms = x (t ) dt
T
0 E= i 2 R dt = 4 e t /4
dt
0 0
T1 T
1
= V 2 dt + ( V )2 dt
T = 4 e t /4 dt
0 T1
0
1 2
Rms = [V [T1 0] + V 2 [T T1 ]] t /4
T e t /4
E= 4 = 16[ e ]0
1/4
1 2 0
= [V ][T1 + T T1 ]
T E = –16[0 – 1] = 16 J
1 2
Rms = V T = V2 = V 8. (c)
T
When switch was closed circuit was in steady
6. (b) state,
At steady-state:
Inductor behave as short-circuit.
Capacitor behave as open-circuit, 2 2.5 A
10 k 2F 25 k
+ VC –
2
+ 20
+ +
–
100 V VC1 40 k V C3 3F Vx +
– – –
iL(0–) = 2.5 A
At t = 0+ ; KVL in loop (1),

V 1
I 1 (s ) R + + I 1 (s ) + [ I 1 ( s) I 2 (s )] sL = 0
s sC
2 2.5 A 1 V
I1 (s) R + + sL I 2 (s) sL =
2.5 A sC s
KVL in loop (2),
20 1
[ I 2 (s) I1 (s)] sL + I 2 (s) R + I 2 (s ) =0
+ V – sC
1
V = IR I 1 (s ) sL + I 2 (s) R + sL + =0
sC
= 2.5 × 20 = 50 V
Vx = –50 V 1
R + sL + sL
(Polarity of Vx is given reverse of V) sC I1 (s) V /s
=
1 I 2 (s) 0
sL R + sL +
9. (a) sC
At t = 0– in steady state,
11. (c)
VC
V (s ) 1
R I(s) = =
s + 2 s(s + 2)
V i1(t) i2(t)
1 1 1 1
I(s) = =
s(s + 2) 2 s s+2
1
i1(t) = i2(t) = 0 i(t) = (1 e 2t )
2
VC(0–) = V At t = 0, i(t) = 0
At t = 0+ ; t= , i(t) = 0.5
1
V
t= , i(t) = 0.31
2
R i1 R i(t)
0.5
0.31
–i1R – V – i1R = 0
V t
i1 = 0 1/2
2R
Graph (c) satisfies all conditions.
10. (c)
When switch is in position 2, 12. (b)
KVL :
1/sC
Ldi(t ) 1
v(t) = Ri(t ) + + i(t ) dt
V/s I1(s) I2(s ) + dt C
R 0
–
– Taking Laplace transform on both sides,
R sL
I ( s ) Vc (0 + )
+ V(s) = RI(s) + LsI (s) LI(0 + ) + +
1 2 1/sC sC s
1 I (s) 1
= I (s ) + sI (s ) 1 +
s s s
2 I (s) 2 16. (a)

+1 = [s + s + 1]
s s At t = 0+, capacitor is short-circuit and at
s+2 t = , capacitor is open-circuit.
I(s) = 2
s +s+1 10 V
So, Ic(0+) = = 0.5 mA
20 k
13. (b)
Ic( ) = 0
RC = 0.1 × 10–6 × 103 = 10–4
Time constant of the circuit,
= 100 µs
= Req C
As RC is very small, so steady state will be
= 4 µF × 20 k 20 k
reached in 2 second,
= 40 m-sec
Vc = 3 V
Using direct formula,
V2 = –Vc = –3 V
Ic(t) = Ic( ) – [Ic( ) – Ic(0)] e–t/
14. (a) Ic(t) = 0 – (0 – 0.5) e–t/40 m-sec
LdI Ic(t) = 0.5 e–25t mA
V=
dt 17. (b)
V(s) = sLI(s) – LI(0+) At t = 0, the inductor behaves as an open-circuit.
–LI(0+) = –1 mV (Given in So, VL = Is Rs
question)
di +
1 mV VL = L (0 )
I(0+) = = 0.5 A dt
2 mH di + V I R
(0 ) = L = s s
dt L L
15. (c)
18. (c)
1
R1 × The waveform of voltage Vc(t) is shown below.
C1s R1
Z1 = =
1 R1C 1 s + 1 Vc( t)
R1 ×
C1s
1
1k 2T
= t
3 T
4 × 10 s + 1
–1
1
R2 ×
C2 s In mathematical form,
Z2 = 1
R2 × 0 < t < T,
C2 s
C = 1 F, I = 1 A
R2 4k t
= = Vc = dt = t
R2C 2 s + 1 4 × 10 3 s + 1
0
Z2 At t = T, Vc = T
Vo(t) = Vi (t )
Z1 + Z2 t
T < t < 2T, Vc = T dt = 2T t
Z 2 = 4Z 1
0
Z2 4Z1 4Z At t = 2T, Vc = 0
= = 1 = 0.8
Z1 + Z2 Z1 + 4Z1 5Z1
t
vo(t) = 0.8 vi(t) = 0.8 × 10 u(t) 2T < t < 3T, Vc = dt = t 2 T
vo(t) = 8 u(t) 2T
At t = 3T, Vc = T t>0
3T < t < 4T,
I(s)
t
Vc = T dt = 4T t 1/sC
R=5k
3T +
+
v(0 ) 100
Vc(t) = tu(t) – 2(t – T) u(t – 2T) =
s s
–
+ 2(t – 2T) u(t – 2T) ...
C = 0.16 µF
= t u(t ) + 2 ( 1)n (t nT ) u(t nT )
n=1 v(0 + ) t / RC
i(t) = e u(t )
R
19. (d)
v(0+) = 100 V
1 1 1 1 1
Vc(s) = = 2 =
1 s s +s+1 RC 3 6
s+1+ 5 × 10 × 0.16 × 10
s
R = 5k
1 i(t) = 20 e–1250t u(t) mA
= 2
2
1 3
s+ + 23. (a)
2 2
0.75
2 t /2 3 = 0.375 A
i(0+) =
Vc(t) = e sin t 2
3 2
i( ) = 0.5 A
i(t) = i( ) – {i( ) – i(0+)} e–Rt/L
20. (b)
where, R = equivalent resistance seen across L
1 s with current source opened,
VR(s) = 1= 2
1 s +s+1
s+1+ 10
s
1 1 3 2
s+
2 2 2 3
= 2 2 2 2 10 10 R
1 3 1 3
s+ + s+ +
2 2 2 2
t /2 3 1 t /2 3
VR(t) = e cos t e sin t R = 10 + (10 10) = 15
2 3 2
3
i(t) = 0.5 {0.5 0.375} e 15t /15 × 10
t /2 3 1 3
VR(t) = e cos t sin t
= 0.5 – 0.125 e–1000t A
2 3 2
24. (a)
21. (b)
Q
V(0–) = V (0+ ) =
–
t=0
+
C
+ 0.2 µF 2.5 × 10 3
– = = 50 V
= 0.16 µF
100 V = v(0 )
100 V
+ 50 × 10 6
– = v(0 )
0.3 µF
0.5 µF (Q direction given is opposite)

– V( ) = 100 V
0.8 µF
2
2
10 or, C=
R
100 V
2
+ 2
V( ) = 100 V L= × 4 = 10 mF
– 40
V(t) = V( ) + [V(0+) – V( )] e–t/ 28. Sol.

= 100 + (–50 – 100) e–t/ At steady state t = 0–,
V(t) = 100 – 150 e–t/ 5k 4k
dV 150 t/
i(t) = C =C e
dt
and = 10 × 50 × 10–6
10 V VOC 1k
= 5 × 10–4
6 150 2 × 103 t
i(t) = 50 × 10 × 6
e
10 × 50 × 10
3 Vc(0) = Vc(0+) = 5 V
= 15 e 2 × 10 t Ampere IL(0–) = IL(0+) = 1 mA
At t = 0, switch get closed,
25. (d)
5k 4k 1k
Since there is no resistance so time constant will
be zero. That means as soon as the switch will
10 V 5V I 1 mA
be closed voltages at C1 and C2 will become
equal and capacitor allows sudden change of
voltage only if impulse of current will pass
through it. Thus, the current through 4 resistance is,
5
27. Sol. I= = 1.25 mA
4 × 10 3
40 4H C
29. (a)
+V –
o
Converting the given circuit into frequency
i( t ) domain and applying KCL at V(s),
R1 V(s)
For critically damped system,

1
= 1= ...(i) 5/s R2 1/Cs
2Q
where, = Damping factor
Q = Quality factor
For series RLC circuit, we get,
1 L 5
Q= ...(ii) V (s )
R C s + V (s) + V (s) = 0 ...(i)
From equation (i) and (ii), R1 R2 1/Cs
1 Q R 1 = 1 k , R2 = 2 k
=1
2 L and C = 1 µF
R C
Using the components value we get,

120 B
1 1 5 3V
V (s) + + s =
1 2 s
5 0.1 µF
or, V(s) = ...(ii)
3
s s+
2
Using partial fraction on equation (i), Time constant,
10 10 t = RC = 120 × 0.1 × 10–6
V(s) = ...(iii) vc(t) = 3 + (0 – 3) e–t/
3s 3
3 s+
2 = 3 (1 – e–t/ )
6 t/
Using inverse Laplace transform, C dvc (t ) 0.1 × 10 × 3× e
Ic(t) = =
10 3 /2 t dt
v(t) = [1 e ] ...(iv)
3s 6 t/
0.1 × 10 ×3e 1 t/
V (t ) 5 3 /2 t = 6
= e
Current, I= = [1 e ] mA 120 × 0.1 × 10 40
R2 3
30. Sol. Energy = VI dt

0
At steady state the inductor act as a short-circuit,
Vx ix 1 t/ 3 t/
= 3 ×e = × e
40 40 0
0
2ix +
–
3 6
10 u(t) A 5 = × 12 × 10 = 0.9 µJ
40
5
32. Sol.
vc(0–) = 0 V
Vx = 5 i x
vc(0+) = 0 V
By KCL,
At t = ,
Vx 2 ix
10 + + ix = 0
5 3
5ix 2 ix
10 + + ix = 0
5 +
8ix 10 V 2 vc( )
or, = 10 –
5
50
ix = A
8
2
vo(t) = 5ix(t) vc( ) = × 10 = 4 V
2+3
5 × 50
= = 31.25 V [By voltage divider]
8
vc(t) = 4[1 – e–t/ ]
31. (c) 3× 2 5
= ReqC = × = 1 sec.
vc (0–)
= 0V 3+2 6
vc(0+) = 0 V vc(1) = 4[1 – e–1/1] = 2.528 Volts
vc( ) = 3 V
33. Sol. = Req Ceq

= (4 + 2) × 0.1 = 0.6 sec.
1
Initial energy = (C1V12 + C 2V22 ) Vc(t) = Vc( ) + [Vc(0+) – Vc( )] e–t/
2
= 10 + (4 – 10) e–t/0.6
1
(3 × 12 + 1 × 32 ) = 6 J
= Vc(t) = (10 – 6 e–t/0.6) V
2
Final energy stored in capacitor 35. Sol.
1 At t = 0– ;
= (C1 + C 2 ) V 2
2 1
C1V1 + C2V2 = (C1 + C2) V
1×3+3×1 = (1 + 3) V
10
V= 1.5 V 10 V iL (0 ) = = 10 A
1
1
Final energy = (1 + 3) × (1.5)2 = 4.5 J
2
Energy dissipated = 6 – 4.5 = 1.5 J 10
iL(0–) = = 10 A
1
34. (d)
For t > 0 (using Laplace transform)
At t = 0–, switch is at position-1.
3 –3
10 × 10
–
+ I (s) 106
Vc(s)
10s +
–3
– 10 s
10 V 2 Vc(0 )
3
– 10 × 10
I(s) =
106
10 3 s +
10 × 2 10s
where, Vc(0–) = =4V ...(i)
2+3 106
Vc(s) = I (s ) ×
Vc(0–) = Vc (0+) = 4 V 10 s
At t = ,
10 6
Vc(s) =
4 2 s 2 + 10 8
Taking inverse Laplace, we get,
+ Vc(t) = 100 sin104 t V
Vc( ) 2 5A Steady state magnitude voltage across
–
capacitor is 100 V.
36. Sol.
Vc( ) = 5 × 2 = 10 V ...(ii) At t = 0–;
The time constant of the circuit is,
+
4 2 V 3F 2
1 –
+
2
i(0 )
2 +
12 V V 2F –
3
12
I= =2A
6 5
2 10 A 5
V3F = 10 × =4V
5 –
iL(0 ) = 5 A
3
V2F = 10 × =6V
5
iL(0–) = iL(0+) = 5 A
At t = 0+;
• The Laplace transform model of the circuit
for t > 0 is as follows:
4V 2
1
2
+
i(0 ) 5
10 I(s)
12 V 6V A 5 2.5 s
O.C. s
–
LiL(0 ) = 12.5 A
4
i(0+) = = 1A
2+2
10 12.5 10 5
Note: As the current direction is not mentioned I(s) = =
s 5 + 2.5s s s+2
in the question, thus by reversing the current
• By taking inverse Laplace transform,
direction 1 A can also be the answer.
i(t) = (10 – 5e–2t) u(t) A
37. Sol. • At t = 0.5 seconds,
Rt
V 5
is(t) = 1 e L i(t) = 10 A = 8.16 A
R e
3t 39. Sol.
15 2
is(t) = 1 e A Loop current,
1
1
i(t) = (1 e t / ) A ; t > 0
Current through 2 H, 1+1
1 L 1 1
i(t) = is (t ) = = = sec.
1+ 2 Req 1 + 1 2
3t
1
i(t) = 5 1 e 2 A i(t) = (1 e 2t ) A ; t > 0
2
At t = 0.5 sec,
At i(t) = 2 A,
1
3t i(t) = (1 e 1 ) A = 0.316 A
2
2 = 5 1 e 2
40. Sol.
By solving, t = 0.3405 sec. T = 3R0C = 3 sec.
38. Sol. t
R(t) = 1 ; 0 t 3 sec
3
• The equivalent circuit at t = 0– is as follows:
i(t) R(t)
250 Vc( )
+ V – +
R
1V C 5V 250 Vc( )
VR/500
–
1 By KCL at Vc( ),
R(t ) i(t ) + i(t ) dt = 1
C Vc ( ) 5 VR Vc ( )
+ + =0
t 250 500 250
1 i(t ) + i(t ) dt = 1
3 Vc ( ) 5 5 Vc ( ) Vc ( )
+ + =0
Differentiating both sides, we get, 250 500 250
(VR = 5 – Vc( ))
t di i
1 +i = 0
3 dt 3 1 1 1 5 5
Vc ( ) + =
250 500 250 250 500
di
(3 t ) + 2i = 0 Vc( ) [2 – 1 + 2] = 5(2 – 1)
dt
di 2 5
dt Vc( ) = Volts
= 3
i (3 t )
For time constant, = ReqC
Integrating on both sides, we get,
For Req(V S.C)
ln(i) = 2 ln(3 – t) + ln(c)
i(t) = c(3 – t)2 ; t 0 V-I method:
Given that, i(0) = 1 A 250 I
So, c(3 – 0)2 = 1 A + V –
R
+
1 250 V
c= A –
9 VR/500
1
i(t) = (3 t )2 A
9 By KCL at (V),
T VR VR V
At, t= = 1.5 sec I+ = +
2 250 500 250
1 VR VR V
(1.5)2 = 0.25 A I= +
i(t) = 500 250 250
9
V V V
41. (0.1386) I= + R + (V = –VR)
500 250 250
t=0 2 1 3
250 I= V =V
+ V –
500 500 500
R
S
V 500
5V 250 Vc(t) 0.6 µF = = Req
VR/500 I 3
500
= ReqC = × 0.6 µF
Vc(0) = –5 V = Vo 3
For t > 0, S is closed. 50 × 6
= H = 10 4 sec
For final value at t = (S.S), C O.C. 3
Vc(t) = VC( ) + (VC(0) – VC( )) e–t/
5 5 10 4 t 5k
= + 5 e 10 V
3 3
5 4 10 k
10 4 t +
Vc(t) = 5 e ic(0 )
3 3
4
5 20 e 10 t 10 V 1 mA
Vc(t) = Volts t 0
3
By KCL at (10 V)
If, Vc(t) = 0
10
4 1 10 4 t + iC (0 + ) + 1 mA = 0
5 = 20 e 10 t =e 5k
4
iC(0+) = –3 mA
1
ln = –104 t
4 dvC (0 + )
C = –3 mA
+1.386 = +104t dt
t = 1.386 × 10–4
dvC (0 + ) 3m 3m
t = 0.1386 × 10–3 = =
dt C 1m
t = 0.1386 msec
dvC (0 + )
42. (c) = –3 V/sec
dt
Given:
43. (1.44)
P t=0
In steady state the circuit is,
Q S
20 V 20 k iL ( ) = 1 A
+
1A V C( )
– 5k
For t < 0, ‘S’ is in position (P).

At t = 0 – (S.S), L S.C, C O.C iL( ) = 1 A
5k 5k = Ammeter current in steady state
VC( ) = 5 k 1 A = 5 kV
During the transient period the Laplace domain
20 V 20 k Vc(0 )
–
10 k transformed circuit with zero initial conditions,
– VC(s)
iL(0 )
sL
20
iL(0–) = = 1 mA = iL (0+ ) = I o 1/s 1/sC
20 k
iL(s ) R
By VDR,
20 × 10 k
VC(0–) =
(5 + 5 + 10) k
10 V = VC(0+) = Vo Nodal equation in s-domain
At t = 0+, ‘S’ is in position (Q) 1 VC ( s ) VC ( s )
+ + =0
L O.C. with Io, C S.C. with Vo s 1/ sC R + sL
1 R + sL Peak overshoot (or) First maxima

VC(s) =
s s 2 LC + RCs + 1 / 1 2
= e
VC (s) 1/ LC
IL(s) = = 0.25 × 3.14
R + sL R 1
s s2 + s + 1 (0.25)2
L LC = e = 0.4443
2
1 iL(t) A
n =
LC 1.444
R R C
and 2 n = =
L 2 L 1.0
5 × 10 3 100 × 10 12
=
2 10 × 10 3 0 TP t(sec)
= 2.5 × 10 +3 10 8 So, the maximum ammeter reading just after the

= 2.5 × 103 × 10–4 switch closed is,
= 0.25 iL (t ) max = 1 + 0.444 = 1.444 A
Answers
EE Transient and Steady-State Response
1. (d) 2. (d) 3. (a) 4. (c) 5. (c) 6. (a) 7. (d) 8. (b)
9. (b) 10. (c) 11. (b) 12. (a) 13. (b) 14. (c) 15. (c) 16. (b)
17. (b) 18. (d) 19. (d) 20. (d) 21. (c) 22. (c) 23. (d) 24. (a)
25. (b) 26. (d) 27. (d) 28. (c) 29. (*) 30. (d) 31. (2)
32. (6.99 × 10–6) 33. (a) 34. (100) 35. (54.99)
Solutions
EE Transient and Steady-State Response
1. (d) 2
Rnet = R 2R = R
Time constant, = Rnet C 3
Rnet = Net resistance across capacitor when all Hence time constant,
the independent voltage sources are short- 2
= RC sec.
circuited and all independent current sources 3
are open-circuited.
2. (d)
When switch is closed, current through
R
capacitor,
S.C. 2R dV (t )
I= C c
Rnet dt
V = RI + Vc(t)
dV (t )
1 = RC c + Vc (t )
dt
Q At t = 0+, Vc(t)
Vc(0+) = 0
t/ RC
dV (t ) V(1 – e )
1 = RC c + 0
dt
dVc (0 + ) 1
Hence, = t
dt RC T
i.e., capacitor charges till t = T and then
3. (a)
discharges.
VOC 8 Hence, Vc(max) = V(1 – e– /RC)
R= = 3
=2k
I SC 4 × 10
7. (d)
L = 6 mH
Current through inductor,
L 6 × 10 3
Time constant, = = = 3 µ sec. 1
t
R 2 × 10 3 i(t) = v(t ) dt
L
4. (c)
t
Q Ideal voltage has zero internal resistance, 1
= 12 t 2 dt for t 0 = 4t3 A
Time constant, 1
0
= RC = 0
Hence capacitor will charge instantaneously. 8. (b)
At t = 0+ inductor works as open-circuit, hence
5. (c) complete source voltage drops across it and
di(t ) i( t) consequently, current through the resistor R is
V= L
dt zero. Hence, voltage across the resistor at t = 0+
Constant direct current
For i(t) = I u(t) I is zero, and further with time it rises according
d to VR(t) = (1 – e–Rt/L) u(t).
V= L I u(t ) t
dt V(t)
= LI (t) viz an ideal impulse function
1
6. (a)
R
+
0 t
+
Vs(t) C Vc(t)
– 9. (b)
– For transient free response,
Given, L
tan( t0) =
R
Vs(t )
2 × 50 × 0.01
tan(2 × 50 × t0) =
V 5
1
t 2 × 50 × t0 = tan
0 T 5
i.e., Vs = V[u(t) – u(t – T)] = 32.14° = 0.561 rad
Q Vc(t) = Vs(t) × (1 – e–t/RC) 0.561
t0 = = 1.786 ms
= V(1 – e–t/RC) × [u(t) – u(t – n)] 100
10. (c) dq (100 C q0 ) 1/ RC

i= = e
Vc(t) = Vc( ) – [Vc( ) – Vc (0)] e–t/RC dt RC
e–t/RC = 40e–1 = 14.7 A
10×10 6
10
×10 3 ×11×10 9 13. (b)
Vc (peak) = 10 (10 0) e 11
At (t 0+), the capacitor act as short-circuit. At
= 10 – (1 – e–1) = 6.32 V
(t ), the capacitor will become open-circuit.
10
[where, Rnet = 10 1 = k ] 10
11
10
Vc( ) = 11 × = 10 V +
10 + 1 VC( )
20 V 10
and –
Q pulse of duration 10 µs is applied.
Hence capacitor charges till 10 µs and then starts
Voltage across capacitor
discharging, so Vc will be maximum at t = 10 µs.
20
= × 10 = 10 V
11. (b) 10 + 10
Before closing the switch, the circuit was not
14. (c)
energized, therefore, current through inductor
Before closing the switch, at t = 0–, the circuit is
and voltage across capacitor are zero.
in steady-state. So, inductor behaves as short-
After closing the switch, at t = 0+ inductor acts
circuit.
as open-circuit and capacitor acts as short-
10
circuit.
Equivalent circuit at t = 0+.
3 10 V iL S.C.
10 V 4 4 VL(0 )
+
10
=1A
iL(0–) =
10
After closing the switch, at t = 0+
Current through inductor can not change
10
I= =2A abruptly.
3+4 4
iL(0+) = iL(0–) = 1 A
VL(0+) = I × (4 4) = 2 × 2 = 4 V
15. (c)
12. (a) Before moving the switch, at t = 0–

The circuit is in steady-state and inductor
Using KVL,
behaves as short-circuit.
dq q
100 = R + The circuit at t = 0–,
dt C
20
dq
100 C = RC +q
dt
q dq 1 t 120 V iL(0 )
–
= dt
q0 100 C q RC 0 40
100 C – q = (100C – q0) e–t/RC
120 1 2
iL(0–) = =2A Remaining Li1 energy in inductor
20 + 40 2
After moving the switch, W1 = 0.05 W0
At t = 0+ = 0.05 × 20 = 1 Joule
Current through inductor can not change 1 2
abruptly. Li1 = 1
2
So, iL(0+) = iL(0–) = 2 A
1
20
× 10 × i12 = 1
2
–
1
2A i1 = = 0.4472 A
5
R VL
Let at t = T, current decrease to i1,
40 0.4472 = 2e –10T
+ T 0.15 sec.
VL = iL(0+) × {20 + R} 17. (b)

120 = 2 × (20 + R) Voltage across capacitor will discharge through
R = 40 inductor upto voltage across the capacitor
16. (b) becomes zero. During this period, electrostatic
energy stored in capacitor is transferred into
The circuit (in s-domain)
magnetic energy which is stored in inductor.
20
Now inductor will start charging capacitor,
+
magnetic energy in inductor is converted into
LiL(0 ) = 10 × 2 = 20 V
electrostatic energy in capacitor.
I(s) Expression for Vc(t) can be obtained in s-domain.
40 Ls = 10s
As capacitor is charged initially to voltage V0,
then representation of capacitor in s-domain.
40
+
VC(0 ) Vo/s
20
I(s) =
(20 + 40 + 40) + 10s
1
20 2 Zc =
= C sC
=
10s + 100 s + 10
1 1 2 10t
i(t) = L [ I (s)] = L = 2e As current though the inductor is zero at t = 0,
s + 10
then
R eff
+ t
or, i(t) = iL (0 ) e L
(20 + 40 + 40)
t
10t
= 2e 10 = 2e L sL
Initial stored energy in inductor
1 2 +
W0 = LiL (0 )
2
1
= × 10 × 2 2 = 20 Joules
2
The circuit at t > 0, Voltage across,

R3 = V = 5 V
Vo/s Current through,
V 5
V(s ) I (s) sL R 3 = I1 = = = 5A
R3 1
1/sC Apply KCL,
–I + I1 – IV = 0
Current through voltage source
V0 / s V0
I(s) = = = IV = I1 – I
1 1
+ sL s 2 L + = 5–1=4A
sC C
19. (d)
V0 1
I(s) = R IR
L s2 + 1
LC T1 S1
Vs
Voltage across capacitor = Voltage across
S2
inductor = V(s), + P1
25 V VP C
V(s) = I(s) × (sL) – + –
P2
T1
V0 1 s VT
= × (sL ) = V0 T2
L s2 + 1 1
s2 +
LC LC
All the three windings has same number of
1 turns, so magnitude of induced emf’s in all the
As, 0 =
LC three windings will be same i.e.
s VP = VS = VT
V(s) = V0 2 2
s + 0 Polarity of the windings is decided on the basis
Voltage across the capacitor of dot-convention. As capacitor is charged to
5 V with left plates as positive.
1 V0 s
= V(t) = L–1[(V(s)] = L So, T1 is positive w.r.t T2,
2 2
s + 0
VT = VT1 VT2 = 5 V
V(t) = V0 cos 0t
As T2 has negative polarity. So, P1 has negative
where,
polarity.
1
0 =
LC Therefore, VP = VP1 VP2 = 5 V
Similarly, S1 has negative polarity.
18. (d)
So, VS = VS1 VS2 = 5 V
In steady-state, inductor behaves as short-
Vs 5
circuit and capacitor behaves as open-circuit. IR = = = 0.5 A
R 10
R1 R2
Iv 20. (d)
SW2 R2 = 10
S.C. O.C. I1
O.C. V
+
I S.C. R3
R1 = 10 SW1 L 10 A 10 V C
–
At (t = 0+), the circuit becomes, Charged stored in the capacitor = Area under
VL 10 i - t curve,
Q = A1 + A2
1
+ = (2 × 10 6 ) × (4 × 10 3 )
10 10 A V 10 V
2
– 1
+ (4 + 2) × 10 3 × (5 2) × 10 6
2
6× 3 9
= 4+ × 10 = 13 nC
2
By KCL,
23. (d)
VL VL 10
10 + =0
10 10 Capacitor charged upto 5 µs, so total charge
2VL = 110 stored in capacitor = Q = 13 nC.
VL = 55 V Voltage across the capacitor before connecting
to inductor,
55 10
IC = = 4.5 A
10 Q 13 × 10 9
V0 = = = 43.33 V
C 0.3 × 10 9
21. (c) Voltage across the capacitor at time t,
For finding time constant, we neglect current Vc(t) at t = 1 µs
source as a open-circuit.
Vc (t ) t = 1 µs = [V0 cos 0t]t = 1 µs
Circuit becomes,
1F 3 1 6
1F 3 × 1 × 10
0t = 3 9
0.6 × 10 × 0.3 × 10
1F 1F 3 2F 3
= 2.357 rad = 135°
Vc (t ) t = 1 µs = 43.33 × cos135°
–30.6 V
Ceq = 2/3 F
24. (a)
6 = Req
At t = 0–, S1 is closed, S2 is open.
Time constant = Req Ceq

2
= 6× = 4 sec. 3V C1 C2
3
22. (c)
C1 gets charged upto 3 V
i(t) mA
Charge stored in C1,
4 Q0 = C1V = 1 × 3 = 3C
Voltage across C2 is zero at t = 0–, so no charge
2 is stored in C2.
A1 A2 At t > 0, S1 is open and S2 is closed.
µs Charge stored (Q 0 ) initially in C 1 gets
2 µs 5 µs
redistributed between C1 and C2.
IC
Q1 Q2 +
5V 4V 4
C1 V C2 –
Let charge stored in C1 = Q1 Current through capacitor at t = 0+

Charge stored in C2 = Q2 4
According to conservation of charge IC(0+) = = 1A
4
Q1 + Q2 = Q0 = 3 ...(i)
Voltage across C1 = Voltage across C2, 26. (d)
Q1 Q2 Q1 Q2 Initial current through the inductor is zero and
= =
C1 C2 1 2 capacitor voltage is charged upto voltage,
Q2 = 2Q1 VC(0–) = 100 V
Solving equation (i) and (ii) we get, As current through inductor and voltage across
Q1 = 1 C and Q2 = 2C capacitor can not change abruptly.
Voltage across combination So, after closing the switch,
iL(0+) = iL(0–) = 0
Q1 1
= = =1V and VC(0+) = VC(0–) = 100 V
C1 1
The circuit is s-domain,
Alternate method:
sL
VC1 C 1 + VC 2 C 2
VC1 = VC 2 = Vc (0 + ) 100
C1 + C 2 =
s s
I (s )
25. (b) 1/sC
As the switch has been closed for a long time,
the circuit is in steady-state. At steady-state,
capacitor is open-circuit, 100 / s 100 1
I(s) = =
1 L s2 + 1
I 1 sL +
sC LC
–
5V VC(0 ) 4
C 1/ LC
= 100
L 2
1
– s2 +
Circuit at t = 0 LC
Using KVL, Taking inverse Laplace transform,
5 – I – 4I = 0 i(t) = L –1[I(s)]
I = 1A
C 1
VC(0–) = 4 × 1 = 4 V = 100 sin t
L LC
As the voltage across capacitor can not change
10 × 10 3 1
abruptly. = 100 × 3
× sin t
1 × 10 1 × 10 3
× 10 × 10 6
So, VC(0+) = VC(0–) = 4 V
Circuit at t = 0+ i(t) = 10 sin(104 t) A
27. (d) Putting values of R, C and I we get,

3
1 3 20 × 10 1
S Vs(s) = s (20 × 10 × 200 2) + 6
×
s
10
t=0 1 3 1 20 × 10 3
= (2 2) + 20 × 10 × =
C1 C2
s s s2
i(t)
20 × 10 3
Vs(s) =
s2
Circuit is s-domain, or, Vs(t) = 20000t u(t)
Vs(s) = (20000)t u(t)...
i(s)
which is the equation of a straight line passing
through origin.
12/s
Hence, option (c) is correct.
1/sC2
29. (*)
1/sC1
Circuit for t < 0,
By applying KVL,
R
12 I (s ) 1 1
+ + =0 V01
s s C1 C 2 + – +
Vc(0 ) = Vc(0 ) = V01
12C1C2 –
I(s) = = k (constant)
C1 + C 2
Circuit for t = :
i(t) = k (t) In steady-state capacitor becomes open-circuit.
Current i(t) is an impulse function. Vc( ) = –V02
28. (c)
R
Given: C = 1 µF, vc(0) = –2 V R
R = 100 , I = 20 mA V02
–
Circuit for the given condition at time t > 0 is Vc ( ) = V02
shown below. +
We know that,
VC2 (0) 2
= Vc(t) = Vc( ) – [Vc( ) – Vc(0+)] e–t/
s s I/Cs
= Time constant of given circuit
= 2 RC
+ Vc(t) = –V02 – (V02 – V01) e–t/2RC
I/s Vs(s) I/s R
= (V02 – V01) – (V02 – V01) e–t/2RC – V01
–
or, Vc(t) = (V02 + V01) (e–t/2RC – 1) + V01
30. (d)
Applying KVL we have, R
2 1 1 I
Vs(s) = + R+
s s Cs
V L
1 I 1 I
= 2 + IR + = ( IR 2) +
s Cs s Cs
Initially (t = 0 – ) the inductor would be KCL at node A,

uncharged. VA 3 3 VA 3
+ + =0
So, I(0+) = 0 1 2 2
The KVL in the loop will be 2(VA – 3) + 3 + (VA – 3) = 0
dI 3 VA = 6, VA = 2
V = RI + L
dt
di(0 + )
dI + VA = L =2
At t = 0+, V = RI (0+ ) + L (0 ) dt
dt
Since, I(0+) = 0 di(0+ ) 2 2
= = = 2 A/sec
dI + dt L 1
V
So, (0 ) =
dt L 32. Sol.
Now, lets differentiate the above equation,
S1
dV dI d2 I
So, = R +L 2
dt dt dt
4V 5 µF 5
dI d2 I
0 = R +L 2
dt dt
dI + dI 2
At t = 0+, 0 = R (0 ) + L 2 (0 + ) 4 t/
dt dt i(t) = e
5
d2 I R t = RC = 25 × 10–6 sec.
So, 2
(0 + ) = 2
V
dt L Change lost by capacitor from t = 25 µs to 100 µs
is
31. Sol.
100 µ sec
S1
1 i(t ) dt = 6.99 × 10–6 C
S2
25 µ sec
2 33.. (a)
3V 1H
From the given circuit, consider the following
3V circuit diagram,
8
At t = 0–,
6
8 32
2 32
3/2 A 50 V
3V
After rearrangement,
5A 8
iL(0+) = iL(0–) = 1.5 A
At t = 0+, 6
–
1 8 i(0 ) = 2.5 A
50 V
2
3V 1H
For t 0, I0 = i(0–) = 2.5 A
3V we can write, i(t) = I0 e–Rt/L
i(t) = 2.5 e–4t A
34. Sol. 35. Sol.

Consider the following circuit diagram, If initial charge polarities on the capacitor is
opposite to the supply voltage then only the
1F capacitor voltage crosses the zero line.
5 5
R
5
10 V
t=0
5 5 10 V C
After minimizing circuit elements we can have

the following circuit, Vc(t) Final value + (Initial value – Final value)
e–t/ ,
1F
0 = 10 + (–V0 – 10) e–0.4
10 = (V0 + 10) e–0.4
10 V i (t ) 5 V0 = 4.918 V
Now, t = 0.2
0 = 10 + ( V0 10) e 0.2
Here, = RC = 5 sec.
V0 = 2.214
Now current,
% change in voltage
V t/ 10 t /5 0.2 t
i(t) = e = e = 2e 4.918 2.214
R 5 = × 100%
Energy supplied by the source, 4.918
= 54.99%
0.2 t
E= 10 × 2 e dt
0
= 100 J
5 Two Port Networks
ELECTRO NICS EN GINEERIN G 2 1 2 8

(a) 8 3 (b) 8 3
Q.1 Two 2-port networks are connected in parallel. 0 1 2 1

(c) 1 0 (d) 1 3
The combination is to be represented as a single
two-port network. The parameters of this [EC-1990 : 2 Marks]
network are obtained by addition of the
individual Q.5 Two 2-port networks are connected in cascade.
(a) z-parameters The combination is to the represented as a single
two-port network. The parameters of the
(b) h-parameters
network are obtained by multiplying the
(c) y-parameters
individual
(d) ABCD parameters
(a) z-parameter matrics
[EC-1988 : 2 Marks]
(b) h-parameter matrics
Q.2 For the transfer function of a physical two-port (c) y-parameter matrics
network:
(d) ABCD parameter matrics
(a) all the zeros must lie only in the left half of
[EC-1991 : 2 Marks]
the s-plane.
(b) the poles may lie anywhere in the s-plane. Q.6 For a two-port network to be reciprocal
(c) the poles lying on the imaginary axis must (a) z11 = z22 (b) y21 = y12
be simple. (c) h21 = –h12 (d) AD – BC = 0
(d) a pole may lie at origin. [EC-1992 : 2 Marks]
[EC-1989 : 2 Marks]
Q.7 The condition, that a two-port network is
Q.3 The condition AD – BC = 1 for a two-port reciprocal, can be expressed in terms of its ABCD
network implies that the network is a parameters as _______ .
(a) reciprocal network [EC-1994 : 1 Mark]
(b) lumped element network
Q.8 The short-circuit admittance matrix of a two-
(c) lossless network
port network is
(d) unilateral element network
[EC-1989 : 2 Marks] 0 1/2
1/2 0
Q.4 The open-circuit impedance matrix of the two-
port network shown in figure is The two-port network is
(a) non-reciprocal and passive
I1 2 I2
(b) non-reciprocal and active
+ +
(c) reciprocal and passive
V1 1 3I1 V2 (c) reciprocal and active
[EC-1998 : 1 Mark]
– –
Q.9 A two-port network is shown in the figure. The Q.12 The impedance parameters Z11 and Z12 of the
parameters h21 for this network can be given by two-port network in the figure are
2 2 2
I1 R R I2
1 2
+ +
1 1
V1 R V2
– – 1 2
(a) Z11 = 2.75 and Z12 = 0.25
1 1 (b) Z11 = 3 and Z12 = 0.5
(a) (b) +
2 2
(c) Z11 = 3 and Z12 = 0.25
3 3
(c) (d) + (d) Z11 = 2.25 and Z12 = 0.5
2 2
[EC-2003 : 2 Marks]
[EC-1999 : 1 Mark]
Q.13 For the lattice circuit shown in the figure,
Q.10 The admittance parameter y12 in the two-port
Za = j2 and Zb = 2 . The value of the open-
network in figure is
Z11 Z12
I1 20 I2 circuit impedance parameters, are
Z21 Z22
Zb
E1 5 10 E2
1 3
Za
(a) –0.2 (b) 0.1 Za
(c) –0.05 (d) 0.05

2 4
[EC-2001 : 1 Mark] Zb
Q.11 The Z-parameters Z11 and Z21 for the two-port 1 j 1+ j 1 j 1+ j

network in the figure are (a) 1+ j 1+ j (b) 1+ j 1 j
I1 2 I2 1+ j 1+ j 1+ j 1+ j
(c) 1 j 1 j (d) 1+ j 1+ j
4
E1 E2 [EC-2004 : 2 Marks]
10 E1 Q.14 The ABCD parameters of an ideal n : 1
n 0
6 16 transformer shown in the figure are .
(a) Z11 = ; Z21 = 0 X
11 11
6 4 The value of X will be
(b) Z11 = ; Z21 =
11 11 I1 I2
6 16
(c) Z11 = ; Z21 =
11 11
V1 V2
4 4
(d) Z11 = ; Z21 =
11 11
[EC-2001 : 2 Marks] n:1
(a) n (b) 1/n Linked Answer Questions (18 and 19):

(c) n2 (d) 1/n2 A two-port network shown below is excited by external
[EC-2005 : 1 Mark] dc sources. The voltages and currents are measured
with voltmeters V1, V2 and ammeters A1, A2 (all assumed
Q.15 The h-parameters of the circuit shown in the
to be ideal) as indicated. Under following switch
figure are
conditions, the readings obtained are:
I1 10 I2
S1 S2
+ + + A –
1 2
– A +
1 2
V1 20 V2
+ + +
Two-port +
6V V1 V2 1.5 V
– – Network
– – – –
0.1 0.1 10 1
(a) (b) 1 2
0.1 0.3 1 0.05
(i) S1 – open, S2 – closed A1 = 0 A, V1 = 4.5 V,
30 20 10 1
(c) (d) V2 = 1.5 V, A2 = 1 A
20 20 1 0.05
(ii) S1 – closed, S2 – open A1 = 4 A, V1 = 6 V,
[EC-2005 : 2 Marks]
V2 = 6 V, A2 = 0 A
Q.16 A two-port network is represented by ABCD
Q.18 The Z-parameter matrix for this network is
parameters given by
1.5 1.5 1.5 4.5
V1 A B V2 (a) (b)
= 4.5 1.5 1.5 4.5
I1 C D I2
1.5 4.5 4.5 1.5
If port-2 terminated by RL, the input impedance
(c) 1.5 1.5 (d) 1.5 4.5
seen at port-1 is given by
A + BRL ARL + C [EC-2008 : 2 Marks]
(a) (b)
C + DRL BRL + D Q.19 The h-parameter matrix for this network is
DRL + A B + ARL 3 3 3 1
(c) (d) (a) (b)
BRL + C D + CRL 1 0.67 3 0.67
[EC-2006 : 1 Mark]
3 3 3 1
(c) 1 0.67 (d) 3 0.67
Q.17 In the two-port network shown in the figure
below, Z12 and Z21 are, respectively [EC-2008 : 2 Marks]
I1 I2
Q.20 For the two-port network shown below, the
short-circuit admittance parameter matrix is
re I1 ro 0.5
1 2
0.5 0.5
(a) re and ro (b) 0 and – ro
(c) 0 and ro (d) re and – ro 1 2
[EC-2006 : 1 Mark]
4 2 1 0.5 Q.23 With 10 V dc connected at port A, the current

(a) S (b) S drawn by 7 connected at port B is
2 4 0.5 1
3 5
1 0.5 4 2 (a) A (b) A
(c) S (d) S 7 7
0.5 1 2 4
9
[EC-2010 : 1 Mark] (c) 1 A (d) A
7
Q.21 In the circuit shown below, the network N is [EC-2012 : 2 Marks]
described by the following Y matrix:
Q.24 In the h-parameter model of the two-port
0.1 S 0.01 S network given in the figure shown, the value of
Y=
0.01 S 0.1 S h22 (in S) is ______ .
The voltage gain V2/V1 is
3
25 I1 I2
+ + 1 3 3 2
100 V V1 N V2 100
2
– – 1 2 2 2
1 1
(a) (b) [EC-2014 : 2 Marks]
90 90
1 1 Q.25 Consider the building block called ‘Network N’
(c) (d)
99 11 shown in the figure.
[EC-2011 : 2 Marks] Let, C = 100 µF and R = 10 k .
Common Data Questions (22 and 23): Network (N)

With 10 V dc connected at port A in the linear non-
reciprocal two-port network shown below, the following C
were observed.
V1(s) R V2(s)
(i) 1 connected at port B draws a current of 3 A.
(ii) 2.5 connected at port B draws a current of 2 A.
+ +
A B
Two such blocks are connected in cascade, as
– –
Q.22 For the same network, with 6 V dc connected at
port A, 1 connected at port B draws 7/3 A. If +
8 V dc is connected to port A, the open-circuit
Network Network
voltage at port B is V1(s)
(N) (N)
V3(s)
(a) 6 V (b) 7 V
–
(c) 8 V (d) 9 V
[EC-2012 : 2 Marks]
The transfer function V3(s)/V1(s) of the cascaded 3.5 + j 2 20.5

network is (a)
20.5 3.5 j2
2
s s
(a) (b) 3.5 + j 2 0.5
1+ s 1 + 3s + s 2 (b)
0.5 3.5 j 2
2
s s
(c) (d) 10 2 + j0
1+s 2+s
(c)
[EC-2014 : 2 Marks] 2 + j0 10
Q.26 For the two-port network shown in the figure, 7 + j4 0.5

(d)
the impedance (Z) matrix (in ) is 30.5 7 j4
30 [EC-2015 : 2 Marks]
1 2
+
Q.29 Consider a two-port network with the
10 60 transmission matrix:
A B
– T=
1 2 C D
6 24 9 8 If the network is reciprocal, then
(a) 42 9 (b) 8 24 (a) T–1 = T
9 6 42 6 (b) T2 = T
(c) 6 24 (d) 6 60 (c) Determinant (T) = 0
[EC-2014 : 2 Marks] (d) Determinant (T) = 1
[EC-2016 : 1 Mark]
Q.27 The two-port admittance matrix of the circuit
shown is given by Q.30 The Z-parameter matrix for the two-port
5 network shown is
2j j
j 3+ 2j
10 10
where the entries are in .
Suppose, Zb(j ) = Rb + j
0.3 0.2 15 5 Za Zb
(a) (b) 1 2
0.2 0.3 5 15
3.33 5 0.3 0.4 Zc
(c) 5 3.33 (d) 0.4 0.3
[EC-2015 : 1 Mark] 1 2
Then the value of Rb (in ) equals _____ .
Q.28 The ABCD parameters of the following two-port
network are [EC-2016 : 1 Mark]
(5 + j4) (5 – j4)
Z11 Z12
Q.31 The Z-parameter matrix for the
Z21 Z22
(2 + j0)
two-port network shown is
3 Two-port network
Input port Output port
2:1
6
Port-1 Port-2
2 2 2 2 [EC-2020 : 2 Marks]
(a) 2 2 (b) 2 2
Q.35 Consider the two-port network shown in the
9 3 9 3
figure.
(c) 6 9 (d) 6 9
I1 1 I2
[EC-2016 : 2 Marks]
+ +
Q.32 The ABCD matrix for a two-port network is
V1 1 3V2 1 V2
defined by
– –
V1 A B V2
=
I1 C D I2 The admittance parameters, in Siemens are
I1 2 2 I2 (a) y11 = 1, y12 = –2, y21 = –1, y22 = 3
+ + (b) y11 = 2, y12 = –4, y21 = –4, y22 = 2
(c) y11 = 2, y12 = –4, y21 = –4, y22 = 3
V1 5 V2
(d) y11 = 2, y12 = –4, y21 = –1, y22 = 2
– – [EC-2021 : 2 Marks]
The parameter B for the given two-port network Q.36 A linear two-port network is shown in Fig. (a).
(in , correct to two decimal places) is ____ . An ideal DC voltage source of 10 V is connected
[EC-2018 : 1 Mark] across Port-1. A variable resistance R is
connected across Port-2. As R is varied, the
Q.33 In the given circuit, the two-port network has
measured voltage and current at Port-2 is shown
40 60 in Fig. (b) as a V2 versus –I2 plot. Note that for
the impedance matrix [ Z ] = . The V2 = 5 V, I2 = 0 mA and for V2 = 4 V, I2 = –4 mA.
60 120
When the variable resistance R at Port-2 is
value of ZL for which maximum power is replaced by the load shown in Fig. (c), the
transferred to the load is ______ . current I2 is ______ mA (Rounded off to one
10 I1 I2 decimal places).
+ +
I1 I2 A
120 V V1 [Z] V2 ZL + +
– –
10 V V1 Networks V2 R
[EC-2020 : 1 Mark]
– –
Q.34 For a two-port network consisting of an ideal B
lossless transformer, the parameter S21 (rounded Fig. (a)
off to two decimal places) for a reference

impedance of 10 , is ______ .
(a) higher voltage (b) lower impedance

V2
(c) greater power (d) better regulation
5V
1k [EE-2001 : 1 Mark]
4V
Q.5 A two-port network, shown in figure, is
10 V described by the following equations:
–I2 I1 = Y11E1 + Y12E2
Fig. (b) 4 mA Fig. (c)
I2 = Y21E1 + Y22E2
[EC-2022] 2 2
I1 I2
(GATE Previous Years Solved Papers) E1 2 E2
Q.1 If a two-port network is reciprocal, then we have,

with the usual notation, the following
The admittance parameters, Y11, Y12, Y21 and
relationship
Y22 for the network shown are
(a) h12 = h21 (b) h12 = –h21
(a) 0.5 , 1 , 2 and 1 respectively.
(c) h11 = h22 (d) h11h22 – h12h21 = 1
[EE-1994 : 1 Mark] 1 1 1 1
(b) , , and respectively.
3 6 3 3
Q.2 For the two-port network shown in figure, the
(c) 0.5 , 0.5 , 1.5 and 2 respectively.
admittance matrix is _______ .
2 3 3 2
I1 10 I2 (d) , , and respectively.
5 7 7 5
+ +
[EE-2000 : 2 Marks]
V1 10 10 V2
Q.6 The h-parameters for a two-port network are
– –
defined by
[EE-1997 : 2 Marks]
E1 h11 h12 I1
=
Q.3 A two-port device is defined by the following I2 h21 h22 E2
pair of equations: For the two-port networks shown in figure, the
i1 = 2V1 + V2 and i2 = V1 + V2 value of h12 is given by
Z11 Z12 I1 4 2 2 I2
Its impedance parameters are
Z21 Z22
given by E1 2 4 E2
2 1 1 1
(a) 1 1 (b) 1 2
1 1 2 1 (a) 0.125 (b) 0.167
(c) 1 2 (d) 1 1 (c) 0.625 (d) 0.25
[EE-2003 : 2 Marks]
[EE-2000 : 2 Marks]
Q.7 The Z-matrix of a two-port network is given by
Q.4 A passive two-port network is in steady-state.
Compared to its input, the steady-state output 0.9 0.2
Z=
can never offer 0.2 0.6 .
The element Y22 of the corresponding Y matrix Ri Ro

of the same network is given by
+
(a) 1.2 (b) 0.4
(c) –0.4 (d) 1.8 Vi + AVi
–
[EE-2004 : 2 Marks]
–
Q.8 For the two-port network shown in the figure
the Z-matrix is given by (a) 1 V, , 10 (b) 1 V, 0, 10
Z2
(c) 1 V, 0, (d) 10 V, , 10
i1 i2
[EE-2006 : 2 Marks]
V1 Z1 V2 Q.11 The parameter type and the matrix

representation of the relevant two-port
parameters that describe the circuit shown are:
Z1 Z1 + Z2 I1 I2
(a)
Z1 + Z2 Z2 + +
Z1 Z1
(b) V1 V2
Z1 + Z2 Z2
– –
Z1 Z2
(c)
Z1 Z1 + Z2 0 0
(a) z-parameters,
Z1 Z1 0 0
(d)
Z1 Z1 + Z2 1 0
(b) h-parameters,
[EE-2005 : 1 Mark] 0 1
Q.9 Two networks are connected in cascade as 0 0

(c) g-parameters,
shown in the figure. With the usual notations 0 0
the equivalent A, B, C and D constants are
1 0
obtained. Given that, C = 0.025 45°, the value (d) z-parameters,
0 1
of Z2 is
[EE-2006 : 2 Marks]
Z1 = 10 30°
Q.12 The two-port network ‘P’ shown in the figure

Z2 has port 1 and 2 denoted by terminals (a, b) and
(c, d), respectively. It has an impedance matrix
Z with parameters denoted by Zij, A 1 resistor
(a) 10 30° (b) 40 –450° is connected in series with the network at port 1
(c) 1 (d) 0 as shown in the figure. The impedance matrix
of the modified two-port network (shown as a
[EE-2005 : 2 Marks]
dashed box) is
Q.10 The parameters of the circuit shown in the figure
1 a
are: e c
Ri = 1 M , Ro = 10 , A = 106 V/V P
If Vi = 1 µV, the output voltage, input impedance
and output impedance respectively are f b d
Z11 + 1 Z12 + 1 s 4 + 3s 2 + 1 s 4 + 2s 2 + 4
(a) (a) (b)
Z21 Z22 + 1 s3 + 2s s2 + 2
Z11 + 1 Z12
(b) s2 + 1 s3 + 1
Z21 Z22 + 1 (c) (d)
s 4 + s2 + 1 s 4 + s2 + 1
Z11 + 1 Z12 [EE-2014 : 1 Mark]
(c)
Z21 Z22
Q.16 The Z-parameter of the two-port network shown
Z11 + 1 Z12 in the figure are:
(d) [EE-2010 : 2 Marks]
Z21 + 1 Z22 Z11 = 40 , Z12 = 60 , Z21 = 80 and Z22 = 100
Common Data for Questions (13 and 14): The average power delivered to RL = 20 , in
Watts, is _______ .
With 10 V dc connected at port ‘A’ in the linear non-
reciprocal two-port network shown below, the following 10 I1 I2
were observed: + +
(i) 1 connected at port ‘B’ draws a current of
3 A. 20 V V1 [Z] V2 RL
(ii) 2.5 connected at port ‘B’ draws a current

of 2 A. – –
+ + [EE-2016 : 2 Marks]
A B
– – Q.17 The driving point input impedances seen from
the source Vs of the circuit shown below (in ),
Q.13 For the same network with 6 V dc connected at is _______ .
port ‘A’, 1 connected at port ‘B’ draws 7/3 A.
Is 2 2
If 8 V dc is connected to port ‘A’, the open-circuit
+ V –
voltage at port ‘B’ is 1
(a) 6 V (b) 7 V
Vs 3 4V1 4
(c) 8 V (d) 9 V
[EE-2012 : 2 Marks]
Q.14 With 10 V dc connected at port ‘A’, the current [EE-2016 : 2 Marks]

drawn by 7 connected at port ‘B’ is
Q.18 Two passive two-port networks are connected
3 5
(a) A (b) A in cascade as shown in figure. A voltage source
7 7
is connected at port 1.
9
(c) 1 A (d) A I1 I2 I3
7
+ + +
[EE-2012 : 2 Marks] Two-port Two-port
V1 V2 V3
Network-1 Network-2
Q.15 The driving point impedance Z(s) for the circuit –
– –
shown below is Port-1 Port-2 Port-3
1H 1H
Given, V1 = A1V2 + B1I2
I1 = C1V2 + D1I2
Z(s) 1F 1F
V2 = A2V3 + B2I3
I2 = C2V3 + D2I3
A1, B1, C1, D1, A2, B2, C2 and D2 are in generalized Q.19 In the two-port network shown, the h 11
circuit constants. If the Thevenin equivalent parameter (where, h11 = V1/Ii , when V2 = 0)
circuit at port 3 consists of a voltage source VT (in ) is _______ (upto 2 decimal places).
and an impedance ZT, connected in series, then 2I1
V1 A B + B1D2
(a) VT = , ZT = 1 2
A1 A2 A1 A2 + B1C 2
1 1
V1 A B + B1D2 + +
(b) VT = , ZT = 1 2 I1
A1 A2 + B1C 2 A1 A2
V1 1 V2
V1 A B + B1D2
(c) VT = , ZT = 1 2 – –
A1 + A2 A1 + A2
V1 A B + B1D2 [EE-2018 : 1 Mark]

(d) VT = , ZT = 1 2
A1 A2 + B1C 2 A1 A2 + B1C 2
[EE-2017 : 2 Marks]

Answers
EC Two-Port Network
1. (c) 2. (c, d) 3. (a) 4. (a) 5. (d) 6. (b, c) 7. (1) 8. (b)

9. (a) 10. (c) 11. (c) 12. (a) 13. (d) 14. (b) 15. (d) 16. (d)
17. (b) 18. (c) 19. (a) 20. (a) 21. (d) 22. (c) 23. (c) 24. (1.25)
25. (b) 26. (c) 27. (a) 28. (b) 29. (d) 30. (3) 31. (a) 32. (4.80)
33. (48) 34. (0.8) 35. (d) 36. (4)
Answers
EC Two-Port Network
1. (c) 3. (a)
[Y] = [Y]A + [Y]B For reciprocal network,
AD – BC = 1
2. (c, d)
The poles lying on the imaginary axis must be 4. (a)
simple. A pole may lie at origin. V1 1 × I2
Z 12 = = =1
I2 I1 = 0 I2
V1 I1 (y3) I2
Z 22 =
I2 I1 = 0
20
2 I 2 × 1I 2
Z 22 = =3 E1 (y1) 5 10 (y2) E2
I2
2 I1 × 1
Z 11 = = 2
I1 1
y 12 = = 0.05
20
V2
Z 21 =
I1 I2 = 0 11. (c)
6 I1 + V1 6 I1 2 I1 V1 = Z11I1 + Z12I2
Z 21 = = V2 = Z21I1 + Z22I2
I1 I1
Z 21 = –8 V1
Z 11 =
I1 I2 = 0
5. (d)
ABCD parameter matrices, Applying KVL in LHS loop,
E1 – 2I1 – 4I1 + 10E1 = 0
A B A1 B1 A2 B2
= 11E1 = 6I1
C D C1 D1 C2 D2
E1 6
=
6. (b, c) I1 11
y 21 = y 12 V2
Z 21 =
h 21 = –h 12 I1 I2 = 0
7. Sol. KVL in RHS loop,

AD – BC = 1 E2 – 4I1 + 10E1 = 0
6 b
8. (b) E2 4 I 1 + 10 ×I1 = 0 E1 = I1
11 11
Y 12 Y 21
11E2 – 44I1 + 60I1 = 0
So, the given two-port network is non-reciprocal
E2 16
and active. =
I1 11
9. (a)
12. (a)
I2 = h21I1 + h22V2
Using -Y conversion,
I
h 21 = 2 2 2 2
I1 V2 = 0 1 2
when, V2 = 0 = I2R(I1 + I2) R

1 3
I1 I2 1
I2 = = 1 1
2 I1 2
2
10. (c)
1 2
y1 + y 3 y3 y11 y12 2×1 2
= R1 = = = 0.5
y3 y2 + y3 y 21 y 22 4 4
y 12 = –y 3
1× 1 1 V1 V1
R2 = = = 0.25 h 11 = , h12 =
4 4 I1 V2
V2 = 0 I1 = 0
2×1
R3 = = 0.5
4 I2 I2
h 21 = , h22 =
2 0.5 0.5 2 I1 V2
1 2 V2 = 0 I1 = 0
(Z1) (Z2) When, V2 = 0
(Z3) 0.25 I1 10 I2
+
1 2 V1
Z1 + Z3 Z3
Z3 Z2 + Z3 –
Z 11 = Z1 + Z3 I1 = –I2
= 2.5 + 0.25 = 2.75 I2
= –1 = h21
Z 12 = Z3 = 0.25 I1
V1 = 10I1
13. (d)
V1
For Lattice network, Z-parameter is given as, = 10
I1
Za + Zb Za Zb
When, I1 = 0
2 2
Za Zb Za + Zb V1 = V2
2 2 V1
= h12 = 1
Za = 2j, Zb = 2 V2
1+ j 1+ j (As no drop in 10 resistance)

1+ j 1+ j V2 = 20I2
I2 1
14. (b) = h22 = = 0.05
V2 20
V1 A B V2
= 10 1
I1 C D I2
1 0.05
I2 V n
= 1 =
I1 V2 1 16. (d)
V1 = AV2 – BI2 I1 I2
V1
A= =n V1 RL V2
V2 I2 = 0
I1 V2 1 V1 = AV2 – BI2
D= = =
I2 V1 n I1 = CV2 – DI2
V2 = 0
V2 = –I2RL
15. (d) V1 AV2 BI 2 A I 2 RL BI 2
= =
V1 = h11I1 + h12V2 I1 CV2 DI 2 C I 2 RL DI 2
I2 = h21I1 + h22V2 ARL + B
Input impedance =
CRL + D
17. (b) 19. (a)

V1 = Z11I1 + Z12I2 V1 = h11I1 + h12V2
V2 = Z21I1 + Z22I2 I2 = h21I1 + h22V2
V1 V1 4.5
Z 12 = h 12 = = =3
I2 I1 = 0
V2 I1 = 0
1.5
V2 I2 1
Z 12 = h 22 = = = 0.67
I1 I2 = 0
V2 I1 = 0
1.5
When, I1 = 0
V1
V1 = 0 h 11 =
I1 V2 = 0
V1
= 0 = Z12 When, V2 = 0, Z21I1 + Z22I2 = 0
I2
When, I2 = 0, V2 = – I1ro Z21 I1
I2 =
Z22
V2
= – ro = Z21
I1 Z21 I 1
V1 = Z11 I1 + Z12
Z22
18. (c)
When, I= 0 V1 Z12 Z21
= Z11 = h11
then, V1 = 4.5 V I1 Z22
V2 = 1.5 V
4.5 × 1.5
I2 = 1A h 11 = 1.5 = 3
1.5
V1 = Z11I1 + Z12I2
V2 = Z21I1 + Z22I2 I2 Z21
h 21 = =
I1 Z22
V1 4.5 V2 = 0
Z 12 = = = 4.5
I2 1
I1 = 0 1.5
= = 1
1.5
V2 1.5
Z 22 = = = 1.5 3 3
I2 I1 = 0
1 So, h-parameter matrix is .
1 0.67
When, I2 = 0
then, I1 = 4A 20. (a)
V1 = 6V Short-circuit admittance parameters for a 2-port
V2 = 6V -network are,
V1 6 Y 11 = Ya + Yb
Z 11 = = = 1.5 Y 12 = Y21 = –Yb
I1 I2 = 0
4
Y 22 = Yb + Yc
V2 6 Yb
Z 21 = = = 1.5
I1 I2 = 0
4 1 2
1.5 4.5 Ya Yc
So, Z-parameter matrix is .
1.5 1.5
1 2
For the given network, For VDC = 6 V, RL = 1 , I = 7/3

1 VTh = I(RTh + RL)
Ya = Yb = Yc = =2
0.5 7
VTh = (2 + 1) = 7 V ...(iv)
So, Y 11 = 2 + 2 = 4 3
Y 12 = Y21 = –2 Q The network is linear and non-reciprocal, it
Y 22 = 2 + 2 = 4 may contain dependent voltage source.
VTh = aV + b ...(v)
21. (d)
9 = a10 + b [From equation (iii)]
I2 = Y21V1 + Y22V2
and 7 = a6 + b [From equation (iv)]
I2 = 0.01V1 + 0.1V2 ...(i)
From given figure, 1
Solving, we get, a = and b = 4
V2 = –I2RL = –100I2 2
V2 V 8
I2 = VTh = +4= +4=8V
100 2 2
Putting value of I2 in equation (i), For 8 V source.
V2 23. (c)
= 0.01V1 + 0.1V2
100
From the above solution:
–0.01V2 – 0.1V2 = 0.01V1
When, VDC = 10 V
V2 0.01 VTh = 9 V
=
V1 0.11 and RTh = 2
V2 1 When, RL = 7 , I = ?
or, =
V1 11 VTh = I(RTh + RL)
VTh
22. (c) I=
RTh + RL
+ + 9
A B = = 1A
2+7
– –
24. Sol.
Case-I:
VDC = 10 V, RL = 1 , I = 3 A When two, 2-port networks are connected in
VTh = I(RTh + RL) = 3(RTh + 1) parallel then individual Y-parameters are
VTh = 3RTh + 3 ...(i) added. Therefore, from the given network,
Case-II: 1
3 =
RL = 2.5 , 3
I = 2 A,
VDC = 10 V 1 1
3 = 3 =
VTh = 2(RTh + 2.5) 1 3 3 2
VTh = 2RTh + 5 ...(ii)
From equation (i) and (ii), 1
2 =
2
VTh = 9 V and RTh = 2 ...(iii)
Now, VTh depends on independent voltage
1 1 1 2
source and varies with applied voltage. RTh does 2 = 2 =
2 2
not depend on voltage source and is same for
any applied voltage source, since voltage source
is short-circuited while calculating RTh.
For network (1) Y-parameter is, We get,
1 1 1 1
+ R+ I 1 (s) = RI2(s) = V1(s) ...(i)
3 3 3 Cs
Y1 =
1 1 1
+ 1
3 3 3 R+ I 2 (s) RI 2 (s) = 0 ...(ii)
Cs
Similarly for network (2), Also, V3(s) = I2(s) × R ...(iii)
1 From equation (i) and (ii), we get
1
Y2 = 2 1 1
1 = R+ × 1+ I 2 (s ) RI 2 ( s ) = V1 (s )
Cs RCs
1
2 RCs + 1 RCs + 1
= I 2 (s ) RI 2 ( s) = V1 ( s)
Cs RCs
5 5
3 6 RC 2 s 2V1 (s )
Thus, Y = Y1 + Y2 = or, I2(s) = ...(iv)
5 5 (1 + RCs )2 R 2C 2 s 2
6 3
Using equation (iii) and (iv), we get
I1 = Y11V1 + Y12V2
V3 (s) s 2 R2C 2
5 5 = ...(v)
= Y1 V2 ...(i) V1 (s) 1 + 3 RCs + s 2 R 2C 2
3 6
Q R = 10 k , C = 100 µF and RC = 1
I2 = Y21V1 + Y22V2
5 5 V3 (s) s2
= V1 + V2 ...(ii) =
6 3 V1 (s) 1 + 3s + s 2
I2 26. (c)
Also, h 22 =
V2 Converting -network to Y-network, we get,
I1 = 0
From equation (i), we get, 30

1 2
1 +
V1 = V2 ...(iii)
2
10 60
and from equation (ii) and (iii), we get
–
I 2 15 1 2
h 22 = = = 1.25
V2 12
1 2
3 18 +
25. (b)
6
The cascaded network is,
–
1/Cs 1/Cs 1 2
+ +
Z-parameter,
V1(s) I1(s) I2(s) V3(s)
Z 11 = 3 + 6 = 9
R R
Z 12 = Z21 = 6
– – Z 22 = 18 + 6 = 24
9 6
Applying mesh analysis to determine the [Z] =
6 24
current I2(s).
27. (a) 29. (d)
5
For reciprocal network, AD – BC = 1,
I1 I2
+ + T =1
V1 10 10 V2 30. Sol.
– –
For T-network,
Za Zb
I1 2 2 I2 1 2
+ +
Zc
V1 4 V2
– – 1 2
Z 11 = Za + Zc
V1 = 6I1 + 4I2 Z 22 = Zb + Zc
V2 = 4I1 + 6I2 and Z 12 = Z21 = Zc
6 4 2j j
[Z] =
4 6 Given, [Z] = j 3+ 2j
1 6 4 0.3 0.2 Therefore, Z 12 = j2
Y= =
20 4 6 0.2 0.3 and Z 22 = 3 + 2j = 3 + j + j
Ignoring negative sign: = Zb + Zc = Rb + j + Zc
Rb = 3
0.3 0.2
[Y] =
0.2 0.3 31. (a)
Redrawing the circuit,
28. (b)
2
I1 (5 + j4) (5 – j4) I2
3 –
+ +
+
1 1
V2 (2 + j0) V2
6
– – I1
2
V1 A B V2
=
I1 C D I2 + V1 –
When, I2 = 0 V1
Z 11 = =3 6=2
V1 = (5 + j4 + 2) I1 I1
V2 = 2I1
V2 = –3 × I3
V1 7 + j4 6
A = = = 3.5 + j 2 = 3 × I1 × = 2 I1
V2 I2 = 0
2 9
V2
Z 21 = = 2
I1 1 I1
C = = = 0.5
V2 I2 = 0
2
V2
Now, Z 22 = =3 6=2
From here only (b) option matches. I1 I1 = 0
3 34. Sol.
V1 = –6 × I6 = 6 × I 2 × = 2
9 For ideal transformer on n : 1, the scattering
2 2 matrix is,
[Z] =
2 2
n2 1 2n
2 2
S11 S12 n +1 n +1
=
3 I2
S21 S22 2n 1 n2
–
n2 + 1 1 + n2
+ +
V2 2n 2(2) 4
– S21 = 2
= 2
= = 0.8
n +1 2 +1 5
6
I1 = 0 35. (d)
Consider the two-port network,
+ V1 – V1 V2
I1 1 I2
+ +
32. Sol.
V1 1 3V 2 1 V2
V1
B= – –
I2 V2 = 0
For Y-parameters:
When, V2 = 0 (i.e., when port-2 is short-circuited)
I1 = y11V1 + y12V2
I1 2 2 I2 I2 = y21V1 + y22V2
+ + By KCL at (V1)
V1 V1 V2
V1 5 V2 = 0 I1 + 3V2 = +
1 1
– – I1 = 2V1 – 4V2 ...(1)
V2 V2 V1
V1 7 V1 By KCL at (V2), I2 = +
I1 = = 1 1
2 + (5 2 ) 24 I2 = –V1 + 2V2 ...(2)
5 5V1 From equation (1) and (2),
I2 = I1 × =
5 +2 24 I1 = 2V1 – 4V2
I2 = –V1 + 2V2
V1 24
So, B= = = 4.80 y11 y12 2 4
I2 5
y 21 y 22 =
1 2
33. Sol.
36. (4)
From maximum power transfer theorem,
ZL = ZTh For I2 = 0 : V2 = VOC = 5 V
For Thevenin’s resistance RTh,
Z12 × Z21
ZTh = Z22 V2
Rs + Z11
For given data, 5V
60 × 60
ZTh = 120 = 48
10 + 40 4V
ZL = 48
–I2
0 4 mA 20 mA
For –I2 = 20 mA, 10 5

I2 =
V2 = 0 1.25 × 10 3
ISC = –I2 5 3
= × 10 A = 4 mA
ISC = 20 mA 1.25
VOC 5
RTh = = × 10 3 = 250
I SC 20
Network is replaced by Thevenin’s equivalent,
250 A I2
1k
5V
10 V
Answers
EE Two Port Networks
1. (b) 3. (b) 4. (c) 5. (b) 6. (d) 7. (d) 8. (d) 9. (b)
10. (a) 11. (c) 12. (c) 13. (b) 14. (c) 15. (a) 16. (35.55) 17. (20)
18. (d) 19. (0.5)
Solutions
EE Two Port Networks
1. (b) 3. (b)
For reciprocity, 2 1
h 12 = –h 21 [y] =
1 1
For symmetry, [z] = [y]–1
h11 h12 1 1 1 1
=1 1
h21 h22 = =
2 1 1 2 1 2
2. Sol. 4. (c)
Using KCL, For a passive two-port network, output power
V1 V1 V2 1 1 can never be greater than input power.
I1 = + = V1 V2
10 10 5 10
Again using KCL, 5. (b)
Using KVL,
V2 V2 V1 1 1
I2 = + = V1 + V2 E1 = 2I1 + 2(I1 + I2)
10 10 10 5
Again using KVL,
0.2 0.1
Hence, [y] = E2 = 2I2 + 2(I1 + I2)
0.1 0.2
4 2
[z] =
2 4
[y] = [z]–1 8. (d)

1 4 2 i1 Z2 i2
=
(4 × 4) (2 × 2) 2 4
Y11 Y12 v1 Z1 v2
1/3 1/6
=
Y21 Y22 1/6 1 /3
6. (d) v 1 = (i1 + i2) z1

= z1i1 + z1i2 ...(i)
E1 v 2 = z2i1 + z1(i1 + i2)
h 12 =
E2 I1 = 0 = z1i1 + (z1 + z2) i2 ...(ii)
or h12 is ratio of E1 to E2 for the input open- From equation (i) and (ii),
circuited condition. z1 z1
z-matrix =
Two method are provided to solve the problem. z1 z1 + z2
Assuming, I1 = 0
9. (b)
I1 = 0 4 2 Ix 2 I2
Z1 = 10 30°
I1 I1 + I2
E1 2 4 E2 V1 Z2 V2
E2 E V1 = AV2 + BI2
I2 = = 2
2 + (2 + 4) 4 4 I1 = CV2 + DI2
V2 = Z2(I1 + I2) ...(i)
I2
Ix = ×4 I1
(2 + 2) + 4 C=
V2 I2 = 0
I 2 1 E2 E
= = = 2 Putting, I2 = 0 in equation (i),
2 2 4 8
V2 = Z2I1
E2 E
E1 = 2 I x = 2 = 2 V2 1 1
8 4 Z2 = = =
I1 I2 = 0
C 0.025 45°
E1
= 0.25 Z 2 = 40 –45°
E2
10. (a)
7. (d)
Output voltage = V0 = AVi
0.9 0.2 V0 = 106 × 1 × 10–6 = 1 V
[z] = 0.2 0.6
[Given: A = 106 V/V, Vi = 1 µV)
0.6 0.2 To calculate input impedance, Vdc source is
connected at input port,
0.2 0.9
[y] = [ z] 1 = Ii Ri Ro
[0.9 × 0.6 0.04]
+ +
1.2 0.4
= 0.4 1.8 Vdc Vi + AVi
– Vo
y 22 = 1.8
– –
Input impedance, V2 0
g 22 = = =0
V I1 I2
Z i = dc V1 = 0
Ii
as loop is not closed, Ii = 0 g11 g12 0 0
So, g-parameters = =
g21 g22 0 0
Vdc
So, Zi =
0
12. (c)
To calculate output impedance, Vdc source is
I1 1 a I2
connected at output port, e c
Ii Ri Ro Io ef ab
V1 V1 P V2
+ +
f d
b
Vi + AVi Vo
–
V1ab = Z11I1 + Z12I2 ...(i)
– – V2 = Z21I1 + Z22I2 ...(ii)
Output impedance, As 1 resistor is connection in series with the
V0 I0 R0 + AVi network at port-1.
Z0 = =
I0 I0 V2 does not get affected,
ef
As, Vi = 0 V1 = V1ab + I 1 × 1
I 0 R0 + A × 0 = Z11I1 + Z12I2 + I1
Z0 = = R0 = 10
I0 = (Z11 + 1) I1 + Z12I2
Modified Z-parameter
11. (c) Z11 + 1 Z12
=
I1 = g11V1 + g12I2 Z21 Z22
V2 = g21V1 + g22I2
13. (b)
I1 I2
(i) V1 = 10 V; V2 = 3 V
+ +
I2 = –3 A; V1 = AV2 – BI2
V1 V2 10 = 3A + 3B ...(i)
(ii) V2 = 5V
– – I2 = –2 A
Since port-1 is open-circuit, 10 = 5A+2B ...(ii)
I1 = 0 10
A= ...(iii)
Port-2 is short-circuit, 9
V2 = 0 20
B= ...(iv)
9
I 0
g 11 = 1 = =0 Given, V1 = 8V
V1 I2 = 0
V1
(V2)OC = ?
I1 0 I2 = 0
g 12 = = =0 V1 = AV2 – BI2
I2 V1 = 0
I2
8 = A(V2)OC – 0
V2 0 8 8
g 21 = = =0 (V2)OC = = = 7.2 V
V1 I2 = 0
V1 A 10 /9
14. (c) Using equation (ii) and (iv), we get

Given, V1 = 10 V, V2 = (–7I2) so, V1 = 40I1 + 60I2
V1 = AV2 – BI2 2
= 40 I1 + 60 I1
70 20 3
10 = 7 I 2 A BI 2 = I2 I2
9 9 V1 =0
I2 = –1 A From the figure,
(–ve) sign signifies that current is drawn. 20 = 10I1 + V1
Since, V1 =0
15. (a) So, I1 = 2A
s s 4
So, I2 = A
3
Power dissipated in
Z(s ) 1/s 1/s
2
4
PRL = I 22 RL = × 20
3
Driving point impedance, Z(s) is 16
= × 20 = 35.55 W
1 1
9
s+ ×
s s s2 + 1 s
Z(s) = s + 1 1
=s+ 2
× 2 17. Sol.
s+ + s ( s + 2)
s s To find impedance seen by Vs,
Vs
s2 + 1 s2 (s 2 + 2) + s 2 + 1 Zs =
= s+ = Is
s(s2 + 2) s3 + 2s
V1 = 2Is
4 2
s + 3s + 1
or, Z(s) = Is 2 2
s3 + 2s A
+ V –
1
16. Sol.
Vs 3 4V1 4
10 I1 I2
+ +
20 V V1 [Z] V2 20 Applying KCL at node A,

VA VA
– – Is + 4V1 = +
3 6
Given, Z 11 = 40 , Z12 = 60 VA = Vs – V1
Z 21 = 80 , Z22 = 100 and V1 = 2Is
From the figure, Vs 2 Is Vs 2 Is
So, Is + 8Is = +
V2 = –20I2 ...(i) 3 6
and V1 = 40I1 + 60I2 ...(ii) 54Is = 2Vs – 4Is + Vs – 2Is
V2 = 80I1 + 100I2 ...(iii) 3Vs = 60Is
From equation (i) and (iu), we get
Vs
so, –20I2 = 80I1 + 100I2 = 20
Is
2
I2 = I1 ...(iv)
3
18. (d) 19. Sol.

For two port networks we can write, 2I1
1 Vs 1
–+
A B A1 B1 A2 B2
= I1
C D C1 D1 C2 D2
V1 = 1 1 V2 = 0
or, A = A1A2 + B1C2 ...(i)
B = A 1B 2 + B 1D 2 ...(ii)
or, V1 = AV2 – BI2 ...(iii)
To get, VT (I2 = 0), from equation (iii),
By KCL,
V V1 Va 1 Va Va + 2 I 1
V2 = VT = 1 = + + =0
A A1 A2 + B1C 2 1 1 1
To get, ZT (VT = 0), from equation (iii), 3Va + 2I1 = 1 ...(i)
V1 = AV2 – BI2 1 Va
I1 = ...(ii)
0 = AV2 – BI2 1
Substitute equation (ii) in equation (i),
V2 B A1 B2 + B1D2
ZT = = = Va = –1
I 2 A A1 A2 + B1C 2
1 Va 1 ( 1)
I1 = = =2
1 1
V 1
h 11 = 1 = = 0.5
I1 2
6 Network Functions
ELECTRO NICS EN GINEERIN G C2 = 4C1 L2 = L1/4
(GATE Previous Years Solved Papers) + +
Q.1 The circuit of the figure represents a Vi Vo

R
L1
Rs – –
C1 Vo Filter-2
L1 (a) 4 (b) 1
Vs RL
1 1
(c) (d)
2 4
C2
[EC-2007 : 2 Marks]
(a) low pass filter (b) high pass filter Q.4 The driving point impedance of the following
(c) band pass filter (d) band reject filter network, is given by
[EC-2001 : 1 Mark] 0.2 s
Z(s ) = 2
s + 0.1 s + 2
Q.2 The RC circuit shown in the figure is
R
+ C + Z(s)
L C R
Vi R C Vo
– – The component values are

(a) L = 5 H, R = 0.5 , C = 0.1 F
(a) a low-pass filter
(b) L = 0.1 H, R = 0.5 ,C=5F
(b) a high-pass filter
(c) L = 5 H, R = 2 , C = 0.1 F
(c) a band-pass filter
(d) L = 0.1 H, R = 2 ,C=5F
(d) a band-reject filter
[EC-2008 : 2 Marks]
[EC-2007 : 1 Mark]
Q.5 If the transfer function of the following network
Q.3 Two series resonant filters are as shown in the
is,
figure. Let the 3 dB bandwidth of filter 1 be B1
Vo (s) 1
and that of filter 2 be B2. The value of B1/B2 is =
Vi (s) 2 + sCR
C1 L1
R
+ +
+ +
Vi R Vo
Vi C RL Vo
– –
Filter-1 – –
The value of the load resistance RL is (a) ab, bc, ad (b) ab, bc, ca
(a) R/4 (b) R/2 (c) ab, bd, cd (d) ac, bd, ad
(c) R (d) 2R [EE-1994 : 1 Mark]
[EC-2009 : 1 Mark]
Q.3 Two identical coils of negligible resistance when
Q.6 The transfer function V2(s)/V1(s) of the circuit connected in series across a 200 V, 50 Hz source
shown below is draws a current of 10 A. When the terminals of
100 µF
one of the coils are reversed, then current drawn
+ + is 8 A. The coefficient of coupling between the
10 k two coils is _______ .
V1(s) V2 ( s )
[EE-1997 : 2 Marks]
100 µF
– – Q.4 A major advantage of active filter is that they
0.5s + 1 3s + 6 can be realized without using
(a) (b)
s+1 s+2 (a) op-amps (b) inductors
s+2 s+1 (c) resistors (d) capacitors
(c) (d)
s+1 s+2 [EE-1997 : 1 Mark]
[EC-2013 : 1 Mark]
Q.5 The effective inductance of the circuit across the
terminals A, B in the figure shown below is
(GATE Previous Years Solved Papers) 4H
A
Q.1 The equivalent inductances seen at terminals
A-B in figure is ______ H. 1H
3H 5H
4H
A
2H
2H
B
1H 4H 6H
1H
(a) 9 H (b) 21 H
B (c) 11 H (d) 6 H
4H
[EE-1998 : 2 Marks]
[EE-1992 : 2 Marks]
Q.6 The impedance seen by the source in the circuit
Q.2 Figure shows a dc resistive network and its
in figure is given by
graph is drawn a side. A ‘proper tree’ chosen
for analysis the network will not contain the 4 –j2
1:4
edges:
ZL = 10 30°
b b
a c a c
(a) (0.54 + j0.313) (b) (4 – j2)

(c) (4.54 – j1.693) (d) (4 + j2)
[EE-2000 : 2 Marks]
d d
Q.7 Given two coupled inductors L1 and L2, their

W
mutual inductance ‘M’ satisfies 1 : 1.25
(L + L2 )
(a) M = L21 + L22 (b) M > 1 Y
2
(c) M > L1 L2 (d) M L1L2 X Z
[EE-2000 : 1 Mark]
125 80 100 80
(a) and (b) and
Q.8 In the circuit shown in figure it is found that the 100 100 100 100
input ac voltage (Vi) and current ‘i’ are in phase.
100 100 80 80
(c) and (b) and
M 100 100 100 100
The coupling coefficient is K = , where
L1 L2 [EE-2013 : 2 Marks]
M is the mutual inductance between the two
coils. The value of ‘K’ and the dot polarity of the Q.11 Two identical coupled inductors are connected
coil P-Q are in series. The measured inductances for the two
possible series connections are 380 µH and
K
240 µH. Their mutual inductance in µH is
–j2 10 P Q ________ .
j8 j8 [EE-2014 : 1 Mark]
L1 L2
vi i Q.12 Find the transformer ratios a and b such that the
impedance (Zin) is resistive and equals 2.5
when the network is excited with a since wave
voltage of angular frequency of 5000 rad/sec.
(a) K = 0.25 and dot at P
C = 10 µF L = 1 mH
(b) K = 0.5 and dot at P 1:a
(c) K = 0.25 and dot at Q
(b) K = 0.5 and dot at Q Zin R = 2.5
[EE-2002 : 2 Marks]
1:b
Q.9 A first order, low pass filter is given with
R = 50 and C = 5 µF. What is the frequency at (a) a = 0.5, b = 2.0 (b) a = 2.0, b = 0.5
which the gain of the voltage transfer function (c) a = 1.0, b = 1.0 (d) a = 4.0, b = 0.5
of the filter is 0.25? [EE-2015 : 1 Mark]
(a) 4.92 kHz (b) 0.49 kHz
(c) 2.46 kHz (d) 24.6 kHz Q.13 Two identical coils each having inductance L
are placed together on the same core. If an overall
[EE-2002 : 2 Marks]
inductance of aL is obtained by interconnecting
Q.10 The following arrangement consists of an ideal these two coils, the minimum value of a is
transformer and an attenuator which attenuates ________ .
by a factor of 0.8. An a.c. voltage VWX1 = 100 V is [EE-2015 : 2 Marks]
applied across WX to get an open-circuit voltage
V YZ1 across YZ. Next, an a.c. voltage Q.14 If an ideal transformer has an inductive load
VYZ2 = 100 V is applied across YZ to get an open- element at port 2 as shown in the figure below,
circuit voltage VWX2 across WX. Then VYZ1/ the equivalent inductance at port 1 is
VWX1, VWX2/VYZ2 are respectively.
Q.15 The following figure shows the connection of

n:1
an ideal transformer with primary to secondary
L turns ratio of 1 : 100. The applied primary
voltage is 100 V(rms), 50 Hz, AC. The rms value
of the current I, in ampere, is ______ .
XL = 10 R = 80 k
Port-1 Port-2 1 : 100
(a) nL (b) n2L I
100 V XC = 40 k
n n2
(c) (d)
L L
[EE-2016 : 1 Mark] [EE-2016 : 1 Mark]

Answers
EC Network Functions
1. (d) 2. (c) 3. (d) 4. (d) 5. (c) 6. (d)
Solutions
EC Network Functions
1. (d) At = ;
Analyzing the circuit for = 0 and = . Rs
At = 0 ;
Rs
Vs RL Vo
Vs RL Vo
Vo RL
= (finite value)
Vs RL + Rs
= 0, Ind = L = 0 (SC)
1
cap = = (OC)
C
Vo RL
= (finite value)
Vs RL + Rs
=0 =
1 Bandwidth of filter 2;
At = ;
LC R R 4R
B2 = = =
Rs L2 L1 /4 L1
B1 1
So, =
B2 4
RL
4. (d)
0.2 s
Z(s) = 2
vo = 0 s + 0.1s + 2
2. (c) s 2 + 0.1s + 2 s 1 2
Y(s) = = + +
0.2s 0.2 2 0.2 s
At , capacitor short-circuited
Circuit looks like, 10
= 5s + 0.5 +
s
+ R + Comparing with
1 1
Vi R Vo Y(s) = Cs + +
R Ls
1
– – C = 5 F, R = =2
0.5
Vo 1
=0 L= = 0.1 H
Vi 10
At 0, capacitor open-circuited
5. (c)
Circuit looks like,
+ R +
+ R +
Vi Z Vo
Vi R Vo
– –
– –
RL
Z =
Vo 1 + sRLC
=0
Vi Z RL
H(s) = =
So frequency response of the circuit will be Z + R ( RL + R ) + sRRLC
If, R = RL
1
H(s) =
2 + sRC
6. (d)
1
10 × 103 +
So the circuit is bandpass filter. V2 (s) 100 × 10 6 s
=
V1 (s) 1 1
3. (d) 10 × 103 + +
100 × 10 6 s 100 × 10 6 s
Bandwidth of series RLC circuit is R/L V2 (s) s × 10 4 + 10 4 10 4 (1 + s)
Bandwidth of filter 1; = =
V1 (s) s × 10 4 + 10 4 + 10 4 10 4 ( s + 2)
R V2 (s) s+1
B1 = =
L1 V1 (s) s+2
Answers
EE Network Functions
1. (8) 2. (b) 3. (1/9) 4. (b) 5. (c) 6. (c) 7. (d) 8. (c)
9. (c) 10. (b) 11. (35) 12. (b) 13. (0) 14. (b) 15. (10)
Solutions
EE Network Functions
1. Sol. and putting, V = 220 V

and L1 = L2 = L
L1
A 200
M12 we have, 10 = ...(i)
(2L 2 M12 )
M13
200
L2 8 = ...(ii)
(2 L + 2 M12 )
M23
On solving equation (i) and equation (ii),
B 1
L3 we get, M12 = L
9
L = L1 + L2 + L3 – 2M12 + 2M23 – 2M13 Which can be written as,
= 4 + 4 + 4 – (2 × 2) + (2 × 1) – (2 × 1) 1 1
= 8H M12 = L L= L L
9 9
2. (b) 1
Hence, coefficient of coupling = .
Tree must not contain any closed loop. 9
Hence option (b) is correct.
4. (b)
3. Sol. Inductive coils are bulky in nature.
Case-I Case-II
5. (c)
L1 L1
L1
A
220 V M 12 220 V M12
L2 L2 M12
50 Hz 50 Hz
M13 L2
V M23
I1 = B
(L1 + L2 2 M12 ) L3
V L = L1 + L2 + L3 – 2M12 + 2M23 – 2M13

I2 =
(L1 + L2 + 2 M12 ) = 4 + 5 + 6 – (2 × 1) + (2 × 2) – (2 × 3)
From above expressions, it is clear that, = 11 H
I1 > I 2 6. (c)
2
Taking, I1 = 10 A 1
Z = (4 j 2) + × 10 30°
4
and I2 = 8 A
= (4.54 – j1.69)
7. (d) 100
Hence, VWX 2 = = 80 V
1.25
M = K L1 L2
VYZ1 100
Where, K = coefficient of coupling =
VWX1 100
Q 0 < K<1
VYZ2 80
M L1 L2 =
VWX2 100
8. (c)
11. Sol.
Input ac voltage and current will be in phase
only at resonance condition. The two possible series connection are shown
i.e., XC = XL below:
Let the mutual inductance be M
j12 = j 8 + j 8 + 2 k ( j 8) × ( j 8)
L1 L2
I
12 = 8 + 8 + 16 k
4 1
k= = = 0.25 M
16 4
(i) Additive connection,
Hence coupling will be opposite.
Leq. = L1 + L2 + 2M = 380 µH
Dot will be at Q.
L1 L2
I
9. (c)
R M
+ + (ii) Subtractive connection,
Leq. = L1 + L2 – 2M = 240 µH
Vi C Vo
Thus, L1 + L2 + 2M = 380 µH ...(i)
– – and L1 + L2 – 2M = 240 µH ...(ii)
Solving equations (i) and (ii), we get,
Vo 1/ j C 1 4M = 10 µH or M = 35 µH
T.F. = = =
Vi R + 1 1 + j CR Mutual inductance,
j C
M = 35 µH
1
Gain = 12. (b)
1 + ( CR)2
C = 10 µF L = 1 µF
1
0.25 =
6
1 + ( × 5 × 10 × 50)2
On solving, R = 2.5
Zin
= 15.49 × 103 rad/sec.
15.49 A 1:b B 1:a C
f= = 2.46 kHz
2 2.5
(Req)B =
10. (b) a2
VYZ1 = 100 × 1.25 × 0.8 2.5

(2eq)B = + j (1 × 10 3 )
= 100 V a2
In second case when 100 V is applied at YZ 2.5 3
(2eq)A = 2
+ j (1 × 10 )
terminals, this whole 100 V will appear across a
the secondary winding. b2
2.5 j (10 3 ) 1 14. (b)

Zin = 2 2
+ 2
+ 5
a b b j (10 × 10 )
n:1
2.5 5 × 10 3 × 10 3
1
Zin = +j L
a2 b 2 b2 5 × 10 3 × 10 × 10 6
...(i)
From problem,
Zin = 2.5 ...(ii) Port-1 Port-2
From equation (i) and (ii), At port 1 i.e., high voltage side impedance will
a2 b 2 = 1 ...(ii) be high and current will be low, So n2L.
5 1
2 =0 15. Sol.
b 5 × 10 2
The above circuit can be drawn by transferring
5 × 5 × 10–2 = b2
secondary circuit to primary side.
b = 0.5 and a = 2
10j
13. Sol.
I
Case-I: 80000
Leff. = L1 + L2 = 2L, a = 2 (100)2
100 V
Case-II: 40000
j
L1L2 2 (100)2
L L
Leff. = = = , a = 0.5
L1 + L2 2L 2
100 V 100 V
Case-III: I= =
(8 + 10 j 4 j ) (8 + 6 j )
If both are differentially coupled then,
So the rms value of I will be 10 A.
Leff. = 0
Minimum value = 0
GATE-2023
Signals & Systems

Contents
1. Basics of Signals & Systems .............................................................................................................. 1-11
2. LTI Systems Continuous and Discrete (Time Domain) ........................................................ 12-29
3. Fourier Series ..................................................................................................................................... 30-44
4. Fourier Transforms, Frequency Response and Correlation ................................................ 45-63
5. Laplace Transform ............................................................................................................................ 64-87
6. Z-Transform ..................................................................................................................................... 88-109
7. DTFS, DTFT and DFT ................................................................................................................... 110-121
8. Sampling ........................................................................................................................................ 122-131
9. Digital Filters ................................................................................................................................. 132-133

1 Basics of Signals & Systems
ELECTRO NICS EN GINEERIN G E

(a) E (b)
(GATE Previous Years Solved Papers) 2
(c) 2E (d) 4E
Q.1 An excitation is applied to a system at t = T and [EC-2001 : 1 Mark]
its response is zero for – < t < T. Such a system
is a Q.6 Let P be linearity, Q be time-invariance, R be
causality and S be stability. A discrete-time
(a) non-causal system
system has the input-output relationship,
(b) stable system
(c) causal system x(n) n 1
(d) unstable system (n) = 0 n=0
[EC-1991 : 2 Marks] x(n + 1) n 1
where x(n) is the input and y(n) is the output.

Q.2 Which of the following signals is/are periodic?
The above system has the properties.
(a) s(t) = cos2t + cos3t + cos5t
(a) P, S but not Q, R
(b) s(t) = exp(j8 t)
(b) P, Q, S but not R
(c) s(t) = exp(–7t) sin10 t
(c) P, Q, R, S
(d) s(t) = cos2t cos4t
(d) Q, R, S but not P
[EC-1992 : 2 Marks]
[EC-2003 : 2 Marks]
Q.3 A system with an input x(t) and output y(t) is
Q.7 Consider the sequence
described by the relation: y(t) = tx(t). This system
is x [n] = [ 4 j 5, 1 + j 2, 4]
(a) linear and time-invariant
The conjugate antisymmetric part of the
(b) linear and time varying
sequence is
(c) non-linear and time-invariant
(a) [–4 –j2.5, j2, 4 – j2.5]
(d) non-linear and time-varying
(b) [–j2.5, 1, j2.5]
[EC-2000 : 1 Mark]
(c) [–j5, j2, 0]
Q.4 Let (t) denote the delta function. The value of (d) [–4, 1, 4]
[EC-2003 : 2 Marks]
3t
the integral (t ) cos dt is
2 Q.8 The function x(t) is shown in the figure. Even
and odd parts of a unit-step function u(t) are
(a) 1 (b) –1 respectively.
x(t)
(c) 0 (d)
2
1
[EC-2001 : 1 Mark]
t
Q.5 If a signal f(t) has energy E, the energy of the 0
singal f(2t) is equal to –1
2 Electronics Engineering Signals & Systems
1 1 1 1 Which of the following descriptions

(a) , x(t ) (b) , x(t ) corresponds to a causal system?
2 2 2 2
1 1 1 1 (a) y(t) = x(t – 2) + x(t + 4)
(c) , x(t ) (d) , x(t )
2 2 2 2 (b) y(t) = (t – 4) + x(t + 1)
[EC-2005 : 1 Mark] (c) y(t) = (t + 4) + x(t – 1)
(d) y(t) = (t + 5) + x(t + 5) [EC-2008 : 1 Mark]
Q.9 The power in the signal
Q.14 Let x(t) be the input and y(t) be the output of a
s(t ) = 8 cos 20 t + 4 sin (15 t ) is continuous time system. Match the system
2
properties P1, P2 and P3 with system relations
(a) 40 (b) 41
R1, R2, R3, R4.
(c) 42 (d) 82
[EC-2005 : 1 Mark] Properties:
P1 : Linear but not time-invariant
Q.10 The dirac delta function (t) is defined as,
P2 : Time-invariant but not linear
1 t=0 P3 : Linear and time-invariant
(a) (t ) =
0 otherwise
Relation:
t=0 R1 : y(t) = t2 x(t)
(b) (t ) =
0 otherwise
R2 : y(t ) = t x(t )
1 t=0
(c) (t ) = and (t ) dt = 1 R3 : y(t ) = x(t )
0 otherwise
R4 : y(t) = x(t – 5)
t=0 (a) (P1, R1) (P2, R3), (P3, R4)
(d) (t ) = and (t ) dt = 1
0 otherwise (b) (P1, R2) (P2, R3), (P3, R4)
[EC-2006 : 1 Mark] (c) (P1, R3) (P2, R1), (P3, R2)
(d) (P1, R1) (P2, R2), (P3, R3)
Q.11 A system with input x[n] and output y[n] is given
[EC-2008 : 2 Marks]
as,
5 Q.15 The input x(t) and output y(t) of a system are
y [n] = sin n x (n)
6 related as,
The system is t
y(t ) = x ( ) cos(3 ) d
(a) linear, stable and invertible.
(b) non-linear, stable and non-invertible. The system is
(c) linear, stable and non-invertible. (a) time-invariant and stable.
(d) linear, unstable and invertible. (b) stable and non time-invariant.
[EC-2006 : 2 Marks] (c) time-invariant and not stable.
(d) not time-invariant and not stable.
Q.12 A Hilbert transformer is a
[EC-2012 : 2 Marks]
(a) non-linear system
(b) non-causal system Q.16 For a periodic signal,
(c) time-varying system v(t ) = 30 sin 100t + 10 cos 300t + 6 sin 500t +
(d) low-pass system 4
The fundamental frequency (in rad/sec) is
[EC-2007 : 2 Marks]
(a) 100 (b) 300
Q.13 The input and output of a continuous time (c) 500 (d) 1500
system are respectively denoted by x(t) and y(t). [EC-2013 : 1 Mark]
Q.17 The impulse response of a continuous time (a) T = 2 Ts (b) T = 1.2Ts

system is given by
(c) Always (d) Never
h(t) = (t – 1) + (t – 3)
[EC-2016 : 1 Mark]
The value of the step response at t = 2 is
(a) 0 (b) 1 Q.22 Consider a single input single output discrete-
(c) 2 (d) 3 time system with x[n] as input and y[n] as output,
[EC-2013 : 2 Marks] where the two are related as,
n x[n ] for 0 n 10
Q.18 A discrete-time signal x[n] = sin( 2n), n being an y[n] =
x[n] x[n 1] otherwise
integer, is
(a) periodic with period Which one of the following statements is true
(b) periodic with period 2 about the system?
(c) periodic with period /2 (a) It is causal and stable.
(d) not periodic (b) It is causal but not stable.
[EC-2014 : 1 Mark] (c) It is not causal but stable.
(d) It is neither causal nor stable.
Q.19 The waveform of a periodic signal x(t) is shown
[EC-2017 : 1 Mark]
in the figure.
Q.23 The input x(t) and the output y(t) of a
x(t)
continuous-time system are related as,
3 t
y(t ) = x(u) du
–2 1 4 t T
t
–4 –1 2 3
The system is
–3
(a) linear and time-variant.
(b) linear and time-invariant.
t 1 (c) non-linear and time-variant.
A signal g(t) is defined by g(t ) = x .
2 (d) non-linear and time-invariant.
The average power of g(t) is ________ . [EC-2017 : 1 Mark]
[EC-2015 : 1 Mark]
Q.24 Let the input be ‘u’ and the output be ‘y’ of a
Q.20 Two sequence x1[n] and x2[n] have the same system, and the other parameters are real
energy. Suppose x1[n] = 0.5n u[n], where is a constants. Identify which among the following
positive real number and u[n] is the unit step systems is not a linear system:
sequence. Assume, d3 y d2 y dy
(a) 3
+ a1 2
+ a2 + a3 y
1.5 for n = 0, 1 dt dt dt
x2 [ n] =
0 otherwise du d2u
b3 u + b2 + b1 2
Then the value of is _______ . dt dt
[EC-2015 : 2 Marks] (with initial rest conditions)
t
Q.21 A continuous time function x(t) is periodic with (t )
(b) y(t ) = e u( ) d
period T. The function is sampled uniformly 0
with a sampling period Ts. In which one of the (c) y = au + b, b 0
following cases is the sampled signal periodic? (d) y = au [EC-2018 : 1 Mark]
ELECTRICAL EN GINEERIN G (a) 5t (b) 5 u(t) – C
(GATE Previous Years Solved Papers) 5 5 u(t )

(c) t (d)
C C
+6 [EE-2002 : 1 Mark]
2t
Q.1 The value of the integral e (t 1) dt is
5 Q.5 Which of the following is true?
(a) A finite amplitude signal is always time
equal to ________ .
bounded.
[EE-1994 : 1 Mark]
(b) A time bounded signal always possesses
Q.2 The rms value of the periodic waveform e(t), finite energy.
shown in figure is (c) A time bounded signal is always zero
e(t ) outside the interval [–t0, t0] for some t0.
(d) A time bounded signal is always finite in
+A
amplitude.
[EE-2006 : 1 Mark]
0 t
T/2 T
Q.6 A continuous-time system is described by
–A y(t) = e–|x(t)|, where y(t) is the output and x(t) is
the input, y(t) is bounded
3 2 (a) only when x(t) is bounded.

(a) A (b) A (b) only when x(t) is non-negative.
2 3
(c) only for t 0 if x(t) is bounded for t 0.
1
(c) A (d) 2A (d) even when x(t) is not bounded.
3
[EE-2006 : 2 Marks]
[EE-1995 : 1 Mark]
Q.7 Given a sequence x[n], to generate the sequence
Q.3 What is the rms value of the voltage waveform y[n] = x[3 – 4n], which one of the following
shown in figure? procedures would be correct?
(a) First delay x[n] by 3 samples of generate
v(t )
z1[n], then pick every 4th samples of z1[n] to
+100 V
generate z2[n], and then finally time reverse
z2[n] to obtain y[n].
0 t (b) First advance x[n] by 3 samples of generate
/3 2 /3 2
z1[n], then pick every 4th samples of z1[n] to
generate z2[n], and then finally time reverse
–100 V
z2[n] to obtain y[n].
(c) First pick every 4th sample of x[n] to generate
200 100 v1[n], time-reverse v1[n] to obtain v2[n], and
(a) V (b) V
finally advance v 2[n] by 3 rd samples to
(c) 200 V (d) 100 V obtain y[n].
[EE-2002 : 1 Mark] (d) First pick every 4th sample of x[n] to generate
v1[n], time-reverse v1[n] to obtain v2[n], and
Q.4 A current impulse of 5 (t), is forced through a
finally delay v2[n] by 3rd samples to obtain
capacitor C. The voltage V c(t), across the
y[n].
capacitor is given by
[EE-2006 : 2 Marks]
Q.8 The function shown in the figure can be

f(t)
represented as,
4
2.7
t
–3.3 –1.3 –0.3 0.7 3.7 4.7
t –2
0 T 2T
(t T ) (t 2T ) [EE-2017 : 1 Mark]
(a) u(t ) u(t T ) + u(t T ) u(t 2T )
T T
Q.12 The signal energy of the continuous-time signal,
t t
(b) u(t ) + u(t T ) u(t 2T ) x(t) = [(t – 1) u(t – 1)] – [(t – 2) u(t – 2)]
T u
– [(t – 3) u(t – 3)] + [(t – 4) u(t – 4)], is
(t T ) (t 2T )
(c) u(t ) u(t T ) + u(t ) u(t )
11 7
T T
(a) (b)
(t T ) (t 2T ) 3 3
(d) u(t ) + u(t T ) 2 u(t 2T )
T T 1 5
(c) (d)
[EE-2014 : 2 Marks] 3 3
[EE-2018 : 2 Marks]
+
Q.9 The value of t Q.13 The symbol a and T, represent positive
e (2t 2) dt , where (t) is the
quantities, and u(t) is the unit step function.
Which one of the following impulse responses
Dirac delta function, is
is not the output of a causal linear time-invariant
1 2 system?
(a) (b)
2e e
(a) 1 + e–at u(t) (b) e+at u(t)
1 1 (c) e–a(t – T) u(t) (d) e–a(t + T) u(t)
(c) 2 (d) 2
e 2e [EE-2019 : 1 Mark]
[EE-2016 : 1 Mark]
Q.14 xR and xA are, respectively, the rms and average
Q.10 Consider the system with following input- values of x(t) = x(t – T), and similarly, yR and yA
output relation y[n] = (1 + (–1)n) x[n], where x[n] are, respectively, the rms and average values of
is the input and y[n] is the output. The system is y(t) = kx(t) k, T are independent of t.
(a) invertible and time invariant Which of the following is true?
(b) invertible and time varying (a) yA = kxA ; yR = kxR
(c) non-invertible and time invariant (b) yA = kxA ; yR kxR
(d) non-invertible and time varying (c) yA kxA ; yR kxR
[EE-2017 : 1 Mark] (d) yA kxA ; yR = kxR
[EE-2020 : 1 Mark]
Q.11 The mean square value of the given periodic
waveform f(t) is _______ .

Answers
EC Basics of Signals & Systems
1. (c) 2. (a, b, d) 3. (b) 4. (a) 5. (b) 6. (a) 7. (a) 8. (a)
9. (a) 10. (d) 11. (c) 12. (b) 13. (c) 14. (a) 15. (d) 16. (a)
17. (b) 18. (d) 19. (2) 20. (1.5) 21. (b) 22. (a) 23. (b) 24. (c)
25. (0) 26. (c, d)
Solutions
EC Basics of Signals & Systems
1. (c) 4. (a)
For the given system if the response is zero prior 3t 3× 0
to the application of the excitation. Then such a (t ) cos dt = f (0) = cos = cos 0 = 1
2 2
system is called causal system.
5. (b)
2. (a, b, d)
(a) s(t) is periodic as the ratio of any two E= f (t )2 dt
frequencies = p/q is rotational.
Where p and q are integers.
E = f (2t )2 dt
(b) s(t) is periodic with =8
(d) 2 cosA cosB = cos(A – B) + cos(A + B)
dp dp
= f ( p )2 2t = p ; dt =
1 2 2
s(t ) = [cos 2t + cos 6t ]
2
E
So, s(t) is periodic with fundamental E =
2
frequency 2 rad/sec.
6. (a)
3. (b)
y(n – n0) = x(n – n0 + 1) (time varying)
ay1(t) = atx1(t) y(n) = x(n + 1) (depends on future)
ay2(t) = atx2(t) i.e., y(1) = x(2) (non-causal)
a[y1(t) + y2(t)] = a[tx1(t) + tx2(t)] For bounded input, system has bounded output.
So it is stable,
System is linear,
y(n) = x(n); n 1
y(t – t0) = (t – t0) x(t – t0) = 0; n=0
Delay is introduced. So, time varying. = x(n + 1), n –1
So, system is linear.
7. (a) 10. (d)

x(n) = [ 4 j 5, 1 + 2 j , 4]
(t )
x (–n) = [4, 1 2 j , 4 + j 5]
t
x( n ) x ( n )
xCAS (n) = 11. (c)
2
= [ 4 2.5 j , 2 j , 4 2.5 j ] 5
y(n) = sin n x(n)
6
Let, x(n) = (n)
8. (a)
y(n) = sin0 = 0 (Bounded)
u(t ) + u( t ) BIBO stable.
Even part =
2
u(t ) u( t ) 12. (b)
Odd part = The Hilbert transformer is characterised by the
2
impulse response,
u(t ) u(–t)
1
h(t) = t (– , )
1 1 t
t t
h(t) 0 for t < 0
Thus, the Hilbert transformer is a non-causal
system.
1
ue(t) = 13. (c)
2
A system is causal if the output at any time
ue(t )
depends only on values of the input at the
1/2 present time and in the past.
15. (d)
t
t
y = x ( ) cos(3 ) d
x(t )
uo(t) =
2 t t0
uo(t) y(t – t0) = x ( ) cos(3 ) d
1/2
y (t) for input x(t – t0) is
t t
0
–1/2 y (t) = x( t0 )cos 3 d
(t t0 )
9. (a) y (t) = x ( )cos 3( + t0 ) d
s(t) = 8 cos 20 t + 4 sin 15 t y (t) y(t – t0) so system is not time invariant for
2
input x( ) = cos(3 ) (bounded input),
= 8 sin20 t + 4 sin15 t
t
82 4 2 y(t) = cos2 (3) d as t
P= + = 32 + 8 = 40
2 2
So, for bounded input-output is not bounded
therefore system is not stable.
16. (a) Energy of x2[n] = 1.5 + 1.5 = 3
1 = 100, 2 = 300, 3 = 500 2 4

=3
HCF of ( 1, 2 and 3) = HCF (100, 300, 500),
3
= 100 rad/sec. 9
2 = = 1.5
4
17. (b)
Step response = Integration of impulse response, 21. (b)
t y(t ) A signal is said to be periodic if T/Ts is a
(t 1) dt = u(t – 1) rational number.
2
Here, T = 1.2 Ts
t 1
(t 3) dt = u(t – 3) T 6
t =
1 2 3 Ts 5
At, t=2 Which is a rational number.
y(t) = 1
22. (a)
18. (d) Since present output does not depend upon
x[n] = sin( 2 n) future values of input, the system is causal and
2
o = also every bounded input produces bounded
2 output, so it is stable.
N= m
o
23. (b)
where, m is the smallest integer that converts
t
2 / o into a integer value.
Given that, y(t) = x(u) du
2 2
N= 2
m= m t T
• Since the given system satisfies both

So, there exists no such integer value of m which
homogeneity and additivity properties, the
could make the N integer, so the system is not
system is linear.
periodic.
• Check for time invariance:
19. Sol. t to
x(t) = –3t, –1 < t < 1 y(t – t0) = x(u) du
t to T
t 1 3
x = (t 1) –1 < t < 1
2 2 • When the applied input is x(t – t0),
and T=6 t t to
2 y1(t) = x(u to ) du = x( ) d
3
1 3 t T t to T
Average power = (t 1) dt = 2
6 2 = y(t – t0)
1
System is time invariant.
20. Sol.
2
24. (c)
Energy of x1[n] = x1 [ n ]
y = au + b, b 0 is a non-linear system.
n=
2 1 n 1
= = 2
4 1
n=0 1
4
2 4
=
3
Answers
EE Basics of Signals & Systems
2. (b) 3. (d) 4. (d) 5. (c) 6. (d) 7. (b) 8. (a) 9. (a)
10. (d) 11. (6) 12. (d) 13. (a) 14. (b)
Solutions
EE Basics of Signals & Systems
1. Sol. Now we will take every 4th samples of z1[n]

Using, i.e. z2[n] = z1[4n] = x[4n + 3]
Now reverse (time reverse) z2[n] will give
x(t ) (t t0 ) dt = x(t0) y[n] = z2[–n] = x[–4n + 3]
8. (a)
We have,
6
2t
e (t t1 ) dt = e–2 1
5
2. (b) t
0 T 2T
1/2
T /2 2 T
1 2A 2 The given function can be realized as follows:
Rms value = t dt + A dt
T T
0 T /2 u(t) u(t – T)
1 1
2
= A
3
t t
3. (d) 0 0 T
u(t) u(t – T)
Rms value (Unit step function right shifted)
(Unit step function)
2 (i) (ii)
/3 2 /3
1
= (100)2 dt + ( 100)2 dt + (100)2 dt r(t)
0 /3 2 /3
1 1
1/2
1
= 100 2 = 100 V
t t
0 0 T
4. (d) r(t) = tu(t) (t T )
(Ramp function) u( t T )
T
t t
1 1 5 (Right shifted unit ramp function)
Vc (t ) = i(t ) dt = 5 (t ) dt = u(t ) (iii)
C C C
1
7. (b)
y[n] = x[3 – 4n] = x[–4n + 3]
t
So to obtain y[n] we first advance x[n] by 3 unit. 0 T 2T
i.e., z1[n] = x[n + 3] (t T )
u(t 2T )
T
(iv)
Combining the functions (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv), Invertibility test:
we get the given function. x(n) y( n )
(n 1) [1 + ( 1)n ] ( n 1) = [1 + ( 1)1 ( n 1) = 0 (n 1) = 0
f(t)
2 (n 1) [1 + ( 1)n ]2 ( n 1) = [1 + ( 1)1 ]2 ( n 1) = 0.2 ( n 1) = 0
1 Thus, we are getting many to one mapping

between input and output. So, the system is non-
invertible.
11. Sol.
t Mean square value = Power of f(t)
0 T 2T
1 2
Mean square value = f (t ) dt
Therefore, T0 T0
(t T ) 1 2
f(t) = u(t ) u(t T ) + = [4 × 1 + 2 2 × 2]
T 4
(t 2t ) 16 + 8 24
u(t T ) u(t 2T ) = = =6
T 4 4
1 1
u(t ) u(t T ) + r (t T ) r(t 2T ) 12. (d)
T T
1 x(t) = r(t – 1) – r(t – 2) – r(t – 3) + r(t – 4)
or u(t ) u(t T ) + (t T ) u(t 2T ) u(t 2T )
T x(t)
9. (a) 1
t–1 –(t – 4)
t
To find value of e (2t 2) dt
t
1 2 3 4
1
Since, (t 1)
(2t – 2) =
2 2
x(t ) dt
Ex(t) =
Above integral can be written as,
1 1 t 1 2 3 4
e t
(t 1) dt = e =
2 2e = (t 1)2 dt + 12 dt + { (t 4)} 2 dt
2
1 2 3
10. (d) 1 1 2 5
= + 1+ = +1 =
3 3 3 3
Given relationship,
y(n) = [1 + (–1)n] x(n) 13. (a)
The invariant test: a and T represents positive quantities.
Delay of
u(t) is unit step function,
x( n) System y(n) y( n – 1)
‘1’
= [1 + (–1)
n–1
]
h(t) = 1 + e–at u(t), is non-causal
x(n – 1) Here ‘1’ is a constant and two sided so the
system will be non-causal, because for causal
Delay of System y (n) = [1 + (–1) ]
n system,
‘1’ x(n – 1) x(n – 1) h(t) = 0, t < 0
Since, y(n – 1) y (n) 0, t > 0
So, the system is time variant.
14. (a, b) Case (ii): When K is imaginary or complex or

Given, y(t) = Kx(t) ...(i) real and negative then,
then, Average of y(t) = K × Average of x(t) K K
Y A = KXA and YR KXR
From equation (i), Thus, option (b) is satisfied, option (a) and (b)
Power of y(t) = K 2 power of x(t ) both satisfies the given condition.
YR2 = K 2 X R2 [Q Power = rms2]
YR = K X R
Case (i): When K is real and positive then,
K =K
and YR = KXR
Thus option (a) is satisfied.
2 LTI Systems Continuous and
Discrete (Time Domain)
ELECTRO NICS EN GINEERIN G 1 at
(a) ae–at (b) (1 e )
(GATE Previous Years Solved Papers) a
(c) a(1 – eat) (d) 1 – e–at
Q.1 The impulse response and the excitation
[EC-1998 : 1 Mark]
function of a linear time invariant causal system
are shown in Fig. (a) and (b) respectively. The Q.4 Let u(t) be the step function. Which of the
output of the system at t = 2 sec. is equal to waveform in the figure corresponds to the
h(t ) x(t)
convolution of u(t) – u(t – 1) with u(t) –u(t – 2)?
1 1
1 1/2
(a) (b)
0 6 t(sec) 0 2 6 t(sec)
0 1 2 0 1 2 3
1 t t
(a) 0 (b)
2
1 1
3
(c) (d) 1
2
[EC-1990 : 2 Marks] (c) (d)
Q.2 Let h(t) be the impulse response of a linear time 0 1.5 2 3 0 1 3

invariant system. Then the response of the t t
system for any input u(t) is [EC-2000 : 2 Marks]
t
(a) Q.5 The impulse response functions of four linear
h ( ) u(t )d
0 systems S1, S2, S3, S4 are given respectively by
h1(t) = 1 ; h2(t) = u(t)
t
d
(b) h ( ) u(t )d u(t )
dt h3 (t ) = ; h4(t) = e–3t u(t)
0 t+1
t t where u(t) is the unit step function. Which of
(c) h ( ) u(t )d dt these systems is time invariant, causal, and
0 0 stable?
t (a) S1 (b) S2
(d) h 2 ( ) u(t )d (c) S3 (d) S4
0
[EC-2001 : 2 Marks]
[EC-1995 : 1 Mark]
Q.6 Convolution of x(t + 5) with impulse function
Q.3 The unit impulse response of a linear time (t – 7) is equal to
invariant system is the unit step function u(t). (a) x(t – 12) (b) x(t + 12)
For t > 0, the response of the system to an
(c) x(t – 2) (d) x(t + 2)
excitation e–at u(t), a > 0 will be
[EC-2002 : 1 Mark]
Q.7 The impulse response h[n] of a linear time- (a) is positive and is positive.
invariant system is given by (b) is negative and is negative.
h[n] = u[n + 3] + u[n –2] – 2u[n – 7] (c) is positive and is negative.
where u[n] is the unit step sequence. (d) is negative and is positive.
The above system is [EC-2008 : 1 Mark]
(a) stable but not causal.
Q.10 A discrete-time linear shift-invariant system has
(b) stable and causal.
an impulse response h[n] with h[0] = 1, h[1] = –1,
(c) causal but unstable. h[2] = 2, and zero otherwise. The system is given
(d) unstable and not causal. an input sequence x[n] with x[0] = x[2] = 1 and
[EC-2004 : 1 Mark] zero otherwise. The number of non-zero samples
in the output sequence y[n], and the value of
Q.8 Which of the following can be impulse response
y[2] are, respectively
of a causal system?
(a) 5, 2 (b) 6, 2
h (t )
(c) 6, 1 (d) 5, 3
[EC-2008 : 2 Marks]
(a)
Q.11 A system is defined by its impulse response
t h(n) = 2n u(n – 2). The system is
(a) stable and causal.
h (t ) (b) causal but not stable.
(c) stable but not causal.
(b) (d) unstable and non-causal.
t [EC-2011 : 1 Mark]
Q.12 Let y[n] denotes the convolution of h[n] and g[n],

h (t ) where h[n] = (1/2)n u[n] and g[n] is a causal
sequence. If y[0] = 1 and y[1] = 1/2, then g[1]
(c) equals
1
t (a) 0 (b)
2
3
h (t ) (c) 1 (d)
2
[EC-2012 : 2 Marks]
(d)
Q.13 Two systems with impulse responses h1(t) and
t h2(t) are connected in cascade. Then the overall
impulse response of the cascaded system is
[EC-2005 : 1 Mark] given by
Q.9 The impulse response h(t) of a linear time- (a) product of h1(t) and h2(t)
invariant continuous time system is described (b) sum of h1(t) and h2(t)
by h(t) = exp( t) u(t) + exp( t) u(–t), where u(t) (c) convolution of h1(t) and h2(t)
denotes the unit step function, and and are (d) subtraction of h2(t) and h1(t)
real constants. This system is stable if [EC-2013 : 1 Mark]
Q.14 Consider a discrete-time signal The impulse responses of the systems are
n for 0 0 10 h1(t) = 2 (t + 2) – 3 (t + 1)
x[n ] = h2(t) = (t – 2)
0 otherwise
If y[n] is the convolution of x[n] with itself, the If the input x(t) is a unit step signal, then the
value of y[4] is ________ . energy of y(t) is __________ .
[EC-2014 : 2 Marks] [EC-2017 : 2 Marks]
Q.15 The result of the convolution x(–t) (–t –t0) is Q.20 The output of y[n] of a discrete-time system for
(a) x(t + t0) (b) x(t – t0) an input x[n] is
(c) x(–t + t0) (d) x(–t – t0) y[n ] = max x [ k]
k n
[EC-2015 : 1 Mark]
The unit impulse response of the system is
Q.16 The impulse response of an LTI system can be
(a) 0 for all n.
obtained by
(b) 1 for all n.
(a) differentiating the unit ramp response
(c) unit step signal u[n].
(b) differentiating the unit step response
(d) unit impulse signal [n].
(c) integrating the unit ramp response
(d) integrating the unit step response [EC-2020 : 1 Mark]
[EC-2015 : 1 Mark] Q.21 For a unit step input u[n], a discrete-time LTI
system produces an output signal (2 [n + 1] +
Q.17 Which one of the following is an eigen function
of the class of all continuous-time, linear, time- [n] + [n – 1]). Let y[n] be the output of the system
invariant systems (u(t) denotes the unit-step n
1
function)? for an input u(n) . The value of y[0] is
2
(a) e j ot u(t ) (b) cos( ot)
________ .
(c) e j ot (d) sin ( ot) [EC-2021 : 2 Marks]
[EC-2017 : 1 Mark] Q.22 The output of four systems (S1, S2, S3 and S4)
Q.18 Two discrete-time signals x[n] and h[n] are both corresponding to the input signal sin(t) for all
non-zero only for n = 0, 1, 2 and are zero time t, are shown in the figure.
otherwise. It is given that,
sin(t ) S1 sin(–t)
x[0] = 1, x[1] = 2, x[2] = 1, h[0] = 1
Let y[n] be the linear convolution of x[n] and sin(t ) S2 sin(t + 1)
h[n]. Given that, y[1] = 3 and y[2] = 4, the value
sin(t ) S3 sin(2t)
of the expression (10 y[3] + y[4]) is ________ .
[EC-2017 : 2 Marks] sin(t ) S4
2
sin (t)
Q.19 Consider the parallel combination of two LTI

Based on the given information, which of the
systems shown in the figure.
four systems is/are definitely not LTI (linear and
h1(t) time-invariant)?
(a) S1 (b) S2
x(t) y(t) (c) S3 (d) S4
[EC-2022]
h2(t)
ELECTRICAL EN GINEERIN G t
(a) s (t ) u( ) d
(GATE Previous Years Solved Papers) 0
Q.1 s(t) is step response and h(t) is impulse response t

d
of a system. Its response y(t) for any input u(t) is (b) s (t ) u( ) d
dt
0
given by
t t t
d s(t ) u(
(a) s(t ) u( ) d (c) 1) d 1 d
dt 0 0
0
t t
(b) s (t ) u( ) d (d) s (t )2 u( ) d
0 0
t [EE-2000 : 1 Mark]
(c) s (t ) u( 1) d 1 d
00 Q.7 x[n] = 0, n < –1, n > 0, x[–1] = –1, x[0] = 2 is the
t input and y[n] = 0, n < –1, n > 2, y[–1] = –1 =
d
(d) h( t ) u( ) d [EE-1993 : 1 Mark] y[1], y[0] = 3, y[2] = –2 is the output of a discrete-
dt
0
time LTI system.
Q.2 If f(t) is the step-response of a linear time- The system impulse response h[n] will be
invariant system, then its impulse response is (a) h[n] = 0, n < 0, n > 2, h[0] = 1, h[1] = h[2] = –1
given by ______ . (b) h[n] = 0, n < –1, n > 1, h[–1] = 1, h[0] = h[1] = 2
[EE-1994 : 1 Mark] (c) h[n] = 0, n < 0, n > 3, h[0] = –1, h[1] = 2,
Q.3 The convolution of the function f1(t) = e–2t u(t) h[2] = 1
and f2(t) = et u(t) is equal to ______. (d) h[n] = 0, n < –2, n > 1, h[–2] = h[1] =
[EE-1995 : 1 Mark] h[–1] = –h[0] = 3
[EE-2006 : 2 Marks]
Q.4 The impulse response of an initially relaxed
linear system is e–2t u(t). To produce a response Q.8 If u(t), r(t) denote the unit step and unit ramp
of te–2t u(t), the input must be equal to functions respectively and u(t) r(t) their
convolution, then the function u(t + 1) r(t – 2)
1 2t
(a) 2 e–t u(t) (b) e u(t ) is given by
2
(c) e–2t u(t) (d) e–t u(t) 1
(a) (t 1) u (t 2)
2
[EE-1995 : 1 Mark]
1
Q.5 The unit impulse response of a system is given (b) (t 1) u (t + 2)
2
as,
1
c(t) = –4e–t + 6e–2t (c) (t 1)2 u(t 1)
2
The step response of the same system for t 0 is
(d) None of the above
equal to
(a) –3e–2t – 4e–t + 1 (b) –3e–2t + 4e–t + 1 Q.9 Let a signal a1 sin( 1t + 1) be applied to a stable
linear time invariant system. Let the
(c) –3e–2t – 4e–t – 1 (d) 3e–2t + 4e–t + 1
corresponding steady-state output be
[EE-1996 : 2 Marks]
represented as a2 F( 2t + 2). Then which of the
Q.6 Let s(t) be the step response of a linear system following statements is true?
with zero initial conditions. Then the response (a) F is not necessarily a ‘sine’ or ‘cosine’
of this system to an input u(t) is function but must be periodic with 1 = 2.
(b) F must be a ‘sine’ or ‘cosine’ function with Q.13 A linear time invariant system with an impulse
a1 = a2. response h(t) produces output y(t) when input
(c) F must be a ‘sine’ function with 1 = 2 and x(t) is applied. When the input x(t – ) is applied
1 = 2. to a system with impulse response h(t – ), the
(d) F must be a ‘sine’ or ‘cosine’ function with output will be
1 = 2. (a) y( ) (b) y(2(t – ))
[EE-2007 : 1 Mark] (c) y(t – ) (d) y(t – 2 )
Q.10 The impulse response of a causal linear time- [EE-2009 : 1 Mark]
invariant system is given as h(t). Now consider
Q.14 A cascade of three linear time invariant systems
the following two statements:
is causal and unstable. From this, we concludes
Statement (I) : Principle of superposition holds.
that
Statement (II) : h(t) = 0 for t < 0.
(a) each system in the cascade is individually
(a) Statement (I) is correct and statement (II) is
causal and unstable.
wrong.
(b) Statement (II) is correct and statement (I) is (b) at least one system is unstable and at least
wrong. one system is causal.
(c) Both statement (I) and statement (II) are (c) at least one system is causal and all systems
wrong. are unstable.
(d) Both statement (I) and statement (II) are (d) the majority are unstable and the majority
correct. are causal.
[EE-2008 : 1 Mark] [EE-2009 : 2 Marks]
Q.11 A signal e– t sin ( t) is the input to a real linear Q.15 The system represented by the input-output
time invariant system. Given K and are
5t
constants, the output of the system will be of the
relationship y(t ) = x( ) d , t > 0 is
from Ke– t sin(vt + ) where
(a) need not be equal to but v equal to .
(b) V need not be equal to but equal to . (a) linear and causal
(c) equal to and v equal to . (b) linear but not causal
(d) need not be equal to and v need not to be (c) causal but not linear
equal to . (d) neither linear nor causal
[EE-2008 : 1 Mark] [EE-2010 : 1 Mark]
Q.12 A system with x(t) and output y(t) is defined by Q.16 Given the finite length input x[n] and the
the input-output relation: corresponding finite length output y[n] of an
2t LTI system as shown below, the impulse
Y (t ) = x( t ) d response h[n] of the system is
The system will be h[n]

x[n] = {1, –1} y[n] = {1, 0, 0, 0, –1}
(a) causal, time-invariant and unstable.
(b) causal, time-invariant and stable.
(c) non-causal, time-invariant and unstable. (a) h[n] = {1, 0, 0, 1} (b) h[n ] = {1, 0, 1}
(d) non-causal, time-variant and unstable.
(c) h[n ] = {1, 1, 1, 1} (d) h[n] = {1, 1, 1}
[EE-2008 : 2 Marks]
[EE-2010 : 2 Marks]
Q.17 Given two continuous time signals x(t) = e–t and Q.22 The impulse response of a continuous time
y(t) = e–2t which exist for t > 0, the convolution system is given by
z(t) = x(t) y(t) is h(t) = (t – 1) + (t – 3)
(a) e–t – e–2t (b) e–3t The value of the step response at t = 2 is
(c) e +t (d) e–t + e–2t (a) 0 (b) 1
[EE-2011 : 1 Mark] (c) 2 (d) 3
Q.18 Let y[n] denote the convolution of h[n] and g[n], [EE-2013 : 2 Marks]
where h[n] = (1/2)n u[n] and g[n] is a causal
Q.23 x(t) is non-zero only for Tx < t < Tx , and
sequence. If y[n] = 1 and y[1] = 1/2, then g[1]
equals similarly, y(t) is non-zero only for Ty < t < Ty .
(a) 0 (b) 1/2
Let z(t) be convolution of x(t) and y(t). Which
(c) 1 (d) 3/2
one of the following statements is true?
[EE-2012 : 2 Marks]
(a) z(t) can be non-zero over an unbounded
Q.19 The input x(t) and output y(t) of a system are interval.
related as, (b) z(t) is non-zero for t < Tx + Ty .
t
(c) z(t) is zero outside of Tx + Ty < t < Tx + Ty .
y (t ) = x( ) cos(3 ) d
(d) z(t) is non-zero for t > Tx + Ty .

The system is
(a) time-invariant and stable. [EE-2014 : 1 Mark]
(b) stable and not time-invariant.
Q.24 Consider an LTI system with impulse response
(c) time-invariant and not stable. h(t) = e–5t u(t). If the output of the system is
(d) not time-invariant and not stable. y(t) = e–3t u(t) – e–5t u(t) then the input, x(t) is
[EE-2012 : 2 Marks] given by
Q.20 The impulse response of a system is h(t) = t u(t). (a) e–3t u(t) (b) 2 e–3t u(t)
For an input u(t – 1), the output is (c) e–5t u(t) (d) 2 e–5t u(t)
[EE-2014 : 1 Mark]
t2 t (t 1)
(a) u(t ) (b) u(t 1)
2 2 Q.25 The impulse response g(t) of a system, G is as
shown in Fig. (a). What is the maximum value
(t 1)2 t2 1
(c) u(t 1) (d) u(t 1) attained by the impulse response of two
2 2
cascaded blocks of G as shown in Fig. (b)?
[EE-2013 : 1 Mark]
Q.21 Two systems are impulse response h1(t) and 1

h2(t) are connected in cascaded. Then the overall G G
impulse response of the cascaded system is
t (b)
given by 0 1
(a)
(a) product of h1(t) and h2(t)
(b) sum of h1(t) and h2(t) 2 3
(a) (b)
(c) convolution of h1(t) and h2(t) 3 4
(d) subtraction of h2(t) from h1(t) 4
(c) (d) 1
[EE-2013 : 1 Mark] 5
[EE-2015 : 1 Mark]
Q.26 A moving average function is given by Q.30 Consider a causal LTI system characterized by
t differential equation,
1
y( t ) = u( ) d
T dy(t ) 1
t T + y(t ) = 3x(t )
dt 6
If the input ‘u’ is a sinusoidal signal of frequency
The response of the system to the input
1 x(t) = 3e–t/3 u(t), where u(t) denotes the unit step
Hz, then the steady-state, the output ‘y’ will
2T function, is
lag ‘u’ (in degree) by _______ . (a) 9 e–t/3 u(t)
[EE-2015 : 1 Mark] (b) 9 e–t/6 u(t)
(c) 9 e–t/3 u(t) – 6 e–t/6 u(t)
Q.27 For linear time invariant systems, that are (d) 54 e–t/6 u(t) – 54 e–t/3 u(t)
bounded input bounded output stable, which
[EE-2016 : 1 Mark]
one of the following statement is true?
(a) The impulse response will be integrable, but Q.31 Let z(t) = x(t) y(t), where ‘ ’ denotes
may not be absolutely integrable. convolution. Let c be a positive real-valued
(b) The unit impulse response will have finite constant. Choose the correct expression for z(ct).
support. (a) c x(ct) y(t) (b) x(ct) y(ct)
(c) The unit step response will be bounded. (c) c x(ct) y(ct) (d) c x(ct) y(t)
(d) The unit step response will be bounded. [EE-2017 : 1 Mark]
[EE-2015 : 2 Marks] Q.32 A continuous-time input signal x(t) is an eigen
Q.28 Consider a continuous-time system will input function of an LTI system, if the output is
x(t) and output y(t) given by (a) kx(t), where k is an eigen value.
y(t) = x(t) cos(t) (b) ke j t x(t), where k is an eigen value and e j t
The system is is a complex exponential signal.
(c) x(t) ej t, where e j t is a complex exponential
(a) linear and time-invariant.
signal.
(b) non-linear and time-invariant.
(d) k H( ), where k is an eigen value and H( ) is
(c) linear and time-varying
a frequency response of the system.
(d) non-linear and time-varying.
[EE-2018 : 1 Mark]
[EE-2016 : 1 Mark]
Q.33 Suppose for input x(t) a linear time-invariant
Q.29 The output of a continuous-time, linear time-
system with impulse response h(t) produces
invariant system is denoted by T[x(t)] where x(t)
output y(t), so that x(t) h(t) = y(t). Further, if
is the input signal. A signal z(t) is called eigen
signal of the system T, when T[z(t)] = yz(t), where x(t ) h(t ) = z(t ), which of the following
y is a complex number, in general, and is called
statements is true?
an eigen value of T. Suppose the impulse
(a) For some but not all t (– , ), z(t) y(t)
response of the system T is real and even. Which
of the following statements is true? (b) For all t (– , ), z(t) y(t)
(a) cos(t) is an eigen-signal but sin(t) is not. (c) For all t (– , ), z(t) y(t)
(b) cos(t) and sin(t) are both eigen-signals but (d) For some but not all t (– , ), z(t) y(t)
with different eigen values. [EE-2020 : 2 Marks]
(c) sin(t) is an eigen-signal but cos(t) is not.
(d) cos(t) and sin(t) are both eigen-signals with
identical eigen values.
[EE-2016 : 2 Marks]

Answers
EC LTI Systems Continuous and Discrete (Time Domain)
1. (b) 2. (a) 3. (b) 4. (b) 5. (d) 6. (c) 7. (a) 8. (b)
9. (d) 10. (d) 11. (b) 12. (a) 13. (c) 14. (10) 15. (d) 16. (b)
17. (c) 18. (31) 19. (7) 20. (c) 21. (0) 22. (c, d)
Solutions
EC LTI Systems Continuous and Discrete (Time Domain)
1. (b) 2
For causal LTI system, y(2) = x( ) h(2 )d

0
h(t) = 0 for t < 0
y(t) = x(t) h(t) 1 1 1
So, y(2) = × 2× =
2 2 2
y(t) = x( ) h(t )d
2. (a)
t For LTI system,
y(t) = x( ) h(t )d y(t) = u(t) h(t)
0
As, x(t) = 0 ; t<0 y(t) = h( ) u(t )d
and h(t) = 0 ; t<0
Q u(t) = 0 ; for t < 0
h(2 – )
t
y(t) = h( ) u(t )d
1 0
3. (b)
–4 0 2
Given that:
Impulse response = h(t) = u(t)
x( )
So, transfer function,
1
H(s) =
s
1/2
Y (s )
H(s) =
2 X( s )
Y(s) = H(s) × H(s)
Given that, 6. (c)

x(t) = e–at u(t) x(t + 5) (t – 7) = x(t + 5 – 7)
1 = x(t – 2)
X(s) =
(s + a)
7. (a)
1 1
Y(s) = ×
s (s + a ) h( k ) =
1 1 1 k=
Y(s) =
a s s+a
u( k + 3) + u( k 2)
Taking inverse Laplace transform,
k= 3 k=2
1 at
y(t) = [1 e ]
a 2 u( k 7)
k =7
4. (b)
6 6
1 s = 1+ 1
u(t) – u(t – 1) = [1 e ]
s k= 3 k=2
1 = 10 + 5 = 15 <
[1 e 2 s ]
u(t) – u(t – 2) =
s For bounded input, bounded output. So system
Convolution in the domain = Multiplication in is stable.
s-domain Response depends on future value of input
1 signal i.e., u(n + 3). So, system is not causal.
[1 e s ] [1 e 2s
]
s2 8. (b)
1 2s s 3s For a causal system,
= [1 e e +e ]
s2 h(t) = 0 ; for t < 0
= tu(t) – (t – 1) u(t – 1) – (t – 2) u(t – 2) + (t – 3)
9. (d)
u(t – 3)
h(t) = e t u(t) + e t u(–t)
= r(t) – r(t – 1) – r(t – 2) + r(t – 3)
5. (d) For the system to be stable, h(t ) dt < .

h1(t) 0 ; for t < 0
For the above condition, h(t) should be as shown
Therefore s1 is non-causal
below.
h2(t) = u(t) = 0 for t < 0
h (t )
h2 (t ) dt = u(t ) dt = dt =
0 t – t
e u(–t) e u (t)
Therefore s2 is unstable and causal,
u(t ) t
h3(t) =
t+1
Therefore, < 0 and > 0.
At, t = –1
h3(t) = 10. (d)
h3(t) = 0 for t < 0 L1 = 3, L2 = 3
Therefore s3 is unstable and causal, Number of samples in output
h4(t) = e–3t u(t) = L1 + L2 – 1 = 5
s4 is time invariant, causal and stable.
h[–k]
y[n] = x[ k ] h[n k ]
k= 1/2 1
1/4
y[2] = x[ k ] h[2 k ]
k=
y(2) = 3
x [k ] h[k] y[0] = h [ k ] g[ k ]
k=
1 1 2
y[0] = h[0] g[0]
1
1 = 1 g[0]
k k g[0] = 1
0 1 2 0 1 2
–1
y[1] = h [1 k ] g[ k ]
k=
h[–k] h[2 – k]
y[1] = h[1] g[0] + h[0] g[1]
2 2
h[1 – k] will be zero for k > 1 and g[k] will be
1 1
zero. For k < 0 as it is causal sequence,
–1
k k 1 1
–2 0 0 1 2
= × 1 + 1 g[1]
–1 –1 2 2
g[1] = 0
11. (b)
13. (c)
h(n) = 2n u(n – 2)
The overall impulse response h(t) of the
For causal system,
cascaded system is given by
h(n) = 0 ; for n < 0
h(t) = h1(t) h2(t)
Hence given system is causal.
For stability: 14. Sol.
n ; for 0 n 10
2n = x[n] =
n=2 0; otherwise
So, given system is not stable.

y[n] = x( k ) x( n k )
12. (a) k=
n 10
1 x( k ) x(4 k )
h[n] = u [ n] y[4] =
2 k=0
g[n] = ?? = x(0) x(4) + x(1) x(3) + x(2) + x(3)
x(1) + 0
g(0) g(1)
= 0 + (1 × 3) + (2 × 2) + (3 × 1)
= 10
15. (d)
x(–t) (–t – t0) = x(–t) (t + t0)
y[n] = h [n k ] g[ k ] = x(–t – t0)
k=
16. (b) By plotting y(t), we get

Step response, y(t )
t
y(t) = h( ) d 2
d
h(t) = y (t ) –2 –1 0 2
dt t(sec)
17. (c)
–1
If the input to the system is eigen signal output
is also the same eigen signal. The energy of y(t) can be given as,
18. Sol.
Ey = y 2 (t ) dt
x[n] = {1, 2, 1}
h[n] = {1, a, b} By plotting y2(t), we get
y[n] = {A, 3, 4, B, C}
y2(t)
h
x 1 a b 4
1 1 a b
1
2 2 2a 2b
–2 –1 0 2 t(sec)
1 1 a b
Ey = Area under the plot of y2(t)

y[0] = 1; y[1] = 2 + a
= (4 × 1) + (3 × 1) = 7 J
y[2] = 1 + 2a + b
y[3] = a + 2b, y[4] = b 21. (0)
Given, y[1] = 2+a=3 a=1 1
y[2] = 1 + 2a + b = 4 b = 1 x(n) = u(n) X( z) = 1
1 z
So, y[3] = a + 2b = 3
y(n) = 2 [n + 1] + [n] + [n – 1]
and y[4] = b=1
Y(z) = 2z + 1 + z–1
So, 10y[3] + y[4] = 10 × 3 +1 = 31
Transform function,
19. Sol. Y ( z) 2 z + 1 + z 1
H(z) = =
Given that, X( z) 1
h1(t) = 2 (t + 2) – 3 (t + 1) 1 z 1
h2(t) = (t – 2) = (2z + 1 + z–1) (1 – z–1)
Overall impulse response is, = 2z + 1 + z–1 – 2 – z–1 – z–2
h(t) = h1(t) + h2(t) H(z) = 2z – 1 – z–2
= 2 (t + 2) – 3 (t + 1) + (t – 2) n
1
If input, x(t) = u(t), then the output will be If x(n) = u(n) for this system with
2
y(t) = x(t) h(t)
= u(t) * [2 (t + 2) – 3 (t + 1) H ( z) = 2z – 1 – z–2 then,
+ (t – 2)] find y (n )I.Z.T.
= 2u(t + 2) – 3u(t + 1) + u(t – 2)
h(n) = 2 (n + 1) – (n) – (n – 2)
22. (c, d)
2z 1 z 2
Y(z) = X ( z) H ( z) =
1 1 sin t S1 sin(–t) = –sin t
1 z
2
sin t S2 sin(t + 1)
y(n) = x(n) h(n)
n+1 n sin t S3 sin(2t)
1 1
= 2 u(n + 1) u(n)
2 2 1 cos 2 t
sin t S4 sin 2 (t ) =
2
n 2
1 Since, LTI system does not change the frequency
u(n 2)
2 of sinusoidal input. So, S3 and S4 are definitely
As we want y(0), it is due to first 2 terms of y(n), not LTI as input and output sinusoidal
1 0+1
1 0 frequencies are different.
y(0) = 2
2 2
= 1–1=0
Answers
EE LTI Systems Continuous and Discrete (Time Domain)
1. (a) 4. (c) 5. (b) 6. (b) 7. (a) 8. (c) 9. (d) 10. (d)
11. (c) 12. (d) 13. (d) 14. (b) 15. (b) 16. (c) 17. (a) 18. (a)
19. (d) 20. (c) 21. (c) 22. (b) 23. (c) 24. (b) 25. (d) 26. (90)
27. (d) 28. (c) 29. (d) 30. (d) 31. (a) 32. (a) 33. (b)
Solutions
EE LTI Systems Continuous and Discrete (Time Domain)
1. (a) 2. Sol.
y(t) = u(t) h(t) (always) d
f (t )
where h(t) is impulse response dt
Q s(t) is step response (given)
3. Sol.
d
s(t ) = h(t) Q f1(t) = e–2t u(t)
dt
d 1
F1(s) =
y(t) = u(t ) s(t ) s+2
dt
d and f2(t) = et u(t)
= [u(t ) s(t )] (Using property)
dt 1
F2(s) =
s 1
d
= u( ) s(t )d
dt 1
F1(s) F2(s) =
(s + 2) (s 1)
(By definition of convolution)
t 1/3 1/3
d = +
= u( ) s(t )d s+2 s 1
dt
0 Q F1(s) F2(s) = f1(t) f2(t)
(Q u(t) and s(t) are causal functions)
Multiplication in s-domain results in 8. (c)

convolution in time domain.
u(t + 1) r(t – 2) = r( 2) u(t + 1 )d
1/3 1/3
f1(t) f2(t) = L 1 +
s+2 s 1 ( t + 1)
z(t) = r( 2) d
1 2t 1
= e + et u(t ) (t + 1)
3 3 z(t) = ( 2) d
2
For, (t + 1) 2
4. (c)
2 ( t + 1)
1 1 (t + 1)
H(s) = L [ e 2t u(t )] = z(t) = 2 = [ 2
4 ]2
s+2 2 2
2
2t 1
Y(s) = L [t e u(t )] = 1
(s + 2)2 For t 1= [(t + 1)2 4(t + 1) 4 + 8]
2
Y (s ) 1
X(s) = = 1 2
X( s ) s + 2 z(t) = [t + 2t + 1 4t 4 + 4]
2
Hence, input x(t) = L –1 [X(s) = e–2t u(t)]
For t 1
5. (b) 1
z(t) = (t 1)2
Impulse response = 4 e–t +6 e–2t 2
t t t For t 1
Step response = c(t ) dt = 4 e t dt + 6 e 2t
dt 1
0 0 z(t) = (t 1)2 u(t 1)
2
= 4e–t – 3e–2t – 1
Hence, option (b) is correct. 9. (d)
7. (a) Input |H| fH Output

For finite duration convolution,
x[n] have M terms The effect of linear time invariant system is best
h[n] have N terms understood by considering that, at any given
then, y[n] should have terms (M + N – 1) input frequency 1, the output is sinusoidal at
Here, x[n] = { 1, 2} same frequency, as the input applied, with
amplitude given by output = H × input and
y[n] = { 1, 3, 1, 2}
phase equal to 2 = H + 1, where H is the
So, h[n] should have only 3 terms and h[n] have
magnitude of the frequency response and H is
value starting from origin or [n = 0] only because
y[n] have value start from [n = –1]. its phase angle. Both H and H are functions
Consider option (I). of frequency.
–1 1
1 –1 2 10. (d)
–1 1 –2 Since system is causal therefore its impulse

response will be zero for t < 0.
–1 1 –2 So statement-II is correct.
since system is linear it also satisfies the
principle of superposition.
y[n] = { 1, 3, 1, 2}
So both the statement are correct.
So option (a) is correct.
11. (c)
e at j H( + j 0 ) j 0t
= H( +j 0 ) [e e
t LTI system t 2j
e sin( ot ) Ke sin( vt + )
h(t ) = real signal
j H( +j 0) j 0t
For real h(t): e e ]
h(t) = h (t) = Ke– t sin(vt + )
Applying Laplace transform,
12. (d)
H(s) = H (s )
H(s + j ) = H ( – j ) [Put s = + j ] First of all we will check for causality,
= 0, = –a 2t
y(t) = x( ) d
H(– + j 0) = H (– – j 0)
So for, t = –2
+ j 0)
H( + j 0 ) e j H(
4
y(–2) = x( ) d
j H( j 0)
= H( j 0) e
So output depends on future values of input
By comparison,
along with past and present values of input so
H( +j 0) = H( j 0) ...(i) system is non-causal.
and H(– + j 0) = – H(– – j 0) ...(ii) Let us find output for shifted input x(t – t0),
Now system input is, 2t
y (t) = x( t0 ) d
x(t) = e– t sin 0t
(2 t t0 )
1 t y (t) = x( ) d ...(i)
= e ( e j 0t e j 0t
)
2j
Now shift the output by t0
1 t( + j 0) (2 t t0 )
= e et ( j 0 )
then, y(t – t0) = x( ) d ...(ii)
2
1 so from equations (i) and (ii),
= [ x1 (t ) x2 (t )] y (t) y(t – t0)
2j
Therefore system is time variant.
+ j 0)
where, x1(t) = et ( Non-causal and time variant is present only in
t( j 0)
option (d).
and x2(t) = e
For x1(t) system output is, 13. (d)
Case-1 : Y(s) = H(s) X(s)
y1(t) = H ( s ) s = j 0
e( j 0 )t
Case-2 : Input = x(t – ) X(s) e–s
= H( j 0) e( j 0 )t Impulse response = h(t – ) H(s) e–s
Thus, the overall output y(t) is, Output : Y (s) = X(s) e–s H(s) e–s
Y (s) = X(s) H(s) e–s2t = Y(s) e–2sT
1
y(t) = [ y1 (t ) y2 (t )] y(t) = y(t – 2 )
2j
[Q By using property of linear system] 14. (b)
1
[H( + j 0 ) e( + j 0 )t
H( j 0 ) e( j 0 )t
] Since in cascade overall impulse response,
= 2j
h(t) = h1(t) h2(t) h3(t)
e at h 1 (t), h 2 (t), h 3 (t) are impulse response of
+ j 0)
= [ H( +j 0 ej H(
ej 0t
individual systems.
2j
Since initial point where h(t) is non-zero is t 0
H( j 0 ) e j H( j 0)
e j 0t ] and since in convolution initial point,
= t1 + t2 + t3
where, t1, t2, t3 are initial points of h1(t), h2(t), 17. (a)
h3(t) respectively. 1
1
So for it to be greater than or equal to zero at x(s) = , y( s ) =
s+1 s+2
least one of them t1, t2 or t3 must be +ve i.e. greater
z(s) = x(s) y(s)
than zero so atleast one of them must be causal.
1 1 1 1
Similarly if one (atleast) of the system become = × =
s+1 s+2 s+1 s+2
unstable then overall system will become
z(t) = e–t – e–2t
unstable.
18. (a)
15. (b)
Given, g[n] is a causal sequence.
Integrator is always a linear system.
g[n] will be zero for n < 0,
5t
Since, y(t) = x( ) d t>0
y[n] = g[ k ] h[n k ]
For t = 1 k=
5 n
y(t) = x( ) d 1
and h[n] = u [ n]
2
here value at t = 1 depends on future values like
at t = 2, 3, .... of input x(t). n
1
u[n]
So, it is a non-causal system. h[n] = 2
0 n<0
16. (c)
1 1
x[n] = {1, 1}, M = 2 h[0] = 1, h [1] = , h [2] =
2 4
y[0] = g[0] h[0] + g[1] h[–1] + 1...
y[n] = {1, 0, 0, 0, 1}, N 1 = 5 1 = g[0] × 1 + 0 + 0 + ...
g[0] = 1
Since output has number of elements, y[1] = g[0] h[1] + g[1] h[0] + g[2] h[–1] +...
N1 = M + N – 1 1 1
= 1 + g[1] 1 + 0
where N is number of elements in impulse 2 2
response h[n]. g[1] = 0
5 = 2+N–1
19. (d)
N=4
t
Let it be a1, a2, b1, b2 y = x( ) cos(3 ) d
y[n] = [ a1 ,( a2 a1 ), (b1 a2 ), (b2 b1 ), b2 ] t t0
y(t – t0) = x( ) cos(3 ) d
comparing with,
y (t) for input x(t – t0) is
y[n] = [1, 0, 0, 0, 1] t
y (t) = x( t0 ) cos 3 d
a1 = 1
( t t0 )
a2 = a1 = 1 y (t) = x( ) cos 3( + t0 ) d
b1 = a1 = 1
y (t) y(t – t0) so system is not time invariant for
b2 = b1 = 1
input x( ) = cos(3 ) bounded input,
Therefore,
t
y(t) = cos2 (3 ) d as t
h[n] = {1, 1, 1, 1}
So, for bounded input, output is not bounded
therefore system is not stable.
20. (c) Also, h(t) = e–5t u(t)

h(t) = t u(t) 1
H(s) =
1 (s + 5)
H(s) =
s2 Y (s)
=
2
× (s + 5)
X(s) =
Y (s) 1 H (s) (s + 3) (s + 5)
= 2
U (s) s 2
= (s + 3)
1 e s
Y(s) = Input = x(t) = 2e–3t u(t)
s2 s
(t 1)2 25. (d)
y(t) = u (t 1)
2 g(t) = u(t) – y(t –1)
1 e s
21. (c) G(s) =
s s
In cascade connection,
or, G(s) × G(s) = g(t) g(t)
H1(s) H2(s) g(t) g(t) g(t)
H(s) = H1(s) H2(s)

1 1
h(t) = h1(t) h2(t)
22. (b)
t
For step response, impulse response can be 1
0 1 2
integrated.
Maximum value = 1
y(t) = u(t – 1) + u(t – 3)
y(2) = u(1) + u(–1) 26. Sol.
= 1+0=1 System input: sin 0t
23. (c)
1
f0 = Hz
2T
x(t) is non-zero for Tx < t < Tx and y(t) is non- Therefore,
zero for Ty < t < Ty 2

0 = 2 0= = rad/sec.
2T T
Q z(t) = x(t) y(t) t
1 1 t
then the limits of the resultant signal is, y(t) = sin 0 d = [ cos 0 t ]t T
T T
Tx + Ty < t < Tx + Ty t T
i.e. z(t) is non-zero for Tx + Ty < t < Tx + Ty .

1
= [cos 0 t cos[ 0 (t T )]]
T
24. (b) t
0 =
Impulse response of an LTI system = transfer T
1 t
Y (s ) = cos at cos
function = = H (s) T T
X( s )
1 2
where, y(t) = e–3t u(t) – e–5t u(t) = [cos 0t + cos 0 t ] = cos 0 t
T T
1 1 2 2
Y(s) = = = sin( 0 t 90°)
(s + 3) ( s + 5) (s + 3) (s + 5) T
= Output is lagging by 90° w.r.t. input.
28. (c) 30. (d)

y(t) = x(t) cos(t) The differential equation,
To check linearity, dy(t ) 1
+ y(t ) = 3 x(t)
y1(t) = x1(t) cos(t) dt 6
[y1(t) is output for x1(t)]
1
y2(t) = x2(t) cos(t) So, sY (s ) + Y (s ) = 3 X(s)
6
[y2(t) is output for x2(t)]
3 X(s )
So, the output for (x1(t) + x2(t)) will be Y(s) =
1
y(t) = [x1(t) + x2(t)] cos(t) s+
6
= y1(t) + y2(t)
So, the system is linear to check time invariance. 9
X(s) =
The delayed output, 1
s+
y(t – t0) = x(t – t0) cos(t – t0) 3
The output for delayed input, 9
y(t, t0) = x(t – t0) cos(t) So, Y(s) =
1 1
s+ s+
Since, y(t – t0) y(t, t0) 3 6
System is time varying.
54 54
=
29. (d) 1 1
s+ s+
6 3
Given that impulse response is real and even.
Thus, H(j ) will also be real and even. So, y(t) = (54e–16t – 54e–1/3t) u(t)
j ot LTI j ot
31. (a)
e H(j o) e
system Time scaling property of convolution.
If, x(t) y(t) = z(t)
–j o t LTI –j o t
e H(–j o) e 1
system
Then, x(ct) y(ct) = z(ct )
c
Since, H(j ) is real and even. z(ct) = c × x(ct) y(ct)
Thus, H(j 0) = H(–j 0)
32. (a)
e jt + e jt
Now cos(t) is input i.e. is input/ Eigen function is a type of input for which output
2
is constant times of input.
output will be
i.e.,
H ( j 1) e jt + H ( j 1) e jt e jt + e jt
= H ( j 1)
at
e = x(t) H(s) y(t )
2 2
= H(j1) cos(t) where, x(t) = system input = eigen function
H(s) = transfer function of system
e jt e jt y(t) = system output
If sin(t) is input i.e. is input/output
2
Here, y(t) = H ( s ) s = a e at
will be
= K x(t)
H ( j 1) e jt + H ( j 1) e jt e jt + e jt
= H ( j 1) 2j
where, K = eigen value = H (s) s = a
2
= H(j1) sint x(t) = eigen function input = H (s) s = a
So, sin(t) and cos(t) are eigen signals with same
eigen values.
33. (b) Case-2:

Since, y(t) = x(t) + h(t) x (t ) h (t )
and z(t) = x(t ) × h(t ) 1 1
Case-1:
t t
0 1 0 1
x(t ) h(t )
1
then, y(t) = z(t)
0 1
t t
0 1
–1
1
then, y(t) and z(t)

t
0 1 2
y(t ) z (t )
1 2 Thus, z(t) y(t) for all ‘t’

–1
t
0
t
–1 0 1 2
3 Fourier Series
ELECTRO NICS EN GINEERIN G Q.5 The trigonometric Fourier series of a periodic

time function can have only
(a) cosine terms
Q.1 A half-wave rectified sinusoidal waveform has (b) sine terms
a peak voltage of 10 V. Its average value and the (c) cosine and sine terms
peak value of the fundamental component are (d) dc and cosine terms
respectively given by
[EC-1998 : 1 Mark]
20 10 10 10
(a) V, V (b) V, V Q.6 A periodic signal x(t) of period T0 is given by
2 2
10 20 1, t < T1
(c) V, 5 V (d) V, 5 V x( t ) = T0
0 , T1 < t <
[EC-1987 : 2 Marks] 2
The dc component of x(t) is
Q.2 Fourier series of the periodic function (period 2 )
defined by T1 T1
(a) (b)
T0 (2T0 )
0, <x<0
f (x) =
x, 0<x< 2T1 T0
(c) (d)
T0 T1
1 1
is + [cos(n ) 1] cos(nx ) cos(n )sin(nx ) [EC-1998 : 1 Mark]
4 n=1 n2 n
Q.7 The Fourier series representation of an impulse
By putting x = in the above, one can deduce train denoted by
1 1 1
that the sum of the series 1 + 2
+ 2
+ + ... s(t ) = (t nT0 )
3 5 72
n=
is
1 j 2 nt
[EC-1993 : 2 Marks] (a) exp
T0 n= T0
Q.3 The Fourier series of an odd periodic function,
contains only 1 j nt
(b) exp
(a) odd harmonics (b) even harmonics T0 n= T0
(c) cosine terms (d) sine terms
1 j nt
[EC-1994 : 1 Mark] (c) exp
T0 n= T0
Q.4 The trigonometric Fourier series of an even
function of time does not have 1 j 2 nt
(d) exp
(a) the dc term T0 n= T0
(b) cosine terms [EC-1999 : 2 Marks]
(c) sine terms
(d) odd harmonic terms Q.8 One period (0, T) each of two periodic
[EC-1996 : 1 Mark] waveforms W1 and W2 are shown in the figure.
The magnitudes of the nth Fourier series Q.12 The Fourier series of a real periodic function
coefficients of W1 and W2, for n 1, n odd, are has only
respectively proportional to P. Cosine terms if it is even.
Q. Sine terms if it is even.
R. Cosine terms if it is odd.
1 1
S. Sine terms if it is odd.
W1 W2 Which of the above statements are correct?
T (a) P and S (b) P and R
0 T/2 T 0 T/2
(c) Q and S (d) Q and R
[EC-2009 : 1 Mark]
–1 –1
Q.13 The trigonometric Fourier series of an even
function does not have the
(a) n 3 and n 2 (b) n 2 and n 3 (a) dc term (b) cosine terms
(c) sine terms (d) odd harmonic terms
1 2 4 2
(c) n and n (d) n and n [EC-2011 : 1 Mark]
[EC-2000 : 2 Marks] Q.14 Consider the periodic square wave in the figure
shown.
Q.9 Which of the following cannot be the Fourier
x(t)
series expansion of a periodic signal?
(a) x(t) = 2 cost + 3 cos3t 1
(b) x(t) = 2 cos t + 7 cost

(c) x(t) = cost + 0.5 t
0 1 2 3 4
(d) x(t) = 2 cos 1.5 t + sin3.5 t
[EC-2002 : 1 Mark]
–1
Q.10 The Fourier series expansion of a real periodic
signal with fundamental frequency fo is given by The ratio of the power in the 7th harmonic to the
power in the 5th harmonic for this waveform is
g p (t ) = cn e j 2 nf ot
closest in value to ______ .
n=
[EC-2014 : 1 Mark]
It is given that, c3 = 3 + j5. Then c–3 is
Q.15 The magnitude and phase of the complex
(a) 5 + j3 (b) –3 – j5
Fourier series coefficient ak of a periodic signal
(c) –5 + j3 (d) 3 – j5
x(t) are shown in the figure. Choose the correct
[EC-2003 : 1 Mark] statement from the four choices given.
Q.11 Choose the function f(t), – < t < , for which a Notation: C is the set of complex, number, R is
Fourier series cannot be defined. the set of purely real numbers, and P is the set of
(a) 3 sin(25t) purely imaginary numbers.
(b) 4 cos(20t + 3) + 2 sin(710t) ak
3 3
(c) exp ( t ) sin (25t ) 2 2
(d) 1 1
[EC-2005 : 1 Mark] k
–5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4
ak Q.18 Let x(t) be a periodic function with period T = 10.

–5 –4 –3 –2 –1 1 2 3 4 The Fourier series coefficients for this series are
k
0 denoted by ak, that is
2
– jk t
x( t ) = ak e T
(a) x(t) R k=
(b) x(t) P The same function x(t) can also be considered
(c) x(t) (C – R) as a periodic function with period T = 40. Let bk
(d) the information given is not sufficient to be the Fourier series coefficients when period is
draw any conclusion about x(t). taken as T .
[EC-2015 : 1 Mark]
If ak = 16 , then bk is equal to
Q.16 A periodic signal x(t) has a trigonometric Fourier k= k=
series expansion:
(a) 256 (b) 64
x(t ) = a0 + ( an cos n o t + bn sin n ot )
(c) 16 (d) 4
n=1 [EC-2018 : 1 Mark]
If x(t) = –x(–t) = –x(t – / o), we can conclude
Q.19 The exponential Fourier series representation
that
of a continuous-time period signal x(t) is defined
(a) an are zero for all n and bn are zero for n
as,
even.
(b) an are zero for all n and bn are zero for n odd. ak e jk ot
x(t) =
(c) an are zero for n even and bn are zero for n k=
odd. where, o is the fundamental angular frequency
(d) an are zero for n odd and bn are zero for n of x(t) and the coefficients of the series are ak.
even. The following information is given about x(t)
[EC-2017 : 1 Mark] and ak :
Q.17 Let x(t) be a continuous time periodic signal with I. x(t) is real and even, having a fundamental
fundamental period T = 1 seconds. Let {ak} be period of 6.
the complex Fourier series coefficients of x(t), II. The average value of x(t) is 2.
where k is integer valued. Consider the k, 1 k 3
following statements about x(3t): III. ak =
0, k>3
I. The complex Fourier series coefficients of
x(3t) are {ak} where k is integer valued. The average power of the signal x(t) (Rounded
off to one decimal place) is ______ .
II. The complex Fourier series coefficients of
x(3t) are {3ak} where k is integer valued. [EC-2021 : 2 Marks]
III. The fundamental angular frequency of x(3t) Q.20 The frequency response H(f) of a linear time
is 6 rad/s. invariant system has magnitude as shown in
For the three statements above, which one of the the figure.
following is correct?
|H(f )|
(a) Only II and III are true.
1
(b) Only I and III are true.
(c) Only III is true. f (Hz)
– 0
(d) Only I is true. [EC-2017 : 2 Marks]
Statement-I : The system is necessarily a pure Q.3 Fourier series for the waveform, f(t) shown in
delay system for inputs which are band limited figure is
to – f .
f (t )
Statement-II : For any wide sense stationary
input process with power spectral density SX(f),
the output power spectral density SY(f) obeys
–1 1 2 3
SY(f ) = SX(f) for – f . Which one of the t
following combinations is true? –1
(a) Statement I is correct, Statement II is correct.
(b) Statement I is correct, Statement II is
8 1 1
incorrect. (a) 2
sin( t ) + sin(3 t ) + sin(5 t ) + ...
9 25
(c) Statement I is incorrect, Statement II is
correct. 8 1 1
(b) 2
sin( t ) cos(3 t ) + sin(5 t ) + ...
(d) Statement I is incorrect, Statement II is 9 25
incorrect.
8 1 1
[EC-2022] (c) 2
cos( t ) + cos(3 t ) + cos(5 t ) + ...
9 25
ELECTRICAL EN GINEERIN G 8 1 1
(d) 2
cos( t ) sin(3 t ) + sin(5 t ) + ...
(GATE Previous Years Solved Papers) 9 25
[EE-2002 : 1 Mark]
Q.1 A periodic rectangular signal, x(t) has the
waveform as shown in figure. Frequency of the Q.4 The rms value of the periodic waveform given
fifth harmonic of its spectrum is in figure is
x(t)
I
+6 A
T
t
–4 –2 0 2 4 t(ms) T/2
–6 A
(a) 40 Hz (b) 200 Hz

(c) 250 Hz (d) 1250 Hz (a) 2 6 A (b) 6 2 A
[EE-1996 : 1 Mark]
4
Q.2 If an a.c. voltage wave is corrupted with an (c) A (d) 1.5 A
3
arbitrary number of harmonics, then the overall
[EE-2004 : 2 Marks]
voltage waveform differs from its fundamental
frequency component in terms of Q.5 The rms value of the resultant current in a wire
(a) only the peak values which carries a d.c. current of 10 A and a
(b) only the rms values sinusoidal alternating current of peak value 20 A
(c) peak and rms values is
(d) all the three measures (peak, rms and (a) 14.1 A (b) 17.3 A
average values) (c) 22.4 A (d) 30.0 A
[EE-2000 : 1 Mark] [EE-2004 : 2 Marks]
Q.6 For the triangular wave form shown in the Q.10 Let x(t) be a periodic signal with time period T.
figure, the rms value of the voltage is equal to Let, y(t) = x(t – t0) + x(t + t0) for some t0. The
V(t) Fourier series coefficients of y(t) are denoted by
bk. If bk = 0 for all odd K. Then t0 canbe equal to
1V
T T
(a) (b)
8 4
T/2 T 3T/2 2T
t T
(c) (d) 2T
2
1 1 [EE-2008 : 2 Marks]
(a) V (b) V
6 3
Q.11 The Fourier series coefficients, of a periodic
1 2 signal x(t) expressed as,
(c) V (d) V
3 3
x(t) = k=
ak e j 2 kt /T
[EE-2004 : 2 Marks]
are given by
Q.7 The Fourier series for the function f(x) = sin2x is a –2 = 2 – j1
(a) sinx + sin2x (b) 1 – cos2x a –1 = 0.5 + j0.2
(c) sin2x + cos2x (d) 0.5 – 0.5 cos2x a0 = j2
[EE-2005 : 2 Marks] a1 = 0.5 – j0.2
a2 = 2 + j1
Q.8 x(t) is real valued function of a real variable with
period T. Its trigonometric Fourier series and ak = 0 for k > 2
expansion contains no terms of frequency Which of the following is true?
= 2 (2k)/T, k = 0, 1, 2, ..... Also, no sine terms (a) x(t) has finite energy because only finitely
are present. Then x(t) satisfies the equation many coefficients are non-zero.
(a) x(t) = –x(t – T)
(b) x(t) has zero average value because it is
(b) x(t) = x(T – t) = –x(t) periodic.
T (c) The imaginary part of x(t) is constant.
(c) x(t ) = x(T t ) = x t
2 (d) The real part of x(t) is even.
T [EE-2009 : 2 Marks]
(d) x(t ) = x(t T ) = x t
2
Q.12 The second harmonic component of the periodic
[EE-2006 : 1 Mark]
waveform given in the figure has an amplitude
Q.9 A signal x(t) is given by of
T 3T
1, <t
4 4
x( t ) = +1
3T 7T
1, <t
4 4 t
T/2 T
Which among the following gives the
fundamental Fourier term of x(t)? –1
4 t t
(a) cos (b) cos + (a) 0 (b) 1
T 4 4 2T 4
2
4 t t (c) (d) 5
(c) sin (d) sin
T 4 4 2T 4
[EE-2010 : 1 Mark]
[EE-2007 : 2 Marks]
Q.13 The Fourier expansion: Q.17 The signum function is given by

x
f (t ) = a0 + an cos n t + bn sin n t , x 0
n=1 sgn ( x ) = x
0, x=0
of the periodic signal shown below will contain
the following non-zero terms: The Fourier series expansion of sgn (cos(t)) has
(a) only sine terms with all harmonics.
f (t )
(b) only cosine terms with all harmonics.
(c) only sine terms with even numbered
t harmonics.
0
(d) only cosine terms with odd numbered
harmonics.
(a) a0 and bn, n = 1, 3, 5, ....
[EE-2015 : 2 Marks]
(b) a0 and an, n = 1, 2, 3, ....
(c) a0, an and bn, n = 1, 2, 3, .... Q.18 Let f(x) be a real, periodic function satisfying
f(–x) = –f(x). The general form of its Fourier series
(d) a0 and an, n = 1, 3, 5, ....
representation would be
[EE-2011 : 1 Mark]
(a) f ( x ) = a0 + a
k =1 k
cos( kx )
Q.14 For a periodic signal
v(t ) = 30 sin 100t + 10 cos 300t + 6 sin 500t + , (b) f (x) = b

k =1 k
sin ( kx )
4
the fundamental frequency in rad/sec is (c) f ( x ) = a0 + a
k = 1 2k
cos( kx )
(a) 100 (b) 300
(d) f ( x ) = a
k = 0 2k + 1
sin (2 k + 1) x
(c) 500 (d) 1500
[EE-2013 : 1 Mark] [EE-2018 : 1 Mark]
Q.15 Let, g : [0, ) [0, ) be a function defined by

+
k
g(x) = x – [x], where [x] represents the integer Q.19 Let the signal x(t ) = ( 1)k t be
k= 2000
part of x. (That is, it is the largest integer which
is less than of equal to x.) The value of the
passed through an LTI system with frequency
constant term in the Fourier series expansion of
response H( ), as given in the figure.
g(x) is _______ .
H( )
[EE-2014 : 2 Marks]
1
Q.16 For a periodic square wave, which one of the
following statements is true?
(a) The Fourier series coefficients do not exist.
–5000 5000
(b) The Fourier series coefficient exist but the
The Fourier series representation of the output
reconstruction converges at most point. is given as,
(c) The Fourier series coefficient exist and the (a) 4000 + 4000 cos(2000 t) + 4000 cos(4000 t)
reconstruction converges at no points.
(b) 2000 + 2000 cos(2000 t) + 2000 cos(4000 t)
(d) The Fourier series coefficient exist and the
(c) 4000 cos(2000 t)
reconstruction converges at every point.
(d) 2000 cos(2000 t)
[EE-2014 : 1 Mark]
[EE-2017 : 2 Marks]
t t , t 0 If, f (t ) = a0 + an cos nt + bn sin nt

Q.20 Consider g(t ) = , where
t t , otherwise n=1 n=1
A sin t , 0 t
t R. Here t represents the largest integer less f (t ) =
0, <t<2
than or equal to t and t denotes the smallest The Fourier series coefficients a1 and b1 of f(t)
integer greater than or equal to t. The coefficient are:
of the second harmonic component of the A A
(a) a1 = 0 ; b1 = (b) a1 = ; b1 = 0
Fourier series representing g(t) is _______ .
[EE-2017 : 1 Mark] A A
(c) a1 = 0 ; b1 = (d) a1 = ; b1 = 0
2 2
Q.21 A periodic function f(t), with a period of 2 , is
[EE-2019 : 2 Marks]
represented as its Fourier series.

Answers
EC Fourier Series
1. (c) 2. (Sol.) 3. (d) 4. (c) 5. (c) 6. (c) 7. (d) 8. (c)
9. (b) 10. (d) 11. (c) 12. (a) 13. (c) 14. (0.51) 15. (a) 16. (a)
17. (b) 18. (c) 19. (32) 20. (a)
Solutions
EC Fourier Series
1. (c) Time period = To

V(t) 1
fo = = fundamental frequency
To
Vm
= 1st harmonics
t Fourier series of v(t) is given by
–T0 –T0/4 T0/4 T0
v(t) = a0 + a1 cos( ot) + a2 cos(2 ot) + ....
To a 0 = dc value = average value
V(t) = Vm cos( ot) t
4
1 2. Sol.
a0 = v(t ) dt
To f(x)
To
To /4
1
= Vm cos( o t ) dt
To
To /4 x
–
To /4
1 Vm [sin o t ] To /4 Time period = T = – ( ) = 2
a0 = At the point of discontinuity,
To o
x =
Vm 2 To 2 To
a0 = sin sin f(x) expressed in Fourier series converge to the
2 To 4 To 4
To media value = /2. From the given trigonometric
To
form of Fourier series.
Vm
a0 = sin sin At, x =
2 2 2
2
f( ) = + s=
Vm V 4 2
= [1 ( 1)] = m × 2
2 2 1 1
where, s = 1+ 2
+ + ....
Vm 3 52
a0 =
2
s = =
Vm 10 2 4 4
So, average value = a0 = = V
2
s=
2 8
a1 = v(t ) cos( o t ) dt
To
To 3. (d)
To /4 The Fourier series of an odd periodic function
2
a1 = Vm cos( o t ) cos( o t ) dt does not contain the dc term (ao = 0) and cosine
To
To /4 terms. The Fourier series of an odd periodic
function contains only same terms.
To /4
2
a1 = Vm cos 2 ( o t ) dt 4. (c)
To
To /4
The trigonometric Fourier series of an even
To /4 function of time contains only dc term and
2Vm (1 + cos 2 ot)
a1 = dt cosine term. The trigonometric Fourier series of
To 2
To /4 an even function of time does not contain sine
terms.
To /4 To /4
2Vm
a1 = dt + cos 2 ot dt 5. (c)
To
To /4 To /4
The trigonometric Fourier series of a periodic
Vm To To V T time function can have only cosine and sine
a1 = × = m× o terms.
To 4 4 To 2
Vm 6. (c)
a1 =
2 x( t)
Vm = 10
10 1
So, a1 = =5V
2 t
–To/2 –T1 T1 To/2
Given periodic signal x(t) has time period To , Again integrating,

To /2
1
xdc = x(t ) dt
To
To /2
T
1 1 1 T1
= 1 dt = [t ] T 1
To To 1
T1 Cn
n2
1 2T
xdc = [Tt1 ( T1 )] = 1 9. (b)
To To
x(t) = 2 cos t + 7 cost
7. (d) 2
T1 = =2
s(t) = c k e jk ot
2
k= T2 = =2
1
To /2 T1 1
1 jk ot 1 = = irrational
ck = (t ) e dt = T2
To To
To /2
x(t) is not periodic and does not satisfy
1 Dirchlet condition.
s(t) = e jk ot
To k= 10. (d)
8. (c) c–k = c k
For impulse train the Fourier series coefficient c3 = 3 + j5
are: c–3 = c 3 = 3 j5
11. (c)
All other functions are either periodic or
constant function.
12. (a)
1 The Fourier series of a real periodic function
Cn =
Ts
has only cosine terms if it is even and only sine
terms if it is odd.
13. (c)
Trigonometric Fourier series of an even function
has dc and cosine terms only.
14. Sol.
A sin n o /2
Cn = x(t )
T n o /2
1
2A
= sin n o
Tn o 2
t
0 1 2 3 4
1
Cn
n
–1
From Parseval’s theorem,

X( ) = 2 ak ( k ) T +
k= 1 2 2
Pav = x(t ) dt = ak
T
1 0 k=
For rectangle pulse, ak
k 3
2
7th harmonic power = (2 a7)2 = ak
k= 3
5th harmonic power = (2 a5)2
Ratio = 3
2 2
2 = a0 +2 ak
2
a7 5 25 k =1
= = = 0.51
a5 7 49 = (2)2 + 2[(1)2 + (2)2 + (3)2]
= 4 + 28 = 32 Watts
15. (a)
20. (a)
ak – even symmetry
ak – odd symmetry ( can be – ) x(t ) Delay y(t ) = x(t – Td)
Td
x(t) is real.
16. (a) Y(f) = X ( f ) e j 2 fTd

Signal has odd and half wave symmetries.
Y( f ) j 2 fTd
So all an are zero and bn are zero for n even. H(f) = =e
X( f )
17. (b)
H( f ) = 1
Initially, T = 1 sec, so o = 2 rad/sec.
When x(t) is compressed by 3, frequency will H(f) = –2fT d
expand by same factor but there is no change in Given that, input is band limited to – f .
values of ak. Magnitude response of the system given,
So, both statement I and II are correct. |H(f )|
18. (c)
1
Change in only time period or frequency does
not change in the value of Fourier series f (Hz)
– 0
coefficients.
So, bk = ak Based on the magnitude response given,
statement (I) is correct.
bk = ak = 16 Note : Phase response of the system is not given
k= k= in the question without knowing phase
response of the system we can not comment
19. (32)
about exact nature of the system,
From II, a0 = 2
2
From III, a 1 = 1, a2 = 2, a3 = 3 (PSD)output = ( PSD)input H ( f )
From I, since x(t) is real and even ak = a–k SY(f) = SX(f ); – f
a 1 = a–1 = 1 Statement (II) is correct).
and a 2 = a–2 = 2 Hence option (a) is correct.
and a 3 = a–3 = 3
Answers
EE Fourier Series
1. (d) 2. (c) 3. (c) 4. (a) 5. (b) 6. (a) 7. (d) 8. (c)
9. (a) 10. (b) 11. (c) 12. (a) 13. (d) 14. (a) 15. (0.5) 16. (b)
17. (d) 18. (b) 19. (c) 21. (c)
Solutions
EE Fourier Series
1. (d) 5. (b)
1 Rms value of d.c. current = 10 A
Q Fundamental frequency = Hz
4 × 10 3 Rms value of alternating current
5 20
= = 10 2 A
Frequency of 5th harmonic = 3 2
4 × 10
= 1250 Hz Rms value of resultant current
= 102 + (10 2 )2 A
3. (c)
Q f(t) is an even function with half wave = 17.32 A
symmetry. 6. (a)
d.c. term as well as sine terms = 0
From the wave symmetry,
Only the cosine terms with odd harmonics will
1/2
be present. T /2 T
1 2t 2
Option (c) is correct. Vrms = dt + 0 dt
T T
0 T /2
4. (a)
T /2
1 /2 2 1 4t 2 4 T3 1
1
T Vrms = = =
Irms = i 2 (t ) T
0 T2 3T 3 8 6
T
0
1
T T
Vrms = V
2 6
1 12t
2
I rms = dt + 6 2 dt
T T
0 T /2 7. (d)
f(n) = sin 2x
T /2 2 T
1 144(t ) 36 For finding the Fourier series expansion,
= 2
dt + dt
T T T
0 T /2 2 1 cos 2 x
f(x) = sin x =
2
T /2
144 t 3 36 T = 0.5 – 0.5 cos2x
= +
T3 3 0
T 2
8. (c)
144 36 Since trigonometric Fourier series has no sine
= + = 24
8× 3 2 terms and has only cosine terms therefore this
will be an even signal i.e. it will satisfy,
Irms = 2 6 A
x(t) = x(–t)
or we can write, 1
C1 = [2 e j /4 + 2 e j /4 ]
x(t – T) = x(–t + T) j2
But signal is periodic with period T.
2 j /4 2 j /4 2 1 j
Therefore, C1 = e = e =
j 2 2
x(t – T) = x(t)
Therefore, Comparing it with
x(t) = x(T – t) ...(i) a1 jb1
C1 =
Now since signal contains only odd harmonics 2 2
i.e. no terms of frequency, 4 4
a1 = , b1 =
2 ×2k 2 2
=
; k = 0, 1, 2, 3, 4
T Fundamental Fourier term will be
i.e. no even harmonics. = a1 cos 0t + b1 sin 0t
This means signal contains half wave symmetry 4 4
this implies that, = cos t + sin t
2 T 2 T
T
x(t) = x t ...(ii) 4
2 = cos t
T 4
From equations (i) add (ii),
T 10. (b)
x(t) = x(T t ) = x t
2 y(t) = x(t – t0) + x(t + x0)
9. (a) Since, x(t) is periodic with period T.
Therefore, x(t – t0) and x(t + t0) will also be
According to definition of signal given in
periodic with period T.
question the x(t) will be as,
jk 0t0
bk = ak e + ak e jk 0t0
x(t )
(By property)
1
ak is Fourier series coefficient of signal x(t).
Therefore, bk = ak [ e jk 0t0 + e jk 0t0 ]

t
–T/4 3T/4 7T/4
bk = 2 ak cosk 0t0
since, bk = 0 for odd k
–1
i.e., k 0t0 = k
So, it is periodic with period, 2
where, k = ±1, ±3, ±5....
7T T
T0 = = 2T
4 4
0t0 =
2
Fundamental angular frequency,
2 2 T T
= = t0 = ×
=
0 = 2 2 4
T0 2T T
Now, 11. (c)
C1 = (exponential series coefficient for k = 1)
j 2 0t
x(t) = a 2 e + a 1 e j 0t + a0
1 j 0t
C1 = x (t ) e dt
T0
T0
+ a1 e j 0t + a2 e j 2 0t
j 2 0t
1 3T /4 j 0t 7T /4 j 0t
= (2 j) e + (2 + j ) e j 2 0t
C1 = e dt + 1e dt
T0 T /4 3T /4
+ (0.5 + j 0.2) e j 0t + (0.5 j0.2) e j 0t + 2 j
j 2 0t
+ e j 2 0t ) + j [ e j 2 0t e j 2 0t ] Then function g(x) will be
= 2 (e
+ 0.5( e j 0t +e j 0t
) j 0.2 ( e j 0t e j 0t
)+2j g (x )
= 4 cos2 0t – 2 sin2 0t + cos 0t

1
+ 0.4 sin 0t + 2j
= Real [x(t)] + j Img[x(t)]
where, x
–1 0 1 2 3
Real [x(t)] = 4 cos2 0t – 2 sin2 0t + cos 0t
+ 0.4 sin 0t The value of the constant term (or) dc term in
= neither even nor odd signal the Fourier series expansion of g(x) is
Img [x(t)] = 2 = constant T
1
a0 = f ( x ) dx
12. (a) T
0
The given signal is odd as well as having half Area in one period
wave symmetry. =
one period
So it has only sine terms with odd harmonics.
1
So for second harmonic term amplitude = 0. = × 1 × 1 = 0.5
2
13. (d)
16. (b)
Let, x(t) = Even and Hws
x(t)
1 t
t
1
T/2 –T/2 0 T/2 T

0 T
Reconstruction of signal by its Fourier series
T/4 3T/4
coefficient is not possible at those points where
Fs expansion of x(t) contains cos terms with odd signal is discontinuous.
harmonics. In the above figure, at integer multiples of ‘T/2’,
f (t )
signal recovery is not possible by using its
coefficient.
Therefore, reconstruction of x(t) by using its
2 coefficient is possible at most of the points except
t
those instants where x(t) is discontinuous.
Now, f(t) = 1 + x(t) 17. (d)
Fs of f(t) contains dc and cos terms with odd
Sgn(x)
harmonics.
15. Sol.
Given function, x
g(x) = x – [x]
where [x] is a integer part of x.
So, cos(t) is Since, x(t) is even-half wave symmetric. So, its

expansion will contain only odd harmonics of
cos(t)
cos. Therefore, coefficient of fundamental
1 harmonic is
T0 /2
t 2
a1 = x(t ) cos 0t dt
T
T0 /2
–1
Sgn cos(t)
T /2
1 4 0
= (t ) cos 0 t dt
T0
0
T0 /2
t 4
= (t ) cos 0 dt
T0
–1 0
T0 /2
4 4
So, sgn (cost) is a rectangular signal which is = (t ) dt = = 4000
T0 T0
even and has half wave symmetry. 0
So, Fourier series will have only cosine terms Now, frequency components available in
with odd harmonics only. expansion are:
0, 3 0,.....
18. (b)
2000 , 6000 , .....
Given that, f(–x) = –f(x) As, LTI system given in the question will pass
So, function in an odd function. upto 5000 rad/sec frequency component of
So the Fourier series will have sine term only so, input.
So, output will have only one component of
f(x) = bx sin( kx )
frequency 2000 rad/sec.
k=1
Thus, y(t) = expansion of output
19. (c) = a1 cos 0t
= 4000 cos2000 t
K
x(t) = ( 1)K t
k= 2000 20. Sol.
t t , t 0
K Given that, g(t) =
= ( 1) (t KT ) t t , otherwise
k=
where,
1
where, T= t = greatest integer less than or equal to ‘t’.
2000
x(t) t = smallest integer greater than or equal to ‘t’.
Now,
–T T 3T 1
0 2T t 0 t<0
1
g(t ) t t g(t ) t t
Time period: t–0 0, 1 0 t+0 –1, 0 0
1 t–1 1, 2 1 t+1 –2, –1 –1

T0 = 2T = t–2 2, 3 2 t+2 –3, –2 –2
1000
t–3 3, 4 3 t+3 –4, –3 –3
2
0 = = 2000 rad
T0
g(t) A A
= 2 2 sin 2 t dt = [1 cos 2t ] dt
2
1 2 3 0 0
– – –
t
–4 –3 –2 –1
t A sin 2t
0 4 3 2 1 = t
+
3
+
2
+
1 2 2 0
t
t
A A
Since, g(t) is non-periodic. So there is no Fourier = [( 0) (0 0)] =
2 2
series expansion of this signal and hence no
T
need to calculate harmonic here. 2 0
a1 = f (t ) cos 0 t dt
T0
0
21. (c)
2
2 2
T0 = 2 0 = =1 = f (t ) cos t dt
T0 2
0
T0
2 1
Now, b1 = f (t ) sin 0t dt = A sin t cos t dt
T0
0 0
2
2 A
= f (t ) sin t dt [Q = sin 2t dt = 0
2 0 = 1] 2
0 0
1
= A sin t sin dt
0
4 Fourier Transforms, Frequency
Response and Correlation
ELECTRO NICS EN GINEERIN G List-II
(GATE Previous Years Solved Papers) 1. Gaussian function

2. Rectangular pulse
Q.1 Specify the filter type if its voltage transfer 3. Triangular pulse
function H(s) is given by 4. Ramp function
2
K(s + 2 5. Zero
o)
H (s) =
[EC-1995 : 2 Marks]
s2 + o s + 2o
Q
Q.5 The Fourier transform of a real valued time
(a) all pass filter (b) low pass filter signal has
(c) band pass filter (d) notch filter (a) odd symmetry
[EC-1988 : 2 Marks] (b) even symmetry
(c) conjugate symmetry
Q.2 The magnitude and phase functions for a
distortionless filter should respectively be (d) no symmetry
(Magnitude) (Phase) [EC-1996 : 1 Mark]
(a) Linear Constant Q.6 The function f(t) has the Fourier transform g( ).
(b) Constant Constant
(c) Constant Linear The Fourier transform of g(t ) = g(t ) e j t
dt
(d) Linear Linear
[EC-1990 : 2 Marks] is
Q.3 If G(f ) represents the Fourier’s transform of a 1 1
(a) f( ) (b) f( )
signal g(t) which is real and odd symmetric in 2 2
time, then (c) 2 f (– ) (d) none of these
(a) G(f ) is complex. [EC-1997 : 1 Mark]
(b) G(f ) is imaginary.
Q.7 If the Fourier transform of a deterministic signal
(c) G(f ) is real.
g(t) is G(f ), then
(d) G(f ) is real and non-negative.
1. the Fourier transform of g(t – 2) is
[EC-1992 : 2 Marks]
2. The Fourier transform of g(t/2) is
Q.4 Match each of the items, A, B and C with an (a) G(f) e–j(4 f) (b) G(2f )
appropriate item from 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5. (c) 2G(2f) (d) G(f – 2)
List-I [EC-1997 : 2 Marks]
A. Fourier transform of a Gaussian function
Q.8 The amplitude spectrum of a Gaussian pulse is
B. Convolution of a rectangular pulse with
(a) uniform (b) a sine function
itself
(c) Gaussian (d) an impulse function
C. Current through an inductor for a step input
[EC-1998 : 1 Mark]
voltage
Q.9 The Fourier transform of a function x(t) is X(f ). Q.14 A linear phase channel with phase delay Tp and
The Fourier transform of dx(t)/dt will be group delay Tg must have
dX( f ) (a) Tp = Tg = constant
(a) (b) j2 fX(f)
dt (b) Tp f and Tg f
X( f ) (c) Tp = constant and Tg f
(c) jfX(f ) (d)
jf (d) Tp f and tg = constant (f denotes frequency)
[EC-1998 : 1 Mark] [EC-2002 : 1 Mark]
Q.10 The Fourier transform of a voltage signal x(t) is Q.15 The Fourier transform F{e–t u(t)} is equal to
X(f ). The unit of X( f ) is 1 1

. Therefore, F is
(a) Volt (b) Volt-sec 1 + j2 f 1 + j2 t
(c) Volt/sec (d) Volt2
(a) e f u(f ) (b) e –f u(f )
[EC-1998 : 1 Mark]
(c) e f u(–f ) (d) e –f u(–f )
Q.11 A signal x(t) has a Fourier transform X( ). If x(t) [EC-2002 : 1 Mark]
is a real and odd function of t, then X( ) is
Q.16 Let x(t) be the input to a linear, time-invariant
(a) a real and even function of .
system. The required output is 4x(t – 2). The
(b) an imaginary and odd function of .
transfer function of the system should be
(c) an imaginary and even function of .
(a) 4 e j4 f (b) 2e –j8 f
(d) a real and odd function of .
(c) 4 e –j4 f (d) 2e j8 f
[EC-1999 : 1 Mark]
[EC-2003 : 1 Mark]
Q.12 The input to a channel is a bandpass signal. It
is obtained by linearly modulating a sinusoidal Data given below for two questions. Solve the problem
carrier with a single-tone signal. The output of and choose the correct answer.
the channel due to this input is given by The system under consideration is an RC low-pass filter
1 (RC-LPF) with R = 1.0 k and C = 1.0 µF.
y (t ) = cos(100t 10 6 ) cos(106 t 1.56)
100 Q.17 Let H(f ) denote the frequency response of the
The group delay (tg) and the phase delay (tp) in RC-LPF. Let f1 be the highest frequency such
seconds, of the channel are
H( f1 )
(a) tg = 10–6, tp = 1.56 that, 0 f f1 ; 0.95. Then f1 (in Hz)
H (0)
(b) tg = 1.56, tp = 10–6
(c) tg = 10–8, tp = 1.56 × 10–6 is
(d) tg = 108, tp = 1.56 (a) 327.8 (b) 163.9
[EC-1999 : 1 Mark] (c) 52.2 (d) 104.4
[EC-2003 : 2 Marks]
3t 2
Q.13 The Fourier transform of the signal x(t ) = e
Q.18 Let tg(f) be the group delay function of the given
is of the following form, where A and B are RC-LPF and f2 = 100 Hz. Then tg(f2) (in ms), is
constants: (a) 0.717 (b) 7.17
Bf 2 Bf 2
(a) Ae (b) Ae (c) 71.7 (d) 4.505
2 [EC-2003 : 2 Marks]
(c) A + B f (d) Ae–Bf
[EC-2000 : 1 Mark]
Q.19 The Fourier transform of a conjugate symmetric Q.23 The output y(t) of a linear time invariant system
function is always is related to its input x(t) by the following
(a) imaginary equation:
(b) conjugate antisymmetric y(t) = 0.5x(t – td + T) + x(t – td) + 0.5x(t – td – T)
(c) real The filter transfer function H( ) of such a system
(d) conjugate symmetric is given by
[EC-2004 : 1 Mark] j td
(a) (1 + cos T ) e
Q.20 A rectangular pulse train s(t) as shown in the (b) (1 + 0.5 cos T ) e j td
figure is convolved with the singal
cos2(4 × 103t). The convolved signal will be a (c) (1 cos T ) e j td
s (t ) (d) (1 0.5 cos T ) e j td

1 [EC-2005 : 2 Marks]
Q.24 Let x(t) X(j ) be Fourier transform pair. The

t Fourier transform of the signal x(5t – 3) in terms
0
0.1 msec of X(j ) is given as,
(a) DC (b) 12 kHz sinusoid j3 j3
1 5
j 1 5 j
(c) 8 kHz sinusoid (d) 14 kHz sinusoid (a) e X (b) e X
5 5 5 5
[EC-2004 : 2 Marks]
1 j3 j 1 j3 j
Q.21 Let x(t) and y(t) (with Fourier transforms X(f) (c) e X (d) e X
5 5 5 5
and Y(f) respectively) be related as shown in
[EC-2006 : 1 Mark]
the figure. Then Y(f) is
y( t)
Q.25 The 3-dB bandwidth of the low-pass signal
x (t ) e–t u(t), where u(t) is the unit step function, is
1
–2 –1 0 given by
t
1 1
(a) Hz (b) 2 1 Hz
2 2
(c) (d) 1 Hz
t –1
–2 0 2 [EC-2007 : 2 Marks]
1 f 1 f Q.26 The signal x(t) is described by

(a) X e j 2 f (b) X e j2 f
2 2 2 2 1 for 1 t +1
x( t ) =
f f j2 f 0 otherwise
(c) X e j2 f
(d) X e
2 2
Two of the angular frequencies at which its
[EC-2004 : 2 Marks] Fourier transform becomes zero are
Q.22 For a signal x(t) the Fourier transform is X(f). (a) ,2 (b) 0.5 , 1.5
Then the inverse Fourier transform of X(3f + 2) (c) 0, (d) 2 , 2.5
is given by [EC-2008 : 2 Marks]
1 t j3 t 1 t j 4 t /3 Statement for Linked Answer Questions (27 and 28):
(a) x e (b) x e
2 2 3 3
The impulse response h(t) of a linear time-invariant
(c) 3x(3t) e–j4 t (d) x(3t + 2) continuous time system is given by h(t) = exp(–2t) u(t),
[EC-2005 : 2 Marks] where u(t) denotes the unit step function.
Q.27 The frequency response H( ) of this system in Causal : The system is causal.
terms of angular frequency , is given by H( ) = LP : The system is low pass.
1 LTI : The system is linear and time-invariant.
sin( )
(a) (b) (a) Causal, LP
1 + j2
(b) BIBO, LTI
1 j
(c) (d) (c) BIBO, Causal LTI
2+ j 2+ j
(d) LP, LTI [EC-2009 : 2 Marks]
[EC-2008 : 2 Marks]
Q.31 The Fourier transform of a signal
Q.28 The output of this system, to the sinusoidal input
h(t) is H(j ) = (2 cos ) (sin2 )/
x(t) = 2 cos(2t) for all time t, is
The value of h(0) is
(a) 0
(b) 2–0.25 cos(2t – 0.125 ) 1 1
(a) (b)
4 2
(c) 2–0.5 cos(2t – 0.125 )
(c) 1 (d) 2
(d) 2–0.5 cos(2t – 0.25 )
[EC-2012 : 2 Marks]
[EC-2008 : 2 Marks]
Q.32 A continuous, linear time-invariant filter has
Q.29 A function is given by
an impulse response h(t) described by
f(t) = sin2t + cos2t
Which of the following is true? 3 for 0 t 3
h( t ) =
(a) f has frequency components at 0 and 0 otherwise
1/2 Hz. When a constant input of value 5 is applied to
(b) f has frequency components at 0 and 1/ Hz. this filter, the steady-state output is ______ .
(c) f has frequency components at 1/2 and [EC-2014 : 1 Mark]
1/ Hz.
Q.33 For a function g(t), it is given that,
(d) f has frequency components at 0, 1/2
+
and 1/ Hz. j t 2 2
g(t ) e dt = e
[EC-2009 : 1 Mark]
Q.30 Consider a system whose input and output y t

for any real value . If y(t ) = g(t ) d , then
are related by the equation,
+
y(t ) = x(t ) h(2 ) d
y(t ) dt _______ .
h (t ) (a) 0 (b) –j
j j
(c) (d)
2 2
t
0 [EC-2014 : 2 Marks]
Q.34 The value of the integral sin c 2 (5t ) dt is

where h(t) is shown in the graph.
Which of the following four properties are
possessed by the system? BIBO : Bounded input ________ .
gives a bounded output. [EC-2014 : 2 Marks]
Q.35 The phase response of a passband waveform at 3

the receiver is given by (c) ak cos( k ot + k )
k=1
(f) = –2 (f – fc) – 2 fc
where fc is the center frequency, and and are 2
positive constants. The actual signal (d) ak cos( k ot + k )
k=1
propagation delay from the transmitter to
receiver is [EC-2016 : 2 Marks]
(a) (b) sin(t ) sin(t )

+ + Q.39 If the signal x(t ) = with
t t
(c) (d)
denoting the convolution operation, then x(t) is
[EC-2014 : 1 Mark]
equal to
Q.36 A real-valued signal x(t) limited to the frequency sin(t ) sin(2t )
(a) (b)
W t 2 t
band f is passed through a linear time
2 2
2 sin(t ) sin(t )
(c) (d)
invariant system whose frequency response is t t
W [EC-2016 : 1 Mark]
e j4 f , f
2
H( f ) = Q.40 A continuous time signal x(t) = 4 cos(200 t) +
W
0, f >
2 8 cos(400 t), where ‘t’ is in seconds, is the input
The output of the system is to a linear time invariant (LTI) filter with the
impulse response,
(a) x(t + 4) (b) x(t – 4)
(c) x(t + 2) (b) x(t – 2) 2 sin (300 t )
, t 0
[EC-2014 : 1 Mark] h (t ) = t
600 , t=0
sin(4 t ) Let y(t) be the output of this filter. The maximum
Q.37 The energy of the signal x(t ) = is ___ .
4 t
value of y(t ) is ________ .
[EC-2016 : 1 Mark]
[EC-2017 : 2 Marks]
Q.38 A network consisting of a finite number of linear
resistor (R), inductor (L), and capacitor (C) Q.41 Consider an LTI system with magnitude
elements, connected all in series of all in response,
parallel, is excited with a source of the form
f
3 1 , f 20
where, ak 0, 0 H( f ) = 20
ak cos( k ot ) o
k =1 0, f > 20
The source has non-zero impedance. Which one and phase response,
of the following is a possible form of the output arg {H(f )} = –2f
measured across a resistor in the network? If the input to the system is
3
x(t ) = 8 cos 20 t + + 16 sin 40 t + + 24 cos 80 t +
(a) bk cos( k ot + k ) where, bk ak, k 4 8 16
k=1
then the average power of the output signal y(t)
3 is _______ .
(b) bk cos( k ot + k ) where, bk 0, k
k=1
[EC-2017 : 2 Marks]
Q.42 The input 4 sinc(2t) is fed to a Hilbert ELECTRICAL EN GINEERIN G

transformer to obtain y(t), as shown in the figure
below:
sin ( x ) 1
Here, sin c( x ) = Q.1 Let, x(t ) = rect t (where, rect(t) = 1 for
x 2
The value (accurate to two decimal places) of
1 1
x and zero otherwise). Then
2 2 2
y(t ) dt is ______ .
sin( x )
sin c( x ) = , the Fourier transform of
Hilbert y (t )
x
4 sinc(2t)
transform x(t) + x(–t) will be given by
[EC-2018 : 2 Marks]
(a) sin c
2
Q.43 X( ) is the Fourier transform of x(t) shown
(b) 2 sin c
2 2
below. The value of X( ) d (rounded off
(c) 2 sin c cos
2 2
to two decimal places) is _______ .
(d) sin c sin [EE-2008 : 2 Marks]

x (t ) 2 2
3
Q.2 A signal x(t) = sinc( t) where is a real constant
2
1 sin( x )
sin c( x ) = is the input to a linear time
t x
–3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4
invariant system, whose impulse response
[EC-2020 : 2 Marks] h(t) = sinc( t), where is a real constant. If min
( , ) denotes the minimum of and and
Q.44 Consider a real valued base band signal x(t),
similarly max( , ) denotes the maximum of
band limited to 10 kHz. The Nyquist rate for the
and , and K is a constant, which one of the
t following statements is true about the output of
signal, y(t ) = x(t ) x 1 + is
2 the system?
(a) It will be of the form K sinc ( t) where
(a) 20 kHz (b) 30 kHz
= min ( , ).
(c) 15 kHz (d) 60 kHz
(b) It will be of the K sinc( t) where = max( , ).
[EC-2021 : 1 Mark]
(c) It will be of the form K sinc( t).
Q.45 The Fourier transform X(j ) of the signal, (d) It cannot be a sinc type of signal.
[EE-2008 : 2 Marks]
t
x( t ) = is ________ .
(1 + t 2 )2 Q.3 x(t) is a positive rectangular pulse from t = –1 to
t = +1 with unit height. The value of
(a) e (b) e
2j 2 2
X( ) d {where X( ) is the Fourier
(c) e (d) e [EC-2022]
2j 2 transform of x(t)} is
(a) 2 (b) 2 (c) g(t) would be proportional to f(t) only if f(t)

(c) 4 (d) 4 is a sinusoidal function.
[EE-2010 : 2 Marks] (d) g(t) would never be proportional to f(t).
[EE-2014 : 2 Marks]
Q.4 The Fourier transform of a signal h(t) is H(j ) =
(2 cos ) (sin2 )/ . The value of h(0) is Q.7 A function f(t) is shown in the figure.
1 1 f(t)
(a) (b)
4 2 1/2
(c) 1 (d) 2
[EE-2012 : 2 Marks] –T/2
t
–T/2 0
Q.5 A continuous time LTI system with system
function H( ) has the following pole-zero plot. –1/2
For this system, which of the alternatives is true?
The Fourier transform F( ) of f(t) is
(a) real and even function of .
2 (b) real and odd function of .
(c) imaginary and odd function of .
1 (d) imaginary and even function of .
(0, 0) [EE-2014 : 1 Mark]
Q.8 A signal is represented by

1, t <1
x( t ) =
0, t >1
(a) H (0) > H ( ) ; >0 The Fourier transform of the convolved signal
(b) H ( ) has multiple maxima, at 1 and 2 t
y(t ) = x(2t ) x is
2
(c) H (0) < H ( ) ; >0
(d) H ( ) = constant ; – < < 4

(a) 2
sin sin (2 )
2
[EE-2014 : 2 Marks]
4
Q.6 Let f (t) be a continuous time signal and let F( ) (b) 2
sin
2
be its Fourier transform defined by
4
(c) 2
sin (2 )
j t
F( ) = f (t ) e dt
4
(d) 2
sin 2
jut
and g(t) = F (u) e du [EE-2014 : 1 Mark]
Q.9 A differentiable non-constant real even function

What is the relationship between f(t) and g(t)?
x(t) has a derivative y(t), and their respective
(a) g(t) would always be proportional to f(t).
Fourier transforms are X( ) and Y( ). Which of
(b) g(t) would be proportional to f(t) if f(t) is an
the following statements is true?
even function.
(a) X( ) and Y( ) are both real. Which one of the following statements is true?
(b) X( ) is real and Y( ) is imaginary. (a) x1(t) and x2(t) are complex and x1(t), x2(t) is
(c) X( ) and Y( ) are both imaginary. also complex with non-zero imaginary part.
(d) X( ) is imaginary and Y( ) is real. (b) x1(t) and x2(t) are real and x1(t), x2(t) is also
[EE-2014 : 2 Marks] real.
(c) x1(t) and x2(t) are complex but x1(t), x2(t) is
Q.10 Consider a signal defined by
real.
e j 10t for t t (d) x1(t) and x2(t) are imaginary but x1(t), x2(t)
x(t ) =
0 for t > 1 is real.
Its Fourier transform is [EE-2016 : 2 Marks]
2 sin( 10) sin( 10) Q.12 Suppose the maximum frequency in a brand-
(a) (b) 2 e j 10
10 10 limited signal x(t) is 5 kHz. Then, the maximum
2 sin j 10 2 sin frequency in x(t) cos(2000 t), in kHz is _____ .
(c) (d) e
10 [EE-2016 : 1 Mark]
[EE-2015 : 2 Marks]
Q.11 Suppose x 1 (t) and x 2 (t) have the Fourier sin 2 t

Q.13 The value of the integral 2 dt is
transforms as shown below. t
X1(j ) equal to
(a) 0 (b) 0.5
1
(c) 1 (d) 2
0.5
[EE-2016 : 2 Marks]
0.3
Q.14 The Fourier transform of a continuous time
signal x(t) is given by
1
–1 0 1 2 X( ) = < <
(10 + j )2
X2(j ) where j = 1 and denotes frequency. Then
1 the value of ln x(t ) at t = 1 is ______ .

(upto one decimal place). (ln denoets the
0.5
logarithm to base e).
0.3 [EE-2018 : 2 Marks]
–2 –1 0 2

Answers
EC Fourier Transforms, Frequency Response and Correlation
1. (d) 2. (c) 3. (b) 4. (A-1, B-3, C-4) 5. (c) 6. (c) 7. (Sol.)
8. (c) 9. (b) 10. (b) 11. (b) 12. (c) 13. (b) 14. (a) 15. (c)
16. (c) 17. (c) 18. (a) 19. (c) 20. (a) 21. (b) 22. (b) 23. (a)
24. (a) 25. (a) 26. (a) 27. (c) 28. (d) 29. (b) 30. (b) 31. (c)
32. (45) 33. (b) 34. (0.2) 35. (c) 36. (d) 37. (0.25) 38. (a) 39. (a)
40. (8) 41. (8) 42. (8) 43. (56.61) 44. (b) 45. (a)
Solutions Fourier Transforms, Frequency Response and Correlation

EC
1. (d) 2. (c)
For distortionless transmission,
K (s 2 + 2o )
Given that, H(s) = H ( f ) = constant
s2 + o s + 2o
Q and H(f ) = –kf where k is a constant
S=j So, the magnitude function of a distortionless
filter should be constant.
2
K (0 + o) The phase function of a distortionless filter
H(0) = 2
=K
0+0+ o should be linear.
H(0) K
3. (b)
2
Fourier transform of real and odd symmetric
Ks 2 1 + o
s signal is imaginary and odd function of
H( ) = 2 frequency.
1
s2 1+ o + 2o
Q s s 4. Sol.
(A) – 1,(B) – 3, (C) – 4
K (1 + 0)
H( ) = =K (A) Fourier transform of a Gaussian function is
1+ 0+ 0
H( ) 0 also a Gaussian function,
Here, the given transfer function is a notch filter. t2 F.T. f2
e e
(B) Convolution of a rectangular pulse with 9. (b)

itself is a triangular pulse.
F.T.
(C) Current through an inductor for a step input x( t ) X( f )
voltage is ramp function, d F.T.
x (t ) ( j 2 f ) X( f )
1 dt
i= V dt
L
1 10. (b)
i= u(t ) dt
L By definition Fourier transform,
1
i = r (t ) j 2 ft
L X(f ) = x(t ) e dt
5. (c)
x(t) Volts
Fourier transform of real valued signal has
So, X(f) Volt-sec
conjugate symmetry,
11. (b)
j t Example:
[X(j ) ] = x( t ) e dt
A sin ot = x(t)
(Real and Odd function)
j( )t
X (j ) = x(t ) e dt x( ) = Aj [ ( + o) – ( – o)]
(Imaginary any odd function of )
X (j ) = X(–j )
12. (c)
6. (c)
1 6
According to the duality property of Fourier y(t) = cos(100t 10 )
100
transform,
cos(106t – 1.56)
F.T.
f (t ) g( ) Comparing with,
F.T. y(t) = cos k(t – tg) cos[ c(t – tp)]
g( t ) 2 f( )
1
y(t) = cos[100(t 10 8 )]
7. Sol. 100
1-A, 2-C cos[106 (t – 1.56 × 10–6)]
F.T. tp = 1.56 × 10–6 sec
g( t ) G( f )
tg = 10–8 sec
F.T.
g(t 2) e j 2 2 f G( f ) = G( f ) e j (4 f )
13. (b)
t F.T. 1 f
g G = 2 G(2 f ) Normalized Gaussian function has Gaussian
2 1/2 1/2
Fourier transform.
8. (c) 14. (a)
A normalized Gaussian pulse is defined as, ( ) = – to
t2 ( )
x(t) = e = to
tp =
t2 F.T. f2
x(t) = e e = X( f )
d ( )
tg = = to
t2 d
So, X(f ) = e is also a Gaussian pulse in
tp = tg = to = constant
frequency domain.
15. (c) 18. (a)

f(t) = e–t u(t) 1
H( ) =
1 1 + j RC
F(f ) =
1 + j2 f ( ) = –tan–1 RC
From duality,
10 3
F.T. tg = 6
F (t ) f( f) 1 + 10 × 4 2 × 10 4
1 = 0.717 ms
F(t) =
1 + j2 t
20. (a)
f(–f) = ef u(–f)
To = 0.1 × 10–3 = 10–4
F.T. f
F (t ) e u( f ) 1
fo = = 10 4 = 10 kHz
To
16. (c)
cos2(4 × 103t) has frequency = 4 kHz
y(t) = 4x(t – 2)
Y(s) = 4e–2s X(s)
Y (s )
= 4e –2s
X( s )
H(f ) = 4e–2xj 2 f = 4e–j4 f –4 kHz 0 4 kHz
17. (c)
R
+ +
0 10 kHz 30 kHz
Vi C Vo
So, only at ‘0’, we get output after convolution.
– – (Only odd harmonics are present).
1
H(f ) =
1 + j 2 fRC
H(0) = 1
H ( f1 ) 1
= 0.95 Constant in time domain.
H (0) 1+ 4 2 2 2 2
f1 R C
1 21. (b)
2 2 0.9025
1+ 4 f 1 ( RC )2 y(t) = –x[2(t + 1)]
x(t – to) j 2 fto

2 2 X( f ) e
1.108 1+ 4 f 1 ( RC )2
to = –1
2 2
0.108 4 f 1 ( RC )2
1 f
x (at) = X
0.108 a a
f 12 2
4 ( RC )2 a = –2
0.329 1 f
f1 Y(f ) = X e j2 f
3 2 2
2 × 10
f1 max = 52.2 Hz
22. (b) X( ) = 0
2 1 t j 4 t /3 ej e j
=0
X 3 f+ = x e
3 3 3 1
ej =0
Applying scaling and shifting property. ej
e2j – 1 = 0
23. (a)
e2j = 1
y(t) = 0.5x(t – td + T) + 0.5x(t – td – T) + x(t – td) ej = ±1
Taking Fourier transform, = ,2
j ( td + T )
Y( ) = 0.5 e + 0.5 e j ( td T ) + e j td X( )
27 (c)
Y( ) j td h(t) = exp(–2t) u(t)
= e 0.5 e j T + 0.5 e j T + 1
X( )
j t
Y( ) H( ) = h (t ) e dt
j td
= e [cos T + 1]
X( )
2t j t (2 + j )t
H( ) = (1 + cos T ) e j td = e e dt = e dt
0 0
24. (a)
1 (2 + j )t 1
x(t) X(j ) = e =
2+ j 2+ j
j3
3 1 j 5
x 5 t = X e 28. (d)
5 5 5
Input, x(t) = 2 cos(2t)
Using scaling and shifting property.
Frequency response,
25. (a) X( ) = 2 [ ( – 2) + ( + 2)]
1 1
Laplace transform of e t u(t ) = H( ) =
2+ j
s+1
1 Output,
Q magnitude at 3-dB frequency = Y( ) = H( ) X( )
2
1 1 1
= = 2 [ ( 2) + ( + 2)]
2 2 2+ j
1+
= 1 rad 2 2
= ( 2) + ( + 2)
2 + j2 2 j2
1
f= Hz
2
= [ ( 2) + ( + 2)] j [ ( 2) ( + 2)]
2 2
26. (a)
cos 2t sin 2t
y(t) = +
2 2
j t
X( ) = x( t ) e dt
2 1 1
= cos 2t + sin 2t
2 2 2
1 j t 1
j t e
= e dt = 1
j = cos(2t 0.25 )
1 1 2
j
e ej 1 j = 2–0.5 cos(2t – 0.25 )
= = = (e e j )
j j j
29. (b) 32. Sol.

1 3 , for 0 t 3
(1 cos 2t ) + cos 2t
f(t) = h(t) =
2 0, otherwise
Frequency components are h(t) = 3[u(t) – u(t – 3)]
f1 = 0
3s
1 e
2 1
2 H(s) = 3
f2 = = = Hz s s
2 2
h(t )
30. (b)
3
y(t) = x(t ) h(2 ) d
t
It is not low pass filter. 0 3
But the system is LTI and BIBO.
Q x(t) = 5
31. (c) 5
Then, X(s) =
2 cos sin 2 s
= H(j ) ...(1) We know that,
3s
2 sin 2 1 e 5
H(j ) = 2 cos Y(s) = H (s) X(s ) = 3
2 s s s
= H1(j ) H2(j ) ...(2) Steady-state output
where, H1(j ) = 2 cos 3s
15 (1 e )
2 sin 2 = lim s Y (s ) = lim s
H2(j ) = = 2 Sa(2 ) s 0 s 0 s s
2
3s
h2(t) = 15 lim 3e [Q L-Hospital’s rule]
s 0
1/2 = 45
2 Sa[2 ]
33. (b)
t
–2 2 2
G( j ) = e 2
H1(j ) = 2 cos = + (ej
) e–j
So, H( j ) = 2 cos H2(j )
g(t ) dt = G(j0) = 0
= (ej + e–j ) H2(j )
H( j ) = ej H2( j ) + e–j H2(j ) y(t) = g(t) u(t)
h(t) = h2(t + 1) + h2(t – 1) Y(j ) = G(j ) U(j )
h( t) 1
Y(j ) = G( j ) + ( )
1 j
2 2
1/2 e 2 2
h(t) = = + e ( )
j
t
–3 –1 1 3
1
So, h(0) = 1 y(t ) dt = Y ( j 0) = = j
j
34. Sol. 37. Sol.
X( )
sin c 2 (5t ) dt
1
Let, f(t) = sinc(5t) sin at
= Sa (5 t) [Q sinc(t) = Sa( t)] t
–a a
1
F( ) = Rect
5 10 X( )
2 1/4
ESDf = F( )
sin 4 t 1 sin 4 t
= ×
F ( ) = G10 ( ) = F( ) 4 t 4 t
–4 4
1/5
1 2
Energy, Ex(t) = X( ) d
2
–5 5
4 2
1 1
1 = d
Ef = f 2 (t ) dt = ESD d 2
4
4
2
1 1 1
5 2 = × [8 ] = = 0.25 J
1 1 2 16 4
sin c 2 (5t ) dt = d
2 5
5
38. (a)
1 1 1
= × × 10 =
2 25 5 A sin ot LTI system B sin( ot + )
35. (c) When a sinusoidal input is given to LTI system,

Group delay is given by the output is also a sinusoidal with change in
magnitude and the phase shift offered by LTI
1 d (f) 1
= = [ 2 ] system.
2 df 2
Group delay = 39. (a)
36. (d) X1( )
j4 f 1
e , f
2 sin at
Given, H(f ) = x1 (t ) =
t
0, f > –a a
2
So, H( f ) = 1
X1( )
H( ) = e–j2 f 1
2
h(t) = (t – 2) sin t
x1 ( t ) =
As we know that, t
–1 1
y(t) = x(t) h(t)
or, y(t) = X( ) H( ) x(t) = x1(t) x1(t)
y(t) = x(t) (t – 2) X( ) = X1( ) X1( )
y(t) = x(t –2)
X1( ) X1 ( ) CTFT 4 f f
4 sin c(2t ) rect = 2 rect
1 1 2 2 2
× 2
X( f ) df = 2 × (2)2 = 8
–1 1 –1 1
X( ) 2
So, y(t ) dt = 8
1
X(f )
=
2
–1 1
sin t f (Hz)
x(t) = –1 0 1
t
40. Sol. 43. Sol.
x(t) = 4 cos200 t + 8 cos400 t y (t )

H(f )
3
2
2 sin 300 t F.T. 2
h(t) = (rad/sec)
t
–300 0 300 1
So, y(t) = 8 cos200 t t
–3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4
y(t ) max = 8
2
41. Sol. X( ) d
H(f )
2 2
1 = 2 x(t ) dt = 2 y(t ) dt
Since,
0
2
f = 2×2 y(t ) dt
–20 0 20
2
1 1 0
So, y(t) = × 8 cos(20 t + ) = 2×2 (t + 2)2 dt + (2t + 3)2 dt
2
2 1
= 4 cos(20 t + ),
1 0
42 (t + 2)3 (2t + 3)3
So, Py = =8W = 4 +
2 3 3× 2
2 1
42. Sol.
1 0 33 1 1 26
Hilbert transform does not alter the amplitude = 4 + =4 +
3 6 3 6
spectrum of the signal.
1 26 1 13
2
y(t ) dt =
2
x(t ) dt =
2
X ( f ) df = 4 + =4 × ×
So, 3 6 3 3
x(t) = 4 sinc(2t) 14 56
= 4 × =
3 3
CTFT
sin c(t ) rect (f )
44. (b) Maximum frequency of y(t) is,

Given, x(t) band limited to 10 kHz, fm = 15 kHz
Nyquist rate = 2fm = 30 kHz
X( f )
45. (a)
t
Consider, x(t) = e
By taking Fourier transform,
f
–10 kHz 10 kHz t F.T. 2
e
1+ 2
t
Given, y(t) = x(t ) x 1 + Applying differentiation in frequency,
2
F.T. d
Assume, x1(t) = x(t) t x( t ) j X( )
d
t
and x2(t) = x 1 + F.T. d 2
2 te t j
d 1+ 2
y(t) = x1(t) x2(t)
Apply Fourier transform from convolution in t F.T. [0 2(2 )
te j 2 2
frequency domain property, (1 + )
Y(f ) = X1(f) X2(f )
t F.T. 4
X1(f ) = X(f ) te 2 2
(1 + )
t
X2(t) = x +1 Applying duality property,
2
4 jt F.T.
X2(f ) = 2ej4 f X(2f) 2 2
2 ( )e
(1 + t )
X1 ( f ) X2 ( f )
t F.T. 2 e
2 2 4j
(1 + t )
t F.T.
f f 2 2
e
–10 kHz 0 10 kHz –5 kHz 0 5 kHz (1 + t ) 2j
Y(f )
f
–15 kHz 0 15 kHz
(–10 kHz – 5 kHz) (10 kHz + 5 kHz)
Answers
EE Fourier Transforms, Frequency Response and Correlation
1. (c) 2. (a) 3. (d) 4. (d) 5. (c) 6. (b) 7. (c) 8. (a)
9. (b) 10. (a) 11. (c) 12. (6) 13. (d) 14. (10)
Solutions Fourier Transforms, Frequency Response and Correlation

EE
1. (c)
x(t) = rect [t – 1/2]
1/
x(t) = 1 ; 0 t 1
= 0; otherwise H(j ) =
–
j t
F[x(t)] = x(t ) e dt
y(t) = h(t) x(t)
1
Y(j ) = X(j ) H(j )
j t 1 j
= 1e dt = (1 e )
j
0 1/
2 ej /2
ej /2
j t /2 Y(j ) = if, <
= xe
2j
–
sin /2 j /2
= e
/2
1/
F.T.
F[ x(t ) + x( t ) X( ) + X( ) or Y(j ) = if, <
sin /2 j /2
= [e + ej /2
] –
/2
1
sin /2 so, y(t) = Sa ( t) if, <
= 2 cos
/2 2
1
y(t) = sin c ( t ) if, <
= 2 sin c cos
2 2
1
2. (a) or y(t) = sin c ( t ) if, <
x(t) = sinc( t) = Sa[ t]
So, output is of the form k sinc( t)
h(t) = sinc( t) = Sa[ t]
where, = min( , )
x(t) = Sa[ t]
3. (d)
1/ Symmetrically located pole and zero
All pass filter
X(j ) =
(Constant magnitude)
–
(– )
h(t) = Sa[ t]
4. (d) 7. (c)
By using Parseval’s theorem, Given signal f(t) is an odd signal. Hence F( ) is
2 1 imaginary and odd function of .
X( ) d = 2 1 dt = 2 × 2
1
8. (a)
2
X( ) d =4 Given signal can be drawn as,
x(t)
5. (c)
2 sin 2 1
H(j ) = cos
t
ej + e j
2 sin 2 –1 1
=
2 2 For signal,
1 j 2 sin 2 j 2 sin 2
= e +e f (t )
2
1
2 sin 2
Let, X( ) =
t
1; 2<t<2 –T/2 T/2
Then, x(t) =
0 ; otherwise F( ) is given by
By time shifting property,
Gate width
1 2
h(t) = ( x (t + 1) + x(t 1))
2
T
1 1 F( ) = T Sa
h(0) = [ x(1) + x( 1) = [1 + 1] = 1 2
2 2
Area of gate
6. (b) pulse
Given that, f (t ) F( ) Therefore,

x(t) X( ) = 2 Sa( )
jut Now, x(t) X( )
and g(t) = F( u) e du
Then by time scaling,
1 1
F( ) e j t
d x( at ) X
Now, f(t) = a a
2
x(2t ) Sa ...(i)
2 f(t) = F( ) e j t
d 2
t
u, and x 4 Sa (2 ) ...(ii)
2
2 f(t) = F(u) e jut du t

Now, y(t) = x(2t ) x
2
= g(t) Convolution in time domain multiplication in
g(t) = 2 f(–t) = 2 f(t) frequency domain,
If f(t) is even then,
Y( ) = 4 Sa Sa (2 )
f(t) = f(–t) 2
g(t) f(t) if f(t) is even.
By observing X1( ) and X2( ), we can say,

4 sin X2( ) = X1(– )
2 sin (2 )
Y( ) = IFT
2
2 x2(t) = x1(–t) ...(i)
Now, X1( ) is real. Therefore, x1(t) will be
4
Y( ) = 2
sin sin(2 ) conjugate symmetric.
2
i.e., x1(t) = x1 ( t )
9. (b)
t = –t
For real even function x(t) the Fourier transform
x1(–t) = x1 (t )
X( ) is always real even. y(t) is a derivative of
x(t) which is a real odd function because Now, x1(t) x2(t) = x1(t) x2(–t) [From (i)]
derivative of even function is an odd function = x 1 (t ) x 1 ( t )
and hence, Fourier transform Y( ) is imaginary 2
odd. = x1 (t ) = real function
10. (a) 12. Sol.

Maximum possible frequency of x(t) (2000 t)
e j 10t for t 1 = (f1 + f2)
Since, x(t) =
0 for t > 1 = 5 kHz + 1 kHz
= 6 kHz
j t
as, X( ) = x(t ) e dt
13. (d)
The Fourier transform of
1 1
so, X( ) = j 10t j t jt(10 )
e e dt = e dt 2 sin(t /2)
2 rect
1 1 t
1 sin(2 t )
= [ e j(10 )
e j(10 )
] rect
j(10 ) t 4
2 sin( 10) sin (2 t ) j t

X( ) = So, e dt = rect
( 10) t 4
Putting = 0 in above equation,
11. (c)
sin (2 t )
By observing X1(j ) and X2(j ) we can say that dt = 1
t
they are not conjugate symmetric. Since the
Fourier transform is not conjugate symmetric sin (2 )
the signal will not be real. So x1(t), x2(t) are not 2 dt = 2
t
real. Now the Fourier transform of x1(t) x2(t)
1 14. Sol.
will be X1 ( j ) X 2 ( j ) and by looking at
2 By taking inverse Fourier transform,
x(t) = te–10t u(t)
X1(j ) and X2(j ) we can say that X1(j ) X2(j )
Now, x(t)t = 1 = 1 × e–10 × 1 = e–10
will be conjugate symmetric and thus x1(t) × x2(t)
10
will be real. Thus, ln{ x(t )} = ln ( e ) = 10 = 10
5 Laplace Transform
ELECTRO NICS EN GINEERIN G (a) 2[1 – e–2t] u(t) (b) 4[e–t – e–2t] u(t)
(GATE Previous Years Solved Papers) (c) sin2t (d) (1 – 4e–4t) u(t)
[EC-1990 : 2 Marks]
Q.1 Laplace transform of the functions tu(t) and u(t)
sin(t) are respectively. Q.6 The pole-zero pattern of a certain filter is shown
in figure. The figure must be of the following
1 s 1 1
(a) 2
, 2 (b) , 2 type.
s s +1 s s +1
1 1 s j
(c) 2
, 2 (d) s , 2
s s +1 s +1 +j2
[EC-1987 : 2 Marks]
+j1
Q.2 The Laplace transform of a function f(t) u(t),
–1
where f(t) is periodic with period T, is A(s) times
the Laplace transform of its first period. Then, +1
(a) A(s) = s –j 1
1
(b) A(s) = –j 2
(1 exp( Ts ))
1 (a) low-pass (b) high-pass
(c) A(s) =
(1 + exp( Ts)) (c) all-pass (d) band-pass
(d) A(s) = exp (Ts) [EC-1991 : 2 Marks]
[EC-1988 : 2 Marks] Q.7 The voltage across an impedance in a network
Q.3 The transfer function of a zero-order hold is is V(s) = Z(s) I(s), where V(s), Z(s) and I(s) are the
Laplace transform of the corresponding time
1 exp( Ts) 1
(a) (b) functions v(t), z(t) and i(t). The voltage v(t) is
s s
(a) v(t) = z(t) i(t)
1
(c) 1 (d) t
[1 exp( Ts)]
(b) v(t ) = i( ) z(t )d
[EC-1988 : 2 Marks] 0
t
Q.4 The transfer function of a zero-order hold is
(c) v(t ) = i( ) z(t + ) d
1 exp( Ts ) 1 0
(a) (b)
s s (d) v(t) = z(t) + i(t)
1 [EC-1992 : 2 Marks]
(c) 1 (d)
[ exp( Ts)]
Q.8 The Laplace transform of te periodic function
[EC-1988 : 2 Marks] f(t) described by the curve below, i.e.,
Q.5 The response of an initially relaxed linear sin t if (2n 1) t 2n ( n = 1, 2, 3...)
f (t ) =
constant parameter network to a unit impulse 0 otherwise
applied at t = 0 is 4e–2 u(t). The response of this is ________ .
network to a unit step function will be
f(t) (c) ratio of the Laplace transform of the output

and that of the input with all initial
conditions zeros.
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
t
0 (d) none of these
[EC-1995 : 1 Mark]
[EC-1993 : 2 Marks] Q.14 The final value theorem is used to find the
(a) steady state value of the system output.
K
Q.9 If F(s ) = L [ f (t ) = then, lim f (t ) (b) initial value of the system output.
( s + 1) ( s 2 + 4) t
(c) transient behaviour of the system output.
is given by (d) none of these
K [EC-1995 : 1 Mark]
(a) (b) zero
4
Q.15 The inverse Laplace transform of the function,
(c) infinite (d) undefined
[EC-1993 : 2 Marks] s+5
is
(s + 1) (s + 3)
Q.10 The Laplace transform of a unit ramp function
starting at t = a, is (a) 2e–t – e–3t (b) 2e–t + e–3t
as (c) e–t – 2e–3t (d) e–t + 2e–3t
1 e
(a) (b) [EC-1996 : 2 Marks]
( s + a )2 ( s + a )2
Q.16 The Laplace transform of e t cos( t) is equal to
e as a
(c) (d) (s + ) (s + )
s2 s2 (a) (b)
[EC-1994 : 1 Mark] (s 2
) + 2 (s + )2 + 2
Q.12 Indicate whether the following statement is 1

(c) (d) none of these
True/False. Give reason for your answer. If G(s) (s )2
[EC-1997 : 1 Mark]
1
is a stable transfer function, the F(s) = is
G( s) Q.17 Match each of the items 1, 2 on the left with
always a stable transfer function. most appropriate item A, B, C or D on the right.
In the case of a linear time invariant system
[EC-1994 : 1 Mark]
1. Poles in the right half plane implies.
(2 s + 1) 2. Impulse response zero for t 0 implies
Q.12 If L [ f (t )] = 2
, then f(0+) and f( ) are
s + 2s + 5 (a) Exponential decay of output
given by (b) System is causal.
(a) 0, 2 respectively (b) 2, 0 respectively (c) No stored energy in the system.
(c) 0, 1 respectively (d) 2/5, 0 respectively (d) System is unstable.
[Note : ‘L’ stands for ‘Laplace transform of’] [EC-1997 : 2 Marks]
[EC-1995 : 1 Mark]
Q.18 If L[ f (t )] = , then the value of
Q.13 The transfer function of a linear system is the (s2 + 2
)
(a) ratio of the output, vo(t) and input vi(t).
(b) ratio of the derivatives of the output and lim f (t )
t
the input.
(a) cannot be determined Q.23 The transfer function of a system is given by

(b) is zero 1
H (s) = 2
(c) is unity s (s 2)
(d) is infinite The impulse response of the system is
[EC-1998 : 1 Mark] (a) (t2 e–2t) u(t) (b) (t e–2t) u(t)
Q.19 The transfer function of a zero-order hold system (c) (te–2t) u(t) (d) (te–1t) u(t)
is ( denotes convolution, and u(t) is unit step
function)
1 sT 1 sT
(a) (1 + e ) (b) (1 e ) [EC-2001 : 1 Mark]
s s
Q.24 The Laplace transform of a continuous-time
1 1 sT
(c) 1 e sT (d) 1 + e
s s 5 s
signal x(t) is X (s ) = . If the Fourier
2
[EC-1998 : 1 Mark] s s 2
transform of this signal exists, then x(t) is
Q.20 If L [f(t) = F(s), then L [ f(t – T)] is equal to
(a) e2t u(t) – 2e–t u(t)
(a) esT F(s) (b) e–sT F(s)
(b) –e2t u(–t) + 2e–t u(t)
F(s ) F(s)
(c) (d) (c) –e2t u(–t) – 2e–t u(t)
1 + esT 1 e sT
(d) e2t u(–t) – 2e–t u(t)
[EC-1999 : 1 Mark]
[EC-2002 : 2 Marks]
Q.21 Given that,
Q.25 The Laplace transform of i(t) is given by
2
s+2 s +1 2
L [ f (t )] = 2
, L [ g(t )] = , I (s) =
s +1 (s + 3) (s + 2) s (1 + s )
t As t , the value of i(t) tends to
h(t ) = f ( ) g(t )d
(a) 0 (b) 1
0
(c) 2 (d)
L[h(t)] is
[EC-2003 : 1 Mark]
2
s +1
(a) Q.26 Consider the function f(t) having Laplace
s+3
transform:
1
(b) F(s ) = o , Re[s] > 0
s+3
s2 + 2
o
s2 + 1 s+2 The final value of f(t) would be
(c) +
(s + 3) (s + 2) s2 + 1 (a) 0 (b) 1
(d) None of the above (c) –1 f( ) 1 (d)
[EC-2000 : 1 Mark] [EC-2006 : 2 Marks]
Q.22 A linear time invariant system has an impulse Q.27 If the Laplace transform of a signal y(t) is
response e2t, for t > 0. If initial conditions are
1
zero and the input is e3t, the output for t > 0 is Y (s) = , then its final value is
s (s 1)
(a) e3t – e2t (b) e5t
(a) –1 (b) 0
(c) e3t + e2t (d) none of these
(c) 1 (d) unbounded
[EC-2000 : 2 Marks]
[EC-2007 : 1 Mark]
Q.28 Given that, F(s) is the one-side Laplace transform Q.33 The unilateral Laplace transform of f(t) is
t 1
. The unilateral Laplace transform of
of f(t), the Laplace transform of f ( ) d is s2 + s + 1
0
t f(t) is
1 s 2s + 1
(a) sF(s) – f(0) (b) F (s ) (a) (b)
s 2
(s + s + 1) 2
(s + s + 1)2
2
s
1 s 2s + 1
(c) F( ) d (d) [ F( s ) f (0)] (c) (d)
s 2
(s + s + 1) 2 (s + s + 1)2
2
0
[EC-2009 : 2 Marks] [EC-2012 : 1 Mark]
Q.29 A continuous-time LTI system is described by Q.34 The impulse response of a system is h(t) = tu(t).
For an input u(t – 1), the output is
d 2 y(t ) dy(t ) dx(t )
+4 + 3 y(t ) = 2 + 4x(t )
dt 2 dt dt t2 t (t 1)
(a) u(t ) (b) u (t 1)
Assuming zero initial conditions, the response 2 2
y(t) of the above system for the input (t 1)2 t2 1
x(t) = e–2t u(t) is given by (c) u (t 1) (d) u (t 1)
2 2
(a) (et – e3t) u(t) (b) (e–t – e–3t) u(t) [EC-2013 : 1 Mark]
(c) (e–t + e–3t) u(t) (d) (et + e3t) u(t)
Q.35 Assuming zero initial condition, the response
[EC-2010 : 2 Marks]
y(t) of the system, given below to a unit step
Q.30 If the unit step response of a network is (1 – e– t), input u(t) is
then its unit impulse response is
U(s ) 1/s Y(s )
(a) e– t (b) –1 e– t
(c) (1 – –1) e– t (d) (1 – ) e– t

(a) u(t) (b) tu(t)
[EC-2011 : 1 Mark]
t2
(c) u(t ) (d) e–t u(t)
Q.31 An input x(t) = exp(–2t) u(t) + (t – 6) is applied 2
to an LTI system with impulse response [EC-2013 : 1 Mark]
h(t) = u(t). The output is
Q.36 Which one of the following statements is not
(a) [1 – exp(–2t)] u(t) + u(t + 6)
true for a continuous time causal and stable LTI
(b) [1 – exp(–2t)] u(t) + u(t – 6) system?
(c) 0.5[1 – exp(–2t)] u(t) + u(t + 6)
(a) All the poles of the system must lie on the
(d) 0.5[1 – exp(–2t)] u(t) + u(t – 6) left side of the j -axis.
[EC-2011 : 2 Marks] (b) Zero of the system can lie anywhere in the
s-plane.
2 (s + 1)
Q.32 If F(s ) = L [ f (t )] then the initial and (c) All the poles must lie within s = 1.
s 2 + 4s + 7
final values of f(t) are respectively (d) All the roots of the characteristic equation
must be located on the left side of the j -axis.
(a) 0, 2 (b) 2, 0
[EC-2013 : 1 Mark]
2 2
(c) 0, (d) ,0
7 7 Q.37 A system is described by the differential
[EC-2011 : 2 Marks] equation,
For the above system

d2 y dy
+5 + 6 y(t ) = x(t ) (a) only S1 and S2 are true.
dt 2 dt
(b) only S2 and S3 are true.
Let x(t) be a rectangular pulse given by
(c) only S1 and S3 are true.
1, 0<t<2
x (t ) = (d) S1, S2 and S3 are true.
0 , otherwise
[EC-2014 : 2 Marks]
dy
Assuming that, y(0) = 0 and = 0 at t = 0, the Q.41 The unilateral Laplace transform of f (t) is
dt
1
Laplace transform of y(t) is . Which one of the following is the
2
s +s+1
e 2s 1 e 2s
(a) (b) unilateral Laplace transform of g(t) = t f(t) ?
s (s + 2) (s + 3) s (s + 2) (s + 3)
s (2s + 1)
e 2s 1 e 2s (a) (b)
(c) (d)
2
(s + s + 1) 2 (s + s + 1)2
2
(s + 2) (s + 3) (s + 2) (s + 3)
s 2s + 1
[EC-2013 : 2 Marks] (c) (d)
(s 2 + s + 1)2 (s + s + 1)2
2
Q.38 A system is described by the following [EC-2014 : 2 Marks]

differential equation, where u(t) is the input to
the system and y(t) is the output of the system, Q.42 A stable linear time invariant (LTI) system has
y (t ) + 5 y ( t ) = u ( t ) 1
a transfer function H (s ) = . To make
2
s +s 6
When y(0) = 1 and u(t) is a unit step function,
y(t) is this system causal it needs to be cascaded with
(a) 0.2 + 0.8e–5t (b) 0.2 – 0.2e–5t another LTI system having a transfer function
(c) 0.8 + 0.2e–5t (d) 0.8 – 0.8e–5t H1(s). A correct choice for H1(s) among the
[EC-2014 : 2 Marks] following options is
(a) s + 3 (b) s – 2
Q.39 The input –3e–2t u(t), where u(t) is the unit step
(c) s – 6 (d) s + 1
function, is applied to a system with transfer
[EC-2014 : 2 Marks]
s 2
function . If the initial value of the output Q.43 A causal LTI system has zero initial conditions
s+3
and impulse response h(t). Its output x(t) and
is –2, then the value of the output at steady state input y(t) are related through the linear constant
is _______ .
coefficient differential equation,
[EC-2014 : 1 Mark]
d 2 y(t ) dy(t ) 2
Q.40 Let h(t) denote the impulse response of a causal 2
+ + y(t ) = x(t )
dt dt
1 Let another signal g(t) be defined as,
system with transfer function . Calculate
s+1 t
2 dh(t )
the following three statements: g( t ) = h( ) d + + h (t )
dt
S1 : The system is stable. 0
h (t + 1) If G(s) is the Laplace transform of g(t), then the

S2 : is independent of t for t > 0.
h(t ) number of poles of G(s) is ________ .
S3 : A non-causal system with the same transfer [EC-2014 : 2 Marks]
function is stable.
Q.44 Input x(t) and output y(t) of an LTI system are Q.48 Let x(t) = s(t) + s(–t) with s(t) = e–4t u(t), where
related by the differential equation y (t) – y (t) – u(t) is unit step function. If the bilateral Laplace
6y(t) = x(t). If the system is neither causal nor transform of x(t) is
stable, the impulse response h(t) of the system is 16
X (s) = 2
4 < Re { s} < 4
1 3t 1 2t s 16
(a) e u( t) + e u( t )
5 5 Then the value of is _______ .
1 3t 1 2t [EC-2015 : 2 Marks]
(b) e u ( t) + e u( t )
5 5
Q.49 Consider the function g(t) = e–t sin(2 t) u(t)
1 3t 1 2t where u(t) is the unit step function. The area
(c) e u( t) e u(t )
5 5 under g(t) is _______ .
1 3t 1 2t [EC-2015 : 1 Mark]
(d) e u ( t) e u(t )
5 5
Q.50 The Laplace transform of the causal periodic
[EC-2015 : 2 Marks]
square wave of period T shown in the figure
Q.45 Consider the differential equation, below is
dx f (t )
= 10 0.2 x with initial conduction x(0) = 1.
dt
1
The response x(t) for t > 0 is
(a) 2 – e–0.2t (b) 2 – e0.2t
(c) 50 – 49e–0.2t (d) 50 – 49e0.2t
t
[EC-2015 : 2 Marks] 0 T/2 T 3T/2 2T
Q.46 The bilateral Laplace transform of a function, 1

(a) F(s ) = sT /2
1, if a t b 1+ e
f (t ) = is
0 , otherwise 1
(b) F(s ) =
s (1 + e sT /2 )
a b z
e ( a b)
(a) (b) 1
s s (c) F(s ) =
s (1 e sT /2 )
as bs ( a b)
e e e
(c) (d) 1
s s (d) F (s ) = sT
1 e
[EC-2015 : 1 Mark]
[EC-2016 : 2 Marks]
Q.47 Let the signal f(t) = 0 outside the interval [T1, T2]
Q.51 A first order low-pass filter of time constant T is
where T 1 and T 2 are finite. Furthermore,
excited with difference input signals (with zero
f (t ) < . The region of convergence (ROC) of initial conditions upto t = 0). Match the
the signal’s bilateral Laplace transform F(s) is excitation signals X, Y, Z with the
corresponding time responses for t 0:
(a) a parallel strip containing the j axis.
List-I List-II
(b) a parallel strip not containing the j axis.
X. Impulse P. 1 – e–t/T
(c) the entire s-plane.
Y. Unit step Q. t – T(1 – e–t/T)
(d) a half-plane containing the j axis.
Z. Ramp R. e–t/T
[EC-2015 : 1 Mark]
(a) X - R, Y - Q, Z - P
G(s )
(b) X - Q, Y - P, Z - R that is, Y (s ) = . The forced response of the
s
(c) X - R, Y - P, Z - Q
system is
(d) X - P, Y - R, Z - Q
(a) u(t)
[EC-2016 : 2 Marks]
(b) 2u(t)
(c) u(t) – 2e–t u(t) + e–3t u(t)
2
Q.52 A signal 2 cos t cos( t ) is the input to (d) 2u(t) – 2e–t u(t) + e–3t u(t)
3
[EC-2019 : 1 Mark]
an LTI system with the transfer function,
H(s) = es + e–s Q.56 A system with transfer function
If Ckdenote the kth coefficient in the exponential 1
G(s) = ,a>0
Fourier series of the output signal, then c3 is (s + 1) (s + a)
equal to is subjected an input 5 cos3t. The steady-state
(a) 0 (b) 1
1
(c) 2 (d) 3 output of the system is cos(3t 1.892).
10
[EC-2016 : 2 Marks]
The value of a is ________ .
Q.53 Consider the following statements for [EC-2020 : 2 Marks]
continuous-time linear time invariant (LTI)
systems: Q.57 Let x1(t) = e–t u(t) and x2(t) = u(t) – u(t – 2), where
I. There is no bounded input bounded output u( ) denotes the unit step function. If y(t) denotes
(BIBO) stable system with a pole in the right the convolution of x 1 (t) and x 2 (t), then
half of the complex plane. lim y(t ) = ___ (Rounded off to 1 decimal place).
t
II. There is no causal and BIBO stable system
with a pole in the right half of the complex [EC-2022]
plane.
Which one among the following is correct? ELECTRICAL EN GINEERIN G
(a) Both I and II are true. (GATE Previous Years Solved Papers)
(b) Both I and II are not true.
Q.1 The Laplace transforma.tion of f(t) is F(s).
(c) Only I is true.
(d) Only II is true. Given, F( s ) = , the final value of f(t) is
s2 + 2
[EC-2017 : 1 Mark]
(a) infinity (b) zero
Q.54 The transfer function of a causal LTI system is
(c) one (d) none of these
H(s) = 1/s. If the input to the system is
[EE-1995 : 1 Mark]
x(t) = [sin(t)/ t] u(t), where u(t) is a unit step
function, the system output y(t) as t is Q.2 The Laplace transform of (t2 – 2t) u(t – 1) is
________ .
2 s 2 s 2 2s 2 s
[EC-2017 : 2 Marks] (a) e e (b) 3
e e
s 3
s 2 s s2
Q.55 Let Y(s) be the unit-step response of a causal
2 s 1 s
system, having a transfer function, (c) e e (d) None of the above
s3 s
3 s
G(s) = [EE-1998 : 2 Marks]
(s + 1) (s + 3)
Q.3 The output of a linear time invariant control 5

(a) 5 (b)
system is c(t) for a certain input r(t). If r(t) is 2
modified by passing it through a block whose 5
transfer function is e–s and then applied to the (c) (d) 0
3
system, the modified output of the system [EE-2004 : 1 Mark]
would be
Q.8 The Laplace transform of a function f(t) is
r(t ) r (t )
(a) (b) t 5s 2 + 23s + 6
1 + et 1+ e F( s ) =
s (s 2 + 2 s + 2)
(c) c(t – 1) (d) r(t) u(t – 1)
[EE-1998 : 1 Mark] As t , f(t) approaches
(a) 3 (b) 5
Q.4 A rectangular current pulse of duration T and
17
magnitude 1 has the Laplace transform (c) (d)
2
1 1 [EE-2005 : 2 Marks]
(a) (b) exp( Ts)
s s
Q.9 The integrator given by
1 1 t
(c) exp(Ts) (d) [1 exp( Ts)]
s s y(t ) = x( ) d
[EE-1999 : 2 Marks]
(a) has no finite singularities in its double sided
Q.5 Given the relationship between the input u(t) Laplace transform H(s).
and the output y(t) to be (b) produces a bounded output for every causal
t bounded input.
t( t )
y(t ) = (2 + t )e u( ) d
(c) produces a bounded output for every anti-
0
causal bounded input.
the transfer function Y(s)/U(s) is (d) has no finite zeroes in its double sided
2s Laplace transform H(s).
2e s+2
(a) (b)
s+3 (s + 3)2 [EE-2006 : 2 Marks]
2s + 5 2s + 7 Common Data Questions (10 and 11):
(c) (d)
s+3 (s + 3)2 Given: f(t) and g(t) as shown below.
[EE-2001 : 2 Marks] f (t ) g (t )
Q.6 Let Y(t) be the Laplace transform of the function 1 1

y(t), then the final value of the function is
(a) LimY (s) (b) Lim Y ( s)
s 0 s t t
0 1 0 3 5
(c) Lim sY (s) (d) Lim sY ( s)

s 0 s Q.10 g(t) can be expressed as:
[EE-2002 : 1 Mark] t
(a) g(t) = f(2t – 3) (b) g(t ) = f 3
2
5
Q.7 Consider the function, F( s ) = 3 t 3
2
s (s + 3s + 2) (c) g(t ) = f 2t (d) g(t ) = f
2 2 2
where F(s) is the Laplace transform of the [EE-2010 : 2 Marks]
function f(t). The initial value of (t) is equal to
Q.11 The Laplace transform of g(t) is Q.15 Assuming zero initial condition, the response
1 3s 1 y(t) of the system given below to a unit step input
(a) (e e 5s ) (b) (e 5s
e 3s
)
s s u(t) is
3s 1 5s
e
(c) (1 e 2s
) (d) (e e 3s ) U(s) 1/s Y(s )
s s
[EE-2010 : 2 Marks] (a) u(t) (b) t u(t)
Q.12 Let the Laplace transform of a function f(t) which t2
(c) u(t ) (d) e–t u(t)
exists for t > 0 be F1(s) and the Laplace transform 2
of its delayed version f(t – ) be F2(s). F1 (s) be [EE-2013 : 1 Mark]
the complex conjugate to F1(s) with the Laplace Q.16 Which one of the following statements is not
true for a continuous time causal and stable LTI
F (s) F1 (s) system ?
variable set as s = + j . If G(s) = 2 2
,
F1 (s) (a) All the poles of the system must lie on the
left side of the j -axis.
then the inverse Laplace transform of G(s) is (b) Zero of the system can lie anywhere in the
(a) an ideal impulse (t). s-plane.
(b) an ideal delayed impulse (t – ).
(c) All the poles must lie within s = 1.
(c) an ideal step function u(t).
(d) All the roots of the characteristic equation
(d) an ideal delayed step function u(t – ).
must be located on the left side of the j -axis.
[EE-2011 : 2 Marks]
[EE-2013 : 1 Mark]
Q.13 The unilateral Laplace transform of f(t) is
Q.17 Consider an LTI system with transfer function:
1 1
2
. The unilateral Laplace transform of H (s) =
s +s+1 s (s + 4)
t f(t) is If the inputs to the system is cos(3t) and the
s 2s + 1 steady-state output is A sin(3t + ), then the
(a) (b)
2
(s + s + 1) 2
(s + s + 1)2
2 value of A is
1 1
s 2s + 1 (a) (b)
(c) (d) 30 15
(s 2 + s + 1)2 (s 2 + s + 1)2
3 4
[EE-2012 : 1 Mark] (c) (d)
4 3
Q.14 Consider the differential equation: [EE-2014 : 2 Marks]
d 2 y(t ) dy(t )
2
+2 + y(t ) = (t ) with t
dt dt Q.18 The Laplace transform of f (t ) = 2 is s–3/2.
dy
y(t ) t = 0 = 2 and =0
dt t = 0 The Laplace transform of g(t ) = 1/ t is
dy 5/2
The numerical value of is 3s
dt t = 0+ (a) (b) s–1/2
2
(a) –2 (b) –1 (c) s1/2 (d) s3/2
(c) 0 (d) 1 [EE-2015 : 1 Mark]
[EE-2012 : 2 Marks]
Q.19 The Laplace transform of f(t) = e2t sin(5t) u(t) is Q.24 The output response of a system is denoted as
5 5 y(t), and its Laplace transform is given by
(a) 2 (b) 2
s 4s + 29 s 5 10
Y (s) = 2
s 2 5 s(s + s + 100 2 )
(c) 2 (d)
s 4s + 29 s+5 The steady-state value of y(t) as,
[EE-2016 : 1 Mark]
1
(a) 100 2 (b)
10 2
Y (s) s
Q.20 The transfer function of system is = .
R(s ) s + 2 1
(c) 10 2 (d)
The steady-state output y(t) is A cos(2t + ) for 100 2
the input cos(2t). The value of A and , [EE-2019 : 1 Mark]
respectively are
Q.25 A system transfer function is
1 1
(a) , 45° (b) , + 45°
2 2 a1 s 2 + b1s + c1
H (s) =
(c) 2 , 45° (d) 2 , + 45° a2 s 2 + b2 s + c 2
[EE-2016 : 1 Mark] If a1 = b1 = 0, and all other coefficient are positive,
Q.21 Consider a causal LTI system characterized by the transfer function represents a
(a) high pass filter (b) low pass filter
dy(t ) 1
differential equation + y(t ) = 3x(t ). The (c) notch filter (d) band pass filter
dt 6
[EE-2019 : 1 Mark]
response of the system to the input
x(t) = 3e–t/3 u(t), where u(t) denotes the until step Q.26 The inverse Laplace transform of
function, is
s+3
(a) 9 e–t/3 u(t) H (s) = 2
for t 0 is
s + 2s + 1
(b) 9 e–t/6 u(t)
(c) 9 e–t/3 u(t) – 6 e–t/6 u(t) (a) 2t e–t + e–t (b) 3 e–t
(d) 54 e–t/6 u(t) – 54 e–t/3 u(t) (c) 3t e–t + e–t (d) 4t e–t + e–t
[EE-2016 : 1 Mark] [EE-2019 : 1 Mark]
Q.22 The solution of the differential equation, for t > Q.27 Consider a linear time-invariant system whose
0, y (t) + 2y (t) + y(t) = 0 with initial conditions input r(t) and output y(t) are related by the
y(0) = 0 and y (0) = 1, is (u(t) denotes the unit following differential equation,
step function).
d 2 y(t )
(a) t e–t u(t) (b) (e–t – te–t) u(t) + 4 y(t ) = 6 r (t )
dt 2
(c) (–e–t – te–t) u(t) (d) e–t u(t)
[EE-2016 : 1 Mark] The poles of this system are at
(a) +4j, –4j (b) +4, –4
Q.23 Consider a linear time-invariant system with
(c) +2, –2 (d) +2j, –2j
transfer function:
[EE-2020 : 1 Mark]
1
H (s ) =
(s + 1) Q.28 Which of the following statements is the about
If the input is cos(t) and the steady-state output the two sided Laplace transform?
is A cos(t + ), then the value of A is ______ . (a) It has no poles for any bounded signal that
[EE-2016 : 1 Mark] is non-zero only inside a finite time interval.
(b) If a signal can be expressed as a weighted Q.29 The causal realization of a system transfer
sum of shifted one sided exponential, then function H(s) having poles at (2, –1), (–2, 1) and
its Laplace transform will have no poles. zeroes at (2, 1), (–2, –1) will be
(c) It exists for every signal that may or may (a) unstable, complex, all pass
not have a Fourier transform. (b) unstable, real, high pass
(d) The number of finite poles and finite zeroes (c) stable, complex, low pass
must be equal. (d) stable, real, all pass
[EE-2020 : 1 Mark] [EE-2020 : 2 Marks]

Answers
EC Laplace Transform
1. (c) 2. (b) 3. (a) 4. (a) 5. (a) 6. (c) 7. (b) 8. (Sol.)
9. (d) 10. (c) 11. (Sol.) 12. (b) 13. (c) 14. (a) 15. (a) 16. (a)
17. (1-D, 2-B) 18. (a) 19. (b) 20. (b) 21. (b) 22. (a) 23. (b)
24. (c) 25. (c) 26. (c) 27. (d) 28. (d) 29. (b) 30. (a) 31. (d)
32. (b) 33. (d) 34. (c) 35. (b) 36. (c) 37. (b) 38. (a) 39. (0)
40. (a) 41. (d) 42. (b) 43. (1) 44. (b) 45. (c) 46. (c) 47. (c)
48. (–2) 49. (0.155) 50. (b) 51. (c) 52. (b) 53. (d) 54. (0.5) 55. (a, c)
56. (4) 57. (0)
Solutions
EC Laplace Transform
1. (c) 2. (b)
L.T. 1 The given function represents a causal periodic
tu(t )
s 2 signal,
f(t) u(t) = 0 ; t<0
L.T. a
u(t )sin at Period of f(t) = T ; for t > 0
s + a2
2
Let, f1(t) = f(t) u(t); 0 t T
L.T. 1 1
u(t )sin t = = 0; otherwise
s 2 + 12 s2 + 1
f(t) u(t) 4. (a)

The impulse response h(t) of zero order hold
system is
h(t) = u(t) – u(t – T)
t
0 T 2T where, T is the sampling period,
1 1 Ts
f1(t) H(s) = e
s s
1 exp( Ts )
H(s) =
s
t
0 T 5. (a)
Given that, h(t) = 4e–2t
f(t) u(t) = f 1 (t nT ) 1
n=0 So, H(s) = 4
(s + 2)
Let, f1(t) F1(s)
Given that, x(t) = u(t)
nTs
f1(t – nT) e F1 (s ) 1
So, X(s) =
s
nTs
f(t) u(t) F( s ) = e F1 (s) We know that,
n=0
Y (s )
H(s) =
F1 (s ) X( s )
= Ts
1 e Y(s) = H(s) Y(s)
st
1 Transform of the 1 4 1 1 1
f(t) u(t) ×
Y(s) = × =2
1 e Ts period of f (t ) u(t )
(s + 2) s s s+2
1 Taking inverse Laplace transform of both side,
A(s) = Ts
1 e y(t) = 2[1 – e–2t] u(t)
3. (a) 6. (c)
A zero order hold system holds the input signal In the given pole-zero pattern, poles and zeros
value for a period of T, i.e. for an input of short are symmetrical about imaginary axis. This is
duration ( ) pulse, it produces an output pulse the case of all-pass filter.
of duration T, the sampling period.
7. (b)
T
s (t ) Zero order We know that, multiplication of two functions
hold in frequency (s) domain is equivalent to the
convolution in time domain.
Input, x(t) = (t)
t
So, X(s) = 1
So, v(t) = i( ) z(t )d
Output, y(t) = u(t) – u(t – T) 0
Ts Ts
1 e 1 e
So, Y(s) = = 8. Sol.
s s s
The given signal f(t) is a causal periodic signal
Transfer function,
with period,
Ts
Y (s) 1 e To = 2
H(s) = =
X( s ) s f1(t) = f(t) ; 0<t<2
= 0; otherwise
s
f(t) s 1+ e 1
F(s) = e 2
× 2 s
s +1 (1 e )
2 s
t s (1 + e )
0 F(s) = e 2 s s
( s + 1) (1 + e ) (1 e )
s
e
F(s) =
(s 2 + 1) (1 e s
)
sin(t ) u (t )
9. (d)
K
F(s) =
0 2 3 4
t (s + 1) ( s 2 + 4)
So, poles = –1; ±2j
Since all the poles are not in the left half of
s-plane. So, the final value theorem cannot be
sin(t – ) u (t – )
applied.
So, lim f (t ) is indeterminate.

t
t
0 2 3 4 5
10. (c)
L.T. 1
r (t )
s2
sin(t – 2 ) u(t – 2 )
L.T. 1 e as
r (t a ) e as × 2 = 2
s s
t
0 2 3 4 5 6 11. Sol.
If G(s) stable then all its poles must lie in the left
half of s-plane and there is no restriction on its
So, f1(t) = –[sin(t – ) u(t – ) + sin(t – 2 )
zeros, which can lie also in the right half of
1
sin(t ) u(t ) 2 1
s +1 s-plane. The inverse function F(s) = may
G( s)
e s
sin(t ) u(t ) or my not be stable. The zeros of G(s) may lie in
s2 + 1
the right half of s-plane.
e 2 s Hence the given statement is not true.
sin(t 2 ) u(t 2 )
s2 + 1
1
s 2 s
So, F(s) = is not always a stable transfer
e e G( s)
F1(s) = 2
+
s +1 s2 + 1 function.
s
s 1+e 12. (b)
F1(s) = e
s2 + 1 Initial value theorem,
F1 (s ) F1 (s ) 2s(s + 1)
F1(s) = = f(0+) = lim 2
1 e Tos
1 e 2 s s s + 2s + 5
2s2 + 2s 18. (a)

f(0+) = lim 2
s s + 2s + 5
F(s) =
2 s2 + 2
s2 2 +
s f(t) = sin t
f(0+) = lim
s 2 2 5 lim f (t ) = lie between – 1 to +1
s 1+ + 2
s s t
2 So, it can not be determined.

2+
2+0 s
f(0+) = lim = =2
s 2 5 1+0+0 19. (b)
1+ + 2
s s
The impulse response h(t) of zero-order hold
Final value theorem,
system is given by
s 2 (s + 1) h(t) = u(t) – u(t – T)
f( ) = lim sF(s ) = lim
s s 0 s2 + 2s + 5 where T is the sampling period,
f( ) = 0
1 1 sT 1 sT
H(s) = e = [1 e ]
13. (c) s s s
Y (s ) 20. (b)
H(s) =
X( s ) f(t – T) = F(s) e–sT
(Time shifting property of Laplace transform)
14. (a)
Final value theorem is used to find the final value 21. (b)
of the steady-state value of the system output, Convolution in time domain is multiplication
f( ) = lim sF(s) in s-domain.
s 0
1
L[h(t)] = L[ f (t )] × L[ g(t )] =
15. (a) s+3
(s + 5) 22. (a)
F(s) =
(s + 1) (s + 3) h(t) = e2t
2 1 1
F(s) = H(s) =
s+1 s+3 s+2
Taking inverse Laplace transform on both side, x(t) = e3t
f(t) = 2e–t – e–3t
1
X(s) =
16. (a) s 3
s Output = x(t) h(t)

L.T.
cos( t ) u(t )
s2 + 2 1
= X(s) H (s) =
(s )
(s 2) (s 3)
t L.T.
e cos( t ) u(t ) 2 2
(s + ) + 1 A B
= +
(s 2) (s 3) s 2 s 3
17. Sol.
A = –1
1-D, 2-B
B=1
(i) Poles lie in the right half of s-plane Output = [e3t – e2t]
unstable system.
(ii) h(t) = 0 for t 0 causal system.
23. (b) 28. (d)

Impulse response of system L–1[H(s)] t
1
1 1 1 L f( )d = [F(s) f (0)]
+2 t s
= × = (t e ) u(t ) 0
s 2 (s 2) s2 s 2
29. (b)
24. (c)
d 2 y(t ) 4 dy(t ) 2 dx(t )
5 s 5 s + + 3 y(t ) = + 4 x(t )
X(s) = = dt 2 dt dt
s2 s 2 (s + 1) (s 2)
Taking Laplace transform on both sides
5 s A B
= + (assuming zero initial conditions),
(s + 1) (s 2) s+1 s 2
s2Y(s) + 4sY(s) + 3Y(s) = 2sX(s) + 4X(s)
B=1 Y (s ) 2s + 4 2(s + 2)
A = –2 or, = 2 =
X( s ) s + 4s + 3 (s + 1) (s + 3)
x(t) = –2e–t u(t) – e2t u(–t)
Given that, x(t) = e–2t u(t)
ROC : –1 < < 2
1
Note : ROC of Laplace transform should include X(s) =
s+2
= 0 line.
2(s + 2)
Y(s) =
25. (c) (s + 1) (s + 3) (s + 2)
lim i(t ) = lim sI (s) 2 1 1
t s 0 = =
(s + 1) (s + 3) s + 1 s + 3
2 Taking inverse Laplace transform on both sides,
= lim s =2
s 0 s (1 + s ) y(t) = (e–t – e–3t) u(t)
26. (c) 30. (a)
f (t )
Unit step response,
s(t) = (1 – e– t)
So, unit impulse response is
t ds(t ) d t t
h(t) = = (1 e )= e
dt dt
31. (d)
L–1[F(s)] = sin ot
x(t) = e–2t u(t) + (t – 6)
f(t) = sin ot
–1 f( ) 1 1 6s
X(s) = +e
s+2
27. (d) 1
Final value theorem is applicable only when all H(s) =
s
the poles of system lies in left half of s-plane. Y(s) = X(s) H(s)
Q s = 1 is right s-plane pole. Therefore, final
1 1
value theorem cannot be applied, Y(s) = + e 6s
s (s + 2) s
1 1
Y(s) = 1 1 1 1 6s
s 1 s Y(s) = + e
2 s s+2 s
y(t) = (et – 1) u(t)
Taking inverse Laplace transform, we have
Q Unbounded.
y(t) = 0.5(1 – e–2t) u(t) + u(t – 6)
32. (b) Taking Laplace transform

s
2 (s + 1) e
F(s) = L[ f (t )] = 2 X(s) =
s + 4s + 7 s
Initial value, Y (s )
= H(s)
2(s + 1) X( s )
lim f (t ) = lim sF(s) = lim s
t 0 s s 2
s + 4s + 7 Y(s) = H(s) X(s)
1 e s e s
1 2 Y(s) = = 3
2s 1 + s2 s s
s
= lim
s 4 7 Taking the inverse Laplace transform,
s2 1 + + 2
s s (t 1)2
y(t) = u (t 1)
2 (1 + 0) 2
= =2
(1 + 0 + 0) 35. (b)
Final value, x(t) = u(t)
2(s + 1) Apply Laplace transform,
lim f (t ) = lim sF(s) = lim s 2
t s 0 s 0 s + 4s + 7 1
X(s) =
s
33. (d)
1
If, L[f(t)] = f (s) H(s) = (given)
s
dn Y(s) = H(s) X(s)
then, L[tn f(t)] = ( 1)n f (s )
dsn 1 1 1
× ==
In this problem: s s s2
1 Taking inverse Laplace transform

Given, L[f(t)] = = f (s) y(t) = tu(t)
s2 + s + 1
We need, 36. (c)
1
d For a causal and stable LTI system the ROC
L[tf(t)] = ( 1)n 1
f (s)
ds must be right sided and it must include the s = j
line ( = 0). For all the poles must lie within
d d 1
= f (s ) =
ds ds s 2 + s + 1 s = 1 then all poles will lie between –1 to +1.
We know that ROC does not include any pole,
1
= × (2s + 1) so in this case ROC will not be able to include
(s2 + s + 1)2
s = j line ( = 0). Thus the system will not be
2s + 1 stable. Hence this statement is not true.
=
(s + s + 1)2
2
37. (b)
x(t) = u(t) – u(t – 2)
34. (c)
h(t) = tu(t) 2s 2s
1 e 1 e
X(s) = =
Taking Laplace transform, s s s
1 Given that,
H(s) =
s2
d2 y dy
x(t) = u(t – 1) +5 + 6 y(t ) = x(t )
2 dt
dt
Taking Laplace transform on both the sides Y(s) = X(s) H(s)

dy 3(s 2)
y(0) = 0 and = 0 at t = 0 Y(s) =
dt (s + 3) (s + 2)
s2Y(s) + 5sY(s) + 6Y(s) = X(s) Using final value theorem, the steady-state value
2s of Y(s) is
1 e
Y(s) [s2 + 5s + 6] = y ( ) = lim sY (s) = 0
s
s 0
2s
1 e
Y(s) = 40. (a)
s (s 2 + 5s + 6)
1
1 e 2s Given, H(s) =
= (s + 1)
s (s + 2) (s + 3)
h(t) = e–t u(t)
At t = , h(t) = 0
38. (a)
h(t)
y(t ) + 5 y(t ) = u(t)
Taking the Laplace transform of the above
equation,
1 t
sY(s) – y(0) + 5Y(s) =
s
i.e. the system is stable as it converges to zero as
1 t .
(s + 5) Y(s) – 1 =
s • The system is causal as it can be seen from
s+1 the graph that, h(t) = 0 for t < 0.
(s + 5) Y(s) =
s
h (t + 1) e (t + 1) e t e 1
• = =
(s + 1) h( t ) e t e t
Y(s) =
s(s + 5)
= e–1 i.e. independent of t.
A B (s + 1) So, statements S1 and S2 are true.
+ =
s (s + 5) s(s + 5)
41. (d)
A = 0.2
1
4 Given, F(s) =
B= = 0.8 s +s+1 2
5
Laplace transform of g(t) = t f(t)
0.2 0.8
Y(s) = + dF(s ) d 1
s (s + 5) = =
ds ds s 2 + s + 1
y(t) = 0.2 + 0.8e–5t
(2s + 1)
=
39. Sol. (s + s + 1)2
2
Given, x(t) = –3e–2t

Laplace transform of 42. (b)
1
x( t ) X(s) H(s) = 2
(s + s 6)
3
where, X(s) = The system is said to be causal if the output at
s+2
any time depends only on present and/or past
s 2
Also, H(s) = values of input or h(t) = 0 for t > 0 i.e. all poles
(s + 3)
must lie on LHS of s-plane.
1 45. (c)
H(s) =
(s + 3) (s 2) Applying Laplace transform,
From the above expression it can be seen that 10
sX(s) – x(0) = 0.2 X(s)
s = 2 is a pole which lies on RHS of s-plane. So, s
H1(s) system that needs to be cascaded should 10 1
have one zero at 2. X(s) = +
s (s + 0.2) (s + 0.2)
1 Applying inverse Laplace transform, we get
Thus, H(s) H1(s) = (s 2)
(s + 3) (s 2) x = 50 – 49 e(–0.2)t
1
= causal system 46. (c)
(s + 3)
1, if a t b
43. Sol. f(t) = = u(t – a) –u(t – b)
0 , otherwise
d 2 y(t ) dy 2 e as
e bs
+ + y ( t ) = x (t )
dt 2 dt F(s) =
s
(s2 + s + 2) Y(s) = X(s)
Y (s) 1 47. (c)

H(s) = = 2 2
X (s) (s + s + ) ROC of a finite duration signal is entire s-plane.
Let another signal g(t) be defined as, 48. Sol.
2
G(s) = H (s ) + sH (s ) + H (s ) x(t) = e–4t u(t) + e4t u(–t)
s
16
2 Given, X(s) = 2 ; –4 < Re[s] < 4
s 16
G(s) = +s+ H (s )
s 16 2 2
= = +
2 (s + 4) (s 4) s + 4 s 4
+ s2 + s 1
= 2 2 x(t) = –2e–4t u(t) – 2e4t u(–t)
s (s + s + )
On comparison,
(s 2 + s + 2
) 1 = –2
= =
s(s 2 + s + 2
) s
So, number of poles of G(s) is 1. 49. Sol.
g(t) = e–t sin (2 t) u(t)
44. (b)
y (t) – y (t) – 6y(t) = x(t) Area = g(t ) dt
Y (s )
H(s) =
X( s )
1 1 = sin(2 t ) u(t ) e t dt = G(s) s = 0
= =
s2 s 6 (s 3) (s + 2)
1 1 2
G(s) =
5 5 (s + 1)2 + 4 2
H(s) = +
s 3 s+2
If the system is neither causal not stable, then, 2
Area = = 0.155
1 3t 1 (s + 1)2 + 4 2 s = 0
2t
h(t) = e u( t ) + e u( t )
5 5
ROC : < –2
50. (b) 52. (b)

T /2 Given, H(s) = es + e–s
1 st
L [f(t)] = sT
e dt H(ej ) = ej + e–j = 2 cos
1 e 0
j
x(t ) H(e ) y(t )
T /2
st
1 e
= sT 2
1 e s If, x1(t) = 2 cos t
0
3
1
= sT
(1 e sT /2 ) 2
s (1 e ) o =
3
1 1 e sT /2 2 1
= H (j o) = 2 cos =2 = 1
s (1 e sT /2 ) (1 + e sT /2 ) 3 2
1 1
= 2
s 1 + e sT /2 y1(t) = 2 cos t + 180°
3
51. (c) If, x2(t) = cos t
For 1st order system, o =
j
H (e ) = 2 cos( ) = –2
o
1
G(s) = ; H (s) = 1 y2(t) = 2 cos( t + 180°)
sT
Impulse response, 2
y(t) = 2 cos t+ 2 cos( t + )
R(s) = 1 3
G(s ) 2
Y(s) = R(s ) = , 2 =
1 + G(s) H (s) 1 3
T1 = 3, T2 = 2
1 1
= = e t /T for t 0 T0 = 6
1 + sT T
2
Unit step response, o = =
T0 3
1
R(s) = y(t) = 2 cos(2 t + ) – 2 cos(3
s ot + )
e j(2 ot + ) +e j(2 ot + )
e j(3 ot + ) j(3 ot + )
1 (1 + sT ) ( sT ) y(t) = e
Y(s) = =
s (1 + sT ) s (1 + sT ) y(t) = e
j(2 ot ) e j(2 ot )
+ e j(3 ot ) +e j(3 ot )
1 T 1 T C3 = 1
= =
s (1 + sT ) s 1
T s+ 53. (d)
T
• A BIBO stable system can have poles in right
y(t) = 1 – e–t/T for t 0
half of complex plane, if it is a non-causal
Ramp response,
system. So, statement-I is wrong.
1
R(s) = • A causal and BIBO stable system should
s2
have all poles in the left half of complex
1 1 T T plane. So, statement-II is correct.
Y(s) = = +
s 2 (1 + sT ) s2 s s+ 1
• So, option (d) is correct.
T
y(t) = t – T(1 – e–t/T) for t 0
54. Sol. 56. Sol.

1 Given that,
H(s) = Integrator
s 1
G(j ) =
sin t (1 + j ) ( + j )
x(t) = u(t )
t 1
G( j ) =
2
t ( + 1) ( 2 + 2 )
sin
So, y(t) = d
According to question,
0
1
G( j ) =3 =
1 sin 5 10
y(t)t = d
0 1 1
=
( 2
+ 1) ( 2
+ 2
) 5 10
sin
d =
2 1 1
0 =
10( a + 9) 2 5 10
1 1
So, y(t)t = × = = 0.5 2 + 9 = 25
2 2
2 = 16
55. (a, c) =4
3 s
Given, G(s) = 57. (0)
(s + 1) (s + 3)
Given that, x1(t) = e–2t u(t)
G(s) 3 s x2(t) = u(t) – u(t – 2)
Y(s) = =
s s(s + 1) (s + 3) y(t) = x1(t) x2(t)
Using partial fractions, we get, By applying Laplace transform,
Y(s) = X1(s) X2(s)
A B C
Y(s) = + + 2s
s (s + 1) ( s + 3) 1 (1 e )
=
A = 1, B = –2 and C = 1 (s + 1) s
1 2 1 By applying final value theorem,
So, Y(s) = +
s (s + 1) (s + 3)
y(t ) t = 1 e 2s
= lim sY (s) = lim =0
and y(t) = u(t) – 2e–t u(t) + e–3t u(t) s 0 s 0 s+1
Forced response,
yf (t) = u(t) option (a)
Some authors also consider the zero state
response (ZSR) as the forced response and
according to them the correct answer will be
option (c).
Answers
EE Laplace Transform
1. (d) 2. (c) 3. (c) 4. (d) 5. (d) 6. (c) 7. (d) 8. (a)
9. (d) 10. (d) 11. (c) 12. (b) 13. (d) 14. (d) 15. (b) 16. (c)
17. (b) 18. (b) 19. (a) 20. (b) 21. (d) 22. (a) 23. (0.707) 24. (b)
25. (b) 26. (a) 27. (d) 28. (a) 29. (a)
Solutions
EE Laplace Transform
1. (d) 2 1
H(s) = +
s + 3 (s + 3)2
Q F(s) =
s2 + 2 2s + 7
T.F. = H(s) =
f(t) = sin( t) u(t) (s + 3)2
which is a periodic signal so final value theorem
6. (c)
is not applicable on it. Final value of f(t) may be
any value between-1 and +1. Final value = lim sY (s)
s 0
2. (c)
7. (d)
L (t2 – 2t) u(t – 1) = L [(t – 1)2 u(t – 1) – u(t – 1)]
5
F(s) =
2e s e s 2
s (s + 3s + 2)
=
s3 s
By initial value theorem,
3. (c) lim f (t ) = lim sF(t )
t 0 s
r (t )
LTI system
c(t ) 5×s
= lim 2
=0
s s (s + 3s + 2)
Unit delay block LTI system
r (t ) r(t 1) C (t 1)
e- s
8. (a)
4. (d) 5s 2 + 23s + 6
F(s) =
f( t) s(s 2 + 2s + 2)
f(t) = u(t) – u(t – T) A F(s) has only left hand poles.
By final value theorem,
6
lim F(t ) = lim sF(s) = =3
t t 0 s 0 2
T
Ts Ts
1 e 1 e 10. (d)
L [u(t) – u(t – T)] = =
s s s
f( t) g (t )
5. (d)
1
1
t
3(t )
y(t) = (2 + t )e u( ) d
0 t t
1 3 5
y(t) = [(2 + t) e–3t] u(t)
Since, g(t) has width of 2 unit and f(t) has 1 unit 14. (d)
therefore we have to first expand f(t) by 2 unit
and for this we have to a scale f(t) by 1/2. d 2 y(t ) dy(t )
2
+2 + y (t ) = ( t )
dt dt
1
i.e., f1(t) = f t
2 s2Y(s) – sy(0) – y (0) + 2[sY(s) – y(0)]+Y(s) = 1
Now shift it by three unit to get g(t), Y(s) [s2 + 2s + 1] – (s × –2) –y (0)–(2 × –2) = 1
g(t) = f1(t – 3) Y(s) [s2 + 2s + 1] = –2s – 3
t 3 t 3 2s 3 2 1
g(t) = f =f Y(s) = =
2 2 2 s2 + 2s + 1 s + 1 (s + 1)2
y(t) = –2e–t – te–t
11. (c)
dy (t )
1, 3<t<5 = 2e–t – (–te–t + e–t) = e–t + te–t
g(t) = dt
0 , t < 3, t > 5
dy(t )
g(t) = u(t – 3) – u(t – 5) = 1+0=1
dt t = 0 +
L{g(t)} = L{u(t – 3)} – L{u(t – 5)}
1 3s 1 5s
= e e 15. (b)
s s
1 1 1
= (e 3s
e 5s
) Y(s) = U (s) = 2
s s s
3s y(t) = t u(t)
e 2s
= (1 e )
s 16. (c)
12. (b) All poles must lie within Z = 1.
F2(t) = L{f(t – )} = e–s F1(s)
s
17. (b)
e F1 ( s ) F1 (s ) s
G(s) = 2
=e 1
F1 (s ) Given, H(s) =
s ( s + 4)
G(t) = (t – )
r(t) = input = cos(3t) = cos t
13. (d) = 3 rad/sec
If, L[f(t)] = F(s) 1
H(j ) =
d n ( j ) ( j + 4)
then, L[tn f(t)] = ( 1)n F( s )
dsn 1 1 1
Now, H( j ) = = =
In this problem: 2
+4 2 3 25 15
1 (at = 3)
d d
Given, L[f(t)] = ( 1)1 1
F(s) = F(s )
ds ds 1
H(j ) = 90° tan
d 1 4
= 2
ds s + s + 1 1 3
= 90° tan
4
1
= × (2s + 1) = –126.86° (at = 3)
(s + s + 1)2
2
2s + 1
=
(s + s + 1)2
2
1 Q Hence, A = 1 × H ( j ) = 2
c(t) = cos(3t 126.86°)
15
1
1 = 1× = 0.707
= sin(3t 36.86°) ...(i) 2
15 and = +45°
or, c(t) = A sin(3t + ) ...(ii)
Comparing equations (i) and (ii), we have 21. (d)
1 The differential equation,

A=
15 dy(t ) 1
+ y(t ) = 3x(t)
dt 6
18. (b)
1
So, sY (s ) + Y (s ) = 3X(s)
t 3/2 6
Given that, f(t) = 2 F( s ) = s
3X(s)
By using property of differentiation in time, Y(s) =
1
df (t ) s+
sF(s ) 6
dt
3
2 1 1/2 X(s) =
t sF(s ) 1
2 s+
3
1 3 /2
s s
t 9 54 54
So, Y (s) = =
1 1 1 1 1
s 1 /2 s+ s+ s+ s+
t 3 6 6 3
So, y(t) = (54e–t/6 – 54e–t/3) u(t)
19. (a)
5 22. (a)
Laplace transform of sin 5t u(t )
s 2 + 25 The differential equation is,
5 5 y (t) + 2y (t) + y(t) = 0
e 2 t sin 5t u(t ) 2
= 2 2
So, (s Y(s) – sy(0) – y (0)) + 2[sY(s) – y(0)] + Y(s)
(s 2) + 25 s 4s + 29
=0
20. (b) sy(0) + y (0) + 2 y(0)
So, Y(s) =
Y (s ) s (s 2 + 2 s + 1)
=
R( s ) s+2 Given that, y (0) = 1, y(0) = 0
y(t) = A cos(2t + ), r(t) = cos2t 1
So, Y(s) =
s (s + 1)2
Q H(s) =
(s + 2) So, y(t) = te–t u(t)
j
H(j ) = ; H( j ) = 23. Sol.
j +2 2
+4
1
H(s) =
H(j ) = 90° tan 1 (s + 1)
2
Put, s=j
Q = 2 (Given)
1
2 2 1 H(j ) =
H( j ) = = = j +1
4+4 2 2 2
1
H ( j ) = 90° – tan–1(1) = 45° H( j ) =
2
+1
Q Input, x(t) = cos(t) 27. (d)

Here, = 1 rad/sec.
dy(t )
and x(t ) = 1 + 4 y(t ) = 6 r(t)
dt 2
Hence, steady state output, [s2 + 4] Y(s) = 6 R(s)
y(t) = H ( j ) = 1 cos(t + H ( j ) = 1 ) Y (s ) 6
= 2
1 R(s ) s +4
A = H( j ) =1
= = 0.707
2 Poles: s2 + 4 = 0
s = ±j2
24. (b)
Steady state value of y(t) 29. (a)
= lim sY (s) Pole locations: (2, –1) and (–2, 1)
s 0 Zero locations: (2, 1) and (–2, 1)
10s j
= lim 2
s 0 s(s + s + 100 2 )
1
10 1
= =
100 2 10 2
25. (b) –2 2
c1
H(s) = 2 (as a1 = b1 = 0)
a2 s + b2 s + c 2
–1
c1
=
(1 + s 1 ) (1 + s 2) Filter is all pass since for each pole, there is a
c1 mirror image zero.
Put s = 0, H(0) =
c2 System is unstable because for stability of causal
Put s = , H( ) = 0 system all poles should lie in the L.H.S. of
s-plane and here one pole is lying in the R.H.S.
At s = 0 At s = Type of filter
[s (2 + j ) [s ( 2 j )]
Constant 0 LPF H(s) =
[s (2 + j ) [s ( 2 + j )]
0 Constant HPF
[s (2 + j ) [s + (2 + j )]
0 0 BPF =
[s (2 j ) [s + ( 2 j )]
1 1 BSF
s2 (2 + j )2 s 2 (4 1 + 4 j )
which represents 2nd order low pass filter. = =
s 2 (2 j )2 s2 (4 1 4 j )
26. (a)
s2 3 4j
=
s+3 s + 1+ 2 s 2
3+ 4j
L 1
= L 1
s2 + 2s + 1 (s + 1)2 i.e. transfer function is complex.
1 1 2
= L +
s + 1 (s + 1)2
= e–t + 2te–t
6 Z-Transform
ELECTRO NICS EN GINEERIN G Q.4 The z-transform of the time function

(n k ) is
k=0
Q.1 Consider the system shown in the figure below.
z 1 z
The transfer function Y(z)/X(z) of the system is (a) (b)
z z 1
y (k ) z
x(k) ( z 1)2
(c) 2 (d)
( z 1) z
Z–1
[EC-1998 : 1 Mark]
Q.5 The z-transform F(z) of the function f(nT) = anT

a is
–b
z z
(a) T (b)
z a z + aT
1 + az 1 1 + bz 1
(a) (b)
1 + bz 1 1 + az 1 z z
(c) T (d) T
1 1 z a z+a
1 + az 1 bz
(c) (d) [EC-1999 : 1 Mark]
1 bz 1 1 + az 1
[EC-1988 : 2 Marks] Q.6 The z-transform of a signal is given by
Q.2 The Z-transform of the following real 1 z 1 (1 z 4 )

C ( z) =
exponential sequence: 4 (1 z 1 )2
x(nT) = an, nT 0 Its final value is
= 0 , nT < 0, a > 0
1
1 1 (a) (b) zero
(a) ; z >1 (b) ; z >a 4
1 1
1 z 1 az (c) 1.0 (d) infinity
1 [EC-1999 : 2 Marks]
(c) 1 for all z (d) 1
; z <a
1 az
Q.7 The region of convergence of the z-transform of
[EC-1990 : 2 Marks] a unit step function is
Q.3 A linear discrete-time system has the (a) z >1
characteristic equation, z3 – 0.81z = 0. The
(b) z <1
system
(c) (Real part of z) > 0
(a) is stable.
(d) (Real part of z) < 0
(b) is marginally stable.
[EC-2001 : 1 Mark]
(c) is unstable.
(d) stability cannot be assessed from the given Q.8 If the impulse response of a discrete-time system
information. is h[n] = –5n u[–n –1], then the system function
[EC-1992 : 2 Marks] H(z) is equal to
z Q.12 The region of convergence of z-transform of the

(a) and the system is stable.
z 5 n n
5 6
z sequence u(n) u ( n 1) must be
(b) and the system is stable. 6 5
z 5
z 5 5
(c) and the system is unstable. (a) z < (b) z >
z 5 6 6
z 5 6 6
(c) < z< (d) < z<
(d) and the system is unstable. 6 5 5
z 5
[EC-2005 : 1 Mark]
[EC-2002 : 2 Marks]
Q.13 If the region of convergence of x1[n] + x2[n] is
Q.9 A sequence x(n) with the z-transform
X(z) = z4 + z2 – 2z + 2 – 3z–4 is applied as an 1 2
< z < , then the region of convergence of
input to a linear, time-invariant system with the 3 3
impulse response h(n) = 2 (n – 3) where,
x1[n] – x2[n] includes
1, n=0 1 2
(n) = (a) < z <3 (b) < z <3
0 , otherwise 3 3
The output at n = 4 is 3 1 2
(c) < z <3 (d) < z<
(a) –6 (b) zero 2 3 3
(c) 2 (d) –4 [EC-2006 : 1 Mark]
[EC-2003 : 1 Mark] Q.14 The z-transform X[z] of a sequence x[n] is given
z 0.5
Q.10 The z-transform of a system is H ( z) = . If by X [ z] = . It is given that the region of
1
z 0.2 1 2z
convergence of X[z] includes the unit circle. The
the ROC is z < 0.2, then the impulse response
value of x[0] is
of the system is
(a) –0.5 (b) 0
(a) (0.2)n u[n]
(c) 0.25 (d) 0.5
(b) (0.2)n u[–n – 1]
[EC-2007 : 2 Marks]
(c) –(0.2)n u[n]
(d) –(0.2)n u[–n – 1] Statement for Linked Answer Questions (15 and 16):
[EC-2004 : 1 Mark] In the following network, the switch is closed at t = 0–
and the sampling starts from t = 0. The sampling
Q.11 A causal LTI system is described by the frequency is 10 Hz.
difference equation,
S 10 µF
2y[n] = y[n – 2] – 2x[n] + x[n – 1]
x(n) X(z )
The system is stable only if 5V 200 k
Sampler
z-transform
(fs = 10 Hz)
(a) = 2, <2
(b) > 2, >2

Q.15 The sample x(n) (n = 0, 1, 2,....) are given by
(c) < 2, any value of
(a) 5(1 – e–0.05n) (b) 5 e–0.05n
(d) < 2, any value of
(c) 5(1 – e–5n) (d) 5 e–5n
[EC-2004 : 2 Marks] [EC-2008 : 2 Marks]
Q.16 The expression and the region of convergence Consider the following statements:
of the z-transform of the sampled signal are S1 : The system is stable and causal for
5z 5 1
(a) 5
, z <e ROC : z >
z e 2
5z 0.05 S2 : The system is stable but not causal for
(b) 0.05
, z <e
z e
1
5z ROC : z <
0.05 4
(c) 0.05
, z >e
z e S3 : The system is neither stable nor causal for
5z 5
(d) , z >e 1 1
z e 5 ROC : < z<
4 2
[EC-2008 : 2 Marks]
Which one of the following statement is valid?
Q.17 The ROC of z-transform of the discrete-tme (a) Both S1 and S2 are true.
n n
(b) Both S2 and S3 are true.
1 1
sequence, x(n) = u(n) u ( n 1) is (c) Both S1 and S3 are true.
3 2
(d) S1, S2 and S3 are all true.
1 1 1 [EC-2010 : 2 Marks]
(a) < z< (b) z >
3 2 2
Q.21 Two systems H1(z) and H2(z) are connected in
1 cascade as shown below. The overall output
(c) z < (d) 2 < z < 3
3 y(n) is the same as the input x(n) with a one unit
[EC-2009 : 1 Mark] delay. The transfer function of the second system
H2(z) is
Q.18 Consider the z-transform, X(z) = 5z2 + 4z–1 + 3,
1
0 < z < . The inverse z-transform x[n] is x(n) H 1 ( z) =
(1 0.4z )
H2(z) y(n)
1
(1 0.6z )
(a) 5 [n + 2] + 3 [n] + 4 [n – 1]
(b) 5 [n – 2] + 3 [n] + 4 [n + 1]
(1 0.6 z 1 ) z 1 (1 0.6 z 1 )
(c) 5u[n + 2] + 3u[n] + 4u[n – 1] (a) (b)
z 1 (1 0.4 z 1 ) (1 0.4 z 1 )
(d) 5u[n – 2] + 3u[n] + 4u[n + 1]
[EC-2010 : 1 Mark] z 1 (1 0.4 z 1 ) (1 0.4 z 1 )
(c) (d)
Q.19 Two discrete-time systems with impulse (1 0.6 z 1 ) z 1 (1 0.6 z 1 )
responses h1[n] = [n – 1] and h2[n] = [n – 2] are [EC-2011 : 2 Marks]
connected cascade. The overall impulse
response of the cascaded system is n
Q.22 If x [n] = (1/3) (1/2)n u[ n], then the region
(a) [n – 1] + [n – 2] (b) [n – 4]
of convergence (ROC) of its z-transform in the
(c) [n – 3] (d) [n – 1] [n – 2]
z-plane will be
[EC-2010 : 1 Mark]
1 1 1
(a) < z <3 (b) < z<
Q.20 The transfer function of a discrete-time LTI 3 3 2
system is given by
1 1
(c) < z <3 (d) < z
3 1 2 3
2 z
H ( z) = 4 [EC-2012 : 1 Mark]
3 1 1 2
1 z + z
4 8
Q.27 Let H1(z) = (1 – pz–1)–1, H2(z) = (1 – qz–1)–1,

n n
1 1 H(z) = H1(z) + rH2(z). The quantities p, q, r are
Q.23 Let x [n] = u(n) u ( n 1). The
9 3
1 1
region of convergence (ROC) of the z-transform real numbers. Consider p = ,q= , r < 1.
2 4
of x[n] is
If the zero of H(z) lies on the unit circle, then
1 1 r = ________ .
(a) z > (b) z <
9 3
[EC-2014 : 2 Marks]
1 1
(c) > z > (d) does not exist Q.28 The z-transform of the sequence x[n] is given by
3 9
[EC-2014 : 2 Marks] 1
X ( z) = , with the region of
Q.24 Let x[n] = x[–n], X(z) be the z-transform of x[n]. If (1 2 z 1 )2
0.5 + j0.25 is a zero of X(z), which one of the
convergence z > 2. Then, x[2] is ________ .
following must also be a zero of X(z).
1 [EC-2014 : 2 Marks]
(a) 0.5 – j0.25 (b)
(0.5 + j 0.25) Q.29 For the discrete-time system shown in the figure,
1 the poles of the system transfer function are
(c) (d) 2 + j4
(0.5 j 0.25) located at
[EC-2014 : 1 Mark] x[ n] y[n]
Q.25 The input-output relationship of a causal stable

LTI system is given as, 1 5
6 6
y[n] = y[n – 1] + x[n]
If the impulse response h[n] of this system –1 –1
Z Z
satisfies the condition h[n] = 2, the 1

(a) 2, 3 (b) ,3
n=0 2
1 1 1
relationship between and is (c) , (d) 2,
2 3 3
(a) =1 (b) = 1+ [EC-2015 : 2 Marks]
2 2
(c) =2 (d) = –2 Q.30 The pole-zero diagram of a causal and stable
[EC-2014 : 2 Marks] discrete-time system is shown in the figure. The
zero at the origin has multiplicity 4. The impulse
1 response of the system is h[n]. If h[0] = 1, we can
(z b)
Q.26 For an all-pass system H ( z) = , where conclude
(1 az 1 )
Im(z)
j
H(e ) = 1, for all . If Re(a) 0, Im(a) 0,
0.5
then b equals
(a) a (b) a Re(z)
–0.5 0.5
1 1
(c) (d) –0.5
a a
[EC-2014 : 1 Mark]
(a) h[n] is real for all n. The condition on the filter coefficient that results
(b) h[n] is purely imaginary for all n. in a null at zero frequency is
(c) h[n] is real for only even n. (a) 1 = 2 = 0; 0 =– 3
(d) h[n] is purely imaginary for only odd n. (b) 1= 2 = 1; 0=– 3
[EC-2015 : 2 Marks] (c) 0= 3 = 0; 1= 2

(d) 1= 2 = 0; 0= 3
Q.31 Two causal discrete-time signals x[n] and y[n]
[EC-2015 : 1 Mark]
n
are related as y[n] = x [m]. If the Q.34 Suppose x[n] is an absolutely summable
m=0 discrete-time signal. Its z-transform is a rational
function with two poles and two zeroes. The
2 poles are at z = ±2j. Which one of the following
z-transform of y[n] is , the value of x[2]
z ( z 1)2 statements is true for the signal x[n]?
(a) It is a finite duration signal.
is ________ .
(b) It is a causal signal.
[EC-2015 : 1 Mark]
(c) It is a non-causal signal.
Q.32 A realization of a stable discrete-time system is (d) It is a periodic signal.
shown in figure. If the system is excited by a
[EC-2015 : 2 Marks]
unit step sequence input x[n], the response y[n] is
Q.35 Consider the sequence x[n] = an u[n] + bn u[n],
x[n] where u[n] denotes the unit-step sequence and
–1
0 < a a (b) z > b
–1
(c) z < a (d) a < z< b
Z
[EC-2016 : 1 Mark]
–2/9 5/3 Q.36 The ROC (region of convergence) of the

z-transform of a discrete-time signal is
1 n
2 n represented by the shaded region in the z-plane.
(a) 4 u [ n] 5 u [ n] If the signal,
3 3
n n x[n] = (2.0) n , <n<+
2 1
(b) 5 u [ n] 3 u [n] then the ROC of its z-transform is represented
3 3
by
n n
1 2
(c) 5 u [ n] 5 u [ n]
3 3 Img
Unit circle
n n z-plane
2 1
(d) 5 u [ n] 5 u [ n]
3 3
[EC-2015 : 2 Marks] (a) Re
0.5 2
Q.33 Consider a four point moving average filter

3
defined by the equation y[n] = i=0 i x [n i ].
Img Q.39 Let H(z) be the z-transform of a real-valued
Unit circle z-plane 1

discrete-time signal h[n]. If P( z ) = H ( z) H
z
(b) Re 1 1
0.5 2 has a zero at z = + j , and P(z) has a total of
2 2
four zeros, which one of the following plots
represents all the zeros correctly?
Img Img
Unit circle z-plane 2
z-plane
z =1
(c) Re 0.5
0.5 2
(a) Re
–2 –0.5 0.5 2
–0.5
Img
Unit circle z-plane –2
(d) Re Img
0.5 2
2
(ROC does not exist) z-plane

z =1
[EC-2016 : 2 Marks] 0.5
Q.37 A discrete-time signal x[n] = [n – 3] + 2 [n – 5] (b) Re

–2 0.5 2
has z-transform X(z). If Y(z) = X(–z) is the
–0.5
z-transform of another signal y[n], then
(a) y[n] = x[n] (b) y[n] = x[–n]
–2
(c) y[n] = –x[n] (d) y[n] = –x[–n]
[EC-2016 : 1 Mark]
Q.38 A discrete-time all pass system has two of its Img
poles at 0.25 0° and 2 30°. Which one of the 2

following statements about the system is true? z-plane
z =1
(a) It has two more poles at 0.5 30° and 4 0°. 0.5
(b) It is stable only when the impulse response
(c) Re
is two-sided. –2 –0.5 0.5 2
(c) It has constant phase response over all
frequenicies.
(d) It has constant phase response over the
–2
entire z-plane.
[EC-2018 : 1 Mark]
Img
2 Img
z-plane
1 1
3rd order pole
z =1
0.5
(d) Re –1 1
–2 0.5 1 2
(d) Re
–0.5
–1
–1
–2
[EC-2019 : 1 Mark]
[EC-2020 : 1 Mark]
Q.40 Which one of the following pole-zero
corresponds to the transfer function of an LTI Q.41 The transfer function of a stable discrete-time
system characterized by the input-output K( z )
LTI system is H ( z) = , where K and
difference equation given below? z + 0.5
3
are real numbers. The value of (rounded off to
y[n] = ( 1)k x [n k ]
k=0 one decimal place) with > 1, for which the
Img magnitude response of the system is constant
1 over all frequencies, is ________ .
4th order pole
[EC-2020 : 2 Marks]
–1 1
(a) Re ELECTRICAL EN GINEERIN G
–1 Q.1 If u(t) is the unit step and (t) is the unit impulse
1
Img function, the inverse z-transform of R( z ) =
z+1
1
3rd order pole
for k > 0 is
(a) (–1)k (k) (b) (k) – (–1)k u(k)
–1 1
(b) Re (c) (–1)k u(k) (d) u(k) – (–1)k (k)
[EE-2005 : 2 Marks]
Q.2 A discrete real all pass system has a pole at

–1
z = 2 30°, it therefore,
(a) also has a pole at 0.5 30°
Img
1 (b) has a constant phase response over the
3rd order pole
z-plane: arg |H(z)| = constant
(c) is stable only if it anti-causal
–1 1
(c) Re (d) has a constant phase response over the
unit circle: arg |H(e j )| = constant
[EE-2006 : 1 Mark]
–1
Q.3 The discrete-time signal Linked Answer Questions (6 and 7):
3n 2 n Q.6 A signal is processed by a causal filter with

x[n ] X ( z) = n=0 2 + n
z transfer function G(s). For a distortion free output
signal waveform, G(s) must
where denotes a transform-pair relationship,
is orthogonal to the signal. (a) provide zero phase shift for all frequency.
(b) provide constant phase shift for all
n
2 n frequency.
(a) y1 [n] Y1 ( z) = n=0
z
3 (c) provide linear phase shift that is
proportional to frequency.
(b) y2 [n] Y2 ( z) = n=0
(5n n) z (2 n + 1)
(d) provide a phase shift that is inversely
n n proportional to frequency.
(c) y3 [n] Y3 ( z) = n=
2 z
[EE-2007 : 2 Marks]
(d) y4[n] Y4(z) = 2z–4 + 3z–2 + 1
Q.7 G(z) = z–1 + z–3 is a digital band stop filter
[EE-2006 : 2 Marks]
with a phase characteristics same as that of the
Q.4 Consider the discrete-time system shown in the above question if
figure where the impulse response of G(z) is (a) = (b) =–
g(0) = 0, g(1) = g(2) = 1, g(3) = g(4) = .... = 0. (c) = (1/3) (d) = (–1/3)
+
G(z ) [EE-2007 : 2 Marks]
+ Q.8 H(z) is a transfer function of a real system when
a signal x[n] = (1 + j)n is the input to such a
K system, the output is zero.
Further, the region of convergence (ROC) of
The system is stable for range of values of K
1 1 1
(a) 1, (b) (–1, 1) 1 z H ( z) is the entire z-plane
2 2
(except z = 0). It can then be inferred that H(z)

1 1
(c) ,1 (d) ,2 can have a minimum of
2 2
(a) one pole and one zero
[EE-2007 : 2 Marks]
(b) one pole and two zeroes
Q.5 X(z) = 1 – 3z–1, Y(z) = 1 + 2z2 are Z-transforms of (c) two poles and one zero
two signals x[n], y[n] respectively. A linear time (d) two poles and two zeroes
invariant system has the impulse response h[n]
[EE-2008 : 2 Marks]
defined by these two signals as h[n] = x[n – 1]
y[n] where denotes discrete time convolution.
z
Then the output of the system for the input Q.9 Given, X ( z) = with z > a , the residue
[n –1]. ( z a )2
of X(z) zn – 1 at z = a for n 0 will be
(a) has Z-transform z–1 X(z) Y(z)
(a) an – 1 (b) an
(b) equals [n – 2] – 3 [n – 3] + 2 [n – 4] – 6 [n – 5]
(c) nan (d) nan – 1
(c) has Z-transform 1 – 3z–1 + 2z–2 – 6z–3
[EE-2008 : 2 Marks]
(d) does not satisfy any of the above three
[EE-2007 : 2 Marks] Q.10 The Z-transform of a signal x[n] is given by
4z–3 + 3z–1 + 2 – 6z2 + 2z3
It is applied to a system, with a transfer function N

Y ( z) 1 1 z
H(z) = 3z–1 – 2. Let the output be y(n). Which of = 1
X ( z) N 1 z
the following is true?
(a) y(n) is non-causal with finite support. where, N represents the number of samples per
(b) y(n) is causal with infinite support. cycle. The output y(n) of the system under steady-
(c) y(n) = 0, |n| > 3 state is
(a) 0 (b) 1
(d) Re[Y ( z)] = Re[Y ( z)] ;
z=ej z=e j (c) 2 (d) 5
Im[Y ( z)] = Im[Y ( z)] ;– < [EE-2014 : 2 Marks]
z=ej z=e j
[EE-2009 : 2 Marks] Q.15 Consider a discrete time signal given by:

x[n] = (–0.25)n u[n] + (0.5)n u[–n – 1]
n The region of convergence of its Z-transform
1 1
Q.11 If x[n] = u [n], the region of
3 2 would be
(a) the region inside the circle of radius 0.5 and
convergence (ROC) of its Z-transform in the
centered at origin.
z-plane will be
(b) the region outside the circle of radius 0.25
1 1 1
(a) < z <3 (b) < z< and centered at origin.
3 3 2
(c) the annular region between the two circles,
1 1
(c) < z <3 (d) < z <3 both centered at origin and having radii
2 3
0.25 and 0.5.
[EE-2012 : 1 Mark]
(d) the entire z-plane.
1 [EE-2015 : 2 Marks]
Q.12 Let, X ( z ) = be the Z-transform of a
3
1 z Q.16 The Z-transform of a sequence x[n] is given as
causal signal x[n]. Then, the values of x[2] and 4 3
X ( z) = 2 z + 4 +
x[3] are z z2
(a) 0 and 0 (b) 0 and 1 If y[n] is the first difference of x[n], then Y[z] is
(c) 1 and 0 (d) 1 and 1 given by
[EE-2014 : 2 Marks] 8 7 3
(a) 2 z + 2 +
Q.13 A discrete system is represented by the difference z z2 z3
equation, 6 1 3
(b) 2z + 2 +
X1 ( k + 1) a a 1 X1 ( k ) z z2 z3
=
X 2 ( k + 1) a+1 1 X2 ( k ) 8 7 3
(c) 2z 2 + 2
+
It has initial conditions X1(0) = 1, X2(0) = 0. The z z z3
pole locations of the system for a = 1, are 8 1 3
(d) 4 z 2 2
+
(a) 1 + j0 (b) –1 – j0 z z z3
(c) –1 + j0 (d) 0 + j1 [EE-2015 : 2 Marks]
[EE-2014 : 2 Marks]
Q.17 Let, S = n where < 1. The value of a

Q.14 An input signal x(t) = 2 + 5 sin(100 t) is sampled n
with a sampling frequency of 400 Hz and n=0
in the range of 0 < < 1, such that S = 2a is ___.
applied to the system whose transfer function
is represented by [EE-2016 : 2 Marks]
Q.18 Consider a causal and stable LTI system with Q.20 A cascade system having the impulse responses
rational transfer function H(z), whose
h1 (n) = {1 , 1} and h2 (n) = {1 , 1} is shown in
corresponding impulse response begins at n = 0.
5 the figure below, where symbol denotes the time

Furthermore, H (1) = . The poles of H(z) are:
4 origin.
1 2 k 1) x(n) h1(n) h2(n) y(n)

pk = exp j for k = 1, 2, 3, 4
2 4
The input sequence x(n) for which the cascade
The zeros of H(z) are all at z = 0. Let g[n] = jn h[n]. system produces an output sequence
The value of g[8] equals _____.
y(n) = {1, 2, 1, 1, 2, 1} is
(Given the answer upto 3 decimal places.)
[EE-2017 : 2 Marks]
(a) x(n ) = {1, 2, 1, 1} (b) x(n ) = {1, 1, 2, 2}
Q.19 The pole zero plots of three discrete-time systems
(c) x(n) = {1, 1, 1, 1} (d) x(n ) = {1, 2, 2, 1}
P, Q and R on the z-plane are shown below.
[EE-2017 : 2 Marks]
Im(z) Im(z)
2 poles P Q n
1
0.5 Q.21 Consider a signal x[n] = 1[n], where
2
Re(z) Re(z)
–0.5 1[n] = 0 if n < 0 and 1[n] = 1 if n 0. The
Unit circles Unit circles
z k
(i) (ii) Z-transform of x[n – k], k > 0 is with
1 1
1 z
2
Im(z) region of convergence being
R 1 1
(a) z< (b) z >
2 2
(c) z <2 (d) z >2
Re(z)
[EE-2020 : 1 Mark]
Unit circles
Q.22 Which of the following options is true for a linear
(iii) time-invariant discrete time system that obeys
the difference equation:
Which one of the following is true about the
y[n] – ay[n – 1] = b0 x[n] – b1x[n – 1]
frequency selectivity of these systems?
(a) Where x[n] = 0, n < 0 the function y[n], n > 0
(a) All three are high-pass filters.
is solely determined by the function x[n].
(b) All three are band-pass filters.
(b) The system is necessarily causal.
(c) all three are low-pass filters. (c) y[n] is unaffected by the values of x[n – k],
(d) P is a low-pass filter, Q is a band-pass filter k > 2.
and R is a high-pass filter. (d) The system impulse response is non-zero
[EE-2017 : 1 Mark] at infinitely many instants.
[EE-2020 : 2 Marks]

Answers
EC Z-Transform
1. (a) 2. (b) 3. (a) 4. (b) 5. (a) 6. (c) 7. (a) 8. (b)
9. (b) 10. (d) 11. (c) 12. (c) 13. (d) 14. (b) 15. (b) 16. (c)
17. (a) 18. (a) 19. (c) 20. (c) 21. (b) 22. (c) 23. (c) 24. (b)
25. (a) 26. (b) 27. (–0.5) 28. (12) 29. (c) 30. (a) 31. (0) 32. (c)
33. (a) 34. (c) 35. (b) 36. (d) 37. (c) 38. (b) 39. (d) 40. (c)
41. (–2)
Solutions
EC Z-Transform
1. (a) 2. (b)
Given that,
+ y1(z) +
x(z) y (z ) x(n) = an u(n) a>0
+ +
Z.T. z
x( n ) X(z) = ; z > a
Z–1 z a
1
X(z) = 1
; z >a
–b a 1 az
y1(z) = x(z) – bz–1 y1(z) 3. (a)

y1(z)[1 + bz–1] = x(z) Given that:
x( z ) Characteristic equation,
y1(z) = z3 – 0.81z = 0
(1 + bz 1 )
z(z2 – 0.81) = 0
y(z) = y1(z) + az–1 y1(z)
z(z – 0.9) (z + 0.9) = 0
y(z) = y1(z) [1 + az–1]
So, poles are z = 0, 0.9 and –0.9
x( z) As all the three poles are inside the unit circle,
y(z) = × (1 + az 1 )
(1 + bz 1 ) so the system is stable.
Transfer function,
4. (b)
1
y( z) 1 + az
H(z) = =
x( z) 1 + bz 1 Given that, x(n) = (n k )
k=0
x(n) = (n) + (n – 1) + (n – 2) +... 8. (b)

x(n) = u(n) h(n) = –5n u[–n – 1]
X(z) = Z.T. [u(n)]
n
z H(z) = h(n) z
X(z) = n=
z 1
1
5. (a) 5n z n
H(z) = Let, n = –k
Z-transform is given by n=
n z z
z[f(nT)] = f (nT ) z = = z<5
n= 5 z z 5
The system is stable because ROC includes unit
= a nT
z n
=
T 1 n
(a z ) circle.
n= n=
9. (b)
1 z
F(z) = = Y(z) = H(z) X(z)
1 aT z 1
z aT
H(z) = 2z –3
6. (c) Y(z) = 2z–3 (z4 + z2 – 2z + 2 – 3z–4)
= 2(z + z–1 – 2z–2 + 2z–3 – 3z–7)
Final value theorem,
Taking inverse of z-transform,
lim x[ N ] = lim (1 z 1 ) X( z) y(n) = 2[ (n + 1) + (n – 1) – 2 (n – 2)
N z 1
+ 2 (n – 3) – 3 (n – 7)]
1 z 1 (1 z 4 )
lim (1 z 1 ) At n = 4,
z 1 4 (1 z 1 )2 y(4) = 0
1 z 1 (1 z 4 )
= lim 10. (d)
z 1 4 (1 z 1 )
z z
H(z) = =
1 ( z2 1) ( z2 + 1) z 0.2 z(1 0.2 z 1 )
= lim
z 1 4 z 4 ( z 1)
1
2 H(z) = 1
1 ( z + 1) ( z 1) ( z + 1) 1 0.2z
= lim
z 1 4 z 4 ( z 1) ROC : z < 0.2
1 Comparing with,
= ×4 =1
4 1
an u( n 1) ; z <a
7. (a) 1 az 1
h(n) = u(n) we get, h(n) = –(0.2)n u(–n – 1)
n 11. (c)
H(z) = 1 z
n=0 2y[n] = y[n – 2] – 2x[n] + x[n – 1]
For the convergence of H(z), Taking z-transform,
2Y(z) = Y(z)z–2 – 2X(z) + X(z)z–1
( z 1 )n < Y(z) [2 – z–2] = X(z) [ z–1 – 2]
n=0
1
Y ( z) z 2
ROC is the range of values of z for which, = 2
X( z ) 2 z
1
z < 1 or z > 1 For system to be stable, can be of any value,
2 – z–2 = 0 16. (c)

2z2 – = 0
0.05n n
X(z) = 5e z
z= <1 n=0
2
<2 = 5 (e 0.05
z 1 )n
For system to be stable all poles should be inside n=0
unity circle. 0.05 1
For e z or z > e 0.05
12. (c)
5z
n n X(z) = 0.05
5 6 z e
z-transform of u(n) u( n 1)
6 5
17. (a)
n n
1 1
1 1 x(n) = u(n) u( n 1)
= + 1 3 2
5 1 6 1
1 z 1 z n
6 5 1
u(n) is right sided signal so ROC will be
(ROC) (ROC) 3
5 6 1
= z > = z < z > ...(i)
6 5 3
5 6
< z< 1 n
6 5 u( n 1) is left sided signal so ROC
2
13. (d) will be
ROC remains the same for addition and 1
z < ...(ii)
subtraction in z-domain. 2
From equation (i) and (ii) we see that ROC of the
14. (b) function will be
0.5 1 1
X(z) = 1 < z <
1 2z 3 2
Q ROC includes unit circle 18. (a)
Left handed system
z
x(n) = –(0.5) (2)n u(–n – 1) [ n + n0 ] zn0
x(0) = 0 X(z) = 5z2 + 4z–1 + 3; 0< z <
15. (b) x(n) = 5 (n + 2) + 4 (n – 1) + 3 (n)
19. (c)
200 × 10 3 5
VR(s) = z
1 s h1[n] = [n 1] H 1 ( z) = z 1
200 × 10 3 +
10 × 10 6 s z
h2[n] = [ n 2] H 2 ( z) = z 2
5 6
5 × 2 × 10 × 10 × 10
= Overall impulse response in z-domain,
2 × 10 5 × 10 5 s + 1
H(z) = H1(z) H2(z)
10 5
= = = z–1 z–2 = z–3
2s + 1 s + 0.5
Overall impulse response in discrete-time
Therefore samples,
domain, h[n] = (n – 3)
x(n) = 5e–0.5n/10 = 5e–0.05n
20. (c) 22. (c)

1. A discrete-time LTI system is causal if and n n
1 1
only if the ROC of its system function is the x[n] = u [ n]
3 2
exterior of circle, including infinity.
n n n
2. A discrete-time LTI system is stable if and 1 1 1
x[n] = u [n] + u [ n 1] u[n]
3 3 2
only if the ROC of its system function
includes the unit circle, 1 n 1 1
u [n] ROC : z >
3 1 1; 3
1 1 1 1 1 z
1 z + 1 z 3
4 2
H(z) =
1 1 1 1 1 n
1
1 z 1 z u [ n 1] ; ROC : z < 3
4 2 3 1
1 3z
1 1
or, H(z) = + 1 n 1 1
1 1 u [n] ROC : z >
1 z 1
1 z 1
2 1 1 ; 2
4 2 1 z
2
1 So overall ROC will be intersection of there ROCs
For ROC : z > , the system is stable and
i.e.,
2
causal. 1
< z <3
2
1
For ROC : z > , ROC does not include 23. (c)
4
unit circle. So, system is not stable. 1 n 1 n
x(n) = u(n) u( n 1)
1 1 9 3
For ROC : < z < , ROC does not x1 ( n ) x2 ( n )
4 2
n
include unit circle. So, system is not stable. 1
x1(n) = u(n) Right sided signal
9
1
Also ROC is not the exterior of z = . So, it
1
2
X1(z) =
1
is not causal. 1 z 1
9
21. (b)
1 1
y[n] = x[n – 1] ROC : z or z >
9 9
Taking z-transform of both sides,
n
Y(z) = z–1 X(z) 1
x2(n) = u ( n 1) Right sided signal
Y ( z) 3
= z –1
X( z ) 1 1
X2(z) = ; z
For cascaded system, 1 3
1 z 1
H(z) = H1(z) H2(z) 3
(1 0.4 z 1 ) Now, when both the transforms are added using
z –1 = H 2 ( z)
(1 0.6 z ) 1 linearity property.
1 1
z 1 (1 0.6 z 1 ) ROC must be between > z > .
H2(z) = 3 9
(1 0.4 z 1 )
24. (b) 1 1 1
= j a
=
Given, x[n] = x[–n] b ae a
As we know that, or, b=a
z
x[ n] X[ z ]
27. Sol.
z 1
x[ n] X[ z ] 1
Here, H1(z) =
So, when (0.5 + j0.25) is a zero fo X(z). 1 pz 1
Now, x[ n] X( z 1 ) 1
H2(z) =
1 1 qz 1
Zero of X ( z) =
(0.5 + j0.25)
1 1
Also, p = ; q=
25. (a)
2 4
H(z) = H1(z) + rH2(z)
Input-output relation is given as,
y[n] = y(n – 1) + x[n] 1 r
= 1
+
Taking z-transform, 1 pz 1 qz 1
Y(z) = z–1 Y(z) + X(z) 1 r
Y(z) [1 – z–1] = X(z) = +
1 1 1 1
1 z 1+ z
Y ( z) 2 4
= H ( z) = 1
X( z ) 1 z
1 1 1 1
h[n] = an u[n] 1+ z +r 1 z
4 2
H(z) = ...(i)
1 1 1
Alos, h[n] = 2 n
u[n] = 2 1 z 1+ z 1
2 4
n=0 n=0
zero of H(z) (1 + r) – (q + pr) z–1 = 0 ...(ii)
=2 =2–2 q + pr
1 or, z=
2 = 2– 1+r
Since, the zero of H(z) lies on the unit circle.
= 1
2 Therefore, z = 1 or z = ±1
Taking, z = 1, we get
26. (b)
q + pr
For the given system, z= =1 ...(iii)
1+r
1
(z b)
H(z) = 1 ...(i) 1
(1 az ) By solving above expression with p = and
2
1
The pole lie at z = a and the zero lie at z = . 1
b q= , we get
Also ‘a’ is complex in nature. 4
j a r = –2.5
Thus, a= ae
But, r < 1 or –1 < r < 1
For an all pass system where H ( e j ) = 1, for Taking, z = –1 in equation (iii), we get
r = –0.5
all , if the pole lies at ‘a’ then the zero must be
present at 1/a .
28. Sol. 2 z
Given, Y(z) = 2
= X ( z)
1 z( z 1) z 1
Given, X(z) = 1
; z >2
(1 2 z )
2 z 2 z
X(z) = (1 – 2z–1)–2 X(z) = = 2z 3
z 1 z 1
X(z) = 1 + 4z–1 + 12z–2 +...
x[n] = 2u[n – 3]
(using binomial expansion)
Therefore, x[2] = 0
Taking inverse z-transform, we get
x[n] = {1, 4, 12, ... 32. (c)
x[2] = 12 5
Y ( z) [1 z]
3
29. (c) =
X( z ) 2
z2 z +
The difference equation of the system, 9
1 5 (1 z)
x( n ) y(n 2) + y(n 1) = y(n) 5
6 6 Y(z) =
3 1 2
z z
Y ( z) 1 3 3
H(z) = =
X ( z) 1 + 1 z 2 5 z 1
6 6 5z 5z
Y(z) =
1 2
1 1 z z
Poles are at, z= , 3 3
2 3
n n
30. (a) 1 2
y(n) = 5 u(n) 5 u(n)
3 3
z4
H(z) =
1
2
1 1
2
1 33. (a)
z + z+ +
2 4 2 4 3
y(n) = i x(n i )
1 1 1 1 i=0
Poles = ± j , ±j
2 2 2 2 = 0x[n]
+ 1x[n – 1] + 2x[n – 2]
z4 +3 x[n – 3]
=
1 1 Y(z) = 0X(z) + 1X(z)z–1 + 2X(z)z–2
z2 z+ z2 + z +
2 2 + 2X(z)z–2 + 3X(z)z–3
z4 H(z) = 0 + 1z–1 + 2z–2 + 3z–3
= 1 2 Null at zero frequency
z 4 + z2 + z
4 j
z= e
=0
z4 1 4
H(z) = =1 z 0 = 0+ 1+ 2+ 3
1 4
z4 +
4 Option (a) satisfies the condition.
So answer is (a).
34. (c)
31. Sol. Poles are at z = ±2j
n Since x[n] is absolutely summable hence, DTFT
y[n] = x[m] = x[n] u[n] exists which implies ROC must include unit
m=0 circle.
z x(t) is a non-causal signal.
Y(z) = X( z)
z 1
35. (b) 39. (d)

Given, x[n] = an u[n] + bnu[n] 1
P(z) = H ( z) H
Also given, 0 < a a ) and ( z > b ) (i) h(n) is real. So, p(n) will be also real.
(ii) P(z) = P(z–1)
ROC = z > b
From (i) : If z1 is a zero of P(z), then z1 will be
36. (d)
also a zero of P(z).
n
Given, x[n] = (2.0) , <n<+ From (ii) : If z1 is a zero of P(z), then 1/z1 will be
n also a zero of P(z).
1
= 2 n u [ n] + u [ n 1] So, the 4 zeros are,
2
1 1
1 z1 = + j
ROC : z > 2 and z < 2 2
2
1 1
No ROC z 2 = z1 = j
2 2
37. (c) 1 1
z3 = = =1 j
Given, x[n] = [n – 3] + 2 [n – 5] z1 1 1
+ j
2 2
X(z) = z–3+ 2z–5
X(–z) = (–z)–3 + 2(–z)–5 1
Y(z) = X(–z) = –z–3 – 2z–5 z4 = = z3 = 1 + j
z1
= –[z–3 + 2z–5]
So, option (d) is correct.
y[n] = –x[n]
40. (c)
38. (b)
3
y(n) = ( 1)k x (n k )
Im
k=0
2 = x(n) – x(n – 1) + x(n – 2) – x(n – 3)
1 Y(z) = X(z) – z–1 X(z) + z–2 X(z) – z–3 X(z)
Y ( z) 1 2 3
H(z) = =1 z +z z
30° X( z)
Re
0.25
z3 z2 + z 1 ( z 1) ( z 2 + 1)
= =
z3 z3
Unit circle Pole zero plot :
Img
1
The ROC should include unit circle to make the 3rd order pole
system stable. From the given pole pattern it is

clear that, to make the system stable, the ROC –1 1
Re
should be finite circular strip or finite annular
strip and hence the impulse response of the
system should be also two sided.
–1
41. Sol. By given transfer function,

System is all-pass filter. Zero =
For digital all-pass filter, condition is Using condition (i),
1 1
Zero = ...(i) = = 2
Pole 0.5
Answers
EE Z-Transform
1. (b) 2. (c) 3. (b) 4. (a) 5. (b) 6. (c) 7. (a) 8. (d)
9. (d) 10. (a) 11. (c) 12. (b) 13. (a) 14. (c) 15. (c) 16. (a)
17. (0.29) 18. (0.097) 19. (b) 20. (d) 21. (b) 22. (d)
Solutions
EE Z-Transform
1. (b)
(2 n + 1)
y( n) Y2 ( z) = (5n n) z
z 1 n=0
F(z) = 1 =1 1
z+1 1+ z In Y2(z), powers of ‘z’ are odd. Therefore samples
= (k) – (–1)k u(k) in y2(n) are available only at odd instants of
time.
2. (c)
For causal system, if all the poles are inside the, Hence, x(n) y2 (n) = 0
n=
2 Thus, x(n) is orthogonal to y2(n).

r 2 30°
4. (a)
Given, g(1) = g(2) = 1, otherwise 0
i.e., g[n] = [n – 1] + [n – 2]
Therefore, G(z) = z–1 + z–2
Therefore, overall transfer function of closed-
Unit circle then system is stable, and converse loop system,
in true for anti-causal system. G( z)
T(z) =
3. (b) 1 k G( z)
G( z)
3n 2n T(z) =
x(n) X( z) = z 1 k G( z)
n=0 2+n
z+1
In X(z), power of ‘z’ are even. Therefore, samples or, T(z) = 2
z k( z + 1)
in x(n) are available at even instants of time. By
So, the system will be stable if it’s outer most
observing all the options.
pole will lie inside the unit circle.
Location of poles, For linear phase FIR filter, g(n) should be either
even symmetric or odd symmetric about virtual
+ k ± k2 + 4 k
z= y-axis.
2
To, satisfy the above condition.
k + k2 + 4 k Case (i): =–
<1
2 (odd symmetric about virtual y-axis)
But in this case,
k + k2 + 4 k < 2 G(1) = G(–1) = 0
i.e. at low frequency G(z) = 0
k 2 + 4 k < (2 – k)
and at high frequency G(z) = 0
k2 + 4 k < (2 – k)
Thus in this case filter will be band-pass.
k2 + 4 k < 4 + k2 – 4 k
8k < 4 Case (ii): =
(even symmetric about virtual y-axis)
1
k< In this case:
2
At low frequency (z = 1) G(1) = 2
This condition is satisfied in only option (a).
At low frequency (z = –1) G(–1) = –2
5. (b) Filter will be either all pass or band stop.
X(z) = (1 – 3z–1) Now, G(e j ) = (e–j + e–j3 )
Y(z) = (1 + 2z–1) = e–j2 (ej + e–j )
h[n] = x(n – 1) y[n] = 2 e–j 2 cos
H[z] = z–1 X(z) Y(z)
9. (d)
H[z] = z–1 (1 – 3z–1) (1 + 2z–2)
H[z] = z–1 (1 + 2z–2 – 3z–1 – 6z–3) z
x(z) =
H[z] = (z–1 – 3z–2 + 2z–3 – 6z–4) ( z a)2
when input, zn
I(n) = [n – 1] zn – 1 X(z) =
( z a)2
then, I[z] = z –1
Since, z = a is a pole of second order therefore
Therefore output,
residue at z = a,
P(n) = h[n] I[n]
P(z) = H(z) I(z) 1 d zn
= ( z a)2
P(z) = (z–1 – 3z–2 + 2z–3 – 6z–4) × z– 1 dz ( z a )2
at z = a
1
= [nzn – 1]z = a = nan – 1
P(z) = z–2 – 3z–3 + 2z–4 – 6z–5
P(n) = [n – 2] – 3 [n – 3] + 2 [n – 10. (a)
4] y[n] = x[n] H[n]
– 6 [n – 5] y[z] = x[z] H[z]
y[z] = (4z–3 + 3z–1 + 2 – 6z2 + 2z3)
7. (a)
(3z–1 – 2)
G(z) = z–1 + z–3
= 12z–4 + 9z–2 + 6z–1 – 18z + 6z2
For, low frequency (z = 1) G(1) = + ...(i)
–8z–3 – 6z–1 – 4 + 12z2 – 4z3
For, low frequency (z = 1) G(–1) = –( + )
= –4z3 + 18z2 – 18z + 12z–4 + 9z–2
...(ii)
– 4 – 8z–3
For now, g(n) = {0, , 0, } y[n] 0 for n < 0
Therefore it is non-causal with finite support.
11. (c) Applying z-transform on equation (i),

n
zX1(z) – zX1(0) = X1(z)
1
Let, x1[n] = X1(z) [z – 1] = zX1(0)
3
z
n X1(z) = [Given, X2(0) = 0]
1 z 1
and x2[n] = u [ n]
2 ...(iii)
1 n
1 n X 2 ( z) 2
x1[n] = u [ n] + u [ n 1] =
3 3 X1 ( z) z 1
Thus, transfer function,
1 n z 1 1
u [n] ; ROC : z > 2
3 1 1 3 H(z) =
1 z z 1
3
n
Therefore, pole location is z = 1.
1 z 1
u [ n 1] 1
; ROC : z < 3
3 1 1 14. (c)
1 z
3
LTI
x(t) Sampler y(n)
1 n z 1 1 x(n) system
and x2 [n] = u [ n]
1 1
; ROC : z >
2 1 z 2 H(z )
2
f s = 400 Hz
1
ROC is < z < 3. x(t) = 2 + 5 sin(100 t)
2
n n
t xTs = =
12. (b) f s 400
1 n
X(z) = 3
x(n) = 2 + 5sin 100
1 z 400
From z-transform definition,
= 2 + 5 sin n
4
n
X(z) = x[n] z
n= Here, 0 =
4
= x(0) + x(1) z–1 + x(2) z–2 + x(3) x–3... 2 2
Therefore, N = time period of x(n) = = =8
1 /4
X(z) = = 1 + 0 z 1 + 0 z 2 + 1 z 3 ... 0
1 z 3 N
1 1 z
By comparison x(2) = 0 and x(3) = 1. Now, H(z) = 1
N 1 z
13. (a) Applying, z = ej
Given that,
1 1 e j N
X1 (K + 1) a a 1 X1 ( K ) H(ej ) =
N 1 e j
X 2 (K + 1) = a+1 a X 2 (K )
For sinusoidal part of x(n):
With initial conditions,
X1(0) = 1; X2(0) = 0 1 1 e j 0N
H(e j 0 ) =
For a = 1 we can write, N 1 e j 0
X1 (K + 1) 1 0 X1 (K )
= Note: 0N = ×8 = 2
X 2 (K + 1) 2 1 X 2 (K ) 4
X1(K + 1) = X1(K) ...(i) j2 N
1 1 e
= =0
X2(K + 1) = 2X1(K) + X2(K) ...(ii) N 1 e j /40
Therefore for sinusoidal part of input, system

n
output is zero. For dc part of input, Since, n = 2 =
n=0 (1 )2
y(n) = Output
= H(ej0) × Input dc value 1
So, 2 = = 0.29
(1 )2
H(e j ) =1
=0
18. Sol.
= 1×2=2
Pole location of H(z) are given as,
Thus, steady-state output = 2
1 j(2 K 1) /4
z= e ; K = 1, 2, 3, 4
15. (c) 2
x[n] = (–0.25)n u(n) + (0.5)n u(–n – 1) 1 j /4 1
z1 = e = (1 + j )
Signal x[n] is sum of two signals, one is right 2 2
sided [(–0.25)n u(n)] and other is left sided 1 j3 /4 1
z2 = e = [ 1 + j]
[(0.5)n u(–n – 1)]. The right sided signal will have 2 2
pole at location with magnitude 0.25. So, ROC
1 j5 /4 1
z3 = e = [ 1 j]
is z > 0.25. The left sided signal will have pole 2 2
at location with magnitude 0.5. So, ROC is 1 j7 /4 1
z4 = e = [1 j ]
z < 0.5. So, ROC of X(z) (Z-transform of x(n) 2 2
Now,
will be) 0.25 < z < 0.5.
K z4
H(z) = ...(i)
16. (a) ( z z1 ) ( z z2 ) ( z z3 ) ( z z4 )
y(n) is first difference of x(n). [As h(n) is causal and it starts from n = 0, so
So, y(n) = x(n) – x(n – 1) numerator will have same order as denominator
is having].
So, Y(z) = X(z) – Z–1 X(z)
By solving equation (i),
Y(z) = (2z + 4 – 4z–1 + 3z–2)
–(2 + 4z–1 – 4z–2 + 3z–3) Kz 4
H(z) = ...(ii)
1
Y(z) = 2z + 2 – 8z–1 + 7z–2 – 3z–3 z4 +
4
17. Sol. 5
Given that, H(1) =
The Z-transform of 4
From equation (ii),
n 1
u(n) K 5 K
(1 Z 1) H(1) = =
1 4 5
1+
Z 1 4 4
n
and n u(n )
(1 Z 1 )2 25
K =
16
1
Z n n 25 4
so, = n Z z
(1 Z 1 )2 n=0 16
H(z) = 1
If we put Z = 1 in above equation we get, z4 +
4
n n By using division rule,
2 =
(1 ) n=0 25 1 4 1 8
H(z) = 1 z + z + ...
16 4 16
1 25 Now, h(n) = overall system impulse response

Thus, h(8) = × = 0.097
16 16 = h1(n) h2(n)
It is given that, = {1, 1} {1, 1}
g(n) = jn h(n)
2
g(8) = j8 h(8) = h(8) = {1, 0, 1} H ( z) = 1 z
g(8) = h(8) = 0.097
At we know,
19. (b) Y ( z) Y ( z)
H(z) = X( z) =
For Fig. (i): X( z) H ( z)
K ( z2 1) 1 + 2z 1 + z 2 z 2 2z 4 z 5
H(z) = =
z2 1 z 2
At low frequency, i.e. z = 1 = 1 + 2z–1 + 2z–2 + z–3
H(1) = 0 x(n) = {1, 2, 2, 1}
At high frequency, i.e. z = –1 21. (b)

H ( 1) = 0 n
1 1
Hence filter type is BPF. x(n) = u(n) ; ROC of x(n) : z >
2 2
For Fig. (ii):
z k
2 x( n k ) X( z) =
K(z 1) 1 1
H(z) = 2
1 z
z + 0.25 2
At low frequency, i.e. z = 1 1
ROC of x(n – k) : z >
H(1) = 0 2
At high frequency, i.e. z = –1 1
For x(n – k) ROC will be z > .
2
H ( 1) = 0
Hence filter type is BPF. 22. (d)
y(n) – ay(n – 1) = b0 x(n) – b1 x(n – 2)
For Fig. (iii):
By applying ZT,
z2 1 Y(z) – az–1 Y(z) = b0 X(z) – b1 z–1 X(z)
H(z) = 2
z +1
Y ( z) b0 b1 z 1
At low frequency, i.e. z = 1 H(z) = =
X( z) 1 az 1
H(1) = 0
By taking right sided inverse ZT,
At high frequency, i.e. z = –1 h(n) = b0an u(n) – b1an – 1 u(n – 1)
H ( 1) = 0 By taking left sided inverse ZT,
h(n) = –b0an u(–n – 1) + b1an – 1 u(–n)
Hence filter type is BPF.
Thus, system is not necessarily causal.
20. (d) The impulse response is non-zero at infinitely
many instants.
x(n) h1(n) h2(n) y(n)
h(n)
7 DTFS, DTFT and DFT
ELECTRO NICS EN GINEERIN G (a) E-3, F-2, G-4, H-1
(GATE Previous Years Solved Papers) (b) E-1, F-3, G-2, H-4
(c) E-1, F-2, G-3, H-4
Q.1 The impulse response h[n] of a linear time (d) E-2, F-1, G-4, H-3
invariant system is given as, [EC-2005 : 2 Marks]
2 2, n = 1, 1
Statement of Linked Answer Questions (4 and 5):
h[n ] = 4 2, n = 2, 2 A sequence x(n) has non-zero values as shown in the
0, otherwise figure.
If the input to the above system is the sequence x(n)
e j n/4, then the output is
2
(a) 4 2 e j n /4 (b) 4 2 e j n /4 1 1
(c) 4e j n/4 (d) –4e j n/4 1/2 1/2

[EC-2004 : 2 Marks]
n
n –2 –1 0 1 2
1 2
Q.2 Let x (n) = u (n), y(n) = x (n) and Y(ej ) be
2
Q.4 The sequence,
the Fourier transform of y(n). Then Y(ejo) is
n
(a) 1/4 (b) 2 x 1 ; for n even
y(n ) = 2
(c) 4 (d) 4/3 0; for n odd
[EC-2005 : 1 Mark]
will be
Q.3 Match the following and choose the correct
combination:
2
Group-I
1 1
E. Continuous and aperiodic signal
F. Continuous and periodic signal 1/2 1/2
(a)
G. Discrete and aperiodic signal
n
H. Discrete and periodic signal –2 0 2 4 6
Group-II
1. Fourier representation is continuous and
aperiodic. 2
2. Fourier representation is discrete and 1 1
aperiodic. 1/2 1/2

(b)
3. Fourier representation is continuous and
periodic. n
–3 –1 1 3 5
4. Fourier representation is discrete and
periodic.
Q.8 {x(n)} is a real-valued periodic sequence with a

period N. x(n) and X(k) form N-point Discrete
2
Fourier Transform (DFT) pairs. The DFT Y(k) of
1 1
N 1
1/2 1/2 1
(c) the sequence, y (n) = x(r ) x(n + r ) is
N r =0
n
–6 –4 –2 0 2
2
(a) X( k )
N 1
2 1
(b) X(r ) X( k + r )
1 1 N r =0
1/2 1/2 N 1
(d) 1
(c) X(r ) X( k + r )
N r =0
n
–5 –3 –1 1 3
(d) 0 [EC-2008 : 2 Marks]
[EC-2005 : 2 Marks]
Q.9 A system with transfer function H(z) has
Q.5 The Fourier transform of y(2n) will be impulse response h(n) defined as h(2) = 1,
(a) e–j2 [cos4 + 2 cos2 + 2] h(3) = –1 and h(k) = 0 otherwise. Consider the
(b) [cos2 + 2 cos + 2] following statements:
(c) e–j [cos2 + 2 cos + 2] S1 : H(z) is low-pass filter.
(d) e–j /2 [cos2 + 2 cos + 2] S2 : H(z) is an FIR filter.
[EC-2005 : 2 Marks] Which of the following is correct?
(a) Only S2 is true.
Q.6 A signal x(n) = sin( 0n + ) is the input to a linear
(b) Both S1 and S2 are false.
time-invariant system having a frequency
(c) Both S1 and S2 are true, and S2 is a reason
response H(e j ). If the output of the system
for S1.
Ax(n – n0), then the most general form of H(e j )
will be (d) Both S1 and S2 are true, and S2 is not a reason
for S1.
(a) –n0 0+ for any arbitrary real .
[EC-2009 : 2 Marks]
(b) –n0 0+2 k for any arbitrary integer k.
(c) n0 0+2 k for any arbitrary integer k. Q.10 The 4-point Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT)
(d) –n0 0
of a discrete time sequence {1, 0, 2, 3} is
[EC-2005 : 2 Marks] (a) [0, –2 + 2j, 2, –2 – 2j]
(b) [2, 2 + 2j, 6, 2 – 2j]
Q.7 A 5 point sequence x[n] is given as, x[–3] = 1,
(c) [6, 1 – 3j, 2, 1 + 3j]
x[–2] = 1, x[–1] = 0, x[0] = 5, x[1] = 1. Let X(ej )
denote the discrete-time Fourier transform of (d) [6, –1 + 3j, 0, –1 – 3j]
[EC-2009 : 2 Marks]
x[n]. The value of X( e j ) d is Q.11 For an N-point FFT algorithm with N = 2m, which
one of the following statements is true?
(a) 5 (b) 10 (a) It is not possible to construct a signal flow

graph with both input and output in normal
(c) 16 (d) 5 + j10
order.
[EC-2007 : 2 Marks]
(b) The number of butterflies in the mth state is Q.16 The sequence x[n] = 0.5n u[n] where u[n] is the
N/m. unit step sequence, is convolved with itself to
(c) In place computation requires storage of
only 2 N node data. +
obtain y[n]. Then y[n] is ______ .
(d) Computation of a butterfly requires only one n=
complex multiplication.
[EC-2014 : 1 Mark]
[EC-2010 : 1 Mark]
Q.17 A Fourier transform pair is given by
Q.12 The first six points of the 8-point DFT of a real
Ae + j 6
valued sequence are 5, 1 –j3, 0, 3, –j4, 0 and n f
2 F.T.
u [n + 3]
3 – j4. The last two points of the DFT are 3 2 j2 f
1 e
respectively. 3
(a) 0, 1 – j3 (b) 0, 1 + j3
when u[n] denotes the unit step sequence. The
(c) 1 + j3, 5 (d) 1 – j3, 5
value of A is _______ .
[EC-2011 : 2 Marks]
[EC-2014 : 1 Mark]
Q.13 The DFT of a vector [a b c d] is the vector [ ].
Q.18 The N-point DFT of a sequence x[n], 0 n N – 1
Consider the product:
is given by
a b c d
N 1 2
d a b c 1 j nK
[p q r s] = [ a b c d ] X[K ] = x [n] e N , 0 K N 1
c d a b N n=0
b c d a
Denote this relation as X = DFT(x). For N = 4,
The DFT of the vector [p q r s] is a scaled version
which one of the following sequence satisfies
of
DFT (DFT (x)) = x.
(a) [ 2 2 2 2]
(a) x = [1 2 3 4] (b) x = [1 2 3 2]
(b) (c) x = [1 3 2 2] (d) x = [1 2 2 3]
(c) [ + + + + ] [EC-2014 : 2 Marks]
(d) [ ] [EC-2013 : 2 Marks] Q.19 Two sequence [a, b, c] and [A, B, C] are related
Q.14 Consider a discrete time periodic signal as,
A 1 1 1 a
n
x [n] = sin . Let ak be the complex Fourier 1 2
5 B 1 W3 W3 2 b j
where, W3 = e 3
C 1 W3 2 W3 4 c
series coefficients of x[n]. The coefficients {ak}
are non-zero when k = Bm ± 1, where m is any If another sequence [p, q, r] is derived as,
integer. The value of B is ______ .
[EC-2014 : 2 Marks] p 1 1 1 1 0 0 A /3
q = 1 W31 W32 0 W32 0 B /3
Q.15 An FIR system is described by the system
c 1 W32 W34 0 0 W34 C /3
function:
7 1 3 2 Tthen the relationship between the sequences
H ( z) = 1 + z + z
2 2 [p, q, r] and [a, b, c] is
The system is (a) [p, q, r] = [b, a, c] (b) [p, q, r] = [b, c, a]
(a) maximum phase (b) minimum phase (c) [p, q, r] = [c, a, b] (d) [p, q, r] = [c, b, a]
(c) mixed phase (d) zero phase [EC-2015 : 2 Marks]
[EC-2014 : 1 Mark]
Q.20 Consider two real sequences with time-origin Q.25 A continuous-time speech signal xa(t) is sampled
marked by the bold value: at a rate of 8 kHz and the samples are
x1[n] = {1, 2, 3, 0}, x2[n] = {1, 3, 2, 1} subsequently grouped in blocks, each of size N.
Let X1(k) and X2(k) be 4-point DFTs of x1[n] and The DFT of each block to be computed in real
x2[n], respectively. time using the radix-2 decimation-in-frequency
Another sequence x3[n] is derived by taking FFT algorithm. If the processor performs all
4-point inverse DFT of X3(k) = X1(k) X2(k). The operations sequentially, and takes 20 µs for
value of x3[2] is _______ . computing each complex multiplication
(including multiplications by 1 and –1) and the
[EC-2015 : 2 Marks]
time required for addition/subtraction is
n negligible, then the maximum value of N is
1
Q.21 The value of n is ________ . _________ .
n=0 2
[EC-2016 : 2 Marks]
[EC-2015 : 1 Mark]
Q.26 Let h[n] be the impulse response of a discrete-
time linear time invariant (LTI) filter. The
n
Q.22 Let x [n] = 1 + cos be a periodic signal impulse response is given by
8
1 1 1
with period 16. Its DFS coefficients are defined h [0] = ; h [1] = ; h [2] =
3 3 3
15 and h[n] = 0 for n < 0 and n > 2
1
by ak = x [n] exp j kn for all k. The
16 n=0 8 Let H( ) be the Discrete-Time Fourier Transform
(DTFT) of h[n], where is the normalized
value of the coefficient a31 is ______ . angular frequency in radians. Given that,
[EC-2015 : 2 Marks] H( o) = 0 and 0 < o < , the value of o
(in radians) is equal to ________ .
Q.23 Consider the signal:
[EC-2017 : 2 Marks]
x[n] = 6 [n + 2] + 3 [n + 1] + 8 [n] + 7 [n – 1]
+ 4 [n – 2] Q.27 An LTI system with unit sample response
If X(e j ) is the discrete-time Fourier transform of h[n] = 5 [n] – 7 [n – 1] + 7 [n – 3] – 5 [n – 4] is a
1 (a) low pass filter

x[n], then X ( e j ) sin 2 (2 ) d is equal to (b) high pass filter
(c) band pass filter
_______ .
(d) band stop filter
[EC-2016 : 2 Marks]
[EC-2017 : 1 Mark]
Q.24 The Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) of the
4-point sequence: Q.28 Let X[k] = k + 1, 0 k 7 be 8-point DFT of a
x[n] = {x[0], x[1], x[2], x[3]} = {3, 2, 3, 4} is N 1

j 2 nk / N
sequence x[n], where X [ k ] = x [ n] e .
X[k] = {X[0], X[1], X[2], X[3]} = {12, 2j, 0, –2j} n=0
If X1[k] is the DFT of the 12-point sequence
x1[n] = {3, 0, 0, 2, 0, 0, 3, 0, 0, 4, 0, 0}, the value of The value (correct to two decimal places) of
3
X1 [8]
x [2n] is _________ .
X1 [11] is ________ . n=0
[EC-2016 : 2 Marks] [EC-2018 : 2 Marks]

Q.29 It is desired to find a three-tap causal filter 2

(a) a1 = 1, a2 = W6 , a3 = W6
which gives zero signal as an output to an input
2
of the form (b) a1 = 1, a2 = W6 , a3 = W6
j n j n 2
x [n] = c1 exp + c2 exp (c) a1 = 1, a2 = W6 , a3 = W6
2 2
2
(d) a1 = 1, a2 = W6 , a3 = W6
where c1 and c2 are arbitrary real numbers. The
[EC-2019 : 2 Marks]
desired three-tap filter is given by
h[0] = 1, h[1] = a, h[2] = b Q.31 A finite duration discrete-time signal x[n] is
and h[n] = 0 for n < 0 or n > 2 obtained by sampling the continuous-time
What are the values of the filter taps a and b if signal x(t) = cos(200 t) at sampling instants
the output y[n] = 0 for all n, where x[n] is as t = n/400, n = 0, 1, ...., 7. The 8-point Discrete
given above? Fourier Transform (DFT) of x[n] is defined as,
7 nkn
n=0 j ,
x[n] y[n] = 0 X[ k ] = x [n] e 4 k = 0, 1, ..., 7
h[n] = {1, a, b} n=0
(a) a = 0, b = –1 (b) a = 1, b = 1 Which one of the following statement is true?

(c) a = –1, b = 1 (d) a = 0, b = 1 (a) Only X[2] and X[6] are non-zero.
[EC-2019 : 2 Marks] (b) Only X[3] and X[5] are non-zero.
(c) All X[k] are non-zero.
Q.30 Consider a six-point decimation-in-time Fast
(d) Only X[4] is non-zero.
Fourier Transform (FFT) algorithm, for which
[EC-2020 : 2 Marks]
the signal-flow graph corresponding of X[1] is
Q.32 Consider two 16 point sequences x[n] and h[n].
j2
shown the figure. Let W6 = exp . In the Let the linear convolution of x[n] and h[n] be
6
denoted by y[n], while z[n] denotes the 16 point
figure, what should be the values of the Inverse Discrete Fourier Transform (IDFT) of the
coefficients a1, a2, a3 in terms of W6 so that X[1] is product of the 16 point DFTs of x[n] and h[n].
obtained correctly? The value(s) of ‘k’ for which z[k] = y[k] is/are
(a) k = 15 (b) k = 0, 1, 2, ...., 15
x[0] X[0] (c) k = 0 (d) k = 0 and k = 15
[EC-2021 : 1 Mark]
a1
x[3] X[1]
–1 Q.33 Consider the signals, x[n] = 2n – 1 u[–n + 2] and
y[n] = 2–n + 2 u[n + 1), where u[n] is the unit step
x[1] a2 X[2]
sequence. Let X(ej ) and Y(ej ) be the discrete
time Fourier transform of x[n] and y[n],
x[4] a3 X[3] respectively. The value of the integral,
–1
2
1
x[2] X[4] X( e j )Y ( e j
)d
2
0
(Rounded off to one decimal place) is ______ .

x[5] X[5]
–1 [EC-2021 : 2 Marks]
Q.34 For a vector x = [ x[0], x[1],..., x[7]], the 8-port If, x = [1, 0, 0, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0]
discrete Fourier transform (DFT) is denoted by and y = DFT(DFT ( x ))
X = DFT ( x ) = [ X[0], X[1],..., X[7]] then the value of y[0] is ______ (Rounded off to
one decimal place).
7
2
where, X[ k ] = x[n] exp j nk [EC-2022]
n=0 8
Here, j= 1

Answers
EC DTFS, DTFT and DFT
1. (d) 2. (d) 3. (c) 4. (a) 5. (c) 6. (b) 7. (b) 8. (a)
9. (a) 10. (d) 11. (d) 12. (b) 13. (a) 14. (10) 15. (c) 16. (4)
17. (3.375) 18. (b) 19. (c) 20. (11) 21. (2) 22. (0.5) 23. (8) 24. (6)
25. (4096) 26. (2.10) 27. (c) 28. (3) 29. (d) 30. (d) 31. (a) 32. (a)
33. (8) 34. (8)
Solutions
EC DTFS, DTFT and DFT
1. (d) x(n) (n – a) x(n – a)
h(n) = 4 2 (n + 2) 2 2 (n + 1) y(n) = 4 2 [ e j /4( n+ 2) + e j /4( n 2) ]
/4( n + 1)
2 2 (n 1) + 4 2 (n 2) 2 2 [e j + ej /4( n 2)
]
x(n) = ej n/4 jn /4
= e [4 2 ( e j /2 + e j /2 )
y(n) = x(n) h(n)
= 4 2 (n + 2) e jn /4 2 2 (e j /4
+e j /4
)]
+ 4 2 (n 2) e jn /4
= e
jn /4
[0 2 2 × 2 cos /4]
2 2 [ ( n + 1) e jn /4 y(n) = –4e jn /4
+ (n 1) e jn /4
]
2. (d) j 1 2j 1
= e e + ej + 2 + e j
+ e 2j
n 2 2
1
x(n) = u(n)
2 j e2 j + e 2 j
= e + ej + e j + 2
2n 2
1
y(n) = x 2 (n) = u2 ( n )
2 f(n) = e–j [cos2 + 2cos + 2]
2 n
1 6. (b)
= u(n)
2 • sin( on + ) = x(n) X(ej )
n • y(n) = Ax(n – no)
1
y(n) = u(n)
4 Y(ej ) = Ae jno X ( e j )
1 Y(e j ) jno
Y(z) = • H(ej ) = = Ae
1 1 X( e j
)
1 z
4
• H(ej ) = –no o+2 k (at = o)
Put, z = e j
1 7. (b)
Y(e j ) =
1 j X(ej ) = e3j + e2j + 0 + 5 + e–j
1 e
4
1 4 Q e aj d =0 if a 0
Y(ejo) = =
1 3
1
4
e3 j e2 j e j
X( e j ) d = + +5 +
4. (a) 3j 2j j
n = 5 + 5 = 10
y(n) = x 1 , n even
2
9. (a)
= 0 for n odd
h(2) = 1
n = 0, y(n) = x(–1) = 1
h(3) = –1
n = 2, y(n) = x(0) = 2
h(k) = 0 otherwise
n = 4, y(n) = x(1) = 1
n = 6, y(n) = x(2) = 1/2 h(k)
5. (c) 1
y(2n) = x(n – 1) seeing in graph k

2
f(n) = y(2n) –1
1
= (n + 1) + (n) + 2 (n 1) It is finite impulse response. It is not low-pass
2
filter.
1
+ (n 2) + (n 3)
2 10. (d)
Taking z-transform, 4-point DFT of sequence [1, 0, 2, 3] is given as,
1 1
F(z) = z + 1 + 2z 1 + z 2 + z 3 1 1 1 1 1 1+2 +3 6
2 2
1 j 1 j 0 1 2 + 3j 1+ 3j
z = ej = =
1 1 1 1 2 1+2 3 0
1 j j 2j 1 3j 1 j 1 j 3 1 2 3j 1 3j
F(e j ) = e + 1 + 2e +e + e
2 2
11. (d) 15. (c)

For a N-point FFT algorithm with N = 2 m, Minimum phase all zeros are inside the unit
computation of a butterfly requires only one circle.
complex multiplication and two complex • For maximum phase, all the zeroes are
additions. outside the unit circle.
12. (b) 7 1 3 2
• H ( z) = 1 + z + z =0
x[n] real 2 2
X[k] conjugate symmetric 2z2 + 6z + z + 3 = 0
X[k] X [N – k] 1
z1 = (inside the unit circle)
N = 8 2
X[k] = X [8 – k] z2 = –3 (outside the unit circle)
X[6] = X [8 – 6] = X [2] = 0 Mixed phase
X[7] = X [8 – 7] = X [1] = 1 + j3
16. Sol.
13. (a) Given, x[n] = 0.5n u[n]
DFT [p q r s] = [a b c d] [a b c d] Z-transform of x(n) is
So, DFT [p q r s] = [ 2 2 2 2]
1
X(z) =
14. Sol. (1 0.5 z 1 )
From discrete Fourier series definition, and Z-transform of y(n) = x(n) x(n) is
N 1 2
jk
N
n 1
x[n] = ak e Y(z) =
k=0 (1 0.5 z 1 )2
2 2
j n j n
= a 1e N + a0 + a1 e N ...(i) y( n) = Y ( z ) z = 1 = 4
n=
1 j n 1 j 5n
x[n] = e 5 + e
2j 2j 17. Sol.
Also given, n
2 Ae j 6 f
u(n + 3)
n 3 2
x[n] = sin 1 e j2 f
5 3
2 n
where, N = 10 = N = 10 2
N 5 Let, x[n] = u(n + 3)
3
By comparison,
Discrete Fourier transform is given as,
1 1
a1 = and a9 = a 1 =
2j 2j j n
X(e j ) = x[n] e
As the TFS coefficient ak is also periodic with n=
period N = 10, n
2 j n
a 1 = a11 = a21 .... = e
n= 3 3
a –1 = a9 = a19 ....
Given that, ak is non-zero for k = Bm ± 1. Put, n+3 = m
To satisfy this condition B must be ‘10’ where
‘m’ is any integer.
m 3 2
2 j ( m 3) j
So, X(e j ) = e where, W31 = e 3
m=0 3
4
j
3 m
2 2 j m W32 = e 3
= e ej 3
3 m=0 3 2
j
3 m
W3 1 = e 3
3 2 j
= e ej 3
j
4
2 3 2 3
m=0 W3 = e
j2 f 3 j6 f 2
3.375 e 3.375 e j
= = W3 4 = W3 1 = e 3
2 j2 f 2 j2 f
1 e 1 e
3 3
p c
So, A = 3.375
q = a
18. (b) r b
DFT (DFT (x)) = x
Let, x = [1 2 3 2] 20. Sol.
1 1 1 1 1 x1[n] = {1, 2, 3, 0}
x2[n] = {1, 3, 2, 1}
1 1 j 1 j 2
DFT (x) = X(k)3 = X(k)1 X(k)2
4 1 1 1 1 3
x3[n] = circular convolution of
1 j 1 j 4
x1[n] and x2[n]
8 4 = x1[n] x2[n]
1 2 1
= = x3 (0) 1 0 3 2 1 9
2 0 0
x3 (1) 2 1 0 3 3 8
2 1 = =
x3 (2) 3 2 1 0 2 11
1 1 1 1 4 x3 (3) 0 3 2 1 1 14
1 1 j 1 j 1
DFT (DFT (x)) = x3[2] = 11
4 1 1 1 1 0
1 j 1 j 1 21. Sol.
2 1 n n
1 1
= n u(n)
1 4 2 2 n= 2
= = n=0
2 6 3
4 2 n
1
= Z T n u(n)
2
z=1
19. (c)
A a+b+c
1 1 z
z
B = a + bW3 1 + cW3 2 2 2
= = 2
1 1
C a + bW3 2 + cW3 1 1 z z
1
2 2 z=1
a+b+c
W32 W31 3
p 1
a + bW3 1 + cW3 2 1/2
q = 1 W31 W32 W32 W31 = =2
3 1/4
r 1 W32 W32 W31 W31
a + bW3 2 + cW3 1
3
22. Sol. 24. Sol.

n From the given question,
x [n] = 1 + cos
8 n
x1[n] = x
n n 3
j j
e 8 e 8
= 1+ + (N = 16) X1[k] = {12, 2j, 0, –2j, 12, 2j, 0, –2j}
2 2 X1[8] = 12 ; X1(11) = –2j
2 2
j n j n X1 (8) 12
e 16 e 16 = =6
= 1+ + X1 (11) 2j
2 2
1 1 25. Sol.
a1 = and also a31 = a15 = a 1 =
2 2
f s = 8000 samples/sec
23. Sol. 1 1
Ts = = sec.
From the definition of DTFT, f s 8000
j n
Time for each multiplication = Tm = 20 µsec
X(ej ) = x[n] e Tm = 20 × 10–6 sec
n=
Suppose block is size N, then time taken to
1
x[n] = X( e j ) e j n
d 1
2 generate each block = N × Ts = N × .
8000
1 Number of multiplication that can be performed
x[0] = X( e j ) d by processor in the time taken for each block =
2
N × Ts
1 j j
.
X( e ) Y(e )d = [x(n) y(n)]n = 0 Tm
2
Number of multiplication required to compute
Y(ej ) = sin2 (2 )
N
1 cos 4 DFT by Radix – 2 FFT algorithm = log 2 N .
= 2
2
Number of multiplication required by FFT
1 1 4j 1 4j
= e e Number of multiplication that can be performed
2 4 4
by the processor in the time taken in each block.
1 1 1
y[n] = [ n] [n + 4] [n 4] [Reason : Real time]
2 2 4
N N × Ts
log 2 N
1 1 1 2 Tm
y[n] = , 0, 0, 0, , 0, 0, 0,
4 2 4 1
2×
log2 N 8000 = 12.5
1 20 × 10 6
y[0] =
2 N 212.5 N 212 = 4096
x[n] = {6, 3, 8, 7, 4} ; x[0] = 8
26. Sol.
1 1 1 1
X( e j ) Y ( e j ) d = 2 x[0] y[0] Since, h[n] = [ n] + [n 1] + [n 2]
3 3 3
n=
1 j
1 So, H(e j ) = e [1 + 2 cos ]
= 2 ×8× = 8 3
2
H(e j o) = 0 ; for (1 + 2 cos o) = 0
1 To get y(n) = 0,
or, cos o =
2 = H(e j )
H(e j o) =0
2 = /2
or, o = = 2.10 radians
3 j j2
1 + ae + be 2 = 0
2
27. (c) 1 – ja – b = 0
h[n] = 5 [n] – 7 [n – 1] + 7 [n – 3] – 5 [n – 4] From the given options, a = 0 and b = 1.
Now, H(e j ) = 5 – 7e–j + 7e–3j – 5e–4j
Now for = 0, 30. (d)
H(e jo) = 5 – 7 + 7 – 5 = 0 N 1 2
j kn
and for = , X(k) = x(n) e N
H(e j ) = 5 – 7(–1) + 7(–1) – 5(1) n=0
= 5+7–7–5=0 5
System is attenuating low and high frequencies X(1) = x(n) W6n
whereas passing the mid frequencies. So, its a n=0
BPF. 2 3
= x(0) + x(1) W6 + x(2) W6 + x(3) W6
28. Sol. + x(4) W64 + x(5) W65 ...(i)
X(k) = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8} From the given flow graph,
7 2 X(k) = [x(0) – x(3)] a1 + [x(1) – x(4)] a2
j kn
X(k) = x[n] e 8
+ [x(2) – x(5)] a3
n=0
By comparing equations (i) and (ii), we get,
7 j kn 2
a 1 = 1, a2 = W6 , a3 = W6
= x[n] e 4
n=0
31. (a)
3
x[2n] = x[n] x(t) = cos200 t
n=0 n = 0, 2, 4, 6 n
t=
400
1 7
= ( x[n] + ( 1)n x[n]) n
2 n=0 x(n) = cos 200 = cos n
400 2
7
n = 0, 1, ... , 7
x[n] = X(0) = 1
n=0 3
= cos 0, cos , cos , cos ;
2 2
7 7 j 4n
n x[n] e 4 = X(4) = 5 5 7
( 1) x[n] = cos 2 , cos , cos 3 , cos
n=0 n=0 2 2
3 DFT
1 = {1, 0, –1, 0, 1, 0, –1, 0} X( k )
x[2n] = [1 + 5] = 3
n=0
2 Suppose,
DFT
29. (d) y(n) = {1, –1, 1, –1} Y( k )
[Y(k)] = [ WN ] N = 4 [ y(n)]
j n j n
x(n) = c1 e 2 + c2 e 2
1 1 1 1 1
rad/sec.
= 1 j 1 j 1
o 2 = = [0, 0, 4, 0]
1 1 1 1 1
H(e j ) = 1 + ae–j + be–j2
1 j 1 j 1
Now, as we know, if for 1 4 3 2 0

DFT 2 1 4 3 1
{a, b, c, d} { A, B, C , D}
=
3 2 1 4 2
DFT
Then for {a, 0, b, 0, c, 0, d, 0} {A, B, C, D, 4 3 2 1 3
A, B, C, D} z(n) = {16, 18, 16, 10 }
Similarly, for z(3) = 10
DFT Here, y(n) and z(n) are equal for n = 3
y(n) = {1, –1, 1, –1} Y(k) = {0, 0, 4, 0}
[n = N – 1 = 4 – 1]
Here, for x(n) = {1, 0, –1, 0, 1, 0, –1, 0}
where, ‘N’ is length of the sequences.
X(k) = {0, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0, 4, 0}
33. (8)
Given:
32. (a)
F.T.
Given, y(n) = x(n) h(n) x(n) = 2 n 1
u( n + 2) X( e j )
where, ‘ ’ represents circular convolution n+2 F.T.
y(n) = 2 u( n + 1) Y(e j )
Given, z(n) = IDFT [X(k) H(k)]
For any real signal,
z(n) = x(n) N h(n) X(e j ) = X (e–j )
X (e j ) = X(e–j )
where, N represents circular convolution 2
1
Value of X( e j )Y ( e j
)d
The length of linear convolution is N1 + N2 – 1. 2
0
Given, 16 point sequences 2
1
So, N1 + N2 – 1 = 31 = X( e j )Y ( e j ) d
y(n) length is 31. 2
0
The length of circular convolution is max(N1, N2) From Plancherel’s theorem
= max(16, 16) = 16 +
So, z(n) length is 16. = x(n) y (n)
n=
z(k) and y(k) are equal for k = 15[16 – 1]
i.e., z(15) = y(15) Overlap of the signals x(n) and y(n) in the range
For your understanding purpose, consider two –1 to +2,
4-point sequences as: x(n) = 2n – 1; n 2
x(n) = {1, 2, 3, 4} y(n) = 2–n + 2; n –1
h(n) = {0, 1, 2, 3} 2 2
n+2
= 2n 1
2 = 2
y(n) = x(n) h(n) n= 1 n= 1
0 1 2 3 = 2[1 + 1 + 1 + 1] = 8
1 0 1 2 3
34. (8)
2 0 2 4 6
= y(n) = DFT [DFT (x(n))]
3 0 3 6 9
Using duality property,
4 0 4 8 12
DFT DFT
x( n ) Nx( k ) = y( n)
y(n) = {0, 1, 4, 10 , 16, 17, 12}
y(n) = Nx(–k) = Nx(N – k)
y(3) = 10 y(n) = 8(1, 0, 0, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0)
z(n) = x(n) N h(n) At x = 0, y(0) = 8 × 1 = 8
8 Sampling
ELECTRO NICS EN GINEERIN G (b) 800 Hz and 900 Hz components.

(c) 800 Hz and 1000 Hz components.
(d) 800 Hz, 900 Hz and 1000 Hz components.
Q.1 A signal containing only two frequency [EC-1995 : 1 Mark]
components (3 kHz and 6 kHz) is sampled at
the rate of 8 kHz, and then passed through a Q.4 Flat top sampling of low pass signals
low pass filter with a cut-off freuqency of 8 kHz. (a) gives rise to aperture effect
The filter output (b) implies oversampling
(a) is an undistorted version of the original (c) leads to aliasing
signal. (d) introduces delay distortion
(b) contains only the 3 kHz component. [EC-1998 : 1 Mark]
(c) contains the 3 kHz component and a
Q.5 Let x(t) = 2 cos(800 t) + cos(1400 t). x(t) is
spurious component of 2 kHz.
sampled with the rectangular pulse train shown
(d) contains both the components of the original
in the figure. The only spectral components
signal and two spurious components of
(in kHz) present in the sampled signal in the
2 kHz and 5 kHz.
frequency range 2.5 kHz to 3.5 kHz are
[EC-1988 : 2 Marks]
p (t )
Q.2 Increased pulse-width in the flat-top sampling,
leads to 3
m(t ) M(f )
t
–T0 –T0/6 0 T0/6 T0
–3
f T = 10 sec
–W 0 W
(a) 2.7, 3.4
(a) attenuation of high frequencies in
reproduction. (b) 3.3, 3.6
(b) attenuation of low frequencies in (c) 2.6, 2.7, 3.3, 3.4, 3.6
reproduction. (d) 2.7, 3.3
(c) greater aliasing errors in reproduction. [EC-2003 : 2 Marks]
(d) no harmful effects in reproduction.
Q.6 A 1 kHz sinusoidal signal is ideally sampled at
[EC-1994 : 1 Mark] 1500 samples/sec and the sampled signal is
Q.3 A 1.0 kHz signal is flat-top sampled at the rate passed through an ideal low-pass filter with
of 1800 samples/sec and the samples are cut-off frequency 800 Hz. The output signal has
applied to an ideal rectangular LPF with cut-off the frequency
frequency of 1100 Hz, then the output of the (a) 0 Hz (b) 0.75 Hz
filter contains (c) 0.5 kHz (d) 0.25 kHz
(a) only 800 Hz component. [EC-2004 : 2 Marks]
Q.7 A signal m(t) with bandwidth 500 Hz is first (a) 5 Hz and 15 Hz only
multiplied by a signal g(t) where, (b) 10 Hz and 15 Hz only
(c) 5 Hz, 10 Hz and 15 Hz only
g(t ) = ( 1)k (t 0.5 × 10 4
k) (d) 5 Hz only
k=
[EC-2014 : 1 Mark]
The resulting signal is then passed through an
ideal low pass filter with bandwidth 1 kHz. The Q.12 For a given sample-and-hold circuit, if the value
output of the low pass filter would be of the hold capacitor is increased, then
(a) (t) (b) m(t) (a) drop rate decreases and acquisition time
decreases.
(c) 0 (d) m(t) (t)
(b) drop rate decreases and acquisition time
[EC-2006 : 2 Marks]
increases.
Q.8 An LTI system having transfer function (c) drop rate increases and acquisition time
decreases.
s2 + 1
and input x(t) = sin(t + 1) is in steady- (d) drop rate increases and acquisition time
s2 + 2s + 1
increases.
state. The output is sampled at a rate s rad/sec [EC-2014 : 1 Mark]
to obtain the final output {y(k)}. Which of the
following is true?
Q.13 The signal cos 10 t + is ideally sampled at
(a) y is zero for all sampling frequencies s. 4
(b) y is non-zero for all sampling frequencies
a sampling frequency of 15 Hz. The sampled
s. signal is passed through a filter with impulse
(c) y is non-zero for s > 2 but zero for s < 2.
(d) y is non-zero for > 2 but non-zero for sin( t )
s response cos 40 t . The filter
t 2
s < 2.
[EC-2009 : 2 Marks] output is
Q.9 A band-limited signal with a maximum 15
(a) cos 40 t
frequency of 5 kHz is to be sampled. According 2 4
to the sampling theorem, the sampling frequency
15 sin( t )
which is not valid is (b) cos 10 t +
2 t 4
(a) 5 kHz (b) 12 kHz
15
(c) 15 kHz (d) 20 kHz (c) cos 10 t
2 4
[EC-2013 : 1 Mark]
15 sin( t )
Q.10 Consider two real valued signals, x(t) band- (d) cos 10 t
2 t 2
limited to [–500 Hz, 50 Hz] and y(t) band-limited
[EC-2015 : 1 Mark]
to [–1 kHz, 1 kHz]. For z(t) = x(t) y(t), the Nyquist
sampling frequency (in kHz) is ______ . Q.14 Consider a continuous time signal defined as,
[EC-2014 : 1 Mark]
sin t /2
x(t ) = (t 10 n)
Q.11 Let x(t) = cos(10 t) + cos(30 t) be sampled at t /2 n=
20 Hz and reconstructed using an ideal low-
where ‘ ’ denotes the convolution operation
pass filter with cut-off frequency of 20 Hz. The
and ‘t’ is in seconds. The Nyquist sampling rate
frequency/frequencies present in the
(in samples/sec) for x(t) is _______ .
reconstructed signal is/are
[EC-2015 : 2 Marks]
Q.15 A continuous-time sinusoid of frequency 33 Hz ELECTRICAL EN GINEERIN G

is multiplied with a periodic Dirac impulse
train of frequency 46 Hz. The resulting signal is
passed through an ideal analog low-pass filter Q.1 The frequency spectrum of a signal is shown in
with a cut-off frequency of 23 Hz. The the figure. If this is ideally sampled at intervals
fundamental frequency (in Hz) of the output is of 1 ms, then the frequency spectrum of the
________ . sampled signal will be
[EC-2016 : 1 Mark] |U(j )|
Q.16 Consider the signal x(t) = cos(6 t) + sin(5 t),
where ‘t’ is in seconds. The Nyquist sampling
rate (in samples/second) for the signal
y(t) = x(2t + 5) is 1 kHz
(a) 8 (b) 12
(c) 16 (d) 32 |U(j )|
[EC-2016 : 1 Mark]
Q.17 The signal x(t) = sin(14000 t), where ‘t’ is in (a)

seconds is sampled at a rate of 9000 samples
per second. The sampled signal is the input to
an ideal low-pass filter with frequency response
H(f ) as follows:
1, f 12 kHz (b)
H( f ) =
0, f > 12 kHz
What is the number of sinusoids in the output
and their frequencies (in kHz)?
(a) Number = 1, frequency = 7
(b) Number = 3, frequencies = 2, 7, 11
(c)
(c) Number = 2, frequencies = 2, 7
(d) Number = 2, frequencies = 7, 11
[EC-2017 : 2 Marks]
Q.18 A band-limited low-pass signal x(t) of

bandwidth 5 kHz is sampled at a sampling rate
(d)
fs. The signal x(t) is reconstructed using the
reconstruction filter H(f ) whose magnitude
response is shown below.
[EE-2007 : 1 Mark]
H( f )
K Q.2 A band-limited singal with a maximum
frequency of 5 kHz is to be sampled. According
to the sampling theorem, the sampling frequency
in kHz which is not valid is
f (kHz)
–8 –6 0 6 8 (a) 5 (b) 12
The minimum sampling rate fs (in kHz) for (c) 15 (d) 20
perfect reconstruction of x(t) is ______ . [EE-2013 : 1 Mark]
[EC-2018 : 2 Marks]
Q.3 A sinusoidal x(t) of unknown frequency is (a) 2B1 (b) 2(B1 + B2)
sampled by an impulse train of period 20 ms. (c) 4(B1 + B2) (d)
The resulting sample train is next applied to an [EE-2016 : 2 Marks]
ideal low-pass filter with a cut-off at 25 Hz. The
filter output is seen to be a sinusoid of frequency Q.6 The output y(t) of the following system to be
20 Hz. This means that x(t) has a frequency of sampled, so as to reconstruct it from its samples
uniquely. The required minimum sampling rate
(a) 10 Hz (b) 60 Hz
is
(c) 30 Hz (d) 90 Hz
X( )
[EE-2014 : 2 Marks]
Q.4 For the signal f(t) = 3 sin8 t + 6 sin12 t + sin14 t,

the minimum sampling frequency (in Hz)
–1000 1000
satisfying the Nyquist criterion is _____ . sin (1500 t ) y(t)
h (t ) =
x (t ) X( ) t
[EE-2014 : 1 Mark]
Q.5 Let x1(t) X1( ) and x2(t) X2( ) be two cos(100 t)

signals whose Fourier transforms are shown in (a) 1000 samples/sec
the figure below. In the figure, h(t ) = e 2 t (b) 1500 samples/sec
(c) 2000 samples/sec
denotes the impulse response.
(d) 3000 samples/sec
X1( ) X 2( )
[EE-2017 : 2 Marks]
Q.7 Consider the two continuous-time signals

defined below:
These signals are sampled with a sampling
–B1 B1 B1 B1 –B2 B2
period of T = 0.25 seconds to obtain discrete-
2 2
time signals x1[n] and x2[n], respectively. Which
X1(t ) one of the following statements is true?
–2|t| (a) The energy of x1[n] is greater than the energy
h (t ) = e y (t )
of x2[n].
X2(t ) (b) The energy of x2[n] is greater than the energy
For the system shown above, the minimum of x1[n].
sampling rate required to sample y(t), so that (c) x1[n] and x2[n] have equal energies.
y(t) can be uniquely reconstructed from its (d) Neither x1[n] nor x2[n] is finite energy signal.
samples, is [EE-2018 : 2 Marks]

Answers
EC Sampling
1. (d) 2. (a) 3. (c) 4. (a) 5. (d) 6. (c) 7. (b) 8. (a)
9. (a) 10. (3) 11. (a) 12. (b) 13. (a) 14. (0.4) 15. (13) 16. (c)
17. (b) 18. (13)
Solutions
EC Sampling
1. (d) 3. (c)
f s = 8000 samples/sec f s = 1800 samples/sec
fm1 = 3 kHz fm = 1000 Hz
fm2 = 6 kHz The spectrum of sampled signal would have
The spectrum of sampled signal would have nfs ± fm
nfs ± fm So, 1000 Hz, 1800 ± 1000 Hz, 3600 ± 1000 Hz ...
So, 3 kHz, 8 ± 3, 16 ± 3, ... = 3 kHz, 5 kHz, So, 1000 Hz, 800 Hz, 2800 Hz, 2600 Hz,
11 kHz, ... 4600 Hz, ...
6 kHz, 8 ± 3, 16 ± 6, ... = 6 kHz, 2 kHz, The cut-off frequency of LPF is 1100 Hz.
14 kHz, ... So, the output of filter will contains 800 Hz and
Cut-off frequencies of LPF = 8 kHz 1000 Hz components.
So, the filter output would have 3 kHz, 6 kHz,
4. (a)
2 kHz and 5 kHz.
Flat top sampling of low pass signals gives rise
2. (a) to aperture effect.
x(t ) X( f ) = sin c ( f ) 5. (d)

From Fourier series expansion,
1 F.T.
To /6
1 jn ot
t f Cn = Ae dt
To
To /6
As pulse width is increased, the width 1/ of
the first lobe of the spectrum is decreased. A n
= sin
Hence, increased pulse-width in the flat-top n 3
sampling, leads to attenuation of high From Cn its clear that 1, 2, 4, 5, 7,... harmonics
frequencies in reproduction. are present.
Frequency of p(t) corresponding to 1, 2, 4, 5, 7, ... x(t) = sin(t + 1)

are 103, × 2 × 103, 4 × 103.... = 12 rad/sec
x(t) has frequency components 0.7 k and 0.4 k 1 es
p(t) × x(t) gives (1 ± 0.7) k, (2 ± 0.7) k, (4 ± 0.7) k, X(s) = 2
es = = 2
+ s2 12 + s 2 s +1
(1 ± 0.4) k, (2 ± 0.4) k, ....
Y (s )
Frequency present in range of 2.5 k to 3.5 are H(s) =
X( s )
2.7, 3.3.
Y(s) = H(s) X(s)
6. (c)
s2 + 1 es
f s = 1.5 kHz Y(s) = ×
s2 + 2s + 1 s2 + 1
fm = 1 kHz
es
Available frequency components are nfs ± fm. =
So, 1 kHz, 2.5 kHz, 0.5 kHz, .... s2 + 2s + 1
Q LPF has fc = 0.8 k es
Y(s) =
only 0.5 k will appear at output. (s + 1)2
y(t) = (t + 1) e–(t + 1)
7. (b)
ses
M(f ) y( ) = lim sY (s) = lim =0
s 0 s 0 ( s + 1)2
So, at steady-state ‘y’ remains zero for all

sampling frequencies s.
f
–500 500
9. (a)
m(t) g(t) M(f ) G(f)
(fs)min = 2fm
1 (fs)min = 2 × 5 = 10 kHz
4 = 20 kHZ
0.5 × 10 So, f s 10 kHz
G(f ) 10. Sol.
Multiplication in time domain = convolution in
frequency domain,
x1(t) x2(t) X1( ) X2( )
f
–20 kHz 20 kHz So, highest frequency component contained by
the convolved signal z(t) = 1500 Hz.
M(f ) G(f ) Nyquist rate = 2 × 1500
= 3000 Hz = 3 kHz
11. (a)
f
x(t) = cos(10 t) + cos(30 t)
–20 kHz 20 kHz
Given sampling frequency,
After low pass filtering with fc = 1 kHz f s = 20 Hz
Output is zero.
s = 40 rad/sec.
8. (a) X( )
s2 + 1
X(s) H (s ) = X(s )
2
s + 2s + 1
–30 –10 10 30
1 (f 20) (f + 20) j
Y( ) = X( k o) H(f ) = rect + rect e 2
2 2 2
k=
After sampling waveform will be Output, Y(f ) = Xs(f ) × H(f )
15
Y( ) y(t) = cos 40 t
2 4
14. Sol.
–70 –50 –30 –10 10 30 50 70 t
sin
–40 40 2
x(t) = [t 10 n]
t n=
Applying an ideal low-pass filter of cut-off
2
frequency of 20 Hz or 40 rad/sec, we get the
frequencies in reconstructed signal as, 10 and
30 rad/sec. or 5 Hz and 15 Hz.
X(f ) = ×
12. (b) f
–0.1 0 0.1 0.2 0.3
–1/4 1/4
We know that, fmax = 0.2 Hz
Q = CV = i t ...(i) f s = 2fmax = 0.4 Hz
CV
t= ...(ii) 15. Sol.
i
If x(t) is a message signal and y(t) is a sampled
From equation (ii),
signal, then y(t) is related to x(t) as,
t C and it is clear that if value of capacitor
increases then the acquisition time increases.
y(t) = x(t ) (t nTs )
For capacitor the drop rate is given as dv/dt, n=
dv
i= C
dt Y(f ) = f s X( f nTs )
dv i n=
=
dt C Spectrum of X(f ) and Y(f ) are as shown
dv 1 X(f )
dt C
From above relation it is clear that if capacitor
value increases drop rate decreases.
f
13. (a) –33 Hz 0 33 Hz
x(t) = cos 10 t +
4 Y(f )
1
[ f 5) + ( f + 5)] e j
X(f ) =
/4
2
After sampling x(t) by 15 Hz, we get –79 Hz –33 Hz –13 Hz 13 Hz 33 Hz 79 Hz
f
Xs(f ) = 15 X( f 15n) –23 Hz 23 Hz

n=
Cut-off frequency of LPF = 23 Hz
sin( t ) Hence, frequency at the output is 13 Hz.
Given, h(t) = cos 40 t
t 2
16. (c) So, three sinusoids will be there at the output of

X(t) = cos(6 t) + sin(8 t) the LPF and the frequencies of those sinusoids
Y(t) = x(2t + 5) are 2 kHz, 7 kHz and 11 kHz.
Y(t) = cos[6 (2t + 5) + sin(8 (2t + 5)]
18. Sol.
= cos(12 t + 30 ) + sin(16 t + 40 )
Let us assume an arbitrary spectrum for x(t) as
fm1 = 6 HZ, fm2 = 8 Hz
shown below.
Nyquist sampling rate,
f s = 2 fmax X(f )
= 16 samples/second
17. (b)
x(t) = sin(14000 t) f (kHz)
–5 0 5
fm = 7 kHz
f s = 9000 samples per second The spectrum of the sampled signal can be given
= 9 kHz as,
The spectrum of the sampled signal can be given
as shown below.
S(f )
Frequency response of
LPF with fc = 12 kHz f (kHz)
1 –fs – 5 –fs –fs + 5 –8 –6 –5 0 5 6 8 fs – 5 –fs fs + 5
For proper reconstruction of the signal,

fs – 5 8
–25 –16 –11 –7 –2 0 2 7 11 16 25 f(kHz) f s 8 + 5 = 13 kHz
–12 12
So, fs(min) = 13 kHz
Answers
EE Sampling
1. (b) 2. (a) 3. (c) 4. (14) 5. (b) 6. (b) 7. (a)
Solutions
EE Sampling
1. (b) Therefore sampling frequency,

1
|U(j )| fs =
Ts
1
= 1 kHz
=
10 3
After sampling new signal in frequency domain,
–1 kHz 1 kHz
Given that, sampling interval = 1 msec 1
UT(f ) = U( f nf s )
i.e., Ts = 1 msec = 10–3 sec Ts n=
Spectrum of sampled signal will be Then the minimum sampling frequency

satisfying the Nyquist criterion is = 14 Hz.
|UT(j )|
Method-II:
Sampling frequency = 2 (Highest frequency
component of f(t)).
Given, f(t) = 3 sin8 t + 6 sin12 t + sin14 t
Different frequency components are:
2. (a) 1=8 :
(fs)min = 2 fm 8
f1 = = 4 Hz
(fs)min = 2 × 5 = 10 kHz 2
So, f s 10 kHz 2 = 12 :
12
3. (c) f2 = = 6 Hz
2
Given, impulse train of period 20 ms. and = 14 :
2
1 14
Then, sampling frequency = 3
= 50 Hz f3 = = 7 Hz
20 × 10 2
If the input signal x(t) = cos m (t) having Clearly, highest frequency component of the
spectrum. signal,
X(f ) f(t) = f3 = 7 Hz
Minimum sampling frequency,
f s = 2 × f3
= 2 × 7 = 14 Hz
f
–fm fm 5. (b)
The filtered out sinusoidal signal has 20 Hz Given that:
frequency has sampling must bounded Bandwidth of X1( ) = B1
sampling. The output signal which is an under Bandwidth of X2( ) = B2
sampled signal with sampling frequency
System has h(t ) = e 2 t and input to the system
50 Hz is
is x1(t) x2(t).
X(f )
The bandwidth of x1(t) x2(t) is B1 + B2.
The bandwidth of output will be B1 + B2.
So sampling rate will be 2(B1 + B2).
f
6. (b)
–fm –50 + fm 50 + fm fm
sin(1500 t ) y(t)
x(t) h (t ) =
and 50 – fm = 20 Hz t
X( )
fm = 30 Hz
1 cos(1000 t)
4. Sol.
Method-I: –1000 1000
fm1 = 4 Hz From the above block diagram,

fm 2 = 6 Hz Z(t) = x(t) cos1000 t
fm 3 = 7 Hz By using modulation property of Fourier
transform,
1
Z( ) = [ X( + 1000 ) + X( 1000 )]
2 1
Z( ) 0.75
0.5
1/2 0.25
t
0
–2000 0 2000
sin 1500 t –0.25 0.25

Now, h(t) = = 1500 Sa (1500 t ) –0.5 0.5
t
–0.75 0.75
H( )
–1 1
1
1 t; 1 t 1
Now, x2(t) =
–1500 0 1500 0; otherwise
Thus, H( ) is a low pass filter and it will pass x2(t)
frequency, component of Z( ) upto 1500 rad/s. 1
Y( )
t
–1 1
(rad/sec)
x2(n) = {0, 0.25, 0.5, 0.75, 1, 0.75, 0.5, 0.25, 0}
–1500 1500
Therefore, maximum frequency component of
1
y(t) is
0.75
m = 1500 rad/sec 0.5
or, fm = 750 Hz 0.25
So, the minimum sampling rate for y(t) is t
fs min = 2fm = 2 × 750
0
= 1500 Hz
= 1500 samples/sec. –0.25 0.25
–0.5 0.5
7. (a)
–0.75 0.75
t; 1 t 1
x1(t) = –1 1
0; otherwise
Since x1(n) is having one more non-zero sample
x1(t)
of amplitude ‘1’ as compared to x2(n). Therefore,
1 energy of x1(n) is greater than energy of x2(n).
t
–1 1
Ts = sampling time-period
= 0.25 sec.
x1(n) = {1, 0.75, 0.5, 0.25, 0, 0.25, 0.5, 0.75, 1}
9 Digital Filters
ELECTRO NICS EN GINEERIN G The filter can be used to approximate a
(GATE Previous Years Solved Papers) (a) low-pass filter (b) high-pass filter
(c) band-pass filter (d) band-stop filter
Q.1 A continuous-time filter with transfer function [EC-2016 : 2 Marks]
2s + 6 Q.3 Let h[n] be a length 7 discrete-time finite impulse
H (s) = 2
is converted to a discrete time
s + 6s + 8 response filter, given by:
filter with transfer function, h[0] = 4, h[1] = 3, h[2] = 2, h[3] = 1
h[–1] = –3, h[–2] = –2, h[–3] = –1
2 z 2 0.5032 z
G( s ) = 2 . So that the impulse
z 0.5032 z + k and h[n] is zero for n 4. A length-3 finite
impulse response approximation g[n] of h[n] has
response of the continuous-time filter, sampled
to be obtained such that,
at 2 Hz, is identical at the sampling instants to
the impulse response of the discrete time filter. 2
E( h , g ) = H ( e j ) G( e j ) d
The value of ‘k’ is ______ .
[EC-2016 : 2 Marks]
is minimized, where H(e j ) and G(e j ) are the
Q.2 The direct form structure of an FIR (Finite discrete time Fourier transforms of h[n] and g[n],
Impulse Response) filter is shown in the figure. respectively. For the filter that minimizes E(h, g),
the value of 10g[–1] + g[1] rounded off to two
Unit Unit
x[n]
delay delay decimal places, is _______ .
[EC-2019 : 2 Marks]
5 5
–
+
y[n]
Answers
EC Digital Filters
1. (0.049) 2. (c) 3. (–27)
Solutions
EC Digital Filters
1. Sol.
= 0; H(e j ) = 0
2s + 6 1 1
Given, H(s) = 2
= +
s + 6s + 8 s+2 s+4 = ; H ( e j ) = 10
2
h(t) = e–2t u(t) + e–4t u(t)
Given, f s = 2 Hz = , H(e j ) = 0
For discrete time,
The given one is band-pass filter.
n
t = nTs =
2 3. Sol.
–n –2n
h[n] = (e + e ) u[n] From Parseval’s theorem,
1 1
H(z) = + 2 1 2
1 e 1
Z 1
1 e 2Z 1 x[n] = X( e j ) d
n=
2
Z Z
= 1
+ 2 2 3
2
Z e Z e So, H ( e j ) G( e j ) d = 2 h( n ) g( n )
n= 3
2Z 2 0.5032 Z
= The solution of g(n) that minimizes E(h, g) also
Z2 0.5032 Z + 0.049
3
K = 0.049 2
minimizes, h(n) g(n) .
n= 3
2. (c)
y[n] = 5x[n] – x[n – 2]] 3
2
h(n) g(n) = 4 g(0) 2 + 3 g(1) 2
Y ( z) 2
H(z) = = 5[1 z ] n= 3
X( z)
2
But, z = ej + 3 g( 1) + 10
H(e ) = 5[1 – e–j2 ]
j
The solution of g(n) that minimizes the above
equation is,
H(e j )
g(n) = { 3, 4, 3}
10
So, 10g(–1) + g(1) = 10(–3) + 3
= –27
0 /2

Control Previous Year-merged

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Control Previous Year-merged

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

GATE-2023

1. Basics of Control Systems, Block Diagram and SFG’s .............................................................. 1-19

2. Compensators and Controllers .................................................................................................... 20-31

3. Time Response Analysis ................................................................................................................ 32-60

4. Stability Analysis ............................................................................................................................... 61-81

5. Root Locus .......................................................................................................................................... 82-98

6. Frequency Response Analysis .................................................................................................. 99-134

7. State Space Analysis ................................................................................................................... 135-164

(a) 2.5 (b) 5 1 2 3 4

Q.2 For the system shown in figure the transfer 11 22

10 10 (b) controllability of the system

Q.7 In the signal flow graph of figure, y/x equals

where X 1 (s) = 0, the transfer function is

Q.16 Consider the following block diagram in the 1

The transfer function C(s)/R(s) is [EC-2015 : 1 Mark]

G1G2 Q.20 The position control of a dc servo-motor is given

(c) improve disturbance rejection

–H1 –H2 G1G2

Q.23 The block diagram of a system is illustrated in ELECTRICAL EN GINEERIN G

is shown in the figure.

(a) Kt s2 (b) Kt/s +

R(s) 1/s + 1/s + C(s )

(a) u(t) + e–t + e–2t Assuming, h1 = b1 and h0 = b0 – b1a1, the input-

G1 G2 Q.25 For a system having transfer function,

Electronics & Electrical Engineering

A n swe rs & Expl a n a t i o n s

1. (d) 2. (b) 3. (c) 4. (d) 5. (c) 6. (c) 7. (c) 8. (d)

2. (b) C G1G2 G3G4

6. (c) L1 and L3 are non-touching,

10. (d) 13. (d)

Y (s) s+1 C (s) G1G2 G3G4

15. (d) 19. (b)

1. (4, 4) 2. (b) 3. (b) 4. (a) 5. (a) 6. (c) 7. (a) 8. (c)

25. (0.554) 26. (b) 27. (d)

10. (b) 11. (c)

The individual loos pare,

C(s) Using Mason’s gain formula,

Signal flow graph of the block-diagram, +

Response = C(t) = L–1[C(s)] Forward paths are,

Using Mason’s gain formulae,

20. (c) Y (s) G2

22. (c) 25. Sol.

(GATE Previous Years Solved Papers) 1+ 3Ts

K The maximum phase-shift provided by such a

Q.9 A control system with a PD controller is shown C2

(s + 1) (s + 4) Q.18 The transfer function of a first order controller

Q.15 The phase of the above lead compensator is s-plane Pole

Which one of the following compensators C(s) s-plane Pole

Q.20 Which of the following statements is incorrect? j

Q.2 Introduction of integral action in the forward

Q.3 A differentiator has transfer function whose

(a) 52 deg at 4 rad/sec (b) C1 is lag compensator and C2 is a lead

at the frequency of 3 3 rad/sec.

at the frequency of 3 rad/sec. 1F

Q.13 The transfer function of a phase lead 3

Electronics & Electrical Engineering

A n swe rs & Expl a n a t i o n s

1. (d) 2. (b, c) 3. (True) 4. (a) 5. (d) 6. (c) 7. (a) 8. (d)

Solutions Compensators and Controllers

10. (c) s+2 1

11. (b) 14. (a)

R2C2 s + 1 For lead comparators phase must be +ve.

Vo ( R1C1s + 1) ( R2C 2 s + 1) For phase to be maximum,

Comparing equation (i) with standard transfer 18. (a)